Download Viking 242-2009-632 Service manual

SERVICE MANUAL
VIKING® VX
900 MHz LTR-Net®
75W-160W Repeater
Part No. 242-2009-632/634
First Printing
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
3-99mwp
1-1
Printed in U.S.A.
October 1995
Part No. 001-2008-202
October 1995
Part No. 001-2008-202
1-2
VIKING® VX
900 MHz LTR-Net REPEATER
PART NO. 242-2009-632/634
Copyright© 1999 by Transcrypt International, Inc.
Transcrypt International, Inc. designs and manufactures two-way radio equipment to serve a wide variety of communications
needs. Transcrypt International Inc. produces EFJohnson® brand equipment for the mobile telephone and land mobile radio
services which include business, industrial, government, public safety, and personal users.
LAND MOBILE PRODUCT WARRANTY
The manufacturer’s warranty statement for this product is available from your product supplier or from the Transcrypt International, Inc., 299 Johnson Avenue, Box 1249, Waseca, MN 56093-0514. Phone (507) 835-6222.
WARNING
DO NOT allow the antenna to touch or come in very close proximity with the eyes, face, or any exposed body parts while the
radio is transmitting.
DO NOT operate the transmitter of a mobile radio whena person outside the vehicle is within one (1) meter of the antenna.
DO NOT operate the transmitter of a stationary radio (base station, repeater or marine radio) when a person is within one (1)
meter of the antenna.
DO NOT operate the radio in explosive or flammable atmospheres. The transmitted radio energy could trigger blasting caps
or cause an explosion.
DO NOT operate the radio without the proper antenna installed.
DO NOT allow children to operate or play with this equipment.
NOTE: The above warning list is not intended to include all hazards that may be encountered when using this radio.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the condition that this device does not cause harmful interference. In addition, changes or modification to this equipment not expressly approved by Transcrypt International,
Inc. could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment (FCC rules, 47CFR Part 15.19).
SAFETY INFORMATION
Proper operation of this radio will result in user exposure below the Occupational Safety and Health Act and Federal Communication Commission limits.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice.
Transcrypt International Inc. will not be liable for any misunderstanding due to misinformation or errors found in this document.
LTR, Multi-Net, LTR-Net, Viking Head/EFJohnson Logo, Call Guard and SUMMIT are registered trademarks of Transcrypt
International, Inc. All other company and/or product names used in this manual are trademarks and/or registered trademarks
of their respective manufacturer.
1-3
October 1995
Part No. 001-2008-202
October 1995
Part No. 001-2008-202
1-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
1
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
SCOPE OF MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
REPEATER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
MODEL NUMBER BREAKDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
REPEATER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
TRUNKED SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
LTR-Net TRUNKED SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
LTR-Net SIGNALING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
PRODUCT WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
FACTORY RETURNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
INTERNET HOME PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
SOFTWARE UPDATES/REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
REPEATER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD (MPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
TEST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
MAIN AUDIO CARD (MAC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
INTERFACE ALARM CARD (IAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
LTR-Net SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
MOBILE TRANSCEIVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
REPEATERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
CALL PROCESSOR AND SYSTEM and SUBSCRIBER MANAGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
LOCALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
HOME REPEATER CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
STATUS REPEATER CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
MONITOR REPEATER CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
HOME CHANNEL ALIASING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
TELEPHONE INTERCONNECT AND DATA TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
PUBLIC SWITCHED TELEPHONE NETWORK (PSTN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
PRIVATE AUTOMATIC BRANCH EXCHANGE (PABX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
PULSE CODE MODULATION (PCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
LTR-Net FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
STANDARD AND SPECIAL CALLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
UNIQUE ID CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
GROUP IDENTIFICATION CALLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
ALARM FORWARDING TO SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1
INSTALLATION
1.1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SITE PREPARATION AND ANTENNA INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENVIRONMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BATTERY BACKUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
800W POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC INPUT REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
i
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-2
2-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
GROUNDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
PROTECTION GUIDELINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
UNPACKING AND INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
REPEATER DATA BUS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
MPC DATA BUS SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
MPC DATA BUS JUMPER SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
CONNECTING RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT ANTENNAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
CONNECTING AUDIO/DATA LINK TO SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
VOICE LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
DATA LINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
OCXO DRAWER CONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
VIKING VX CONNECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
3
SOFTWARE
3.1
3.3
3.4
INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
PROGRAMMING SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
MINIMUM COMPUTER REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
PROGRAMMING CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
EEPROM DATA STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
GETTING STARTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
LIMITATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
MISCELLANEOUS SOFTWARE INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
MINIMUM FREE MEMORY REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
STARTING THE PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
ALIGNMENT SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
HELP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
4
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.1
4.2
MENU DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
FILE MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
NEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
SAVE AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
EDIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
LOCALITY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
SELECT REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
REPEATER INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
DELETE REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
READ SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
HARDWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
HSDB MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
RF DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
INPUT MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
MODE SELECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
3.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RECEIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FULL REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COM PORT SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALARM DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATUS BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TOOLBAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SAVE SETTINGS ON EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HELP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HELP TOPICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HELP ON HELP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABOUT LTR-Net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-10
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-12
4-12
4-12
4-12
4-12
4-12
4-12
4-12
5
REPEATER PROGRAMMING
5.1
OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GETTING STARTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STARTING THE PROGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USING THE TOOLBAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LIMITATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LOCALITY SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HOW DO I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CREATING A NEW SITE FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OPEN AN EXISTING SITE FILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODIFY AN EXIXTING SITE FILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADD A REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHANGE A REPEATER NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2
5.3
6
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.1
RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REGULATED VOLTAGE SUPPLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HELICAL FILTER, RF AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIRST MIXER, CRYSTAL FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IF AMPLIFIER, CRYSTAL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECOND MIXER/DETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WIDEBAND AUDIO AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RSSI AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HIGH STABILITY SYNTHESIZER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LOCK DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VCO (A006) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACTIVE FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUFFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iii
5-1
5-1
5-1
5-1
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-3
6-3
6-5
6-5
6-5
6-5
6-5
6-6
6-7
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
LOCK DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
RF AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
VCO (A007) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
EXCITER VCO AND TCXO FREQUENCY MODULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
ACTIVE FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
BUFFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
HIGH STABILITY SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
LOCK DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
EXCITER SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
LOCK DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
RF AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
OCXO DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
OCXOs, BUFFERS, DIVIDER AND LINE DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
OCXO SWITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
OCXO PULSE DETECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
DELTA F DETECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
75W POWER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
AMPLIFIER/PRE-DRIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
FINAL AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
POWER DETECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
THERMAL SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT, CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
160W POWER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
GAIN BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
FINAL AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
POWER DETECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT, CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
RF INTERFACE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
POWER CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
SIGNAL CONNECTOR (J101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
FAN CONNECTOR (J104) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
EXCITER CONNECTOR (J102) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
RECEIVER CONNECTOR (J103) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
800W POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
MAIN PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
SYNCHRONIZING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
FAN AND THERMAL SHUTDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
+15V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
+5V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
-5V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
POWER SUPPLY REPAIR AND ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12
6.13
BATTERY BACK-UP MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
CHARGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
REVERSE BATTERY PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
ENGAGING THE RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
BBM FAN CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
CARD RACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
ALARM EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
MAIN CONTROLLER MICROPROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
HIGH SPEED DATA BUS MICROPROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
CHIP SELECT DECODERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
P1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
J1 COMPUTER CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
J2 MEMORY SELECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
J3 BAUD RATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
S2/S3 HSDB SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
J4 EPROM MEMORY LOADING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
J5 HSDB SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
J6 WATCHDOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
MAIN AUDIO CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
RECEIVE AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
RECEIVE SQUELCH CIRCUITRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
RECEIVE DATA CIRCUITRY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
VOTER AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
COMPANDOR OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
TRANSMIT AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
TRANSMIT AUDIO PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
TRANSMIT DATA AND CWID PROCESSING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
FSK MODEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
P101 SIGNALING CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
P100 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
J100 A D LEVEL TEST POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
J101 SPEAKER/MICROPHONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
J102 LOCAL MICROPHONE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
J103 GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
J105 WATCH DOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
J106 TX DATA PATH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
A301 COMPANDOR CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
INTERFACE ALARM CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
ALARM FORWARDING TO SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
RELAY OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
ISOLATED INPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
ALARM INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
ALARM FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
P500 SIGNALING CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
P501 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
J500 A D LEVEL TEST POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J501 GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J502 +15V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-51
6-51
6-51
6-51
6-51
7
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.1
7.2
OCXO AND TEST EQUIPMENT FREQUENCY STABILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
RECEIVER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
PRE-TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
VCO TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
FRONT END ADJUSTMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
AUDIO DISTORTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
EXCITER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
PRETEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
VCO TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
TRANSMIT MODULATION ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
75W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
FORWARD POWER OUTPUT CALIBRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
PRE-DRIVER POWER LIMIT ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
REFLECTED POWER ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
160W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
POWER OUTPUT ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
PRE-DRIVER POWER LIMIT ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
REFLECTED POWER ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
FULL REPEATER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
PERFORMANCE TEST PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
REPEATER SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
TRANSMITTER TEST/ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
RECEIVER TESTS/ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
RECEIVER EXPANDER MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
TRANSMITTER COMPRESSOR MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
REPEATER OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
SWITCH (RNT) INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
REPEATER SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
CIM SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
VOICE AUDIO TO SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
VOICE AUDIO FROM SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
BLANK AND BURST - FSK DATA FROM SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
FSK LINK - FSK DATA LEVEL TO SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
VISUAL CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
BATTERY REVERT TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
vi
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
7.10
BATTERY CHARGER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
8
SERVICING
8.1
8.7
8.8
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
PERIODIC CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
SURFACE-MOUNTED COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
TCXO MODULES NOT SERVICEABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
SYNTHESIZER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
TCXO MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR (VCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
INTERNAL PRESCALER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
CALCULATING "N " AND "A " COUNTER DIVIDE NUMBERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
RECEIVER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
TRANSMITTER SERVICING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
POWER SUPPLY SERVICING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
VOLTAGE CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CHIP COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CERAMIC CHIP CAPS (510-36xx-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
TANTALUM CHIP CAPS (510-26xx-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CHIP INDUCTORS (542-9000-xxx). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CHIP RESISTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CHIP TRANSISTORS AND DIODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
BERYLLIUM PRODUCT WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
GRAFOIL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
9
PARTS LIST
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
900 MHZ LTR-NET 75W REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
900 MHZ LTR-NET 160W REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
900 MHZ 75W REPEATER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
900 MHZ 160W REPEATER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
TRANSMIT/RECEIVE MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
REPEATER ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
CONTROLLER BACKPLANE CARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
RE INTERFACE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
RECEIVE VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
900 MHZ RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
TRANSMIT VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
900 MHZ EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
75W POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
160W POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
900 MHZ 75W PA MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
900 MHZ 160W PA MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
2000 SERIES REPEATER POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
2000 SERIES REPEATER POWER SUPPLY WIREHARNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
800W POWER SUPPLY MAIN BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
AC FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
BATTERY BACK-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
THERMAL SENSOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
OCXO DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
OCXO DRAWER POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
MAIN AUDIO CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
INTERFACE ALARM CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
10
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-4
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-8
10-9
10-10
10-11
10-12
10-13
10-14
10-15
10-16
10-17
10-18
10-19
10-20
10-21
10-22
10-23
10-24
10-25
10-26
10-27
10-28
10-29
10-30
10-31
10-32
10-33
10-34
10-35
10-36
10-37
10-38
10-39
RF MODULE INTERFACE CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
OCXO DRAWER FRONT/REAR PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
REPEATER REAR VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
REPEATER FRONT VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
OCXO DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
REPEATER CABINET EXPLODED VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
INPUT/OUTPUT ALARM INTERCONNECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
RF INTERCONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
RF INTERFACE BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
RF INTERFACE BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
RECEIVER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
RECEIVE VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
RECEIVE VCO SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
RECEIVER SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
EXCITER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
TRANSMIT VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
TRANSMIT VCO SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
EXCITER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
75W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
75W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
160W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
160W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
OCXO COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
OCXO SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
OCXO POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
OCXO POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (3 OF 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
INTERFACE ALARM CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
viii
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
10-40
10-41
10-42
10-43
10-44
10-45
10-46
10-47
10-48
10-49
10-50
10-51
10-52
10-53
10-54
INTERFACE ALARM CARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CARD SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CABLE SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
BACKPLANE SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
BATTERY BACK-UP COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
BATTERY BACK-UP SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
COMPANDOR SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
COMPANDOR COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
A
900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
LIST OF FIGURES
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-15
1-16
1-17
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
ALARM IN TEST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
REPEATER CARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
LTR-Net SYSTEM COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
BATTERY BACKUP CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
TEMPERATURE SENSOR CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
RACK MOUNTED REPEATERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
5-CHANNEL COMBINING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
MPC DATA BUS SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
MPC JUMPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
ANTENNA CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
TERMINAL BLOCK J2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS FOR 4-WIRE LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS FOR RS-232 LINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS FOR BLANK AND BURST LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
LTR-Net VOICE/DATA LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
ATTENUATOR SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
SINGLE REPEATER INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
TWO REPEATER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
THREE OR MORE REPEATERS INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
MORE THAN ONE RACK OF LTR-Net REPEATERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
PROGRAMMING SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
LAPTOP INTERCONNECT CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
REPEATER TEST MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
MAIN MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
FILE MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
OPEN / SAVE AS / SAVE FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
EDIT MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
LOCALITY CONFIGURAITON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
ADJACENT LOCALITY DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
SELECT REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-27
4-28
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-18
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-22
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-26
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-4
7-5
7-6
7-7
REPEATER CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
INPUT ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
OUTPUT ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
ALARM MAPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
ALARM CROSS REFERENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
DELETE REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
TRANSFER MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
HARDWARE MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
HSDB MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
REPEATER TRAFFIC MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
RF DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
INPUT MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
MODE SELECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
TEST MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
UTILITIES MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
SETUP COM PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
ALARM MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
U202 BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
SYNTHESIZER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
EXCITER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
OCXO DRAWER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
OCXO DRAWER FRONT/REAR PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
OCXO SWITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
75W PA BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
160W PA BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
RF INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
POWER SUPPLY BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
NO LOAD CHARGE VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
BACKPLANE CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
ALARM EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
U27 BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
MODEM BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
FSK MODEM SWITCH SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
RS-232 SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
4 I/O J1 ALARM OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
4 I/O J2 ALARM OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
S500-S503. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
ALARM EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
MAIN AUDIO CARD LOGIC BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
MAIN AUDIO CARD AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
INTERFACE ALARM CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
RECEIVER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
EXCITER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
160W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
RF INTERFACE BOARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
POWER EXTENDER CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
REPEATER TO CIM TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
x
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
7-8
7-9
7-10
7-11
7-12
7-13
7-14
7-15
7-16
7-17
7-18
7-19
7-20
7-21
7-22
7-23
7-24
7-25
7-26
7-27
7-28
7-29
7-30
7-31
8-1
8-2
8-3
8-4
8-5
160W PA TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
RECEIVER TEST SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
EXCITER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
75W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
S100 SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
S100/S101 SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
J2 TERMINAL BLOCK (SECONDARY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
J2 TERMINAL BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
S100/S101 RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
NEW HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
OLD HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
J2 CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
VIKING VX VOICE/DATA LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
S100/S101 SWITCH SETTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
MAC SWITCH SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
BATTERY REVERT TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
BATTERY CHARGER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
SWITCH (RNT) BACKPLANE WIREHARNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
SWITCH (RNT) PUNCH BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
MAC ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
INTERFACE ALARM CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
CIM ALIGNMENT POINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
LOCK DETECT WAVEFORM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
MODULUS CONTROL WAVEFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
POWER SUPPLY REAR VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
3-DIGIT RESISTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
LIST OF TABLES
1-1
1-2
1-1
1-2
4-1
4-2
4-3
8-1
8-2
VIKING VX REPEATER ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACTIVE REPEATER ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPUT VOLTAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OVER VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEFINE REPEATERS PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADJACENT LOCALITY PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GENERAL PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHIP INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CERAMIC CHIP CAP IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xi
1-2
1-6
2-2
2-2
4-2
4-3
4-4
8-6
8-6
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
xii
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL
This repeater is modular in design for ease of service. There are separate assemblies for the logic
cards, receiver, exciter, power amplifier and power
supply sections.
This service manual provides installation, operation, programming, service, and alignment information for the VIKING VX LTR-Net® Repeater, Part
No. 242-2009-632/634.
This repeater is programmed with a laptop or personal computer using the repeater software, Part No.
023-9998-459.
1.2 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION
When the repeaters are installed in an environment that contains small airborne particles, e.g. grain
dust or salt fog, the repeater cabinets need to be
sealed. A heat exchanger, i.e. air conditioner, is then
required to cool the cabinets. The air conditioners
must be suited for the environment. Each low power
repeater (75W) requires >1200 BTU/hr dissipation to
maintain exterior cabinet temperature. Each high
power (160W or 175W) requires >2100 BTU/hr dissipation to maintain exterior cabinet temperature.
The repeater identification number is printed on a
label that is affixed to the inside of the repeater cabinet. The following information is contained in that
number:
Repeater
ID
Revision
Letter
20XXX
A
Manufacture
Date
Plant
Warranty
Number
A
12345
24 3
Week
Year
A= Waseca
1.4.1 TRUNKED SYSTEM
1.3 MODEL NUMBER BREAKDOWN
A trunked radio system, as defined by the FCC, is
a "method of operation in which a number of radio
frequency pairs are assigned to radios and base stations in the system for use as a trunk group". Trunking is the pooling of radio channels where all users
have automatic access to all channels reducing waiting
time and increasing channel capacity for a given quality of service.
The following breakdown shows the part number scheme used for the Viking VX.
242-2009 - 6
9 = 900 MHz
3 X
2 = 25 - 75W
4 = 75 - 160W
Trunking concepts are based on the theory that
individual subscribers use the system a small percentage of the time and that a large number of subscribers
will not try to use the system at the exact same time.
3 = 12.5 kHz
6 = LTR-Net
1.4.2 LTR-NET TRUNKED SYSTEM
1.4 REPEATER DESCRIPTION
LTR-Net repeater operation is automatic and is
similar to a LTR repeater in which a logic module performs the call functions and communicates over-theair to subscriber units. There must be one repeater for
each RF channel and each repeater contains a logic
module responsible for signaling on its own channel.
Logic modules then share information with all other
repeaters in the system via inter-repeater communication.
The VIKING VX 900 MHz repeater is designed
for operation in a LTR-Net and LTR system. It operates on the 900 MHz channels from 935-940 MHz
(repeater transmit). The repeater receive frequencies
are 39 MHz below these frequencies (896-901 MHz).
Channel spacing is 12.5 kHz and RF power output is
adjustable from 25 to 75 watts (Part No. 242-2009632) or 75-160W (Part No. 242-2009-634) with the
high power amplifier.
1-1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.6 ACCESSORIES
System control is accomplished by the exchange
of data messages between radio and repeater. The
LTR-Net system trunks up to 20 channels by utilizing
continuous subaudible digital data applied to the RF
carrier simultaneously with voice modulation. Therefore, no dedicated control channel is required and all
channels are used for voice communications for maximum system efficiency. Each radio is assigned a
Home Channel which sends system commands to
specified radios. There are normal words and special
function words. The special function words are used
to initiate special calls; Telephone, Unique ID, and
Data by Unique ID. The special function words are
also used for command calls: Interrogate, Kill, Reassign, Electronic Serial number Authentication, Registration, De-Registration, etc.
The accessories available for the Viking VX LTR
repeater are listed in Table 1-1. A brief description of
some of these accessories follows.
Table 1-1 VIKING VX REPEATER
ACCESSORIES
Accessory
2000 Series Service Kit1
250-2000-230
023-2000-835
Battery Back-Up Option2
3
Reference Oscillator Splitter Shelf
023-2000-924
Reference Oscillator Adapter Kit4
023-2000-923
Redundant OCXO
561-0006-012
Companding Module
023-2000-940
2’ RG-58 BNC M-M HSDB cable
023-4406-505
6’ RG-58 BNC M-M HSDB cable
597-3001-214
Custom Frequency Programming & Setup 023-2000-100
PC Programmer PGMR Software
023-9998-459
Service Microphone
589-0015-011
50 ohm Termination HSDB
023-4406-504
Telewave Combining Systems
5-channel 115V AC6
585-1163-115
6
5-channel 230V AC
585-1163-125
10-channel 115V AC7
585-1163-110
7
585-1163-120
10-channel 230V AC
Duplexer (High Power Only)
585-1157-101
RF Lightning Protector
Type-N Lightning Arrestor
585-0898-001
Polyphaser™
585-0898-005
Floor Mount 19” Open Rack***
7’ with accessories5, setup and test
023-2000-216
7’ 6” with accessories5, setup and test
023-2000-217
8’ with accessories5, setup and test
023-2000-218
AC Power Distribution
AC Power Strip 115V AC (1 per 2 rptrs) 597-1004-010
AC Power Stirp 230V AC (1 per 2 rptrs) 023-2000-212
1 Includes: extender card, extender cables, TIC bias cable
and programming cable.
2 +26V DC input with cable.
3 Required for more than eight channels.
4 Interface to existing systems.
5Accessories include all mounting hardware, rack ground
bar and wire to repeaters.
6
These systems use two antennas and one additional rack
(combining rack is included).
7
These systems use three antennas and two additional racks
(combining rack is included).
Since each repeater is responsible for signaling
on its own channel, this approach lends itself well to a
distributed processing logic controlled approach
requiring only a small logic unit within each repeater.
These processors share information over a communication path. This architecture permits each repeater to
be autonomous. A failure in one repeater leaves the
remainder of the system intact and operational.
The repeaters may be connected to a larger system. This allows the system to perform some of the
previously mentioned calls. The Switch may communicate from one LTR-Net Locality to another. The
system equipment may be centrally located or distributed at each Locality. A Locality is a set of repeaters
that are interconnected to pool the channels in a
trunked channel group.
1.5 LTR-Net SIGNALING
The repeater covered by this manual utilizes
LTR-Net signaling. This signaling provides advanced
features such as 65504 Unique ID codes, five levels of
access priority, home channel backup, and over-the-air
mobile reprogramming. LTR-Net signaling and
repeater control is provided by the Main Processor
Card. The repeater connects to the 3000 Series Switch
using a phone line or some other type of link. The
Switch provides overall system control (see Sections
1.14 and 5 for more information on LTR-Net equipment and features).
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
Part No.
1-2
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTY
2000 Series Service Kit- This kit includes an extender
card, extender cables, TIC bias cable and programming
cable. These items are used when tuning the repeater
and while troubleshooting.
The warranty statement for this transceiver is
available from your product supplier or from the
Warranty Department
Transcrypt International, Inc.
299 Johnson Avenue,
Box 1249,
Waseca, MN 56093- 0514
Battery Backup Option - It includes the +26V DC battery backup module that resides in the power supply
and the necessary interconnect cabling to connect the
repeater to the batteries (see Section 1.5).
1:8 Splitter Shelf - This increases the number of outputs from an OCXO drawer (see Figure 1.12).
This information may also be requested by phone
from the Warranty Department as described in Section
1.2. The Warranty Department may also be contacted
for Warranty Service Reports, claim forms, or any
questions concerning warranties or warranty service
by dialing (507) 835-6222.
Reference Oscillator Adapter Kit - The kit is installed
in the 1:8 Splitter Shelf. The attenuator is used in 2009
repeater systems when only one OCXO drawer is
available.
1.8 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE
Redundant OCXO - The OCXO (Oven Controlled
Crystal Oscillator) drawer produces a stable 1.25 MHz
(±0.1 PPM) reference signal for the Receiver and Exciter synthesizers.
The Customer Service Department of the E.F.
Johnson Company provides customer assistance on
technical problems and the availability of local and
factory repair facilities. Regular Customer Service
hours are 7:30 a.m. - 5:30 p.m. Central Time,
Monday - Friday. The Customer Service Department
can be reached using one of the following telephone
numbers:
Companding Module - This enhances the receive and
transmit audio when used in conjunction with the Telephone Interface Card (TIC).
Two Foot Cable - This is a 2’ RG-58 coax cable with
BNC male connectors for the HSDB (High Speed Data
Bus).
Toll-Free: (800) 328-3911
(From within continental United States only)
International: (507) 835-6911
Six Foot Cable - This is a 6’ RG-58 coax cable with
BNC male connectors for the HSDB (High Speed Data
Bus).
FAX: (507) 835-6969
Custom Frequency - This is a factory frequency programming and repeater setup.
E-Mail: First Initial/Last [email protected]
(You need to know the name of the person you want to
reach. Example: [email protected])
PGMR 2000 Programming Software - 3.5" programming disk used to program the repeater.
NOTE: Emergency 24-hour technical support is also
available at the 800 and preceding numbers during off
hours, holidays, and weekends.
When your call is answered at E.F. Johnson Company, you will hear a brief message informing you of
numbers that can be entered to reach various departments. This number may be entered during or after the
message using a tone-type telephone. If you have a
pulse-type telephone, wait until the message is finished and an operator will come on the line to assist
Service Microphone - This is a speaker and microphone combination that plugs into the MAC connectors. The microphone provides local audio and pushto-talk, while the speaker provides local audio adjusted
with the volume control.
1-3
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
Return Authorization (RA) numbers are not necessary unless you have been given one by the Field
Service Department. RA numbers are required for
exchange units or if the Field Service Department
wants to be aware of a specific problem. If you have
been given an RA number, reference this number on
the Factory Repair Request Form sent with the unit.
The repair lab will then contact the Field Service
Department when the unit arrives.
you. When you enter some numbers, another number
is requested to further categorize the type of information you need.
You may also contact the Customer Service
Department by mail. Please include all information
that may be helpful in solving your problem. The
mailing address is as follows:
Transcrypt International, Inc.
Customer Service Department
299 Johnson Avenue
P.O. Box 1249
Waseca, MN 56093-0514
1.10 REPLACEMENT PARTS
E.F. Johnson replacement parts can be ordered
directly from the Service Parts Department. To order
parts by phone, dial the toll-free number as described
in Section 1.2. When ordering, please supply the part
number and quantity of each part ordered. E.F.
Johnson dealers also need to give their account number. If there is uncertainty about the part number,
include the designator (C112, for example) and the
model number of the equipment the part is from.
1.9 FACTORY RETURNS
Repair service is normally available through local
authorized E.F. Johnson Land Mobile Radio Service
Centers. If local service is not available, the equipment
can be returned to the factory for repair. However, it is
recommended that you contact the Customer Service
Department before returning equipment because a service representative may be able to suggest a solution
to the problem so that return of the equipment would
not be necessary.
You may also send your order by mail or FAX.
The mailing address is as follows and the FAX number
is shown in Section 1.2.
E.F. Johnson Company
Service Parts Department
299 Johnson Avenue
P.O. Box 1249
Waseca, MN 56093-0514
Be sure to fill out a Factory Repair Request Form
#271 for each unit to be repaired, whether it is in or
out of warranty. These forms are available free of
charge by calling the repair lab (see Section 1.2) or by
requesting them when you send a unit in for repair.
Clearly describe the difficulty experienced in the space
provided and also note any prior physical damage to
the equipment. Then include a form in the shipping
container with each unit. Your telephone number and
contact name are important because there are times
when the technicians have specific questions that need
to be answered in order to completely identify and
repair a problem.
1.11 INTERNET HOME PAGE
The E.F. Johnson Company has a home page on
the World Wide Web that can be accessed for information on such things as products, systems, and regulations. The address is http://www.transcrypt.com.
1.12 SOFTWARE UPDATES/REVISIONS
When returning equipment for repair, use a PO
number or some other reference number on your
paperwork in case you need to call the repair lab about
your unit. These numbers are referenced on the repair
order and it makes it easier and faster to locate your
unit in the lab.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
All inquiries concerning updated software, its
installation and revisions should be directed to the
Customer Service Department (see Section 1.2).
1-4
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.13 REPEATER OPERATION
CR1 blinking; MPC is operational, CR2 on; high
power, off is low power and CR5 on; indicates an LTR
Repeater.
1.13.1 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD (MPC)
1.13.2 TEST MODE
Refer to Figure 1-2.
•
Programming Jack
When the Repeater is in Test mode the safety
measures are disabled. Therefore, if the Repeater is
keyed for an extended period and the power amplifier
temperature increase, thermal shutdown will not occur.
There are pop-up windows that appear in the Test
mode screens to alert the user that there is an alarm
and action should be taken.
J1 provides input connection from the computer
and the "flash memory" in the MPC. The programming information in an IBM PC programs the MPC
directly from the serial card through an interconnect
cable to the COM1 or COM2 port.
•
Reset
RF Thermal Sense Alarm Condition Exists
S1 provides a manual reset of the Main Processor
Card (MPC). A manual reset causes a complete
power-up restart.
•
NOTE: Safety measures are disabled
Ok
Display and LEDs
Figure 1-1 ALARM IN TEST MODE
Each combination of DS1 display read-out and
CR4/CR3 indication refers to an active alarm. See
Table 1-2 for alarms and definitions. LED indications:
RF INTERFACE
BOARD
S1
DS1
+15V
+15V ACC
-5V
+5V
GND
J103
GRN
YEL
YEL
RED
RED
CR1
CR2
CR5
CR4
CR3
CWID
HANG
SWITCH
MOBILE
XMIT
AD
LEVEL
J100
J1
J500
TP
J501
GND
J502
+15V
PROG
LOCAL
JACK
ON/OFF/VOL
R236
RESET
MIC
J102
SPKR
J101
S508
J104
EXT SPKR
MPC
MAC
PA
IAC
EXCITER/RECEIVER
Figure 1-2 REPEATER CARDS
1-5
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
Table 1-2 ACTIVE REPEATER ALARMS
Alarm No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
DS1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
D
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CR3
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
CR4
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
Definition
Test Mode
IAC input 1 Active
IAC input 2 Active
IAC input 3 Active
IAC input 4 Active
IAC input 5 Active
IAC input 6 Active
IAC input 7 Active
IAC input 8 Active
MAC Processor Alarm
HSDB Processor/Cable Alarm
IRDB Cable Alarm
TIC Processor Alarm
VNC Alarm
AC Power Failure
Battery Power Failure
Power supply thermal sense
Fan 1 current out of specification
Fan 2 current out of specification
IAC mismatch
RF shutdown
RF Half Power Mode
Thermal sense in RF portion
RF Finals 1-2 power out failure
RF Finals 3-4 power out failure
RF VSWR Failure
Normal Synthesizer Tx Lock failure
Normal Synthesizer Rx Lock failure
HS Synthesizer Tx Lock failure
HS Synthesizer Rx Lock failure
RF Quarter Power Alarm
1-6
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
•
1.13.3 MAIN AUDIO CARD (MAC)
S508 turns the power supply DC voltages on and
off from the IAC in the front of the repeater.
Refer to Figure 1-2.
•
External Speaker Jack
•
J104 provides repeater audio output to an external
speaker. The local volume control adjusts the volume
level of this speaker.
•
Speaker/Microphone Jacks
•
This indicates that the CW Identification is being
transmitted on the lowest-frequency repeater. The
CWID is a continuous-wave (CW) transmission of the
station call letters in Morse Code to satisfy the station
identification requirement. The CWID is programmed
into the repeater memory. This indicator also is used
when an alarm is transmitted with Morse code.
A D Level Test Point
J100 provides audio/data level output for test
level checks.
•
CWID Indicator
Local On/Off/Volume Control
R236 provides control of the receive audio output
to J101 and J104. Turning this control clockwise past
the detente applies voltage to the local audio amplifier.
•
Power Indicator
CR501 indicates the +5V supply is at normal
level and applied to the IAC. CR524 indicates -5V
supply is at normal level and applied to the IAC.
CR523 indicates the +15V accessory supply is at normal level. CR525 indicates that the +15V supply is at
normal level and applied to the IAC.
J102 provides audio input from a microphone.
J101 provides the receive audio to the microphone.
•
Power Supply On/Off Switch
•
Hang Indicator
This indicates that the hang word is being transmitted by the repeater. This word is transmitted on
calls in which the channel is held for the duration of
the call and not just for the duration of the transmission. The hang word tells the mobiles to stay on the
same channel and not re-access the system when
responding to a call.
Ground
J103 is connected to ground for test equipment
when monitoring test point J100.
1.13.4 INTERFACE ALARM CARD (IAC)
•
Switch Call Indicator
Refer to Figure 1-2.
•
The Switch Call Indicator on the IAC shows that
a Switch-To-Mobile transmission is in progress (see
Figure 7-30.)
Voltage Test Output
J502 provides a +15V test point on the IAC.
•
•
Mobile-to-repeater transmission in progress is
indicated by the Mobile Call Indicator.
J501 is connected to ground for test equipment
when monitoring voltage test point J502.
•
Mobile Call Indicator
Ground
•
A D Level Test Point
J500 provides a test point to monitor audio and
data levels, AC fail and thermal sensor.
Xmit Indicator
This indicates that the repeater transmitter is
keyed by the logic.
1-7
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.13.5 POWER SUPPLY
Check with your Johnson representative for more
information concerning the capabilities of LTR-Net
systems.
The 2000 Series Repeater Power Supply is a quad
output 800W supply with power factor correction. A
battery back-up module, PN 023-2000-830, can be
added to the power supply to provide automatic battery revert in the event of AC power failure (see Section 1.4) The Battery Back-Up module charges the
batteries when AC is present at the power supply (see
Section 1.5 and 8.6).
The following sections provide a brief description
of the LTR-Net components see Figure 1-3.
1.14.2 MOBILE TRANSCEIVERS
1.14 LTR-Net SYSTEM COMPONENTS
The mobile and handheld transceivers used in a
LTR-Net system must be compatible with the type of
signaling in use and also the frequency range.
1.14.1 INTRODUCTION
LTR-Net transceivers can be programmed for
LTR and Conventional operation. However, some
LTR transceivers can only be programmed for LTR
and Conventional operation. The main difference
between LTR-Net and LTR only versions of the same
model is the software in the microprocessor.
The main components in a LTR-Net system are
shown in Figure 1-3. An LTR-Net system can be
designed to meet the requirements of almost any user.
The following are LTR-Net features.
•
With LTR-Net signaling, advanced features such as
up to 65504 Unique ID codes, automatic mobile
identification, home channel backup, and five levels
of access priority are available.
•
Users of different types of radio equipment can talk
to each other.
Example: a Conventional mobile channel could talk
to a mobile operating on a LTR-Net (trunked)
900 MHz channel.
1.14.3 REPEATERS
•
NOTE: The Summit QX does not require a
separate LTR-Net logic drawer.
The repeater model used in a LTR-Net system is
determined by frequency range, 900 MHz use the
Summit QX 2009 repeaters. There is one repeater for
each RF channel.
Wide area radio coverage can be provided so that a
mobile could talk to another mobile that is using a
repeater that may be hundreds of miles away. That
repeater may be part of the same LTR-Net system or
another LTR-Net system. Phone line or other types
of links can be used to provide the communication
path.
Inter-Repeater Data Communication
Data communication between LTR-Net or LTR
repeaters is via a high-speed data bus. This bus cable
is installed in a daisy-chain manner between repeaters. If both LTR-Net and LTR repeaters are located at
a Locality, only like types are connected together. Up
to 20 LTR-Net or 20 LTR repeaters can be interconnected (see Section 1.9 for connecting the data bus).
LTR-Net systems are not restricted to a specific
type of signaling. Example: an entire LTR-Net system
could be designed using Conventional channels which
use tone- or digitally-controlled squelch. The various
types of signaling can also be mixed in a system.
Example: There could be:
10-channels using LTR-Net signaling
5-channels using LTR signaling
5-channels using Conventional signaling
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
1-8
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
LTR-Net REPEATERS
(UP TO 20 PER SWITCH)
OTHER SWITCHES
AND SYSTEMS
AUDIO AND
PUBLIC SWITCHED
3000 SERIES SWITCH
DATA LINK
WAM/SNM
LTR-Net
TELEPHONE NETWORK
(PSTN) OR PABX
TIM
CIM
MOBILE TRANSCEIVER
AUDIO AND
DATA LINK
CIM
LTR
CCM
MOBILE TRANSCEIVER
AUDIO AND
DATA LINK
NetNIM
CONVENTIONAL
MOBILE TRANSCEIVER
SYSTEM and SUBSCRIBER MANAGER (SSM)
Figure 1-3 LTR-Net SYSTEM COMPONENTS
required for the call. On Switch-to-mobile calls, the
data fed to the repeater allows the Switch to operate
the repeater like a base station.
Repeater Connection To Switch
The repeaters can be located at the same Locality
as the Switch or they may be located at a Locality that
is many miles from the Switch. A voice and data link
is required between the repeaters and Switch. This
link can be a direct connection, phone lines, microwave, RF transceiver, fiber optic, or some other type
of link. This link is connected to the repeater terminal
block on the back of the repeater.
There are three different types of links that can be
selected for the data path between each repeater and
the Switch. The MPC is programmed for the type of
link used (see Section 1.11).
The voice link routes transceiver voice to and
from the Switch. The voice must be routed to the
Switch when a call involves a dispatcher, telephone
interconnect, or another RF channel or LTR-Net system. If the call is a mobile-to-mobile call on the same
RF channel, the voice is simply repeated by the
repeater (it is also routed to the Switch but is not connected to anything). The voice path input/output port
interfaces with a standard 4-wire, 600 ohm phone line.
The data link allows the Switch to control the
repeater. With mobile-to-repeater calls, the data fed to
the Switch is used to determine what routing is
1-9
•
A 4-Wire voice-grade link can be used that is similar
to the audio link. The data is then sent as tones using
FSK modulation.
•
RS-232 serial inputs and outputs are available for
direct connection or connection to a link that accepts
RS-232 data.
•
Data can be modulated as in ’1’ and then sent over
the voice path using a Blank and Burst technique.
Only one 4-wire link is then needed between each
repeater and the Switch.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.14.4 SWITCH
All LTR-Net mobiles have one of the Locality
repeaters assigned as their "Home Repeater". This
repeater handles the data and audio unless a failure
causes the Status Repeater to take over. The Group ID
calls use the Home Repeater number in identifying the
mobiles (see Section 1.15.3).
The Switch can connect several different forms of
communication together to form a communication network that requires the Call Processor. It has up to six
shelves with 12 or 16 device slots each (72 or 96 slots
available) and up to three racks (for 216 or 288 slots).
Many different modules are available to complete the
network. Some modules have specific device slot
requirements.
1.14.8 STATUS REPEATER CHANNEL
The Status Repeater Channel is one repeater at a
Locality designated to transmit update information for
all calls occurring at that Locality. The Status repeater
is a "Home Repeater" backup usually not assigned
voice traffic.
1.14.5 CALL PROCESSOR AND SYSTEM AND
SUBSCRIBER MANAGER
The Call Processor, along with the System and
Subscriber Manager, controls the LTR-Net System.
The Call Processor (CP) is an IBM PC or compatible
computer that is running the EFJohnson management
program. The System and Subscriber Manager software is used by the System Administrator to program,
control and continuously monitor Switch operation,
and provides logging of information for billing purposes.
1.14.9 MONITOR REPEATER CHANNEL
This is the repeater channel that a mobile is currently monitoring for update messages. This repeater
may be either the mobile’s Home Repeater or the
Locality Status Repeater. A special algorithm is used
by the mobile to determine which is to be monitored.
Generally, it is the last repeater that a valid data message was detected on.
The System and Subscriber Manager (SSM) is a
program that executes on an IBM PC or compatible
computer. The function of the SSM is to manage the
database information that the Call Processor uses in its
operation. The SSM has the capability to generate
reports from the logged information of the CP. The
SSM also has the ability to setup and initiate such
activities as Dynamic Reprogramming of certain
mobile parameters (Group 11), disabling (Kill) of lost
or stolen mobiles and many other functions.
1.14.10 HOME CHANNEL ALIASING
The LTR-Net Home Channel Aliasing feature
increases the number of addresses available on a
Locality for Group calls. It does this by allowing calls
to be programmed on non-exisent Home repeaters.
Each Home repeater can be programmed with 1239 Group ID codes. Assume a Locality has four
active repeaters and one of these is the Status repeater
(that is normally not assigned as a Home repeater).
The number of calls that can be programmed are then
as follows:
1.14.6 LOCALITY
A Locality is the location where one or more
repeaters are housed. Trunked system repeaters are
connected to the same high-speed data bus and are
required to be located close together. LTR-Net can
have a maximum of 20 repeaters at a Locality. One
CIM (Channel Interface Module) is required for each
LTR-Net repeater. A CCM (Conventional Channel
Module) is required for a conventional channel.
Without Aliasing - 3 x 239 or 717 calls
With Aliasing - 20 x 239 or 4780 calls
When a call is placed on a non-existent Home
repeater, the subscriber unit automatically uses the
next lower numbered active repeater.
NOTE: Since this feature does not increase system
capacity, adding too many users may result in unsatisfactory operation due to frequency busy conditions.
1.14.7 HOME REPEATER CHANNEL
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
1-10
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.15 LTR-Net FEATURES
1.14.11 TELEPHONE INTERCONNECT AND
DATA TRANSMISSION
1.15.1 STANDARD AND SPECIAL CALLS
Mobile transceivers can be used to access the
PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). However, this interconnect operation must be on a secondary basis to dispatch operation. An exception is when
the trunked system or channel is assigned exclusively
to one user.
There are two types of calls with LTR-Net signaling; Standard Calls and Special Calls. Group ID codes
1-239 are Standard (dispatch) calls, and Group ID
codes 240-247 are Special Calls.
As previously stated, up to 239 Group ID codes
are assignable on each Home repeater. When a transceiver monitors its Home or Status repeater, it receives
data messages containing a Home repeater number,
Group ID, and Unique ID code (refer to Section
1.15.2). When it detects its Home repeater and a
Group ID from 1-239 that it is programmed to decode,
it unsquelches and the call is received. The correct
Unique ID code does not need to be detected to
receive a Standard Call. Standard Calls are limited to
other transceivers assigned to the same Home repeater.
However, each selectable system of a transceiver can
be programmed with a different Home repeater to
allow calls to mobiles assigned to other Home repeaters if desired.
Mobiles may place telephone calls through the
PSTN (Public Switch Telephone Network) or a PABX
(Private Automatic Branch Exchange) using the Interconnect special call. When the Call Processor detects
a mobile placing an interconnect call, it checks to see
if it is authorized that service determined by the System and Subscriber Manager and what type of call it is
making. If it is authorized, the Switch completes the
connection through the TIM (Telephone Interface
Module) to the telephone network. The Call Processor
performs the record keeping needed for billing.
Data transmission and paging are also allowed on
these frequencies. It also must be secondary to voice
communication. Refer to applicable FCC rules and
regulations for more information.
If a Group ID from 240-247 is received, a Special
Call is indicated and the transceiver will respond
according to the type of call. Special calls are used to
perform many of the special LTR-Net features
described in this section. Examples of Special Calls
are calls to a specific transceiver (Unique ID), Group
(Directed Group) or Telephone Interconnect. Others
are Interrogate, Interconnect, and Transceiver Disable. Generally, a transceiver must decode its Unique
ID code to respond to a Special Call.
1.14.12 PUBLIC SWITCHED TELEPHONE NETWORK (PSTN)
If interconnect calls are to be placed by mobiles
or landside users to mobiles, the Switch is connected
to the PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network).
The specific mobiles which can place calls and other
interconnect parameters are determined by how the
System Manager programs the System and Subscriber
Manager/Call Processor and by the programming of
each mobile transceiver.
1.15.2 UNIQUE ID CODES
1.14.13 PRIVATE AUTOMATIC BRANCH EXCHANGE (PABX)
Each transceiver is programmed with a Unique
ID code in addition to Group ID codes. Unique ID
codes are assigned on a system-wide basis, not on a
repeater basis as with Group IDs. Up to 65504 Unique
ID codes can be assigned per Switch.
The system has the ability to connect to a PABX
or PBX. This allows mobile originated calls to use the
dial access codes and the least cost routing facility of
the PABX/PBX.
Whenever a transceiver makes a call, it always
transmits its Unique ID in addition to a Group ID. Any
control point equipped with a decoder and display
capable of listening to that transceiver can then display
the ID of that unit. This provides automatic identification of transceivers making calls.
1.14.14 PULSE CODE MODULATION (PCM)
PCM typically runs on the voice buses at 2.048
MHz. The Switch provides 32-Time Slots for sending
of audio.
1-11
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
Unique IDs also permit individual mobile units to
be called using the special calls described in the preceding section. Calls can also be made to individual
transceivers using standard call Group IDs 1-239 if an
ID is assigned to only one transceiver.
1.15.3 GROUP IDENTIFICATION CALLS
The Group ID (1-239) is assigned to each LTRNet Home Repeater. A "standard" Group ID call is
accepted by a mobile if its Home Repeater and Group
ID are in the data message. A "special" calls are Telephone Interconnect calls, UID calls and Directed
Group calls (Auxiliary calls). Telephone Interconnect
Calls are assigned a Token Group ID (240-247)
assigned by the repeater upon request from a mobile.
Telephone Interconnect calls, Unique ID calls and
Directed Group Calls all require the System and Subscriber Manager/Call Processor to provide authorization.
1.15.4 ALARM FORWARDING TO SWITCH
Repeater alarms are routed to the CIB (Channel
Interface Bus) to be detected by the Call Processor and
the System and Subscriber Manager.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
1-12
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL1
Frequency Range
Dimensions
AC Voltage/Frequency
AC Current (at 117V AC)
AC Input Power
DC Current at 26.5V DC
Number of Channels
Channel Spacing
Channel Resolution
Temperature Range
Duty Cycle
FCC Type Acceptance
FCC Compliance
896-901 MHz Receive, 935-940 MHz Transmit
9.125 H x 17" W x 20.9" D
100-240V AC/50-60 Hz
0.40A (Standby), 1.8A (25W), 3.3A (75W), 5.8A (160W)
47W (Standby), 211W (25W), 390W (75W), 680W (160W)
6A (25W), 11A (75W), 22.5A (160W)
1 (Synthesized, programmable)
12.5 kHz
12.5 kHz
-30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)
Continuous
ATH2422009, ATH2422009-1
Parts 15, 90
RECEIVER
12 dB SINAD
20 dB Quieting
Signal Displacement Bandwidth
Adjacent Channel Rejection
Intermodulation Rejection
Spurious & Image Rejection
Audio Squelch Sensitivity
Audio Response
Audio Distortion
Local Audio Power
Audio Sensitivity
Hum & Noise Ratio
Frequency Spread
Frequency Stability
0.35 µV
0.50 µV
±3 kHz
-75 dB
-75 dB
-90 dB
12 dB SINAD
+1/-3 dB TIA
Less than 3% at 0.5W/16 ohms
0.5W/16 ohms
±750 Hz
-45 dB
5 MHz
±0.1 PPM -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)
TRANSMITTER
RF Power Output
Spurious Emissions
Harmonic Emissions
Audio Deviation
LTR Data Deviation
CWID Deviation
Repeat Deviation
Audio Response
Audio Distortion
Hum & Noise (TIA)
Frequency Spread
Frequency Stability
Emission Designators
Low Power = 75W min (default setting) 25W (variable set point)
High Power = 160W min (default setting) 75W (variable set point)
-90 dBc
-90 dBc
±1.6 kHz
±750 Hz
±1 kHz
±800 Hz
+1/-3 dB TIA
Less than 2%
-45 dB
5 MHz
±0.1 PPM -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)
11K0F3E, 11K0F1D
1. These general specifications are intended for reference and are subject to change without notice. Contact the Systems
Applications consultants for guaranteed or additional specifications.
1-13
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
2000 OCXO DRAWER
Size
Weight
Shipping Weight
Operational Temperature Range
AC Voltage/Frequency
DC Voltage (w/2 oscillators)
DC Voltage (optiona external supply)
DC Current (w/2 oscillators)
1.75” high, 17” wide, 14” deep (19” rack mount, 1 rack unit height)
8 pounds
9 pounds
-30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)
115V AC ±15% 50/60 Hz
0.2A (115V AC) or 0.1A (230V AC)
15V DC ±15%
< 1A DC at initial turn on
< 0.7A DC after warm-up
Frequency
10 MHz
Reference Signal Outputs
8 - 1.25 MHz outputs
External 10 MHz Signal Input Level
2V P-P minimum (high impendance input)
Output Amplitude
0 dBm ±1 dB (1.25 MHz outputs)
10 dBm ±1 dB (10 MHz output)
Overall Oscillator Output Stability
0.1 PPM
Oscillator Temperature Stability
0.03 PPM (-40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)
Oscillator Aging
1 E-9/Day
Oscillator Tuning Range (Mechanical) Range for 10 years aging adjustable to 0.01 PPM nominal
Single Sideband Noise/Hz
-105 dBc at 10 Hz
-135 dBc at 100 Hz
-150 dBc at 10 kHz
Current handling capability of
alarm relay outputs
2A
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
1-14
SECTION 2 INSTALLATION
2.1 INTRODUCTION
NOTE: If the Repeater is installed in an area that
exceeds these environmental conditions, the site
should be equipped with air filters to remove dust and
dirt that could cause the equipment to overheat.
Information in this section tells how to set up the
repeater for operation in an LTR-Net system. It is
assumed that the repeater has been previously aligned
at the factory or as described in the alignment procedure in Section 7.
2.3 VENTILATION
The RF modules and the power supply are
equipped with fans, controlled by thermostats, that
force air through the equipment for cooling. The air
flow is from the front to the back of the equipment.
This permits the Repeaters to be stacked or rack
mounted (see Figure 2-3). There are a few considerations when installing Repeaters to provide adequate
air circulation.
Even though each repeater is thoroughly aligned
and tested at the factory, it is good practice to check
performance before it is placed in service. This
ensures that no damage occurred during shipment and
that the repeater is otherwise operating properly. Performance testing is described in Sections 7.2, 7.3, 7.4
and 7.5.
•
2.1.1 SITE PREPARATION AND ANTENNA INSTALLATION
Site preparation and antenna installation are not
within the scope of this manual. Basic installation
requirements are discussed in the "Dealer Guide To
Site Preparation", Part No. 004-8000-100. Factory
installation is also available. Contact your Johnson
representative for more information.
The Repeaters should be mounted with a minimum
of 6 inches clearance between the front or back of
the cabinet for air flow. The power supply requires
a minimum of 18 inches at the back of the Repeater
for removal.
NOTE: Repeaters should not touch. Leave a minimum of one empty screw hole (approximately 1/2")
between repeaters vertically, especially for bottom
ventilation slots in high power repeaters.
2.2 ENVIRONMENT
•
Cabinet enclosures must provide air vents for adequate air circulation.
•
Temperature and humidity must be considered
when several Repeaters are installed at a site. This
might require air conditioning the site.
The following conditions should be considered
when selecting a site for the Repeater.
Operating Temperature
-30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F).
2.4 AC POWER
Humidity
The AC power source to the Viking VX Repeater
can be 120V AC or 240V AC. Nothing need be done
to the power supply for 240V AC operation. However, a 240V AC outlet requires that the 120V AC
power plug be replaced. A locking AC power cord is
provided for the supply.
Less than 95% relative humidity at 50°C.
Air Quality
For equipment operating in a controlled environment with the Repeaters rack mounted, the airborne
particles must not exceed 30 µg/m3.
The 120V AC cord is a standard 3-wire grounded
cord used with a standard AC wall outlet. The outlet
must be capable of supplying a maximum of 328W (632) or 680W (-634). With the nominal 120V AC
input, the source must supply 3A for each 75W
For equipment operating in an uncontrolled environment with the Repeaters rack mounted, the airborne particles must not exceed 100 µg/m3.
2-1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INSTALLATION
perature sensor cable is shown in Figure 2-2. LED
indicators are provided to show Reverse Battery connection, Charger On/Off and Battery Fault.
repeater or 6A for each 160W repeater and should be
protected by a circuit breaker. It is recommended that
all of the repeaters in a rack should not be on the same
breaker in order to provide one operational repeater in
the event a breaker trips. An AC surge protector is
recommended for all equipment.
TEMP
WHT
GND
BLK
Each Repeater requires an outlet, the receiver
multicoupler and OCXO drawer require one each, so
for a 5-channel system a minimum of 8 outlets are
required. An additional three should be added for test
equipment. The outlets must be within 3 feet of each
Repeater cabinet. Future system expansion should be
considered when electrical work is being planned for
the initial system.
NEGATIVE
BATTERY
TERMINAL
Figure 2-2 TEMPERATURE SENSOR CABLE
2.6 800W POWER SUPPLY
The Viking VX Repeater power supply can be
equipped with an optional 24V DC back-up in the
event of AC power failure. Since the transmitter
remains on full power, if desired, the DC power source
must have a current capability of about 15A per 75W
repeater (25A per 160W repeater) or 75A for 5-75W
repeaters (125A for 5-160W repeaters). The multicoupler requires 0.5A and the OCXO drawer requires
1A for a total system requirement at 24V DC of 76.5A
for 75W repeaters (126.5A for 160W repeaters).
BREVERSE
BATTERY
EARTH
GROUND
B+
TEMP
The power supply has four voltage output levels
(see Table 2-1). Each voltage is set to ±1% at +25°C
(+77°F). The output of this supply is capable or running any 2000 series repeater.
Each output is overload protected such that the
power supply current limits and automatically resets
when the overload is removed (see Table 2-1).
Each output is over voltage protected such that
the power supply shuts down when an over voltage
condition exists, usually when a component in the supply has failed (see Table 2-2). The power supply must
be manually reset by toggling the Enable Line or
removing AC power for more than 10 seconds.
CHARGER
ACTIVE
SWITCH
CHARGER
ON
BATTERY
FAULT
LINE
NEUTRAL
Table 2-1 OUTPUT VOLTAGES
Voltage
+26.5V
+15V
+5.2V
-5V
Current
22A
5A
5A
1A
Wattage
583W
75W
26W
5W
Figure 2-1 BATTERY BACKUP CONNECTOR
2.5 BATTERY BACKUP
Table 2-2 OVER VOLTAGE
If the power supply is equipped with battery
backup, screw lugs are provided on the front of the
power supply for battery connections (see Figure 2-2).
A switch is provided for charging the battery or can be
off if a separate battery charger is used. A battery temperature sensor connection is also provided. The temMarch 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
Voltage
+26.5V
+15V
+5.2V
-5V
2-2
Range
+32V to +33V
+16V to +18V
+6V to +7V
-6V to -7V
INSTALLATION
BACKPLANE
1
4
7
2
5
8
3
6
J2
A
B
C
9
POWER HARNESS
+26.5V
GROUND
TO
RFIB
+15V
1
J2
2
3
4
A
5
2
4
1
7
3
5
B
8
6
9
10
6
11
7
12
8
9
C
10
11
12
AC FAIL IN
POWER SWITCH
THERMAL SENSOR
N/C
+15V
N/C
N/C
+5V
-5V
2
1
4
5
3
TO
REPEATER
BACKPLANE
9
6
8
7
POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC
2.6.1 AC INPUT REQUIREMENTS
AC Input Voltage:
Line Frequency:
AC In-rush:
Overall Efficiency:
Lightning protection:
Power Factor:
Brown Out Voltage:
Temperature
The operating temperature range is -30°C to
+60°C (-22°F to +140°F), i.e. the same as the repeater.
The fan is thermostatically controlled by the internal
temperature. When the internal heatsink temperature
reaches +45°C (113°F) the fan turns on. When the
heatsink temperature drops below +35°C (95°F) the
fan turns off. If the internal heatsink temperature
reaches +90°C (+194°F) the power supply turns off
until the heatsink temperature drops below +85°C
(+185°F). The over-temperature shutdown and restart
are automatic.
100-240V AC
50-60 Hz
60A maximum
>70% at 100V AC
>80% at 240V AC
6kV for < 1ms
>0.97 at full load
80V AC
-30°C - +60°C (full power)
2.7 GROUNDING
Power factor correction per IEC555. The Power
supply has the following safety agency approvals
pending: UL1950, CSA22.2-950, TUV EN60950
(IEC950)
CAUTION
PROPER SITE GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING
PROTECTION ARE VERY IMPORTANT TO PREVENT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE REPEATER.
When the AC input voltage is below 90V AC, the
maximum output power is decreased to keep the input
current constant. If a battery back-up is installed, the
batteries take over when the AC input voltage falls
below 80V AC (dependent on power output).
As in any fixed radio installation, measures
should be taken to reduce the possibility of lightning
damage to the Viking VX equipment. Proper grounding eliminates shock hazard, protects against electromagnetic interference (EMI) and lightning.
The AC input connector is an IEC connector
equipped with a locking mechanism.
2-3
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INSTALLATION
Ground each piece of equipment separately. Do
not ground one piece of equipment by connecting it to
another grounded piece of equipment.
X=
1.05
1.09
1.13
1.17
1.20
1.30
A good DC ground must be found or created at
the site. Rooftop site grounds can be researched
through the building management or architects.
Tower site grounds must be made with grounding
rods. The many techniques for providing adequate
grounds for towers and poles and for installing building ground bus lines are beyond the scope of this manual. Refer to National Electrical Code article 250
"Grounding Techniques," article 800 "Communications Systems" and follow local codes.
for
VSWR=
1.10 : 1
1.20 : 1
1.30 : 1
1.40 : 1
1.50 : 1
1.86 : 1
Example: Repeater power output of 60W with a
VSWR of 1.3 : 1 (for this VSWR, X = 1.13):
VP = 1.414 (1.13) (√60(50))
VP = 1.59782 (√60(50))
VP = 1.59782 (54.772256)
VP = 87.52V
The ground bus should be routed to the floor area
within 5 feet of the system with a runner of 6 AWG or
larger solid copper wire or 8 AWG stranded copper
wire.
Telephone Line
There are four types of protection suppressors for
telephone lines; Gas Tube, Silicon Avalanche Diode,
Metal Oxide Varistor and Hybrid.
The outer conductor of each transmission line at
the point where it enters the building should be
grounded using 6 AWG or larger solid copper wire or
8 AWG stranded wire.
The hybrid protector is ideal for EF Johnson
equipment, and is strongly recommended. A hybrid
suppressor combines several forms of protection not
available in just one type of device. For example, a
high-speed diode reacts first clamping a voltage strike
within 10 ns, a heavy duty heat coil reacts next to
reduce the remainder of the current surge, and a highpowered three-element gas tube fires, grounding Tip
and Ring.
Secondary protection (other than grounding) provides the equipment protection against line transients
that result from lightning. There are two types of secondary protection, RF and Telephone Line. Use the
same wire sizes as specified for coaxial cables for any
ground connections required by the secondary protectors.
2.7.1 PROTECTION GUIDELINES
RF
Follow these guidelines for grounding and lightning protection. Each Repeater installation site is different; all of these may not apply.
An RF protector keeps any lightning strike to the
antenna feed line or tower from damaging the Repeaters. Install this protection in-line with the combiner
and antenna feed line.
RF protectors are selected by calculating the
maximum instantaneous voltage at the output of the
combiner. Do this by using the following equation.
VP = 1.414 (X) (√P(50))
Where:
VP = Voltage at the output of the combiner.
P = repeater output in watts
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
2-4
•
Ensure that ground connections make good metalto-metal contact (e.g. grounding rod or tray, metal
conduit) using #6 gauge solid or braided wire straps.
•
With surge protectors, ensure that ground wires go
directly to ground, not through other equipment.
•
Run the ground wire for RF coax protectors directly
to ground.
•
With coax protectors, ensure maximum instantaneous voltage does not exceed the rated voltage.
INSTALLATION
•
Do not run ground wires parallel to any other wiring
(e.g. a ground wire parallel to a telephone line),
except other ground wires.
•
Double check all equipment for good ground and
that all connections are clean and secure.
2.8 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION
TM
OCXO 1
OCXO2
The Repeater is shipped securely crated for transportation. When the Repeater arrives, ensure the
crates remain upright, especially if storing the crates
temporarily.
DE LTA F
OUTPUT
AC
DC
DC BACKUP
INTERRUPT
OCXO 1
INTERRUPT
OCXO 2
IN TERRUPT
When unpacking the Repeater, check for any visible damage or problems caused by shipping. If there
is obvious damage from shipping mishaps, file claims
with the carrier. If there appears to be any damage
caused before shipping, file a claim with Transcrypt
International, Inc. Contact Customer Service for assistance (see Section 1.8).
TX
If everything appears undamaged, remove the
Repeater equipment from the crate, using normal precautions for unpacking.
CO
MB
IN
ER
DU
PL
EX
ER
RX
M
UL
TIC
OU
PO
PL
ER
WE
RS
TR
IP
NOTE: Do not discard the packing materials. If you
must return an item, use the same packing materials
and methods (including static protective bags for circuit cards) to repack the equipment. You are responsible for proper repacking. Transcrypt International,
Inc. cannot be responsible for damage to equipment
caused by negligence.
NOTE: Repeaters should not touch. Leave a minimum of one empty screw hole (approximately 1/2")
between repeaters vertically, especially for bottom
ventilation slots in high power repeaters.
NOTE: Each repeater should be grounded separately
by connecting a ground bus from the ground lug on the
back side of the RF module to the ground bar on the
rack (see Figure 2-7).
Figure 2-3 RACK MOUNTED REPEATERS
2-5
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INSTALLATION
T/R ANTENNA
RECEIVER 1
TRANSMITTER 1
DUPLEXER
TRANSMITTER 2
RECEIVER 2
RECEIVER
RECEIVER 3
BANDPASS
FILTER
MULTICOUPLER
TRANSMITTER
TRANSMITTER 3
COMBINER
TRANSMITTER 4
RECEIVER 4
PREAMPLIFIER
TRANSMITTER 5
RECEIVER 5
Figure 2-4 5-CHANNEL COMBINING SYSTEM
2.9 REPEATER DATA BUS INSTALLATION
2.9.2 MPC DATA BUS JUMPER SETTINGS
The repeaters are interconnected by a balanced
line High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) consisting of a six
conductor cable. The total length of the HSDB cannot
exceed 500 feet. Connect the cables in daisy-chain
fashion to modular connector A5 on the back of the
repeater (see Figure 2-16). A 50 ohm termination is
not required for VIKING VX repeaters.
Refer to Figure 2-6 for crystal selection and
HSDB Code selections jumper placement. Jumper
J5, pins 1-2 selects 11.059 MHz for LTR-Net (J5, pins
2-3 selects 12 MHz crystal for Standard LTR). The
jumper on J4, pins 5-6 connects EPROM U14, pin 27
to ground for LTR-Net (J4, pins 3-4 connects EPROM
U14, pin 27 (A14) to +5V for Standard LTR singleended 5V data bus).
2.9.1 MPC DATA BUS SWITCH SETTINGS
CRYSTAL SELECTION
Switch settings on the MPC for the two types of
installations require S2 and S3 sections to be switched
as indicated in Figure 2-5.
J5
1
2
3
ONLY VIKING VX REPEATERS
(CENTER REPEATERS)
S3
1
2
HSDB CODE SELECTION
S2
4
3
ON
2
1
4
3
5
6
7
8
ON
2
4
6
1
3
5
J4
ONLY VIKING VX END REPEATERS
S3
1
2
3
4
ON
1 2 3 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 ON
Figure 2-6 MPC JUMPERS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Jumper J4 must be placed with the following
guidelines: J4, pins 5-6 for operation with the RJ-11 to
RJ-11 cable 200X systems (see Section 4.5.6).
Figure 2-5 MPC DATA BUS SWITCHES
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
2-6
INSTALLATION
2.10 CONNECTING RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT
ANTENNAS
Connect the voice link to terminals 1-2 and 3-4
(see Figure 2-8 and 2-12).
Receive and Transmit antenna connector locations are shown in Figure 2-7. Although each transmitter and receiver could be connected to a separate
antenna, this is usually not done because of the large
number of antennas required by a multiple repeater
installation. Therefore, an antenna combining system
is usually used. An example of a combining system
for a five-channel system is shown in Figure 2-4. The
amount of power loss introduced by a combiner
depends on the type of combiner used. If it has a loss
of 3 dB, power output to the antenna is reduced by
half.
P1-31
P1-63
1
VOICE LINK CONNECTIONS
3
D
U
N
CC
A
5V
I
+1
T
+
1
OU
T
2
2
D
RE
FA
IL
AC
C
5V
33
-
2
1
OU
T
O
2
UT
-
IN
1
J2
-
IN
-
A
C
+1
GR
O
U
N
T
+
IN
1
+
IN
+
R
SS
Q
1
M
EX
OU
VD
AT
G
D
O
STX
P1-64
EX
T
RX
S-
M
B
EB
4
R
O
V
RI
N
G
1
G
RI
N
IN
AU
D
S+
OT
TX
A
-
RX
A
TX
2
P1-32
S+
RX
M
A
EA
TI
P
1
TI
P
TX
A
+
RX
A
+
FSK BLANK/BURST
TO SWITCH
34
ALARMS
GROUND
Figure 2-8 TERMINAL BLOCK J2
RX
2.11.2 DATA LINK
TX
One of these three methods can be used for
installing the data link.
NOTE: See Section 7 for Link Alignment.
Figure 2-7 ANTENNA CONNECTIONS
1. Separate 4-wire link can be used that is similar to
that used for voice. The data is then encoded by
FSK and sent as tones.
2.11 CONNECTING AUDIO/DATA LINK TO
SWITCH
A communication link of some type is required
between the Switch and each repeater. This link
allows the Switch to control the repeater and also
routes audio between the Switch and repeater. Various
types of links can be used, such as phone line, RF
transceiver, microwave, or fiber optic Refer to Section
1.14.3 for more information. The repeater connection
point is terminal block J2 on the back panel (see Figures 2-8, 2-12 and 2-13). The information which follows describes the installation of these links.
8
7
5
S
RX
G
-(
2.11.1 VOICE LINK
S
TX
The voice link is always connected and it should
be a standard 4-wire, 600 ohm balanced voice- grade
link. It can be non-metallic, i.e. DC continuity is not
required. If the repeaters and Switch are located at the
same site, direct connection can be used as long as the
line is less than approximately 300 feet.
)
ND
RX
S-
D
AU
)
IO
S1
6
4
00
3
2
D)
(
)
GN
+
(
S
SK
S(F
RX
X
S- )
R
S+
T X D IO
RX
)
U
SK
(A
(F
+
+
S
S
TX
TX
S1
4
01
3
2
1
1
ON
ON
+
SK
F
Figure 2-9 MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS FOR
4-WIRE LINK
2-7
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INSTALLATION
2. A separate RS-232 serial link can be used.
VOICE LINK CONNECTIONS
LTR-Net
REPEATER
8
7
R
XS
ND
(G
RX
6
S1
0
5
4
)
RX
S+
4
3
0
D
)
IO
S1
2
RxA-
2
ON
TxA+
TxA-
01
LTR-Net
REPEATER
1
TX
S+
P1-31
J2-2
P1-32
RxA+
RxA-
1
D)
)
GN
(
SK
S(F
SX
R
TX
S+
X
O)
R
)
DI
U
SK
(A
(F
+
+
S
S
TX
TX
U
(A
RxA+
3
S-
SWITCH
J2-1
ON
RxS+
K
FS
RxS-
TxS+
TxS-
J2-3
P1-63
J2-4
P1-64
PRIMARY
RxA
TxA+
PRIMARY
TxA
TxA-
DATA LINK CONNECTIONS
SWITCH
J2-13
P1-27
J2-14
P1-28
RxS+
SECONDARY
RxA
RxSJ2-15
P1-59
J2-16
P1-60
TxS+
TxS-
SECONDARY
TxA
Figure 2-10 MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
FOR RS-232 LINK
Figure 2-12 LTR-Net VOICE/DATA LINK
3. The FSK data can be sent over the voice link using
a Blank and Burst technique. No separate data link
is then required.
2.12 OCXO DRAWER CONNECTIONS
2.12.1 VIKING VX CONNECTION
8
7
6
5
4
)
ND S(G
X
)
S
R
O
RX
DI
)
AU GND
(
)
(
+
SK
S
S
(F
RX
+
RX
S- )
S
TX IO
RX
)
D
SK
AU
+ ( S+ ( F
S
TX
TX
4
S
10
3
1
2
1
S1
00
These guidelines should be followed when using
2009 series repeaters with a 2000 OCXO drawer, Part
No. 023-2000-925.
3
2
1
•
ON
One 1.25 MHz output on the 2000 OCXO drawer is
connected to the 1.25 MHz Input on each 2009
Repeater. Up to eight 2009 series repeaters can be
connected to the 1.25 MHz Output ports.
This level is approximately 0 dBm.
TX
ON
S+
FS
•
K
Figure 2-11 MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
FOR BLANK AND BURST LINK
All shelves are connected to the 1.25 MHz output
ports of the 2000 OCXO drawer.
Select the type of link being used, refer to Figure
2-8 and 2-12 and make the connections to terminals 12 and 3-4.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
If connection to additional 2009 series repeaters is
necessary, additional 8-Way Splitter Shelves, Part
No. 023-2000-924, are added as required.
The level at the splitter shelf output ports is approximately -10 dBm. See Figure 2-13.
2-8
INPUT
10dB
6dB
3dB
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
J10
OUTPUT
10dB
20dB
J3
J4
J1
J2
ATTENUATOR
INPUT
J9
J10
J7
J8
J5
J6
J3
J4
J1
J2
OUTPUT
3dB
6dB
10dB
10dB
20dB
ATTENUATOR
INPUT
J9
J10
J7
J8
J5
J6
J3
J4
J1
J2
OUTPUT
3dB
6dB
10dB
10dB
20dB
ATTENUATOR
INSTALLATION
A010 IN SPLITTER SHELF
36 dB ATTENUATION
23 dB ATTENUATION
19 dB ATTENUATION
Figure 2-13 ATTENUATOR SETTINGS
2-9
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INSTALLATION
TO GPS 10 MHz
SERIES 2000 OCXO DRAWER (023-2000-925)
115V
1.25 MHz
OUTPUTS
10 MHz
B- B+ TEMP
1.25 MHz
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS
1 2 3 4ON
HSDB CODE
SELECTION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON
2 4 6
1 3 5
J4
S3
S2
CRYSTAL
SELECTION
J5 1 2 3
Figure 2-14 SINGLE REPEATER INSTALLATION
10 MHz SPLITTER
+12V
TO GPS 10 MHz
SERIES 2000 OCXO DRAWER (023-2000-925)
115 V
1.25 MHz
OUTPUTS
10 MHz
B- B+ TEMP
1.25 MHz
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS
1 2 3 4 ON
S3
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8ON
S2
HSDB CODE
SELECTION
CRYSTAL
2 4 6
SELECTION
J4
1 3 5 J5 1 2 3
10 MHz
B- B+ TEMP
1.25 MHz
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS
1 2 3 4ON
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8ON
HSDB CODE
SELECTION
J4
S3
S2
2 4
6
1 3
5
CRYSTAL
SELECTION
J5 1 2 3
Figure 2-15 TWO REPEATER INSTALLATION
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
2-10
INSTALLATION
10 MHz SPLITTER
+12V
TO GPS 10 MHz
SERIES 2000 OCXO DRAWER (023-2000-925)
115 V
1.25 MHz
OUTPUTS
10 MHz
B- B+ TEMP
1.25 MHz
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS
END REPEATER
2
1
4
3
2
1
ON
4
3
6
5
7
8
HSDB CODE
SELECTION
CRYSTAL
SELECTION
ON
2
4
6
1
3
5
J4
S3
S2
J5
1
2
3
10 MHz
B- B+ TEMP
1.25 MHz
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS
MIDDLE REPEATERS
1
2
3
4
1
ON
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
HSDB CODE
SELECTION
ON
2
4
6
1
3
5
CRYSTAL
SELECTION
J4
S3
S2
J5
1
2
3
10 MHz
B- B+ TEMP
1.25 MHz
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS
END REPEATER
1
2
3
4
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
HSDB CODE
SELECTION
ON
2
4
6
1
3
5
CRYSTAL
SELECTION
J4
S3
S2
J5
1
2
3
Figure 2-16 THREE OR MORE REPEATERS INSTALLATION
2-11
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INSTALLATION
1 PPS CONNECTION FROM GPS
10 MHz SPLITTER
10 MHz SPLITTER
+12V
+12V
TO GPS 10 MHz
SERIES 2000 OCXO DRAWER (023-2000-925)
1.25 MHz 8-WAY SPLITTER SHELF (023-2000-924)
INPUT 1.25 MHzOUTPUTS
0 dBm
115V
1.25 MHz
OUTPUTS
SPLIT IN
HSDB
ALL MIDDLE REPEATERS
10 MHz
1 2 3 4
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
B- B+
TEMP
B- B+
TEMP
S3
1.25 MHz
S2
HSDB CODE
SELECTION
CRYSTAL
SELECTION
J4 2 4 6
1 3 5 J5 1 2 3
-10 dBm
0 dBm
10 MHz
B- B+
TEMP
B- B+
TEMP
1.25 MHz
HSDB
10 MHz
B- B+
TEMP
B- B+
TEMP
1.25 MHz
HSDB
10 MHz
B- B+
TEMP
B- B+
TEMP
1.25 MHz
HSDB
10 MHz
10 MHz
END REPEATERS
B- B+
TEMP
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS
B- B+
TEMP
END REPEATER
1 2 3 4
1.25 MHz
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
S3
1.25 MHz
S2
HSDB CODE
SELECTION
CRYSTAL
SELECTION
J4 2 4 6
1 3 5 J5 1 2 3
Figure 2-17 MORE THAN ONE RACK OF LTR-Net REPEATERS
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
2-12
SECTION 3 SOFTWARE
Figure 3-1 PROGRAMMING SETUP
3.1 INTRODUCTION
3.1.2 MINIMUM COMPUTER REQUIREMENTS
3.1.1 PROGRAMMING SETUP
The LTR-Net Programmer requires Windows NT
4.0 or later, or Windows 95 or later that meets the following minimum requirements.
The following items are required to program the
repeater. The part numbers of this equipment are
shown in Section 1, Table 1-1. A programming setup
is shown above.
•
•
•
The LTR-Net Programmer on 3.5 inch disk, Part
No. 023-9998-459, uses Windows NT 4.0 or later, or
Windows 95 or later on a personal computer to program the EEPROM Memory in the Main Processor
Card (MPC).
•
•
The computer is connected directly from the
serial card to the MPC. The interconnect cables used
are shown in Figure 3-2. The DB-9 to 8-pin modular
adapter is connected to the serial port of the computer
and an interconnect cable connects the adapter to the
MPC.
16M of memory
486 or faster microprocessor
The personality program and help file are supplied
on a 3.5", 1.44M diskette only. Therefore, a computer with a hard disk drive and 3.5" (1.44M) floppy
drive is required.
One unused serial port
Color monitor
Although the program uses color to highlight certain areas on the screen, a monochrome (black and
white) monitor or LCD laptop also provide satisfactory operation. Most video formats are supported. An
unused serial port is required to connect the repeater
to the computer. One or two serial ports are standard
with most computers. One port may be used by the
mouse.
NOTE: These connections are for the IBM computer
and may differ from an IBM compatible. In which
case, consult the manuals for your computer for serial
card outputs and connections.
3-1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SOFTWARE
3.1.3 PROGRAMMING CABLES
The LTR-Net Programmer is used to configure
repeaters for proper operation with the LTR-Net
protocol.
The cables from the repeater to the computer are
not included.
From the repeater standpoint, an LTR-Net system
consists of one or more repeaters installed in a Locality, a 3000 Series Switch and the necessary interconnects and programming to provide LTR-Net operation
(see Section 1).
TO MPC
The LTR-Net Programmer defaults to using
COM1 at 9600 baud to communicate with a repeater,
however this can be changed by selecting Utilities ->
COM Port Setup from the menu, or by clicking on the
COM toolbar button (see Section 4.7.1).
When you first start the programmer, you should
create a Locality file with the information you wish to
program into repeaters at that Locality. See "How Do
I ... Create A New Locality File" for information on
performing this function.
TO LAPTOP
Figure 3-2 LAPTOP INTERCONNECT CABLE
3.1.4 EEPROM DATA STORAGE
NOTE: All repeaters installed in a given Locality use
the same Locality information, but each has its unique
repeater information programmed.
The data programmed into the MPC is stored by
an EEPROM memory. Since this type of device is
nonvolatile, data is stored indefinitely without the
need for a constant power supply. A repeater can be
removed from the site or even stored indefinitely without affecting programming. Since EEPROM memory
is also reprogrammable, a new device is not needed if
programming is changed.
3.1.6 LIMITATIONS
The LTR-Net Programmer requires Windows NT
4.0 or later, or Windows 95 or later.
3.1.5 GETTING STARTED
In order to read data from a repeater, a Locality
file must first be loaded from disk, or create and save
a Locality file. Only one Locality file may be loaded
at a time.
NOTE: Before starting you should already know
how to start Windows NT, format and make backup
copies of disks, copy and delete files, and run programs. If you are unfamiliar with any of these actions,
refer to the Windows NT manual for your computer for
more information (see Section 5).
The LTR-Net Programmer supports COM1
through COM4, and all of the baud rates currently
supported by the MPC. Since the number of data bits,
stop bits, and the parity are fixed in the MPC, these
cannot be changed in the programmer.
Follow the computer instructions for loading the
disk. The computer needs to have RS-232C capability, for example, the Serial Card in slot "COM1" or
"COM2".
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
3-2
SOFTWARE
3.2 MISCELLANEOUS SOFTWARE INFORMATION
Once files have been opened or saved from
within the programmer, those filenames will show up
in the taskbar Documents selection. allowing the program to be started by selecting the desired Locality
file from the Start menu.
3.2.1 MINIMUM FREE MEMORY REQUIRED
Approximately 2MB of free memory is required
to run this program. If not enough is available, there
may be other programs that are also being loaded into
conventional memory. These programs can be closed
to make more space available.
Refer to Section 4 for detailed information about
the LTR-Net Programmer’s contents and Section 5 for
the parameters and their descriptions for the Locality
and Repeater programming.
3.2.2 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
3.3 ALIGNMENT SOFTWARE
•
The software for the LTR-Net repeater programs
the MPC to open and close the audio/data gates necessary for the alignment selected from the Test-Full
Repeater menu.
Making a Backup Copy
When the programming software is received,
make a backup copy and store the master in a safe
place. To make a copy of the distribution disk with
Windows NT or Windows 95 Explorer, right click the
floppy drive icon and select Copy Disk.
•
Under the menu heading TEST, are the alignment
procedures for the PA (see Section 7.4 or 7.5),
Receiver (see Section 7.2), Exciter (see Section 7.3)
and overall Full Repeater (see Section 7.6) including
the MAC card (see Figure 3-3).
Creating a Windows Shortcut or Program Icon
To run the program from Windows NT or Windows 95, a shortcut icon can be created that can then
be double clicked to start the program. To create this
shortcut icon, select Start -> Settings -> Taskbar.
Then select the Start Menu Programs tab and click the
Add button. Information is then displayed to complete the process.
3.2.3 STARTING THE PROGRAM
There are several ways to start the LTR-Net Programmer. First, the program can be started by double
clicking on the shortcut icon. This starts the program
with an empty information file (Locality file). A
Locality file contains all of the programming information for all repeaters installed at a Locality.
Figure 3-3 REPEATER TEST MENU
Refer to Section 7 for alignment procedures as
shown in the program, alignment points diagrams and
test setup diagrams.
A second method of starting the program is to use
the Explorer to change to the directory containing
Locality files, then double click on one of those Locality files. This starts the programmer and automatically loads the selected file. This is normally the most
convenient method to start the program, as it pre-loads
all of the repeater data for a Locality.
3.4 HELP
Help screens are available for most parameters
and options in this program. Whenever a parameter or
options clarification is needed, press the Help button
and a help screen will pop-up on the screen.
3-3
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SOFTWARE
FILE
New* Ctrl+N
Open* Ctrl+O
Save As
Save* Ctrl+S
[Files List]
Exit
Locality Information*
Define Repeaters
Adjacent Locality Data
Select Repeater*
Edit Parameters
Repeater Information*
General Parameters
Input Alarms
Output Alarms
Alarm Cross Reference
EDIT
Delete Repeater
TRANSFER
Read Setup Parameters*
Write Setup Parameters*
HARDWARE
HSDB Monitor*
Rx/Tx Data
RF Data
Input Monitor
Revisions*
Mode Select
TEST
Exciter
PA
Receiver
Full Repeater
Adjust RNT Link
UTILITIES
COM Port Setup*
Alarm Display
VIEW
Status Bar
Tool Bar
Save Settings On Exit
HELP
All Tests
Repeater Setup
Transmitter Test
Receiver Test
Transmit Audio/Data
Audio Data Adjust
Repeater Operations
Help Topics
Help On Help
About LTR-Net
* Denotes an associated icon in the Tool Bar
Figure 3-4 PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
3-4
SECTION 4 LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.1 MENU DISPLAYS
4.2.2 OPEN
The menus available are listed at the top of the
screen (see Figure 4-1). Move the cursor with the
mouse to highlight the menu name. Press the left
mouse key to view the menu and the mouse to scroll
through the menu. Call up the highlighted selection
by pressing the left mouse button. The Toolbar provides one-click access to some of the most frequently
used menu selections.
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar and shortcut key Ctrl+O. This
menu selection or icon opens a Locality file
and loads its information into the programmer. It
brings up a list of Locality data files to select from.
4.2.3 SAVE AS
This menu selection saves the edited version of
an existing file loaded in the buffer under a new filename or gives a new file created in the Edit menu a
filename.
Figure 4-1 MAIN MENU
4.2 FILE MENU
This menu manipulates new or existing files into
directories and saves files to be called up at another
time.
Figure 4-3 OPEN / SAVE AS / SAVE FILE
4.2.4 SAVE
This menu selection has an equivalent icon
in the toolbar and shortcut key Ctrl+S.
Figure 4-2 FILE MENU
4.2.1 NEW
4.2.5 EXIT
This menu selection has an equivalent icon
in the toolbar and shortcut key Ctrl+N. This
menu selection or icon erases all Locality
and Repeater information in the programmer and loads
factory defaults. If the current data has been changed,
selecting File -> New or the icon provides the opportunity to save the data before loading the defaults.
Exits the repeater program and returns to Windows NT. See Section 4.8.3, View -> Save Setting On
Exit to save the toolbar location (size and shape) as
well as the main window location and size when the
programmer is opened.
4-1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
Locality Information
Define Repeaters
Adjacent Locality Data
Select Repeater
Edit Parameters
Repeater Information
General Parameters
Input Alarms
Output Alarms
Alarm Cross Reference
EDIT
Delete Repeater
Figure 4-4 EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
4.3 EDIT
4.3.1 LOCALITY INFORMATION
This menu is used to create new files and set or
change the repeater operating parameters. The filename for the Locality and relevant data is shown in the
Title Bar and Status Bar (see Section 4.8.1).
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon
brings up the Locality information screens to
Define Repeaters and Adjacent Localities.
Figure 4-5 EDIT MENU
Figure 4-6 LOCALITY CONFIGURAITON
Table 4-1 DEFINE REPEATERS PARAMETERS
Delete Entry
Frequency Band
Channel Number
Area Bit
Transmit Frequency
Receive Frequency
Active
Defined Repeaters
OK
Cancel
Help
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
Removes the selected Defined Repeater from the list.
Selects the Locality frequency band, 800 MHz, 800 MHz with offset, (or 900 MHz).
Select a repeater number in the Defined Repeater pane and assign the channel number (1-920).
See Appendix A for an 800 MHz Frequency Chart.
If the coverage area includes more than one Switch the area bit is used, this is normally 0.
This is displayed for reference and is determined when the Channel Number is selected.
This is displayed for reference and is determined when the Channel Number is selected.
Click on this box to activate the selected Defined Repeater.
Click on a repeater number, then select the channel number and the data is displayed.
Saves the current selections shown and closes the window.
Disregards all changes and closes the window.
Displays the Help screen for the parameters in this window.
4-2
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.3.2 SELECT REPEATER
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon selects a repeater from the currently defined repeaters within this Locality (see Figure 4-8). Move the
cursor with the mouse to highlight the repeater filename and double-click the mouse to open the Edit Parameters window.
Figure 4-7 ADJACENT LOCALITY DATA
•
Select the Locality ID number for the Locality currently being defined.
•
Select a Locality ID for each of the closest Adjacent
Localities (0-15).
•
Select a Preference number for each Adjacent
Locality number as an alternative when leaving the
range of this Locality.
Figure 4-8
SELECT REPEATER
Table 4-2 ADJACENT LOCALITY PARAMETERS
This Locality ID
Locality
Preference
# (Number)
0-1023
0-1023
1-15
0-15
This is the ID of the Locality currently being defined.
The Locality ID number of a neighboring Locality.
A scale number for the best alternative Locality (1 = Highest, 15 = Lowest).
Choice of 16 neighboring Localities that can pick-up transmissions.
4-3
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.3.3 REPEATER INFORMATION
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in the toolbar. This menu selection or icon brings up the
parameter pages for the selected repeater. It allows entry of information specific to this repeater.
Figure 4-9 REPEATER CONFIGURATION
Table 4-3 GENERAL PARAMETERS
Repeater Number
Channel Number
Receive Frequency
Transmit Frequency
Test Mode ID
Local Mic ID
Status Free
RNT Link
RF Power Level
Options
Power Source
CWID Time
CWID Message
OK
Cancel
Help
1-20
1-399
Repeater number was established in Locality Configuration.
Channel number was established in Locality Configuration.
Frequency was determined by channel number in Locality Configuration.
Frequency was determined by channel number in Locality Configuration.
1-239
Group ID transmitted when the Repeater is in the Test Mode.
1-239
Group ID transmitted when the local microphone PTT is active.
0=never
When the number of free channels falls below this value, Status Channel can be
20=always
used for voice.
Data Signaling type for 3000 Series Switch.
None
Frequency Shift Keying
FSK
RS-232
Dig
Blank and Burst (FSK)
BnB
Low, High
Low=25-75, High=75-160. Power level in watts for transmit power output.
Stand Alone
Selected if the repeater is permitted to operate without a connection to the 3000
Series Switch.
High Stability Synth Selected if the Receiver and Transmitter use the High Stability Synthesizer.
Allow LTR
Selected if standard LTR protocol is allowed.
Status Channel
One repeater at a Locality is designated to transmit update information for all
calls occurring at that Locality. Normally not assigned as a Home repeater.
Alarm to CIB
Routes repeater alarms to the Channel Interface Bus to be detected by the Call
Processor and the System and Subscriber Manager.
HSDB All Data
Repeater receives all the data on the High Speed Data Bus.
Xmit Channel Info Repeater sends updates on all repeaters installed in this Locality.
AC, DC
The type of primary power source for the Repeater.
0=disabled, 1-30 min The time interval between CWID transmissions.
Station call letters
This is the FCC station call letters (15 characters/numbers).
Saves the current selections shown and closes the window.
Disregards all changes on any of these four screens and closes the window.
Displays the Help screen for the parameters in this window.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
4-4
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
Figure 4-11 OUTPUT ALARMS
Figure 4-10 INPUT ALARMS
Input Alarms
Output Alarms
There are four Input Alarms that can be activated
by external devices (see Section 6.13). These inputs
can be Disabled, Energized or De-Energized. Alarms
3 and 4 can also be Analog Inputs.
Select the operation of the Output Alarm. The
available types are:
•
Disabled - The input alarm line is inactive.
•
Energized - An open circuit external to the repeater
activates the alarm.
•
De-energized - A closed circuit external to the
repeater activates the alarm.
•
Analog - Select the Low and High Limit pairs to trip
an Analog Input Alarm. The High Limit must be
greater in value than the Low Limit (0.0V-5.0V in
0.1V steps).
•
Alarm Description - This is a text string (up to 15
characters) to describe the alarm. The description is
automatically changed on the Cross Reference Window.
•
Open Active - An active alarm opens (no contact)
the output lines.
•
Closed Active - An active alarm closes (contact) the
output lines.
•
Alarm Message
This is a text string (up to 15 characters) to
describe the alarm. This text string is sent via Morse
code if the alarm input is programmed with a Tx ID
and an output is selected in the Cross Reference menu
(see Figure 4-13). The Alarm Message is automatically transferred to the Cross Reference window.
•
Transmit ID
Each of the 4-alarm outputs can be assigned a
Group ID from 1-239. The default setting is 238,
0 (zero) for disabled. This Group ID and the Repeater
number identify an alarm that is active. This ID can
be programmed into a transceiver so that when the
alarm is active, the alarm description is received in
Morse code.
•
Alarm Transmit Rate
This sets the time interval for transmitting the
alarm message in Morse code (0-30 min). If more
than one alarm is active, this is the inter-alarm time.
4-5
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
Cross Reference
Show Alarm Map
The cross reference screen selects the Output
Alarm that is activated by each Input Alarm.
There are up to:
This window displays an Alarm Map that displays those Alarm Outputs that have been mapped in
bold type. Double-clicking on these outputs lists the
Alarm Inputs that have been assigned to that output.
•
•
•
•
48 alarms (0-47)
4 (hardware) External Input Alarms
18 (software) Internal Alarms (see Table 1-2).
26 unused
There are 4 Output Alarms. An alarm condition
on any input can cause an Output Alarm. This window configures which Input Alarm activates an Output
Alarm.
NOTE: More than one alarm condition can share the
same output alarm (see Figure 4-13).
Figure 4-12 ALARM MAPPING
Figure 4-13 ALARM CROSS REFERENCE
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
4-6
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.3.4 DELETE REPEATER
4.4 TRANSFER
Select the Repeater number to delete from this
Locality and press the Delete button.
Figure 4-15 TRANSFER MENU
4.4.1 READ SETUP PARAMETERS
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon reads
the contents of the EEPROM memory of a repeater and loads it into a buffer. The contents of the
buffer may then be displayed to show the programming
of the repeater.
NOTE: This button is only available if a Locality file is
loaded and a repeater is connected.
Figure 4-14 DELETE REPEATER
4.4.2 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon sends
the contents of a Locality file to a connected repeater and programs the EEPROM memory in the Main
Processor Card (MPC).
HSDB Monitor
RX/TX Data
RF Data
HARDWARE
Input Monitor
Revisions
Mode Select
Figure 4-16 HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
4-7
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.5 HARDWARE
The Home column refers to the Home repeater
number of the originator, therefore, the Repeater and
Home numbers may not be the same number. The GID
column refers to the Group ID of the talk group of the
originator. The UID is the Unique ID used to identify
the originator of Special Calls. Special Call information is listed in the Token and Subtype columns.
4.5.2 RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA
Figure 4-17 HARDWARE MENU
This is an information screen used at the repeater
Locality while the computer (laptop) is connected to
the MPC in the repeater being monitored (see Figure
4-19). This information is contained in the receive
data stream exchanged between the repeater and the
destination user (mobile/portable) and the data content of the repeater transmit data stream. The message
contains data received from the destination and data
sent to the mobile/portable by the repeater. The
repeater receives the destination’s: Unique ID, Home
Repeater Number, Group ID, Priority and Status. The
time stamp is included because messages are sent continually and this provides a reference for when a data
exchange took place. The information sent to the destination in the update message from the repeater
includes: Description/Group, Channel In Use, Home
Repeater Number, Free Channel and Time Stamp.
Figure 4-18 HSDB MONITOR
4.5.1 HSDB MONITOR
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon brings
up the monitor window to view information
from the High Speed Data Bus (HSDB). The HSDB
connects all repeaters at a Locality and continually
sends updates on the status of each repeater. This information window provides a list of all repeaters (1 to 20)
at the Locality. If a repeater is not sending data, IDLE
is next to the repeater number. The data sent by the repeater is used to determine the Home, GID and UID of
destination (mobile) users to receive the call placed by
the originator.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
Figure 4-19 REPEATER TRAFFIC MONITOR
4-8
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.5.4 INPUT MONITOR
4.5.3 RF DATA
This window monitors the two Analog Input
lines. It is only used with the 4-Alarm Type IAC, and
only if Input 3, Input 4 or both are programmed for
"Analog". In addition to the actual or measured value,
the Low/High limit data are also displayed. These
limits are programmed in the "Edit -> Repeater Information -> Input Alarms" screen (see Figure 4-13). If
one of these inputs is not programmed "Analog", the
data for that input is blanked.
Figure 4-20 RF DATA
The RF Line Monitor window shows the state of
the lines (see Figure 4-19). These lines are monitored
by the A-D converter in the IAC. The normal values
for each line are defined as follows.
Synthesizer Lock Lines:
Exciter Synthesizer
Receive Synthesizer
Exciter High Stability
Receive High Stability
Wideband Audio Output
LO Injection
RSSI
Fan 1 Current
Fan 2 Current
Transmit Parameters:
Forward Power (Low Power
Forward Power (High Power)
Reflected Power
Final Out 1-2 (ratio)
Final Out 3-4 (ratio)
Chassis Temp
Fan
Power Supply Temp
Battery Voltage
Figure 4-21 INPUT MONITOR
Yes, No
Yes, No
Yes, No
Yes, No
approx. 200
approx. 200
20-150
100-200, 0
100-200, 0
4.5.5 REVISIONS
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon displays the current firmware revision information for the MPC, MAC and HSDB. The format is R.V
(revision.version) for all modules. The MPC information also includes the release date of the software and
the serial number of the repeater. The HSDB version in
Figure 4-22 is for J4, pins 5-6 connected in the MPC for
LTR-Net (J4, pins 3-4 connected in the MPC are for
standard LTR).
25-75 Watts
75-175 Watts
0-6 Watts
approx. equal
approx. equal
27°C-55°C
On or Off
22°C-45°C
21V-28V
Values with no label are the actual A-D reading.
To calculate the voltage on the line, divide the value
by 51. Example: Value ÷ 51 = Volts. Any variation
from the above values may indicate a problem in that
area. Values in this window are relative measurements
only.
Figure 4-22 REVISIONS
4-9
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.5.6 MODE SELECT
The Mode Select window places the repeater
either in the Normal mode, Test mode or Diagnostic
mode. In the Normal mode, the repeater operates as a
normal repeater. In the Test mode or Diagnostic Mode
the repeater transmits a test word. This test word is
the Test Mode ID setup in the Repeater Information
(see Section 4.3.3).
CAUTION
While in the test or diagnostics mode the repeater is
"Busy", therefore it is important to place the repeater
in Normal mode when the Test Mode is no longer
required.
TEST
Figure 4-23 MODE SELECT
Exciter
All Tests
PA
Repeater Setup
Receiver
Transmitter Test
Full Repeater
Receiver Test
Adjust Switch Link
Transmit Audio/Data
Audio Data Adjust
Repeater Operations
Figure 4-24 TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
4.6 TEST
Figure 4-25 TEST MENU
NOTE: Some screens may require scrolling down to
read the complete procedure.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
4-10
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.6.1 EXCITER
4.7.1 COM PORT SETUP
This menu selection walks through the Exciter
alignment windows. Refer to Section 7.3 for the
Exciter alignment and Figure 7-2 for an alignment
points diagram and Figure 7-10 for a test setup of the
Exciter.
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon allows
changes to the COM port or baud rate used to
send and receive data from the attached Repeater MPC.
An interface cable connects the Repeater to the computer (see Figure 4-27).
4.6.2 POWER AMPLIFIER
This menu selection walks through the Power
Amplifier and RF Interface Board alignment windows.
Refer to Sections 7.4 and 7.5 for the PA and RFIB
alignment in this manual and Figures 7-3, 7-4, and 7-5
for alignment points diagrams and Figures 7-11 and 78 of the Power Amplifier.
4.6.3 RECEIVER
This menu selection walks through the Receiver
alignment windows. Refer to Section 7.2 for the
Receiver alignment in this manual and Figure 7-1 for
an alignment points diagram and Figure 7-9 of the
Receiver.
Figure 4-27 SETUP COM PORT
4.6.4 FULL REPEATER
4.7.2 ALARM DISPLAY
This menu selection walks through the full
repeater alignment windows. The Receiver and
Exciter portions are performance tests and adjustments. The Audio and Data portions are level adjustments for the Main Audio Card (MAC). Refer to Figure 7-28 for an alignment points diagram for the
MAC.
4.7 UTILITIES
Figure 4-28 ALARM MONITOR
Figure 4-26 UTILITIES MENU
4-11
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.8 VIEW
4.8.3 SAVE SETTINGS ON EXIT
4.8.1 STATUS BAR
When the menu item View -> Save Settings on
Exit is selected, the toolbar location (size and shape)
as well as the main window location and size are saved
and re-used when the programmer is opened.
The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the
screen that displays information about the repeater.
4.9 HELP
4.9.1 HELP TOPICS
4.8.2 TOOLBAR
This window contains the contents file of help
topics, the index of help topics and a find topic screen.
4.9.2 HELP ON HELP
This window provides information on how to use
help.
The toolbar may be detached (floating) from the
main window by dragging the toolbar to a new location with the mouse. It may also be resized (and
reshaped) to suit individual preferences. The toolbar
may also be moved to any edge of the programmer
screen in this manner.
4.9.3 ABOUT LTR-NET
ICON Definitions (left to right)
ICON
Menu
see Section
File -> New
4.2.1
File -> Open
4.2.2
File -> Save
4.2.4
Edit -> Locality Information
4.3.1
Edit -> Select Repeater
4.3.2
Edit -> Repeater Information
4.3.3
This menu selection provides information about
the programmer software.
Transfer -> Read Setup Parameters 4.4.1
Transfer -> Write Setup Parameters 4.4.2
Hardware -> HSDB Monitor
4.5.1
Hardware -> Revisions
4.5.5
Utilities -> COM Port
4.7.1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
4-12
SECTION 4 LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.1 MENU DISPLAYS
4.2.2 OPEN
The menus available are listed at the top of the
screen (see Figure 4-1). Move the cursor with the
mouse to highlight the menu name. Press the left
mouse key to view the menu and the mouse to scroll
through the menu. Call up the highlighted selection
by pressing the left mouse button. The Toolbar provides one-click access to some of the most frequently
used menu selections.
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar and shortcut key Ctrl+O. This
menu selection or icon opens a Locality file
and loads its information into the programmer. It
brings up a list of Locality data files to select from.
4.2.3 SAVE AS
This menu selection saves the edited version of
an existing file loaded in the buffer under a new filename or gives a new file created in the Edit menu a
filename.
Figure 4-1 MAIN MENU
4.2 FILE MENU
This menu manipulates new or existing files into
directories and saves files to be called up at another
time.
Figure 4-3 OPEN / SAVE AS / SAVE FILE
4.2.4 SAVE
This menu selection has an equivalent icon
in the toolbar and shortcut key Ctrl+S.
Figure 4-2 FILE MENU
4.2.1 NEW
4.2.5 EXIT
This menu selection has an equivalent icon
in the toolbar and shortcut key Ctrl+N. This
menu selection or icon erases all Locality
and Repeater information in the programmer and loads
factory defaults. If the current data has been changed,
selecting File -> New or the icon provides the opportunity to save the data before loading the defaults.
Exits the repeater program and returns to Windows NT. See Section 4.8.3, View -> Save Setting On
Exit to save the toolbar location (size and shape) as
well as the main window location and size when the
programmer is opened.
4-1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
Locality Information
Define Repeaters
Adjacent Locality Data
Select Repeater
Edit Parameters
Repeater Information
General Parameters
Input Alarms
Output Alarms
Alarm Cross Reference
EDIT
Delete Repeater
Figure 4-4 EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
4.3 EDIT
4.3.1 LOCALITY INFORMATION
This menu is used to create new files and set or
change the repeater operating parameters. The filename for the Locality and relevant data is shown in the
Title Bar and Status Bar (see Section 4.8.1).
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon
brings up the Locality information screens to
Define Repeaters and Adjacent Localities.
Figure 4-5 EDIT MENU
Figure 4-6 LOCALITY CONFIGURAITON
Table 4-1 DEFINE REPEATERS PARAMETERS
Delete Entry
Frequency Band
Channel Number
Area Bit
Transmit Frequency
Receive Frequency
Active
Defined Repeaters
OK
Cancel
Help
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
Removes the selected Defined Repeater from the list.
Selects the Locality frequency band, 800 MHz, 800 MHz with offset, (or 900 MHz).
Select a repeater number in the Defined Repeater pane and assign the channel number (1-920).
See Appendix A for an 800 MHz Frequency Chart.
If the coverage area includes more than one Switch the area bit is used, this is normally 0.
This is displayed for reference and is determined when the Channel Number is selected.
This is displayed for reference and is determined when the Channel Number is selected.
Click on this box to activate the selected Defined Repeater.
Click on a repeater number, then select the channel number and the data is displayed.
Saves the current selections shown and closes the window.
Disregards all changes and closes the window.
Displays the Help screen for the parameters in this window.
4-2
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.3.2 SELECT REPEATER
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon selects a repeater from the currently defined repeaters within this Locality (see Figure 4-8). Move the
cursor with the mouse to highlight the repeater filename and double-click the mouse to open the Edit Parameters window.
Figure 4-7 ADJACENT LOCALITY DATA
•
Select the Locality ID number for the Locality currently being defined.
•
Select a Locality ID for each of the closest Adjacent
Localities (0-15).
•
Select a Preference number for each Adjacent
Locality number as an alternative when leaving the
range of this Locality.
Figure 4-8
SELECT REPEATER
Table 4-2 ADJACENT LOCALITY PARAMETERS
This Locality ID
Locality
Preference
# (Number)
0-1023
0-1023
1-15
0-15
This is the ID of the Locality currently being defined.
The Locality ID number of a neighboring Locality.
A scale number for the best alternative Locality (1 = Highest, 15 = Lowest).
Choice of 16 neighboring Localities that can pick-up transmissions.
4-3
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.3.3 REPEATER INFORMATION
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in the toolbar. This menu selection or icon brings up the
parameter pages for the selected repeater. It allows entry of information specific to this repeater.
Figure 4-9 REPEATER CONFIGURATION
Table 4-3 GENERAL PARAMETERS
Repeater Number
Channel Number
Receive Frequency
Transmit Frequency
Test Mode ID
Local Mic ID
Status Free
RNT Link
RF Power Level
Options
Power Source
CWID Time
CWID Message
OK
Cancel
Help
1-20
1-399
Repeater number was established in Locality Configuration.
Channel number was established in Locality Configuration.
Frequency was determined by channel number in Locality Configuration.
Frequency was determined by channel number in Locality Configuration.
1-239
Group ID transmitted when the Repeater is in the Test Mode.
1-239
Group ID transmitted when the local microphone PTT is active.
0=never
When the number of free channels falls below this value, Status Channel can be
20=always
used for voice.
Data Signaling type for 3000 Series Switch.
None
Frequency Shift Keying
FSK
RS-232
Dig
Blank and Burst (FSK)
BnB
Low, High
Low=25-75, High=75-160. Power level in watts for transmit power output.
Stand Alone
Selected if the repeater is permitted to operate without a connection to the 3000
Series Switch.
High Stability Synth Selected if the Receiver and Transmitter use the High Stability Synthesizer.
Allow LTR
Selected if standard LTR protocol is allowed.
Status Channel
One repeater at a Locality is designated to transmit update information for all
calls occurring at that Locality. Normally not assigned as a Home repeater.
Alarm to CIB
Routes repeater alarms to the Channel Interface Bus to be detected by the Call
Processor and the System and Subscriber Manager.
HSDB All Data
Repeater receives all the data on the High Speed Data Bus.
Xmit Channel Info Repeater sends updates on all repeaters installed in this Locality.
AC, DC
The type of primary power source for the Repeater.
0=disabled, 1-30 min The time interval between CWID transmissions.
Station call letters
This is the FCC station call letters (15 characters/numbers).
Saves the current selections shown and closes the window.
Disregards all changes on any of these four screens and closes the window.
Displays the Help screen for the parameters in this window.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
4-4
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
Figure 4-11 OUTPUT ALARMS
Figure 4-10 INPUT ALARMS
Input Alarms
Output Alarms
There are four Input Alarms that can be activated
by external devices (see Section 6.13). These inputs
can be Disabled, Energized or De-Energized. Alarms
3 and 4 can also be Analog Inputs.
Select the operation of the Output Alarm. The
available types are:
•
Disabled - The input alarm line is inactive.
•
Energized - An open circuit external to the repeater
activates the alarm.
•
De-energized - A closed circuit external to the
repeater activates the alarm.
•
Analog - Select the Low and High Limit pairs to trip
an Analog Input Alarm. The High Limit must be
greater in value than the Low Limit (0.0V-5.0V in
0.1V steps).
•
Alarm Description - This is a text string (up to 15
characters) to describe the alarm. The description is
automatically changed on the Cross Reference Window.
•
Open Active - An active alarm opens (no contact)
the output lines.
•
Closed Active - An active alarm closes (contact) the
output lines.
•
Alarm Message
This is a text string (up to 15 characters) to
describe the alarm. This text string is sent via Morse
code if the alarm input is programmed with a Tx ID
and an output is selected in the Cross Reference menu
(see Figure 4-13). The Alarm Message is automatically transferred to the Cross Reference window.
•
Transmit ID
Each of the 4-alarm outputs can be assigned a
Group ID from 1-239. The default setting is 238,
0 (zero) for disabled. This Group ID and the Repeater
number identify an alarm that is active. This ID can
be programmed into a transceiver so that when the
alarm is active, the alarm description is received in
Morse code.
•
Alarm Transmit Rate
This sets the time interval for transmitting the
alarm message in Morse code (0-30 min). If more
than one alarm is active, this is the inter-alarm time.
4-5
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
Cross Reference
Show Alarm Map
The cross reference screen selects the Output
Alarm that is activated by each Input Alarm.
There are up to:
This window displays an Alarm Map that displays those Alarm Outputs that have been mapped in
bold type. Double-clicking on these outputs lists the
Alarm Inputs that have been assigned to that output.
•
•
•
•
48 alarms (0-47)
4 (hardware) External Input Alarms
18 (software) Internal Alarms (see Table 1-2).
26 unused
There are 4 Output Alarms. An alarm condition
on any input can cause an Output Alarm. This window configures which Input Alarm activates an Output
Alarm.
NOTE: More than one alarm condition can share the
same output alarm (see Figure 4-13).
Figure 4-12 ALARM MAPPING
Figure 4-13 ALARM CROSS REFERENCE
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
4-6
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.3.4 DELETE REPEATER
4.4 TRANSFER
Select the Repeater number to delete from this
Locality and press the Delete button.
Figure 4-15 TRANSFER MENU
4.4.1 READ SETUP PARAMETERS
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon reads
the contents of the EEPROM memory of a repeater and loads it into a buffer. The contents of the
buffer may then be displayed to show the programming
of the repeater.
NOTE: This button is only available if a Locality file is
loaded and a repeater is connected.
Figure 4-14 DELETE REPEATER
4.4.2 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon sends
the contents of a Locality file to a connected repeater and programs the EEPROM memory in the Main
Processor Card (MPC).
HSDB Monitor
RX/TX Data
RF Data
HARDWARE
Input Monitor
Revisions
Mode Select
Figure 4-16 HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
4-7
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.5 HARDWARE
The Home column refers to the Home repeater
number of the originator, therefore, the Repeater and
Home numbers may not be the same number. The GID
column refers to the Group ID of the talk group of the
originator. The UID is the Unique ID used to identify
the originator of Special Calls. Special Call information is listed in the Token and Subtype columns.
4.5.2 RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA
Figure 4-17 HARDWARE MENU
This is an information screen used at the repeater
Locality while the computer (laptop) is connected to
the MPC in the repeater being monitored (see Figure
4-19). This information is contained in the receive
data stream exchanged between the repeater and the
destination user (mobile/portable) and the data content of the repeater transmit data stream. The message
contains data received from the destination and data
sent to the mobile/portable by the repeater. The
repeater receives the destination’s: Unique ID, Home
Repeater Number, Group ID, Priority and Status. The
time stamp is included because messages are sent continually and this provides a reference for when a data
exchange took place. The information sent to the destination in the update message from the repeater
includes: Description/Group, Channel In Use, Home
Repeater Number, Free Channel and Time Stamp.
Figure 4-18 HSDB MONITOR
4.5.1 HSDB MONITOR
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon brings
up the monitor window to view information
from the High Speed Data Bus (HSDB). The HSDB
connects all repeaters at a Locality and continually
sends updates on the status of each repeater. This information window provides a list of all repeaters (1 to 20)
at the Locality. If a repeater is not sending data, IDLE
is next to the repeater number. The data sent by the repeater is used to determine the Home, GID and UID of
destination (mobile) users to receive the call placed by
the originator.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
Figure 4-19 REPEATER TRAFFIC MONITOR
4-8
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.5.4 INPUT MONITOR
4.5.3 RF DATA
This window monitors the two Analog Input
lines. It is only used with the 4-Alarm Type IAC, and
only if Input 3, Input 4 or both are programmed for
"Analog". In addition to the actual or measured value,
the Low/High limit data are also displayed. These
limits are programmed in the "Edit -> Repeater Information -> Input Alarms" screen (see Figure 4-13). If
one of these inputs is not programmed "Analog", the
data for that input is blanked.
Figure 4-20 RF DATA
The RF Line Monitor window shows the state of
the lines (see Figure 4-19). These lines are monitored
by the A-D converter in the IAC. The normal values
for each line are defined as follows.
Synthesizer Lock Lines:
Exciter Synthesizer
Receive Synthesizer
Exciter High Stability
Receive High Stability
Wideband Audio Output
LO Injection
RSSI
Fan 1 Current
Fan 2 Current
Transmit Parameters:
Forward Power (Low Power
Forward Power (High Power)
Reflected Power
Final Out 1-2 (ratio)
Final Out 3-4 (ratio)
Chassis Temp
Fan
Power Supply Temp
Battery Voltage
Figure 4-21 INPUT MONITOR
Yes, No
Yes, No
Yes, No
Yes, No
approx. 200
approx. 200
20-150
100-200, 0
100-200, 0
4.5.5 REVISIONS
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon displays the current firmware revision information for the MPC, MAC and HSDB. The format is R.V
(revision.version) for all modules. The MPC information also includes the release date of the software and
the serial number of the repeater. The HSDB version in
Figure 4-22 is for J4, pins 5-6 connected in the MPC for
LTR-Net (J4, pins 3-4 connected in the MPC are for
standard LTR).
25-75 Watts
75-175 Watts
0-6 Watts
approx. equal
approx. equal
27°C-55°C
On or Off
22°C-45°C
21V-28V
Values with no label are the actual A-D reading.
To calculate the voltage on the line, divide the value
by 51. Example: Value ÷ 51 = Volts. Any variation
from the above values may indicate a problem in that
area. Values in this window are relative measurements
only.
Figure 4-22 REVISIONS
4-9
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.5.6 MODE SELECT
The Mode Select window places the repeater
either in the Normal mode, Test mode or Diagnostic
mode. In the Normal mode, the repeater operates as a
normal repeater. In the Test mode or Diagnostic Mode
the repeater transmits a test word. This test word is
the Test Mode ID setup in the Repeater Information
(see Section 4.3.3).
CAUTION
While in the test or diagnostics mode the repeater is
"Busy", therefore it is important to place the repeater
in Normal mode when the Test Mode is no longer
required.
TEST
Figure 4-23 MODE SELECT
Exciter
All Tests
PA
Repeater Setup
Receiver
Transmitter Test
Full Repeater
Receiver Test
Adjust Switch Link
Transmit Audio/Data
Audio Data Adjust
Repeater Operations
Figure 4-24 TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
4.6 TEST
Figure 4-25 TEST MENU
NOTE: Some screens may require scrolling down to
read the complete procedure.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
4-10
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.6.1 EXCITER
4.7.1 COM PORT SETUP
This menu selection walks through the Exciter
alignment windows. Refer to Section 7.3 for the
Exciter alignment and Figure 7-2 for an alignment
points diagram and Figure 7-10 for a test setup of the
Exciter.
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon allows
changes to the COM port or baud rate used to
send and receive data from the attached Repeater MPC.
An interface cable connects the Repeater to the computer (see Figure 4-27).
4.6.2 POWER AMPLIFIER
This menu selection walks through the Power
Amplifier and RF Interface Board alignment windows.
Refer to Sections 7.4 and 7.5 for the PA and RFIB
alignment in this manual and Figures 7-3, 7-4, and 7-5
for alignment points diagrams and Figures 7-11 and 78 of the Power Amplifier.
4.6.3 RECEIVER
This menu selection walks through the Receiver
alignment windows. Refer to Section 7.2 for the
Receiver alignment in this manual and Figure 7-1 for
an alignment points diagram and Figure 7-9 of the
Receiver.
Figure 4-27 SETUP COM PORT
4.6.4 FULL REPEATER
4.7.2 ALARM DISPLAY
This menu selection walks through the full
repeater alignment windows. The Receiver and
Exciter portions are performance tests and adjustments. The Audio and Data portions are level adjustments for the Main Audio Card (MAC). Refer to Figure 7-28 for an alignment points diagram for the
MAC.
4.7 UTILITIES
Figure 4-28 ALARM MONITOR
Figure 4-26 UTILITIES MENU
4-11
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER
4.8 VIEW
4.8.3 SAVE SETTINGS ON EXIT
4.8.1 STATUS BAR
When the menu item View -> Save Settings on
Exit is selected, the toolbar location (size and shape)
as well as the main window location and size are saved
and re-used when the programmer is opened.
The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the
screen that displays information about the repeater.
4.9 HELP
4.9.1 HELP TOPICS
4.8.2 TOOLBAR
This window contains the contents file of help
topics, the index of help topics and a find topic screen.
4.9.2 HELP ON HELP
This window provides information on how to use
help.
The toolbar may be detached (floating) from the
main window by dragging the toolbar to a new location with the mouse. It may also be resized (and
reshaped) to suit individual preferences. The toolbar
may also be moved to any edge of the programmer
screen in this manner.
4.9.3 ABOUT LTR-NET
ICON Definitions (left to right)
ICON
Menu
see Section
File -> New
4.2.1
File -> Open
4.2.2
File -> Save
4.2.4
Edit -> Locality Information
4.3.1
Edit -> Select Repeater
4.3.2
Edit -> Repeater Information
4.3.3
This menu selection provides information about
the programmer software.
Transfer -> Read Setup Parameters 4.4.1
Transfer -> Write Setup Parameters 4.4.2
Hardware -> HSDB Monitor
4.5.1
Hardware -> Revisions
4.5.5
Utilities -> COM Port
4.7.1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
4-12
SECTION 5 REPEATER PROGRAMMING
5.1 OVERVIEW
Another method of starting the program is by
double-clicking on the shortcut
icon. This starts
the program with an empty information file (Locality
File). A Locality File contains all of the programming
information for all repeaters installed at a Locality.
The information in this section will assist the user
in operating the programmer.
5.1.1 GETTING STARTED
Once files are opened or saved from within the
programmer, those filenames appear in the taskbar
Documents selection. This allows starting the program by selecting the desired Locality File from the
Start Menu.
The LTR-Net Programmer is used to configure
repeaters for proper operation with the LTR-Net protocol.
From the repeater standpoint, an LTR-Net system
consists of one or more repeaters installed in a Locality, a 3000 Series Switch and the necessary interconnects and programming to provide LTR-Net operation.
5.1.3 USING THE TOOLBAR
The LTR-Net Programmer defaults to using
CIM1 at 9600 baud to communicate with a repeater.
However, this can be changed by selecting Utilities ->
COM Port Setup from the menu or by
clicking on the
toolbar button.
The Toolbar provides one-click access to some of
the most frequently used menu selections (see Section
4.8.2).
When the programmer is first started, create a
Locality file with the information to program into
repeaters at that Locality (see How Do I ... Create a
new Site File for information on performing this function, Section 5.3.1).
5.1.4 LIMITATIONS
The LTR-Net Programmer requires Windows NT
4.0 or later, or Windows 95 or later.
In order to read data from a repeater, first load a
Locality File from disk, or create and save a Locality
File. Only one LOcality File may be loaded at a time.
NOTE: All repeaters installed in a given Locality use
the same Locality information, but each has its unique
repeater information programmed.
The LTR-Net Programmer supports COM1
through COM4, and all of the baud rates currently
supported by the MPC. Since the number of data bits,
stop bits, and parity are fixed in the MPC, these cannot be changed in the programmer.
5.1.2 STARTING THE PROGRAM
There are several ways to start the LTR-Net Programmer.
The most convenient method to start the program, pre-loads all the repeater data for a Locality. To
do this, use the Explorer to change to the directory
containing the Locality Files, then double-click on one
of those Locality Files. This starts the programmer
and automatically loads the selected file.
5.2 LOCALITY SETUP
The Locality Setup window Defines Repeaters
and Sets up Adjacent Locality Data.
5-1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
REPEATER PROGRAMMING
5.2.1 GENERAL PARAMETERS
5.3.2 OPEN AN EXISTING SITE FILE
These repeater parameters select the frequency
band for the repeater and the channel number. There
are 920 channel numbers with transmit/receive frequencies assigned (see Appendix A). The area bit is
used to identify a specific system if more than one is
operating in a geographical area. Defined repeaters
are designated active or inactive in the Locality from
this window.
Select one of the following:
File -> Open pull down menu
Ctrl+O or
icon
Also included in Locality Setup window are the
Input Alarms, Output Alarms and Alarm Cross Reference (see Section 4.7.2).
•
•
•
Double-click on the filename or click on the filename and click on Open.
5.3.3 MODIFY AN EXIXTING SITE FILE
5.3 HOW DO I
Open the existing file to modify (see Section 5.3.2).
Make the changes to the file.
Save the file by selecting one of the following:
File -> Save
Ctrl+S or
icon.
5.3.1 CREATING A NEW SITE FILE
5.3.4 ADD A REPEATER
NOTE: At any point in the programming
sequence, if the Help button is pressed, a help screen
appears.
•
Open the Site File where the repeater is to be added.
Select Edit -> Locality Information or
icon.
•
Enter the repeater frequency band, channel number
and activate the repeater.
•
Select Edit -> Select Repeater or
•
Enter the Repeater Setup information.
•
Save the file by selecting one of the following:
File -> Save
Ctrl+S or
icon.
•
Select one of the following:
File -> New pull down menu
Ctrl+N
icon.
This erases all Locality and Repeater information in
the programmer and load factory defaults.
•
Select one of the following:
File -> Locality Information pull down menu
5.3.5 CHANGE A REPEATER NUMBER
icon.
This defines all repeaters in this Locality for frequency band, channel number and activates the
unique parameters for each repeater. Define the
Adjacent Locality Data for mobiles leaving this
Locality area.
•
icon.
Select one of the following:
File -> Save pull down menu
Ctrl+S
•
Open the Site File where the repeater is to be added.
Select Edit -> Locality Information or
icon.
•
In the Define Repeaters window, select the new
repeater number and add the new information.
•
Select the old repeater number and press delete
entry.
•
Select Edit -> Select Repeater or
•
Enter the Repeater Setup information.
•
Save the file by selecting one of the following:
File -> Save
Ctrl+S or
icon.
icon.
icon.
This assigns a filename to this Site File and the filename appears in the File pull-down menu and in the
Open file window.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
5-2
SECTION 6 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.1 RECEIVER
A 1.8 dB attenuator follows amplifier Q201.
Additional filtering of the receive signal is provided by
3-pole helical filter L204-L206. A section of microstrip on the collector of Q201 and C205/C207 match
the impedance from Q201 to the 3-pole helical filter
L204-L206.
6.1.1 INTRODUCTION
The receiver provides high sensitivity and selectivity reception on any one of the 399 channels in the
896 to 901 MHz band.
6.1.4 FIRST MIXER, CRYSTAL FILTER
The receiver is a double conversion type with
intermediate frequencies of 52.95 MHz and 450 kHz.
The first injection frequency is stabilized by a temperature compensated crystal oscillator (TCXO) with a
frequency stability of ±0.1 PPM from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140° F). Two 3-pole bandpass filters in the
front-end reject signals outside the receive band. Two
4-pole crystal filters and one 6-pole ceramic filter
establish receiver selectivity (see block diagram
Figure 6-1).
First mixer U201 mixes the receive frequency
with the first injection frequency to produce the 52.95
MHz first IF. Since low-side injection is used, the
injection frequency is 52.95 MHz below the receive
frequency. Matching between filter L204-L206 and
the mixer is provided by L228, C208 and C372. The
output of U201 is matched to Z201 at 52.95 MHz by
L207, C209 and C267.
Z201 and Z202 form a two-section, four-pole filter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB
bandwidth of 8 kHz. This filter attenuates adjacent
channels and other signals close to the receive frequency. The filter sections are a matched pair and the
dot on the case indicates which leads connect together.
Matching with Q202 is provided by C210, L209 and
C270.
6.1.2 REGULATED VOLTAGE SUPPLIES
The +15V DC power source is supplied by the
repeater power supply. The +15V supply enters the
receiver on J201, pin 1. U206 provides the +12V DC
receive voltage to the RF and IF amplifiers. U210
supplies +12V DC to the first injection amplifiers.
U207 supplies +12V DC to remaining +12V DC circuits. U208 supplies +6V DC to the remaining
circuits.
6.1.5 IF AMPLIFIER, CRYSTAL FILTER
6.1.3 HELICAL FILTER, RF AMPLIFIER
Q202 amplifies the 52.95 MHz IF signal to
recover filter and mixer losses and improve receiver
sensitivity. Biasing for Q202 is provided by R208/
R209/R211/R313 and C211/C212/C213 provide RF
bypass. The output of Q202 is matched to crystal filter Z203 at 52.95 MHz by C214, C293 and L211.
The receive signal enters the receiver on coaxial
connector A201. A helical filter consisting of L201,
L202 and L203 is a three-pole bandpass filter tuned to
pass only a narrow band of frequencies (896-901
MHz) to the receiver. This filter also attenuates the
image and other unwanted frequencies.
Z203 and Z204 form a two-section, four-pole filter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB
bandwidth of 8 kHz. This filter establishes the selectivity of the receiver by further filtering the 52.95
MHz IF. The filter sections are a matched pair and the
dot on the case indicates which leads connect together.
Matching with U202 is provided by C215, C216,
C301, L225 and R322.
Impedance matching between the helical filter
and RF amplifier Q201 is provided by C201, C202 and
a section of microstrip. Q201 amplifies the receive
signal to recover filter losses and increases receiver
sensitivity. Biasing for Q201 is provided by R201/
R202/R203/R204 and C204 provides RF bypass.
6-1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
BANDPASS
FILTER
A201
RECEIVE
RF IN
Q201
L201/L202/L203
52.95 MHz 4-POLE 52.95 MHz 52.95 MHz 4-POLE
MIXER
IF AMP
CRYSTAL FILTER
U201 CRYSTAL FILTER
BANDPASS
FILTER
RF AMP
Z201/Z202
L204/L205/L206
Q202
Z203/Z204
843-848 MHz
OCXO IN
HIGH STABILITY
SYNTHESIZER
REF
IN
HS CS RX
EN
HS LK RX
LD
U205
F
IN
CLK
DATA
Q203
Q204
TX OCXO
52.95 MHz
BUFFER
Q210
Q211
17.5 MHz TCXO
PD
OUT
Y201
QUADRATURE DETECTOR/
2ND MIXER
RSSI
U202
RF DATA
MAIN
SYNTHESIZER BUFFER
Q210
REF
Q211
DATA IN
MULTIPLIER
Q205
BPF
L215
L216
52.5 MHz
SYN CS RX
CLK
U209
F
EN
IN
SYN LK RX
LD
RF CLK
PD
OUT
BUFFER
Q208
Q209
U203A
RSSI
AUDIO AMP
Z205
450 kHz
U203B
RX WB AUDIO
L223 BANDPASS
L224 FILTER
VCO
BUFFER
A006
Q214/Q215
AMP
Q216
Q217
AMP
TP
U204A
RX INJ
Figure 6-1 RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM
OSC B 1
MIXER
OSC E 2
MIXER OUT 3
Vcc 4
16 MIXER IN
SQUELCH TRIGGER
WITH HYSTERESIS
As shown in Figure 6-2, U202 contains second
oscillator, second mixer, limiter, detector and RSSI
circuitry. The 52.95 MHz IF signal is mixed with a
52.5 MHz signal produced by TCXO Y201 and tripler
Q205. The 17.5 MHz (±0.1 PPM) output of Y201 is
fed through C231 to tripler Q205. The tripler passes
the third harmonic at 52.5 MHz to the OSC B input of
U202.
OSC
6.1.6 SECOND MIXER/DETECTOR
IF IN 5
12 SQUELCH IN
LIMITER
AMP
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
QUAD COIL 8
11 FILTER OUT
DEMODULATOR
DECOUPLING 2 7
14 MUTE
13 RSSI
DECOUPLING 1 6
Biasing of Q205 is provided by R228, R227 and
R229. RF choke L214 blocks the flow of RF through
R229. An AC voltage divider formed by C236/C235
matches Q205 to the highpass filter. The third harmonic of the TCXO frequency is then used to drive
the OSC B input at 52.5 MHz. L215, C237 and L216
form a high pass filter to attenuate frequencies below
52.95 MHz. C222 and C238 match the output of the
filter to U202.
15 GROUND
AMP
FILTER
10 FILTER IN
AF
AMP
9 AUDIO
Figure 6-2 U202 BLOCK DIAGRAM
6-2
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The phase detector input signals are generated by
counters in U205 that are programmed to divide by a
certain number. This programming is provided
through J201, pins 18, 19 and 20. The frequency stability of the High Stability synthesizer (TCXO output)
is established by the ±0.1 PPM stability of the OCXO
drawer. The output from the high stability loop is
stable from -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F).
The phase detector in U205 compares the phase and
frequency of two input signals; fR and fV. The phase
detector generates a 0 to 5V signal. The pulse width
of this signal varies depending on the phase difference
between fR and fV. This signal is filtered (integrated)
by C245/C246/C247/R245/R246 to provide a DC tuning voltage for the TCXO. The voltage at Y201, pin 2
is set for 3.5V when the high stability loop is locked.
This is done by adjusting the tuning screw in TCXO
Y201.
The 450 kHz second IF is then fed to ceramic filter Z205, then to the IF amplifier. The center frequency of Z205 is 450 kHz with a -6 dB bandwidth of
9 kHz used to attenuate wideband noise. The limiter
amplifies the 450 kHz signal 92 dB which removes
any amplitude fluctuations.
From the limiter, the signal is fed to the quadrature detector. An external phase-shift network connected to U202, pin 8, shifts the phase of one of the
detector inputs 90° at 450 kHz (the other inputs are
unshifted). When modulation occurs, the frequency of
the IF signal changes at an audio rate as does the phase
of the shifted signal. The detector, which has no output with a 90° phase shift, converts the phase shift into
an audio signal. Z213 is adjusted to provide maximum
undistorted output from the detector. The audio signal
is then fed out on U202, pin 9.
6.1.7 WIDEBAND AUDIO AMPLIFIER
One input signal to the phase detector in U205 is
the reference frequency (fR). This frequency is
1.25 MHz divided by the R (reference) counter to
10 kHz. The 1.25 MHz signal comes from the OCXO
drawer to J202. The signal is then fed to two buffer/
amplifiers. Q203 provides the OCXO signal to the
Receiver and Q204 provides the OCXO signal to the
Exciter. The inputs to Q203/Q204 are matched to
50 ohms by R239/R321. DC blocking to Q203 is provided by C224. Bias for Q203 is provided by R219,
R217, R218, R220 and R221. C313, C225 and C226
provide RF bypass. The output of Q203 is coupled to
U205, pin 20 by C305.
U203B amplifies the detected audio and data signal. R280/R263 set the gain of the amplifier and
R256/R262/R284 provide a DC reference level. C220
bypasses the 450 kHz IF signal and C240 bypasses
other frequencies. The output signal is adjusted by
R264 and fed to J201, pin 9.
6.1.8 RSSI AMPLIFIER
U202, pin 13 is an output from an internal RSSI
(receive signal strength indicator) circuit that provides
a current proportional to the strength of the 450 kHz IF
signal. The RSSI output is buffered through U203A
and the level is adjusted by R261. The DC output
signal is then fed to J201, pin 7.
DC blocking to Q204 is provided by C227. Bias
for Q204 is provided by R224/R222/R223/R225/
R226. C314, C228 and C229 provide RF bypass. The
output of Q204 is coupled to the Exciter high stability
synthesizer U401 by C230 (see Section 6.2.5).
6.1.9 HIGH STABILITY SYNTHESIZER
The high stability synthesizer inputs/outputs are
shown in Figures 6-1 and 6-3. The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N, and A counters, phase and
lock detectors and counter programming circuitry.
The phase detector output of Synthesizer U205, pin 6
is a 10 kHz pulse waveform from 0 to 5V. This signal
is integrated to provide a DC tuning voltage for the
TCXO. The DC tuning voltage provides the TCXO
with the ±0.1 PPM stability of the OCXO (Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillator) see Section 6.3.
The other input signal to the phase detector in
U205 is from the TCXO frequency divided by the "N"
counter and prescaler in U205. The "N" counter is programmed through the synthesizer data line on J201,
pin 20. U205 is programmed so that the phase detector input (fV) is identical to the reference frequency
(fR). The programming for the High Stability synthesizer does not change with channel selection.
6-3
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
DATA OUT
REF in
REF out
CLOCK
DATA IN
ENABLE
20
PORT
fR
13-STAGE R COUNTER
OSC OR
4-STAGE
DIVIDER
OUTPUT A
fV
SHIFT
REGISTER
AND
CONTROL
LOGIC
19
16
LOGIC
DOUBLE-BUFFERED
R REGISTER
16 BITS
1
18
SELECT
fR
fV
LOCK DETECT
AND CONTROL
C REGISTER
8 BITS
15
fR
fV
17
STANDBY
LOGIC
2
POR
fR
A REGISTER
24 BITS
fV
PHASE/FREQUENCY
DETECTOR A
AND CONTROL
PHASE/FREQUENCY
DETECTOR B
AND CONTROL
8
6
3
4
LD
OUTPUT B
(OPEN-DRAIN OUTPUT)
Rx
PDout
OR (UP)
OV (DOWN)
INTERNAL
CONTROL
6-STAGE
A COUNTER
12-STAGE
N COUNTER
MODULUS
CONTROL
LOGIC
INPUT AMP
f in
f in
11
10
64/65
PRESCALER
13
9
TEST 2
TEST 1
Figure 6-3 SYNTHESIZER BLOCK DIAGRAM
The programming of the counters in U205 is performed by circuitry in the Main Processor Card
(MPC), buffered and latched through the Interface
Alarm Card (IAC) and fed in to the synthesizer on
J201, pin 20 to Data input port U205, pin 19.
The fV input is produced by dividing the TCXO
frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U205.
The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number
of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters
in U205.
Data is loaded into U205 serially on the Data
input port U205, pin 19 when U205, pin 17 is low.
Data is clocked into the shift registers a bit at a time
by a low to high transition on the Clock input port
U205, pin 18. The Clock pulses come from the MPC
via the IAC to J201, pin 19.
Both the N and A counters begin counting down
from their programmed number. When the A counter
reaches zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero.
Both counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A
counter is always programmed with a smaller number
than the N counter. While the A counter is counting
down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A
counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64. As an
example: To produce the frequency of 10 kHz, the N
and A counters are programmed as follows:
The counter divide numbers are chosen so the
TCXO-derived input to the phase detector (fV) is the
same frequency as the OCXO-derived input (fR). The
fR input is produced by dividing the 1.25 MHz OCXO
frequency by 125. This produces a reference frequency (fR) of 10 kHz.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
N = 27
6-4
A = 22
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
R806 and R807. AC voltage divider C812 and C813
initiates and maintains oscillation. C803 couples
Q802 to resonator L220 that provides the shunt inductance of the tank circuit. The shunt capacitance of the
tank circuit is made primarily by C804 in series with
CR802.
To determine the overall divide number of the
prescaler and N counter, the number of TCXO output
pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse
can be counted. The prescaler divides by 65 for 65 x
22 or 1430 input pulses. It then divides by 64 for 64 x
(27 - 22) or 320 input pulses. The overall divide number K is therefore (320 + 1430) or 1750. The TCXO
frequency of 17.5000 MHz divided by 1750 equals 10
kHz which is the fR input to the phase detector. The
overall divide number K can also be determined by
the formula:
The VCO frequency is controlled by a DC voltage across varactor diode CR802. As voltage across a
reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its capacitance decreases. Therefore, VCO frequency increases
as the control voltage increases. The control line is
RF isolated from tank circuit by choke L804. The
amount of frequency change produced by CR802 is
controlled by series capacitor C804.
K = 64N + A
Where,
N = N counter divide number
A = A counter divide number.
6.1.10 LOCK DETECT
6.1.13 ACTIVE FILTER
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the
Lock Detect output on U205, pin 2 is a logic high
voltage with narrow negative-going pulses. When the
synthesizer is unlocked, the negative- going pulses are
much wider, the width may vary at a rate determined
by the frequency difference of fV and fR. The lock
detect pulses are applied to J201, pin 19 and sent to
the RF Interface on J102, pin 19 for detection and
sampling in the IAC.
Q801 functions as a capacitance multiplier to
provide filtering of the 12V supply to Q802. R801
and R802 provide transistor bias, and C809 provides
the capacitance that is effectively multiplied by the
gain of Q801. If a noise pulse or other voltage change
appears on the collector, the base voltage does not
change because of C809. Therefore, the base current
does not change and transistor current remains constant. R803 decouples the VCO output from AC
ground. L803 is an RF choke and C807, C808, C810
and C811 provide RF bypass.
6.1.11 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q206 and Q207
provides amplification and also isolation between the
TCXO and Synthesizer U205. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high reverse isolation. The
input signal to this amplifier is from TCXO Y201.
C250 provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is
provided by R241, R242, R243, R244 and R240.
L217 is an RF choke. RF bypass is provided by C244,
C249 and C248. The output of Q206/Q207 is coupled
to U205 by C306
6.1.14 BUFFER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q208/Q209 provides amplification and isolation between the VCO
and synthesizer. A cascode amplifier is used because
it provides high gain, high isolation and consumes
only a small amount of power. The input signal to this
amplifier is coupled from the VCO RF output on
pin 4. DC blocking to the VCO is provided by C268
and to the buffer by C261. Bias for the amplifier is
provided by R275, R279, R278 and R277. Q209 is a
common-emitter amplifier and Q208 is a commonbase with C260 providing RF bypass. L219 provides
some filtering of the cascode output. R273 lowers the
Q of L219. The output of the amplifier is coupled by
C309 to U209, pin 11.
6.1.12 VCO (A006)
The VCO (Voltage-Controlled Oscillator) is
formed by Q802 circuitry and a resonator consisting
of L220 in the Receiver. The adjusting screw in L220
tunes the tank circuit to the desired frequency range.
The VCO oscillates in a frequency range from
843-848 MHz. Biasing of Q802 is provided by R805,
6-5
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.1.15 SYNTHESIZER
sor Card (MPC), which is buffered and latched
through the Interface Alarm Card (IAC) and fed into
the synthesizer on J201, pin 20 to Data input port
U209, pin 19.
The synthesizer inputs/outputs are shown in Figures 6-1 and 6-3. The synthesizer output signal is the
receiver first injection frequency. This signal is produced by a VCO (voltage-controller oscillator). The
frequency of this oscillator is controlled by a DC voltage. This DC voltage is generated by integrating the
pulses from the phase detector in synthesizer chip
U209. This integration is performed by the synthesizer loop filter which is made up of C805, C806 and
R804 in the VCO circuitry.
Data is loaded into U209 serially on the Data
input port U209, pin 19. Data is clocked into the shift
registers a bit at a time by a low to high transition on
the Clock input port U209, pin 18. The Clock pulses
come from the MPC via the IAC to J201, pin 18.
As previously stated, the counter divide numbers
are chosen so that when the VCO is operating on the
correct frequency, the VCO-derived input to the phase
detector (fV) is the same frequency as the TCXOderived input (fR) which is 12.5 kHz.
Frequencies are selected by programming
counters in U209 to divide by a certain number. This
programming is provided through J201, pins 12, 18
and 20. The frequency stability of the synthesizer is
established by the ±0.1 PPM stability of the high stability synthesizer loop consisting of OCXO, Synthesizer U205, Y201 and Q206/Q207. The output from
the high stability loop is stable from -40°C to +70°C
(-40°F to +158°F).
The fR input is produced by dividing the 17.5
MHz TCXO frequency by 1400. This division is done
by the "R" counter in U209. The counter always
divides by 1400 regardless of the channel number.
This produces a reference frequency (fR) of 12.5 kHz.
Since the VCO is on frequency (receive frequency
minus 52.95 MHz) and no multiplication is used, the
channel frequencies change in 12.5 kHz steps and the
reference frequency (fR) is 12.5 kHz for all channels
selected by this receiver.
The VCO frequency of A006 is controlled by a
DC voltage produced by integrating the phase detector
output pulses of U209. The phase detector senses the
phase and frequency of two input signals (fR and fV)
and causes the VCO control voltage to increase or
decrease if they are not the same. When the frequencies are the same the VCO is "locked" on frequency.
The fV input is produced by dividing the VCO
frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U209.
The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number
of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters
in U209.
One input signal to the phase detector in U209 is
the reference frequency (fR). This is the 17.5 MHz
TCXO frequency divided by the R (reference) counter
to the channel spacing or 12.5 kHz.
The N and A counters function as follows: both
the N and A counters begin counting down from their
programmed number. When the A counter reaches
zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero. Both
counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A
counter is always programmed with a smaller number
than the N counter. While the A counter is counting
down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A
counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64.
The other input signal to the phase detector in
U209 is from the VCO frequency divided down by the
"N" counter and prescaler in synthesizer U209 to
12.5 kHz. The "N" counter is programmed through
the synthesizer data line on J201, pin 20. U209 is programmed so that the phase detector input (fV) is identical to the reference frequency (fR) (12.5 kHz) when
the VCO is locked on the correct frequency.
Example: Assume a receive frequency of
898.5000 MHz (channel 200). Since the VCO is
52.95 MHz below the receive frequency it must be
845.5500 MHz for channel 200. To produce this frequency, the N and A counters are programmed as follows:
N = 1056 A = 60
The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N,
and A counters, phase and lock detectors and counter
programming circuitry. Frequencies are selected by
programming the three counters in U209 to divide by
assigned numbers. The programming of these
counters is performed by circuitry in the Main ProcesMarch 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-6
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.1.18 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
NOTE: Section 8.2.5 describes how the N and A
counter numbers are calculated for other channels.
A cascode amplifier formed by Q214 and Q215
provides amplification and also isolation between the
VCO and Receiver RF stages. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high reverse isolation. The
input signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO
A006 by C268. C268 also provides DC blocking.
Bias for the amplifier is provided by R294, R311,
R290, R291 and R292. L222 is an RF choke and
R293 lowers the Q of the coil. RF bypass is provided
by C274, C356, C310, C272, C273 and C335. The
output of Q214/Q215 is matched to the Receiver RF
stages by C275, C276 and two sections of microstrip.
To determine the overall divide number of the
prescaler and N counter, the number of VCO output
pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse
can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides
by 65 for 65 x 60 or 3,900 input pulses. It then
divides by 64 for 64 x (1056 - 60) or 63,744 input
pulses.
The overall divide number K is therefore
(3,900 + 63,744) or 67,644. The VCO frequency of
845.5500 MHz divided by 67,644 equals 12.5 kHz
which is the fR input to the phase detector. The overall divide number K can also be determined by the following formula: K = 64N + A
6.1.19 RF AMPLIFIERS
U210 provides the +12V source for these amplifiers. RF amplifier Q216 is biased by R296 and R295.
C278 provides RF bypass from the DC line and R297
provides supply voltage isolation. A section of
microstrip on the collector acts as an RF inductor.
Q216 is matched to Q217 by C277, C263, C288 and
two sections of microstrip.
Where,
N = N counter divide number and
A = A counter divide number.
6.1.16 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q210 and Q211
provides amplification and also isolation between the
TCXO and Synthesizer U209. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high reverse isolation. The
input signal to this amplifier is from TCXO Y201.
C254 provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is
provided by R312, R248, R249, R251 and R250.
L218 is an RF choke. RF bypass is provided by C251,
C252 and C253. The output of Q210/Q211 is coupled
to U209 by C307.
RF amplifier/buffer Q217 is similar in design to
Q216. The output of Q217 is matched to the 3 dB
attenuator made up of R285/R286/R287 by two
sections of microstrip and C280 provides DC blocking. L223/L224 are tuned to the receive frequency
minus 52.95 MHz and passed to Mixer U201. This
injection frequency is also coupled through C284 to
U204A. CR201, R255, R254 provide DC input to
U204A, pin 3. The output of U204A, pin 1 is connected to J201, pin 13 for a receive injection test point
and connected to the RF Interface Board on J103,
pin 13.
6.1.17 LOCK DETECT
6.2 EXCITER
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the
Lock Detect on U209, pin 2 is a high voltage with
very narrow negative-going pulses. Then when the
synthesizer is unlocked, these pulses become much
wider, the width may vary at a rate determined by the
frequency difference of fV and fR.
6.2.1 VCO (A007)
The VCO (Voltage-Controlled Oscillator) is
formed by Q802, associated circuitry and a resonator
consisting of L404 in the Exciter. The screw in L404
tunes the tank circuit to the desired frequency range.
The VCO oscillates in a frequency range from
935-940 MHz. Biasing of Q802 is provided by R805,
R806 and R807. An AC voltage divider formed by
C812 and C813 initiates and maintains oscillation.
The lock detect pulses are filtered by R270/C325
and applied to J201, pin 14 and the RF Interface on
J103, pin 14 for detection and sampling in the IAC.
6-7
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
With reference to the ground on the Exciter, the
3.5V reference stability is maintained by U126B/C/D
on the MAC. The 3.5V DC passes through summing
amplifier U129B and transmit modulation gate U118D
to P100, pin 29 (Tx MOD). P100, pin 29 is connected
to backplane connector J2, pin 8 and RFIB connector
J101, pin 22 to J102, pin 13. The transmit modulation
and 3.5V reference enter the Exciter on J401, pin 13
and is routed to U402B,pin 6. R425 sets the TCXO
modulation level. The modulation signal along with
the 3.5V DC is applied to U402A, pin 2.
C803 couples Q802 to resonator L404 in the Exciter.
Resonator L404 provides the shunt inductance of the
tank circuit. The shunt capacitance of the tank circuit
is made primarily of C804 in series with CR802. RF
choke L805 completes the DC bias path to ground.
The VCO frequency is controlled in part by DC
voltage across varactor diode CR802. As voltage
across a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its
capacitance decreases. Therefore, VCO frequency
increases as the control voltage increases. The control
line is RF isolated from tank circuit by choke L804.
The amount of frequency change produced by CR802
is controlled by series capacitor C804.
6.2.3 ACTIVE FILTER
Q801 functions as a capacitance multiplier to
provide filtering of the 12V supply to Q802. R801
and R802 provide transistor bias, and C809 provides
capacitance that is effectively multiplied by the gain
of Q801. If a noise pulse or other quick voltage
change appears on the collector, base voltage does not
change significantly because of C809. Therefore, the
base current does not change and transistor current
remains constant. R803 decouples the VCO output
from AC ground. L803 is an RF choke and C807/
C808/C810/C811 provide RF bypass.
The frequency is modulated in a similar manner.
The transmit audio/data signal is applied across varactor diode CR801 to vary the VCO frequency at an
audio rate. C802 in series with CR801 determine the
amount of modulation produced by the audio signal.
6.2.2 EXCITER VCO AND TCXO FREQUENCY
MODULATION
6.2.4 BUFFER
Both the VCO and TCXO are modulated in order
to achieve the required frequency response. If only
the VCO was modulated, the phase detector in U403
would sense the frequency change and increase or
decrease the VCO control voltage to counteract the
change (at the lower audio frequencies inside the
closed loop bandwidth of the synthesizer). If only the
TCXO frequency was modulated, the VCO would not
track the higher audio frequencies (those beyond the
closed loop bandwidth of the synthesizer). However,
by modulating both the VCO and TCXO a flat audio
response is achieved. Potentiometers R425 and R446
balance the modulating signals.
A cascode amplifier formed by Q406/Q407 provides amplification and isolation between the VCO
and synthesizer. A cascode amplifier is used because
it provides high reverse isolation. The input signal to
this amplifier is tapped from the VCO RF output. DC
blocking and coupling to the VCO is provided by
C441 and to the buffer by C433. Bias for the amplifier is provided by R451, R453, R454 and R455.
Q407 is a common-emitter amplifier and Q406 is a
common-base with C432 providing RF bypass. L403
decouples the output from AC ground and R452 lowers the Q of L403. The amplifier is coupled by C429
and C499 to U403, pin 11.
There are two 3.5V sources on the Exciter board;
one is a reference for the modulation amplifier to the
VCO, the other is for the modulation amplifier to the
TCXO.
6.2.5 HIGH STABILITY SYNTHESIZER
The High Stability synthesizer inputs/outputs are
shown in Figures 6-3 and 6-4. The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N, and A counters, phase and
lock detectors and counter programming circuitry.
The phase detector output signal of Synthesizer U401,
pin 6 is a 10 kHz pulse waveform from 0 to 5V.
The reference voltage on U402B, pin 5 is sent to
buffer U407B, J401, pin 9 to RFIB connector J102,
pin 9 and out on J101, pin 14 to J2, pin 27 on the
backplane, to the bottom connectors via pin 7 and
finally to the MAC on P100, pin 7.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-8
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The fR input is produced by dividing the 1.25 MHz
OCXO frequency by 125 to produce a reference frequency (fR) of 10 kHz.
This signal is integrated to provide a DC tuning
voltage for the TCXO. The DC tuning voltage provides the TCXO with the ±0.1 PPM stability of the
OCXO (see Section 6.3).
The fV input is produced by dividing the TCXO
frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U401.
The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The prescaler
divide number is controlled by the N and A counters
in U401. The N and A counters function as follows:
The phase detector output signal is generated by
counters in U401 programmed to divide by a certain
number. This programming is provided through
J401, pins 18, 19 and 20. The frequency stability of
the High Stability synthesizer is established by the
±0.1 PPM stability of the OCXO, stable from -40°C to
+70°C (-40°F to +158°F).
Both the N and A counters begin counting down
from their programmed number. When the A counter
reaches zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero.
Both counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A
counter is always programmed with a smaller number
than the N counter. While the A counter is counting
down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A
counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64.
The phase detector in U401 compares the phase
and frequency of two input signals; fR and fV. The
phase detector generates a 0 to 5V signal. The pulse
width of this signal varies depending on the phase difference between fR and fV. This signal is filtered
(integrated) by C406/C407/C408/R411/R412 to provide a DC tuning voltage for the TCXO. The voltage
at U402A, pin 1 is set for 3.5V when the high stability
loop is locked. This is done by adjusting the tuning
screw in TCXO Y401.
Example: To produce the 10 kHz frequency, the
N and A counters are programmed as follows:
N = 27
A = 22
To determine the overall divide number of the
prescaler and N counter, the number of TCXO output
pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse
can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides
by 65 for 65 x 22 or 1430 input pulses. It then divides
by 64 for 64 x (27 - 22) or 320 input pulses. The overall divide number K is therefore (320 + 1430) or 1750.
The TCXO frequency of 17.5000 MHz divided by
1750 equals 10 kHz which is the fR input to the phase
detector. The overall divide number K can also be
determined by the following formula:
One input signal is the reference frequency (fR).
This frequency is the 1.25 MHz OCXO frequency
divided by the reference counter to 10 kHz.
The other input signal to the phase detector in
U401 is from the TCXO frequency divided by the "N"
counter and prescaler in U401. The N counter is programmed through the synthesizer data line on J401,
pin 20. U401 is programmed so the phase detector
input (fV) is identical to the reference frequency (fR).
High Stability synthesizer programming does not
change with channel selection.
K = 64N + A
The programming of the counters in U401 is performed by circuitry in the Main Processor Card
(MPC), buffered and latched through the Interface
Alarm Card (IAC) and fed in to the synthesizer on
J401, pin 20 to Data input port U401, pin 19.
Where,
N = N counter divide number and
A = A counter divide number.
6.2.6 LOCK DETECT
Data is loaded into U401 serially on the Data
input port U401, pin 19 when U401, pin 17 is low.
Data is clocked into the shift registers a bit at a time
by a low to high transition on the Clock input port
U401, pin 18. The Clock pulses come from the MPC
via the IAC to J401, pin 19.
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the
Lock Detect output on U401, pin 2 is a logic high
voltage with narrow negative-going pulses. When the
synthesizer is unlocked, the negative- going pulses are
much wider, the width may vary at a rate determined
by the frequency difference of fV and fR. The lock
detect pulses of U401 are filtered by R407/C401 and
applied to J401, pin 17, then sent to the RFIB on J102,
pin 17 for detection.
The counter divide numbers are chosen so the
TCXO derived input to the phase detector (fV) is
the same frequency as the OCXO derived input (fR).
6-9
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
HIGH STABILITY
SYNTHESIZER
BUFFER
REF
IN
HS CS EX
Q401/Q402
U401
HS LK EX
F
IN
TX OCXO
FROM Q204
PD
OUT
SWITCH
LPTT
Q405
AMP
EX MOD
DATA
U402B
U402A
AMP
BUFFER
U404A
U404B
MAIN
SYNTHESIZER
PD
OUT
CLK
TCXO
BUFFER
U403
F
IN
SYN CS EX
Y401
VCO
A007
Q410/Q411
Q412
Q413
BUFFER
BUFFER
AMP
AMP
Q406/Q407
U407B
TO PA
V REF EX
BUFFER
SYN LK EX
REF
IN
Q403/Q404
Figure 6-4 EXCITER BLOCK DIAGRAM
6.2.7 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
(voltage-controller oscillator) that is frequency controlled by a DC voltage produced by synthesizer chip
U403. This DC voltage is filtered by a loop filter
made up of C805, C806 and R804 in the VCO
circuitry.
A cascode amplifier formed by Q401 and Q402
provides amplification and also isolation between the
TCXO and Synthesizer U401. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high gain, high isolation and
consumes only a small amount of power. The input
signal to this amplifier is coupled from TCXO Y401,
pin 5 by C415. C415 also provides DC blocking.
Bias for the amplifier is provided by R420, R421,
R422, R423 and R418. L401 is an RF choke. RF
bypass is provided by C411, C413 and C414. The
output of Q401/Q402 is coupled to U401, pin 11 by
C412.
Frequencies are selected by programming
counters in U403 to divide by a certain number. This
programming is provided through J401, pins 12, 19
and 20. The frequency stability of the synthesizer is
established by the ±0.1 PPM stability of the high stability loop that is stable from -40°C to +70°C
(-40°F to +158°F).
The VCO frequency of A007 is controlled by a
DC voltage produced by integrating the phase detector output pulses of U403. The phase detector senses
the phase and frequency of two input signals and
causes the VCO control voltage to increase or decrease
if they are not the same. When the frequencies are the
same, the VCO is then "locked" on frequency.
6.2.8 EXCITER SYNTHESIZER
The synthesizer inputs/outputs are shown in Figures 6-3 and 6-4. The synthesizer output signal is the
transmit frequency. This signal is produced by a VCO
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-10
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N,
and A counters, phase and lock detectors and counter
programming circuitry.
Both the N and A counters begin counting down
from their programmed number. When the A counter
reaches zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero.
Both counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A
counter is always programmed with a smaller number
than the N counter. While the A counter is counting
down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A
counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64.
One input signal to the phase detector in U403 is
the reference frequency (fR). This frequency is the
17.5 MHz TCXO frequency divided by the reference
counter to the channel spacing or 12.5 kHz. The other
input signal (fV) is the VCO frequency divided by the
prescaler and the "N" counter in U403. The counters
are programmed through the synthesizer data line on
J401, pin 20. Each channel is programmed by a divide
number so the phase detector input is identical to the
reference frequency (fR) when the VCO is locked on
the correct frequency.
Example: To illustrate the operation of these
counters, assume a transmit frequency of 937.5000
MHz (channel 200). Since the VCO is on the channel
transmit frequency, this frequency is used. To produce
this frequency, the N and A counters are programmed
as follows:
N = 1171
Frequencies are selected by programming the
three counters in U403 to divide by assigned number.
The programming of these counters is performed by
circuitry in the Main Processor Card (MPC), buffered
and latched through the Interface Alarm Card (IAC)
and fed in to the synthesizer on J401, pin 20 to Data
input port U403, pin 19.
A = 56
To determine the overall divide number of the
prescaler and N counter, the number of VCO output
pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse
can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides
by 65 for 65 x 56 or 3640 input pulses. It then divides
by 64 for 64 x (1171 - 56) or 71,360 input pulses. The
overall divide number K is therefore (71,360 + 3640)
or 75,000. The VCO frequency of 937.5000 MHz
divided by 75,000 equals 12.5 kHz which is the fR
input to the phase detector. The overall divide number
K can also be determined by the following formula:
Data is loaded into U403 serially on the Data
input port U403, pin 19 when U403, pin 17 is low.
Data is clocked into the shift registers a bit at a time by
a low to high transition on the Clock input port U403,
pin 18. The Clock pulses come from the MPC via the
IAC to J401, pin 19.
K = 64N + A
As previously stated, the counter divide numbers
are chosen so that when the VCO is operating on the
correct frequency, the VCO-derived input to the phase
detector (fV) is the same frequency as the TCXOderived input (fR). The fR input is produced by dividing the 17.5 MHz TCXO frequency by 1187. The R
counter divides by 1187 regardless of the channel
number. This produces a reference frequency (fR) of
12.5 kHz. Since the VCO is on frequency and no multiplication is used, channel frequencies change in
12.5 kHz steps. The reference frequency is 12.5 kHz
for all channels selected by this Exciter.
Where,
N = N counter divide number and
A = A counter divide number.
NOTE: Section 8.2.5 describes how the N and A
counter numbers can be calculated for other channels.
6.2.9 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q403 and Q404
provides amplification and also isolation between the
TCXO and Synthesizer U403. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high gain, high reverse isolation and consumes only a small amount of power. The
input signal to this amplifier is coupled from TCXO
Y401, pin 5 by C420. C420 also provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is provided by R430, R431,
R432, R433 and R428. L402 is an RF choke.
The fV input is produced by dividing the VCO
frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U403.
The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number
of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters
in U403. The N and A counters function as follows:
6-11
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.2.13 RF AMPLIFIERS
RF bypass is provided by C416, C418 and C419. The
output of Q403/Q404 is coupled to U403, pin 20 by
C417.
RF amplifier Q412 is biased by CR402, R469,
R470 and R472. C448 provides RF bypass from the
DC line and R471/R472 provide supply voltage isolation. A section of microstrip on the collector acts as
an RF choke to the supply line. Q412 is matched to
Q413 by C449, C451 and two sections of microstrip.
6.2.10 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q406 and Q407
provides amplification and also isolation between the
VCO and Synthesizer U403. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high gain, high isolation and
consumes only a small amount of power. The input
signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO A007,
pin 6 by C433. C433 also provides DC blocking. Bias
for the amplifier is provided by R450, R451, R453,
R454 and R455. L403 is an RF choke. RF bypass is
provided by C430, C431 and C479. The output of
Q406/Q407 is coupled to U403, pin 11 by a non-polarized capacitor formed by C429/C499.
RF amplifier/buffer Q413 is similar in design to
Q412. The collector voltage of Q413 is switched by
Q405. The Logic Push-To-Talk (LPTT) on J401, pin
11 turns on Q405 and conducts the 15V supply to the
collector of Q405 and to Q413. The output of Q413 is
matched to 50 ohms by two sections of microstrip and
C465 that also provides DC blocking. A 3 dB attenuator follows amplifier Q413. The RF output of the
Exciter is on coaxial connector J402 to the Power
Amplifier.
6.2.11 LOCK DETECT
6.3 OCXO DRAWER
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the
Lock Detect output on U403, pin 2 is a high voltage
with narrow negative-going pulses. When the synthesizer is unlocked, the negative-going pulses are much
wider, the width may vary at a rate determined by the
frequency difference of fV and fR.
6.3.1 INTRODUCTION
The OCXO (Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillator)
drawer produces the 1.25 MHz reference signal input
for the high stability synthesizer loops of both the
Receiver and Exciter. One OCXO drawer alone can
drive eight repeaters. More repeaters can be driven
with the use of external rack mounted 8-Way splitters. The signal level at each of the eight outputs is
high enough to allow splitting the signal through an
additional 8-Way splitter to drive additional repeaters.
The locked or unlocked condition of the synthesizer is filtered by R440/C423 and applied to J401, pin
16, then sent to the RF Interface on J102, pin 16 for
detection.
6.2.12 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
The OCXOs generate a 10 MHz signal. The frequency stability of these oscillators is better than
0.1 PPM from -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F).
One half hour after a cold start (at room temperature),
the oscillators will be within 1E-8 of their stabilized
frequency. Two OCXOs are used for redundancy. The
drawer can be configured so that either oscillator is
main and the remaining oscillator will be standby. If
the main oscillator has an output failure, the drawer
will automatically switch to the standby oscillator to
drive the outputs. The oscillators can be switched
between main and standby remotely. The drawer will
not allow remote switching of oscillators if either
oscillator has an output failure.
A cascode amplifier formed by Q410/Q411 provides amplification and also isolation between the
VCO and exciter RF stages. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high gain, high isolation and
consumes only a small amount of power. The input
signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO A007,
pin 4 by C441. C441 also provides DC blocking. Bias
for the amplifier is provided by R464, R465, R466,
R467 and R468. L406 is an RF choke and R463 lowers the Q of the coil. RF bypass is provided by C434,
C442, C445, C443, C444 and C480. The output of
Q410/Q411 is matched to the Exciter RF stages by
C446, R450 and two sections of microstrip.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-12
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
OCXO 1
BUFFER
Y901
Q901
SWITCH
(OSC 1)
(OSC 2)
DIVIDER
U905
U901A/B/C/D,
U902B, U904D
U906A
10 MHz REF OUT
LINE DRIVERS
1.25 MHz REF OUT
U906B
ALARM RELAY
OCXO RF OUTPUT
ALARM INDICATOR
ONE-SHOT
MULTIVIBRATOR
U907
Q905, K901
RF ALARM OUT
Q903, DS901
U902C, Q904
ALARM RELAY
STROBE CLOCK
U904B/C/D
REMOTE SWITCH REMOTE SWITCH
S904
CR902/CR903
S904
U908
OCXO SWITCH
S905
CR904/CR905
U909
OCXO 2
Y902
OCXO 1
ALARM INDICATOR
Q908, K902
OCXO 1 ALARM
Q906, DS902
U903C, U912A
Q907
SWITCH
U901A/C/D
U903D, U904A
OCXO SWITCH
S905
ALARM RELAY
Q911, K903
BUFFER
ONE-SHOT
MULTIVIBRATOR
Q902
U911
U910A
FRONT PANEL
SWITCH CONTROLS
OCXO 2
TEST
S902
FLIP-FLOP
OCXO 2 ALARM
OCXO 2
ALARM INDICATOR
Q909, DS903
U903A, U912B
Q910
ALARM RELAY
VCO/PHASE
COMPARATOR
OCXO 1
TEST
S901
U913
DC ON/OFF
S903
Q914, K904
DELTA F
DELTA F
ALARM INDICATOR
U910B
DC ALARM
INDICATOR
FLIP-FLOP
Q917, DS905
U914A, Q916
Q912, DS904
U914B, Q913
FAIL STROBE
ALARM RELAY
Q918, Q919
Q920, K905
AC ALARM
INDICATOR
DC ALARM
ALARM RELAY
Q912, DS906
U914D, Q921
Q923, Q924
Q920, K906
AC ALARM
Figure 6-5 OCXO DRAWER BLOCK DIAGRAM
The OCXO drawer may be powered by the internal regulated 15V DC supply, or by an external 15V
DC source. The internal 15V DC supply is powered
from a 120V (±10%) or 240V (±10%) AC line. When
both supplies are present, the internal 15V DC supply
powers the drawer and the external 15V DC supply is
a backup. If the internal supply should fail, the external 15V DC supply powers the drawer. The current
requirement of the drawer is less than 1A upon initial
turn on, and reduces to approximately 630 mA after
the oscillators are stabilized.
The OCXO drawer contains several alarms. For
all alarms, the following color scheme applies (see
Figure 6-6):
Flashing Red
Yellow
Green
Failure
Standby
Active (OK)
If the main oscillator fails, its corresponding LED
turns from green (active) to flashing red (failure).
Consequently the LED for the remaining oscillator
changes from yellow (standby) to green (active).
6-13
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
10 MHz
IN
OUT
ALLOW 30 MINUTES WARM UP
FOR PROPER STABILIZATION
1.25 MHz
OUTPUTS
115V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
BACK PANEL
TM
OCXO1
OCXO2
DELTA F
OUTPUT
AC
DC
DC BACKUP
INTERRUPT
OCXO 1
INTERRUPT
OCXO 2
INTERRUPT
FRONT PANEL
Figure 6-6 OCXO DRAWER FRONT/REAR PANELS
When there is no output from the drawer, the RF
Output LED changes from green to flashing red indicating failure.
The 10 MHz signal is then applied to the counter
chip U905. U905 is used to divide the 10 MHz signal
by eight to create 1.25 MHz. The dual line driver chip
U906 is used to drive the 8-Way 1.25 MHz outputs
and the 10 MHz output. The signal is filtered to
remove harmonics. The 1.25 MHz outputs have
approximately 0 dBm of power into 50 ohms. The
10 MHz output delivers about 10 dBm into 50 ohms.
When there is a difference of more than 10 Hz
between the two 10 MHz oscillators, the Delta F LED
changes from green to flashing red (failure).
The Delta F alarm circuit has built in hysteresis
and will not return to green until there is less than 5
Hz difference between the 10 MHz oscillators.
6.3.3 OCXO SWITCHING
When both supplies are present, the AC LED is
green (active), and the DC LED is yellow (standby).
If the AC supply fails, the AC LED changes to flashing red (failure) and the DC LED changes to green
(active) indicating that it is now powering the OCXO
drawer. If the external DC supply fails, the DC LED
changes from yellow (standby) to flashing red
(failure).
Refer to the OCXO switching circuitry in
Figure 6-7. The circuit is broken down into three
levels where various tasks are performed. The bottom
section is for remote control input and selecting which
OCXO LED should indicate standby. U902A,
pins 1-2 (OSC 1 - OSC 2) come from the OCXO pulse
detector circuits. A logic high on U902A, pin 1
(OSC 1) indicates that OCXO 1 has output. Likewise,
a logic high on U902A, pin 2 (OSC 2) indicates that
OCXO 2 has output.
All of these alarms are tied to relays that can be
set to open or close contacts upon alarms. The relay
contacts are connected to the 18-pin connector at the
rear of the drawer. These relay contacts are capable of
handling 1A DC current.
NOTE: U902C, pin 8 (S) cannot be high unless both
OCXO pulse detectors indicate output. Therefore, no
remote switching of OCXOs is allowed unless both
OCXOs are running.
6.3.2 OCXOS, BUFFERS, DIVIDER AND LINE
DRIVER
The top section of Figure 6-7 determines whether or not
a switch is made to OCXO 2. In this section, an Exclusive OR logic decision is made between inputs (S) and
(OSC 1). When U902B, pin 6 (X) is high, OCXO 1 is
selected, when it is low, OCXO 2 is selected. If
(OSC 1) is low, (X) goes low and OCXO 2 is selected.
The OCXOs produce a signal level greater than
1V RMS. Q901 and Q902 serve as buffers and square
up the signal from 0 to 5V (see Figure 6-5). Selection
of the oscillators as described in Section 6.3.1 is
accomplished by the logic gates U901-U904.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-14
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
H
U901B
H
10 MHz
(OCXO 1, Q901)
4
6
5
U901C
9
8
10 MHz
(OCXO 2, Q902)
U902B
U904D
4
6
11
12
10
10 MHz SIGNAL OUTPUT
(U905, U906)
10
U901D
11
13
5
U901A
1
74HC00
H
3
2
(X)
(OSC 1)
L
(OSC 2)
(S)
L
H
U902D
REMOTE CONTROL
(S904, U908)
11
74HC04
9
13
OSCILLATOR SELECT
(S905, U909)
U904A
U902C
12
8
10
1
OSC 2
(Q909, DS903)
H
1
U903D
12
11
H
13
U902A
OSC 1
(Q906, DS902)
2
OSC 2 STATUS
(U912, PIN 4)
74HC08
3
2
H
OSC 1 STATUS
(U912, PIN 1)
Figure 6-7 OCXO SWITCHING
6.3.5 DELTA F DETECTION
NOTE: The bottom circuit does not allow (S) to be high
and (OSC 1) to be low. If (OSC 1) is high and (S) is low,
(X) stays high, and OCXO 1 is selected as the main oscillator. Finally, if (OSC 1) is high and (S) is high, (X)
goes low and OCXO 2 is selected as the main oscillator.
The Delta F detection circuitry is made up of
U910, U911 and U913. The buffered output of OCXO
2 is applied to the D-input of flip-flop U910 and the
buffered output of OCXO 1 is applied to the CLKinput. The Q-output is the frequency difference
between the two OCXOs.
6.3.4 OCXO PULSE DETECTION
The Q-output of U910, pin 5 is applied to the trigger input (B2) of the one-shot multivibrator in U911,
pin 10. This device produces a 5 ms negative-going
pulse when it is triggered. It is triggered twice by
every output cycle from U910, pin 5. The second triggering is caused by the undetermined states produced
when the signal goes low at the half-cycle point.
Because of this double triggering, the frequency on the
Q2 output of U911, pin 12 is twice the frequency difference of the two OCXOs.
The buffered OCXO 1 signal is sent to U907,
pins 9-10. U907 is a retriggerable one-shot multivibrator that is used for pulse detection. If four or more
10 MHz pulses from OCXO 1 are missing, the output
of one-shot multivibrator Q2 goes low. This turns off
LED driver Q905 and the green half of LED DS902
turns off. Simultaneously, Q2 goes high. This pulses
on/off Q907 and strobes the red fail LED for OCXO 1.
Relay driver Q908 can be driven by either Q2 or Q2
depending on the desired normal state of the OCXO 1
alarm relay. U911, pins 1-2 also serve as a pulse
detector for OCXO 2.
The Q2 output of U911, pin 12 is applied to
U913, pin 14, which is one input of an internal phase
comparator. The other input of this phase comparator
is from a voltage controlled oscillator (VCO) internal
6-15
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
to U913. The output of this phase comparator at
U911, pin 13 is essentially low if the input from the
VCO is higher in frequency than the input from U911,
pin 12. Conversely, this output is essentially high if
the input from the VCO is lower in frequency than the
input from U911, pin 12. Clocking pulses are continually present on the PCP output of U913, pin 1.
Power control is connected to WO505 from the
RF Interface board (RFIB). RF is filtered from the
control voltage line by various capacitors and inductors to U501, pin 2. This control voltage regulates the
RF output of the amplifier on U501, pin 4 to approximately 5W.
The VCO oscillates at either the high or low end
of its operating range, depending on the logic level
present on the control input of U913, pin 9. If the
control input is high, it oscillates at the high end of its
range. If the control input is low, it oscillates at the
low end of its range. The high frequency is approximately 20 Hz and the low frequency is approximately
10 Hz. During normal operation, the Q output of the
flip-flop in U910, pin 8 is high and the VCO oscillates
at 20 Hz.
6.4.2 DRIVER
The output of U501 passes through several sections of 50 ohm microstrip and matching capacitors to
the emitter of Q501. Driver Q501 is a common- base
amplifier with a normal output of approximately 22W.
Supply voltage is RF bypassed by various capacitors
and microstrip. C525/C526/C536/ C537/C538/C589
match the output of the driver to the input impedance
of the combiner to the final amplifiers.
When the frequency difference between OCXOs
exceeds about 10 Hz (1 PPM), the frequency of the
signal from U911, pin 12 exceeds the VCO frequency. Recall that the frequency difference is doubled by U911. The output from the phase comparator
on U913, pin 13 goes high and the Q outputs of flipflop U910B change state. This turns on red LED
DS904. The Q output of U910, pin 9 now applies a
logic low to the VCO control input of U913, pin 9 and
the VCO goes to its low frequency limit (10 Hz).
Therefore, the OCXO frequency difference must
decrease to less than 5 Hz for the alarm to be canceled. This hysteresis prevents intermittent triggering
when the frequency difference is near the triggering
point.
6.4.3 FINAL AMPLIFIERS
Q502 and Q503 are combined 60W amplifiers.
A 50 ohm microstrip connects the RF to a 70.7 ohm
Wilkinson splitter and then to the emitter of each common-base amplifier. The 60W outputs on the collectors of the amplifiers are combined using a Wilkinson
combiner. Q502 has a half-wave transmission line on
the input and Q503 has a half-wave on the output.
These transmission lines are used to drive the 60W
amplifiers out of phase. The output of the combiner is
fed from WO513 directly to the forward/reverse
power detect board.
The Wilkinson splitter and combiner provide the
capability to split the drive input and combine the
final outputs while maintaining isolation between the
two final amplifiers. The combiner consists of two
quarter-wave transmission lines and a balancing resistor. During normal operation, signals of relatively
equal phase and amplitude are present on both ends of
the balancing resistor. Therefore, no current flows and
no power is dissipated in the balance resistor. If one
final fails, the other final of the pair continues to
function.
6.4 75W POWER AMPLIFIER
6.4.1 AMPLIFIER/PRE-DRIVER
RF input to the PA from the Exciter is through a
coaxial cable and connector to WO511. C501 couples
the RF to 50 ohm microstrip that connects the input to
U501. U501 is a 6W amplifier/pre- driver operating
in the 935-940 MHz band.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-16
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
LOW-PASS
FILTER
POWER
SENSE
FINAL 1 POWER
CR502
SPLITTER
RF IN
AMP /
PRE-DRIVER
DRIVER
U501
Q501
2
RF OUTPUT
FORWARD/REVERSE
POWER DETECTOR
COMBINER
Q502
RF LOAD
Q503
POWER CONTROL
THERMAL SENSOR
CIRCULATOR
AMP
THERMAL
SENSOR
U502A
U503
FINAL 2 POWER
2
POWER
SENSE
U651A/B
U652A/B
FORWARD
POWER
REVERSE
(REFLECTED)
POWER
CR503
Figure 6-8 75W PA BLOCK DIAGRAM
6.4.4 POWER DETECTORS
Forward and reverse power is electromagnetically
coupled from the input and reflected ports of the circulator. R663 and R680 are used to calibrate the forward
and reflected power.
Electromagnetic coupling is used to sample the
output of each final amplifier. The RF is then fed to a
rectifier to create a voltage indicative of the power
output. The outputs of CR502 (W510) and CR503
(W508) are monitored by the repeater software
through the RF Interface Board. If a final amplifier
fails, the software reduces the output power to prevent overdriving the remaining final amplifier.
6.5 160W POWER AMPLIFIER
6.5.1 GAIN BLOCK
RF input to the PA from the Exciter is through a
coaxial cable and connected to WO509. The signal
coming through WO509 is amplified to approximately 0.25W using Q501 and associated matching
components. This signal is then fed into U501. U501
is an 18W amplifier/pre-driver operating in the 935940 MHz range.
6.4.5 THERMAL SENSOR
Thermal protection is provided by temperature
sensor U503. The operating range of the sensor is
from -0° C to +100° C (+32° F to 212° F). Amplifier
U502A sends the output of U503 through WO509 to
the RF Interface Board. The RF Interface Board uses
the temperature sensor signal to turn the fan on (50°C)
and off (45°C). If the temperature of the heatsink
exceeds 90°C power is reduced 3 dB. When the heatsink exceeds 95°C the RF is shut down.
Power control is connected to WO505 from the
RF Interface board (RFIB). RF is filtered from the
control voltage line by various capacitors and inductors to U501, pin 2. This control voltage regulates the
RF output of the amplifier on U501, pin 5 to approximately 15W (see Figure 6-9).
6.5.2 DRIVER
6.4.6 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT,
CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER
The output of U501 passes through several sections of 50 ohm microstrip and matching capacitors to
the emitter of Q502. Driver Q502 is a common base
amplifier with an output of approximately 60W. Supply voltage is RF bypassed by various capacitors and
microstrip. C568 matches the output of the driver to
the input impedance of the splitter to the final
amplifiers.
The power amplifier output is directly coupled to
the forward/reverse power detect board via a jumper.
The output then enters the circulator and exits to the
low-pass filter board and the antenna jack for a minimum power output of 75W at the default setting. If an
antenna is not connected, the circulator connects the
output power to R685.
6-17
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
POWER SENSE
RF 1
SPLITTER
1/2 WAVE
DELAY LINE
COMBINER
Q701
Q702
COMBINER
LOW-PASS
FILTER
POWER SENSE
RF 2
SPLITTER
RF OUTPUT
RF IN
GAIN BLOCK
DRIVER
U501
Q502
Q501
1/4 WAVE TRANSFORMER
DIRECTIONAL COUPLER
POWER
CONTROL
RF 3
THERMAL SENSOR
RF 4
RF LOAD
CIRCULATOR
POWER SENSE
SPLITTER
AMP
THERMAL
SENSOR
U502A
U503
Q703
Q704
U651A/B
U652A/B
FORWARD
VSWR
1/2 WAVE DELAY
COMBINER
POWER SENSE
Figure 6-9 160W PA BLOCK DIAGRAM
6.5.3 FINAL AMPLIFIERS
resistor. Therefore, no current flows and no power is
dissipated in the resistor. If one final fails, the other
final of the pair would continue to function.
The output of the driver is DC blocked by C552
and is connected to the first 70.7 ohm splitter with a
50 ohm microstrip. One output of the first splitter is
sent directly to another 70.7 ohm splitter to feed
Q703/Q704. The second output is connected to the
splitter driving Q701/Q702 through a half-wave 50
ohm microstrip. The 60W output of Q701/Q702 is
combined through a 70.7 ohm quarter-wave Wilkinson combiner and fed through a 50 ohm microstrip to
the final 50 ohm combiner.
6.5.4 POWER DETECTORS
Electromagnetic coupling is used to detect the
output of each final amplifier. The detected RF is then
fed to a rectifier to create a voltage output indication
of the power output. The outputs are monitored by the
RFIB and the station software. If any of the finals
fails, the software will reduce the output power to prevent overdriving the remaining final amplifier.
Outputs from amplifiers Q703/Q704 are fed to
the final combiner through 50 ohm microstrip that is a
half-wavelength longer than the other side. The
25 ohm output impedance of the final combiner is
transformed to 50 ohms through a quarter-wave,
35.35 ohm microstrip. The output of the quarter-wave
transformer is fed directly into the forward power
detector via W510.
6.5.5 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT,
CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER
The power amplifier output is directly coupled to
the forward/reverse power detect board via a jumper.
The output then enters the circulator and exits to the
low-pass filter board and the antenna jack for a power
output of 160W (±7W). If an antenna is not connected, the circulator connects the output to R685.
The Wilkinson combiners provide the capability
to split the drive input and combine the final outputs
while maintaining isolation between the final amplifiers. Each combiner consists of two quarter- wave
transmission lines and a balancing resistor. During
normal operation, a signal of relatively equal phase
and amplitude is present on both ends of the balancing
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
Forward and reverse power is electromagnetically
coupled to the detectors on the input and reflected
ports of the circulator. R663 and R680 are used to calibrate the forward and reverse sense levels. The
sensed levels are connected to the RF Interface Board
and software.
6-18
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.6 RF INTERFACE BOARD
Pin 4
The RF Interface Board connects the Receiver,
Exciter and Power Amplifier to the backplane and
power supply (see Figure 6-10).
Pin 4 carries ground current between the RF
Interface board and Backplane board.
The input and output connectors for the RF Interface Board are defined as follows.
6.6.1 POWER CONNECTOR
GROUND
Pins 5-6
UNUSED
Pin 7
RX WBAND
The wide band audio is from the receive audio
demodulator U202 and goes to the MAC in the Controller card cage. The typical amplitude is 387 mV
RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA Test
Modulation into the receiver. Little wave shaping is
done on the receiver board other than a 31 kHz RC
LPF which strips off the 450 kHz IF. Buffering is
done with an op-amp.
The power supply is connected to the RF Interface Board when the RF module is inserted into the
station cabinet (see Figure 10-7). The jack portion of
the connection is on the RF Interface Board, the plug
portion is attached to the repeater cabinet.
P101/P102 +26.5V DC - Supply voltage to PA.
+26.5V ±1%, 12A at 75W and 20A nominal (24A maximum) at 160W.
Pin 8
RF DATA A
Data A (U105, pin 11) is the least significant bit
(LSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation.
P103 +15V DC - Supply voltage to Exciter, Receiver
and Power Control. 15V ±1%, 5.5A max.
P104/P105 GROUND - Ground return for the RF assembly.
Pin 9
RF DATA C
6.6.2 SIGNAL CONNECTOR (J101)
Data C (U105, pin 9) is the most significant bit
(MSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation.
This is the signal interface connector J101 (36
pin) that connects the RF Interface board to the backplane connector J2 (34 pin) through cable assembly
A8.
Pin 10
Pin 1
The Multiplexer-2 Inhibit (U106, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the output from the RF 2 Multiplexer with a
logic high.
Pin 1 carries ground current between the RF
Interface board and Backplane board.
Pin 2
RF MUX2 INH
GROUND
PC STR
Pin 2 is the Power Control Strobe. This is normally low until after the power control data is shifted
into the power control register. Then the strobe line
goes high and back to low. The clock or data lines
cannot be changed until after the strobe is set.
Pin 11
Pin 3
Pin 12
RF CLK
The clock will control the synthesizer chips and
power control circuit when loading. This pin is a TTL
input from the Controller.
HS CS EX
HS CS RX
This input goes low to enable the loading of data
into the receiver high stability synthesizer chip U205.
Pin 3 is used in the 900 MHz repeater only. A
low enables the high stability synthesizer loop.
6-19
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 13
RF MUX1 INH
The Multiplexer-1 Inhibit (U105, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the output from the RF 1 Multiplexer with a
logic high.
Pin 24
UNUSED
Pin 25
LOGIC CONTROL TO FANS
Pin 25 is in parallel with the temperature sensor.
Pin 26
Pin 14
The Data B (U105, pin 10) is the middle significant bit in the three multiplex chips located on the
RFIB. This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller
requiring a logic high for activation.
This is the 3.5V reference to the Exciter TCXO.
3.5V from the Exciter is passed from J102, pin 9 to
this pin and the backplane. The voltage then passes
through the MAC and back to the backplane to J101,
pin 22 with the TX MOD. These are connected to
J102, pin 13 back to the Exciter.
Pins 15-18
UNUSED
Pin 19
RF MUX3 INH
Pin 27
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
LPTT
The Logic Push-To-Talk is an open collector
from the Controller. It has a sink capability of
20 mA and a maximum voltage rating of 18V. The
transmitter should produce power when this pin is a
logic low.
Pin 21
SYN CS EX
This input goes low to enable the loading of data
into the exciter main synthesizer chip U403.
Pin 22
TX MOD
RF Forward Power Sense
RF Power Sense Device 1
RF Power Sense Device 2
RF Power Sense Device 3
RF Power Sense Device 4
RF Reflected Power Sense
PA Temperature
Transmit Audio Modulation
High Stability Exciter Lock Detector
Exciter Lock Detector
Receiver Detector Audio
Receive Signal Strength Indicator
Receiver Injection Level
High Stability Receive Lock Detector
Receiver Lock Detector
Fan Current 1
Fan Current 2
Fan 1 On Sense
Power Supply Temp
Battery Voltage
The audio from the MAC in the Controller processes a number of inputs to the station to produce the
signals on this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB
and then to the Exciter. A 707 mV RMS sine wave
(2V P-P) at 1 kHz produces 60% of system deviation
in the transmitter. The source impedance is low and
the input impedance is less than 10k ohms.
Pin 28
Pin 23
Pin 29
RF DATA
A data pin with TTL levels from the Controller
which has the dual role of loading the synthesizer
chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines for
proper output power. Up to four synthesizer chips and
a shift-register could be connected to this pin.
GROUND
Pin 23 carries ground current between the RFIB
and CBP board.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
A D LEVEL
20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sampled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin
using three multiplex chips.
The Multiplexer-3 Inhibit (U104, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the output from the RF 3 Multiplexer with a
logic high.
Pin 20
RF DATA B
V REF EX
SYN CS RX
This input goes low to enable the loading of data
into the receiver main synthesizer chip U209.
6-20
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 30
6.6.4 POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS
RSSI
This pin is the Receive Signal Strength Indication
to the Controller. This RSSI is used for tune-up of the
Receiver front-end during factory test mode. The
dynamic range is 60 dB. It has an output from an opamp with the voltage going from 0.5V to 4.5V. The
level has an adjustment in the Receiver.
WO 115
POWER SENSE
Pin 31
This capacitive feedthrough pin is at +26.5V DC
and carries the PA current, 20A nominal at 160W from
P102 to the Power Amplifier board.
This capacitive feedthrough pin is at +15V DC to
the Power Detect Board.
WO 116
GROUND
Pin 31 carries ground current between the RFIB
and Chassis Backplane.
WO 117
+26.5V DC
+26.5V DC GROUND
Pins 32-36 UNUSED
This capacitive feedthrough pin carries ground
current from P105 to the Power Amplifier board. It
must be capable of carrying up to 25A.
6.6.3 FAN CONNECTOR (J104)
WO 118
The outputs to the fan connectors are 4-pin plugin terminals that supply DC voltage. The plug on the
fan is a 2-pin connector. The plug-in terminals are
located on the back of the RFIB.
Pin 1
This capacitive feedthrough pin connects +15V
DC P103 to the PA, Exciter, and Forward/Reverse
Power Detect boards. Maximum current handling is
6A (4A nominal at 160W).
FAN 1 LOW
Pin 1 is the ground return for Fan 1.
Pin 2
WO 119
NOT USED
WO 120
CTRL OUT
FAN HI
This capacitive feedthrough pin carries the output of the power control driver on the RFIB to the
power control pin of the power module on the Power
Amplifier board. The voltage varies from 0V-15V
with current as high as 0.5A.
Pin 2 carries the voltage to Fan 1. The current is
1/4A nominal at 20V to 30V. This pin goes high when
the PA heat sensor rises above 50°C and goes low
below 45°C.
Pin 3
FAN2 LO
WO 121
Pin 3 is the ground return for Fan 2 in 160W
repeaters.
Pin 4
+15V DC
FWD PWR
This capacitive feedthrough pin is the forward
power sense line. It is a voltage source that is a function of the output power of the Power Amplifier. The
voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a 10k
ohm load. A typical voltage of 3.9V correlates to
160W out of the PA. This line goes through the multiplexers and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
FAN HI
Pin 4 carries the voltage to Fan 2 in 160W repeaters. The Voltage is 20V-30V at 1/4A nominal. Pin 4
goes high when the PA heat sensor rises above 50°C
and goes low below 45°C.
6-21
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
WO 122
0V-5V output and 0°C to +100°C (+32°F to 212°F)
input when driving a 10k ohm load. The primary
functions of this line are for fan on/off and PA power
reduction. The fan should be turned on at 50°C and
off at 45°C. The PA should have power reduced when
90°C (194°F) is reached and with absolute turn-off at
95°C (203°F). This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
RF OUT 1
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage
source that is a function of the output power of Q701.
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
WO 123
RF OUT 2
WO147
RF DETECT PRE-DRIVER
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage
source that is a function of the output power of Q702.
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
This senses power out of the pre-driver. It is used
to limit the power out of the pre-driver to
0.6 dB over 160W at room temperature. The 75W
repeater limits to 0.6 dB over 75W.
WO 124
W143
RF OUT 3
This is the +26.5V DC source to the RFIB from
P101.
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage
source that is a function of the output power of Q703.
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
WO 125
+26V DC
W144
+15V DC
This is the +15V DC source to the RFIB from
P103.
RF OUT 4
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage
source that is a function of the output power of Q704.
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
W145
WO 126
6.6.5 EXCITER CONNECTOR (J102)
W145 carries ground current from P104 to the
RFIB.
REFL PWR
The connector from the Exciter (J401) to the RF
Interface board (J102) links the Exciter to the MPC in
the Controller Backplane.
This capacitive feedthrough pin is the reflected
power sense line. It is a voltage indicative of the
power reflected due to a mismatch. The voltage produced will typically be such that less than a 3:1
VSWR will not trigger alarms and when VSWR = 6:1
the controller will reduce power. The voltage level
will be between 0V-5V and drive a 10k ohm load.
This line goes through the multiplexers and A D
LEVEL line to the Controller for processing. The
time to sense and reduce the power takes several seconds.
Pin 1
VCC1
The voltage on this pin is a fused +15V ±1%,
nominal current of 0.5A. It provides current to the
Exciter from the RFIB.
Pins 2-8
WO 127
GROUND
GROUND
TEMP
Pin 9
This capacitive feedthrough pin is the temperature sense line of the Power Amplifier. It will be a linearly variable function of temperature ranging from
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
+3.5V DC
Pin 9 is the +3.5V DC TCXO reference voltage
from the Exciter to the MAC.
6-22
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 10
GROUND
Pin 19
Pin 11
LPTT
The clock controls the Exciter synthesizer when
loading. The input source in the Controller is TTL
with the speed determined by the synthesizer chip.
There could be as many as four synthesizers and a
shift register.
The Logic Push-To-Talk (LPTT) is an open collector from the Controller. It has a sink capability of
20 mA nominal and a voltage rating of 18V maximum. The transmitter should produce power when
this pin is a logic low.
Pin 12
Pin 20
RF DATA
Pin 20 is a data pin from the Controller which has
the dual role of loading the synthesizer chip and
adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper output power. The data has TTL levels. Up to four synthesizer chips and a shift register could be connected
to this pin.
SYN CS EX
Pin 12 is the Exciter main synthesizer chip select.
It allows data input to the specific synthesizer chip
when the line is pulled to a logic low.
Pin 13
RF CLK
TX MOD
6.6.6 RECEIVER CONNECTOR (J103)
The audio from the MAC in the Controller processes a number of inputs to the station per the TIA
specifications to produce the signal on this pin. This
signal goes through the RFIB and then to the Exciter.
A 707 mV RMS (2V P-P) sine wave at 1 kHz provides
60% of system deviation in the transmitter. The DC
voltage on the line is 3.5V ±0.1V. The source impedance should be low (output of an op-amp or analog
switch < 200 ohms) and the input impedance will not
be less than 10k ohms.
The connector from the Receiver (J201) to the
RF Interface board (J103) links the Receiver to the
MPC in the Controller Backplane.
Pin 1
Pin 1 is fused +15V ±1% with a nominal current
of 1A provides current from the RFIB to the Receiver.
Pins 2-6
Pins 14-15
Pin 7
SYN LK EX
HS LK EX
Pin 8
UNUSED
Pin 9
RX WBAND
The receive wide band audio is from the demodulator and goes to the Main Audio Card (MAC) in the
Controller card cage. The typical amplitude is 387
mV RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA
Test Modulation into the Receiver. Little wave shaping is done on the Receiver board other than a 31 kHz
RC LPF which strips off the 450 kHz IF. Buffering is
done with an op-amp which can drive a 10k ohm load.
Pin 17 is the high stability synthesizer lock detector output for the 900 MHz Exciter. The synthesizer is
locked with a TTL logic high state.
Pin 18
RSSI
This pin is the Receive Signal Strength Indicator
(RSSI) to the Controller. The RSSI is used for tuneup of the Receiver front-end during test mode. The
dynamic range is 60 dB. Output from an op-amp with
the voltage going from 0.5V to 4.5V. The level has an
adjustment in the Receiver.
Pin 16 is the Exciter main synthesizer lock detector output. The synthesizer is locked with a TTL logic
high state.
Pin 17
UNUSED
GROUND
These pins carry ground current between the
RFIB and the Exciter board.
Pin 16
VCC1
HS CS EX
This input goes low to enable the loading of data
into the exciter high stability synthesizer chip U401.
6-23
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 10
UNUSED
Pin 11
GROUND
Pin 16
Pin 16 is the 900 MHz Receiver high stability
synthesizer chip select. This synthesizer is the same
circuit as used in the Exciter. A low enables loading
the high stability synthesizer loop.
Pin 11 carries ground current between the RFIB
and the Receiver board.
Pin 17
Pin 12
HS CS RX
GROUND
Pin 17 carries ground current between the RFIB
and the Receiver board.
SYN CS RX
Pin 12 is the Receiver main synthesizer chip
select. This chip is the same part as used in the
Exciter. A low enables loading the Synthesizer.
Pin 18
Pin 13
The clock controls the Receiver synthesizers
when loading. The input source in the Controller is
TTL with the speed determined by the synthesizer
chip. There could be as many as four synthesizers and
a shift register.
RX INJ
This pin is the power sense for the Receiver
injection. It is a linear voltage source that is a function of the injection power. The voltage level will be
between 0V - 5V and be able to drive a 10k ohm load.
Pin 14
Pin 19
SYN LK RX
Pin 20
RF DATA
Pin 20 is a data pin from the Controller which has
the dual role of loading the synthesizer chips and
adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper output power. The data has TTL levels. Up to four synthesizer chips and a shift register could be connected
to this pin.
GROUND
Pin 15 carries ground current between the RFIB
and the Receiver board.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
HS LK RX
This is the high stability synthesizer lock detector
output for the 900 MHz Receiver. The synthesizer is
locked with a TTL logic high state.
Pin 14 is the main synthesizer lock detector output for the Receiver. The synthesizer is locked with a
TTL logic high state.
Pin 15
RF CLK
6-24
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
MUX/RES
J1
PC STR
2
Q101
FORWARD
POWER
U102A
Q8
Q7
STR
U103 Q6
SER
Q5
Q4
CLK
Q3
Q2
Q1
OE
RF POWER CONTROL
+26V
P102
POWER
ADJUST
Q102-Q105
U102B
+15V
P105
Q111B
PA
PWR CNTRL
MUX 3
RF DET (PRE-DRIVER)
Y0
RF MUX3 INH
U104
19
WO103
P103
P104
COMPARATOR
Q108
P101
U109A
FORWARD POWER
U112B
Y1
E
A0
Y2
A1
Y4
A2
Y5
Z
Y6
FINAL 2 POWER
Y3
VREF EX
14
LPTT
20
RF MUX1 INH
13
A D LEVEL
27
E
Z
RF DATA C
9
A2
RF DATA B 26
A1
Y0
A0
Y2
Y7
Y1
FINAL 1 POWER
U112A
U112D
FINAL 3 POWER
U112C
FINAL 4 POWER
U109B
REFLECTED POWER
U109D
TEMPERATURE
EXCITER
LPTT
MUX 1
RF DATA A
8
U105
WO135
U110F
U110E
VREF EX
SYN LK EX
HS LK EX
RF CLK
Y6
RF DATA
TX MOD
22
TX MOD
STN CS EX
21
SYN CS EX
HS CS EX
3
HS CS EX
MUX 2
RECEIVER
Z
A2
A1
Y0
U106
RX INJ
U110A
Y1
U110B
Y2
HS LK RX
SYN LK RX
A0
RF MUX2 INH
Y7
10
E
Y5
Y4
RSSI
30
RSSI
RX WB AUDIO
7
RX WBAND
RF DATA 28
RF DATA
RF CLK
11
RF CLK
SYN CS RX
29
SYN CS RX
HS CS RX
12
HS CS RX
FAN HIGH
2
FAN 1 LOW
1
FAN HIGH
4
FAN 2 LOW
3
J104
Q107
Q106
U108A
FAN 1 BUFFER
U107A
FAN 2 BUFFER
U107B
5V REGULATOR
+15V
U101
+5V
Figure 6-10 RF INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
6-25
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.7 800W POWER SUPPLY
C111. The resistor network connected to CR104
charges up C106/C107 to +18Voff the line. This provides the bias voltage required to start the controller
IC U102. Once the IC turns on current is being
switched on L107. A small tap winding on L107 provides sustaining current to the U102. When AC is first
connected it could take several seconds for C106/C107
to charge to +14V before the unit starts.
WARNING
This power supply contains voltage potentials greater
than 400V. Considering the dangerous voltages and
the complexity of the switch-mode power supply, it is
strongly recommended the power supply be returned
to E.F. Johnson for repair (see Section 1.8).
U102 samples the input voltage through R105/
R106/R107; the input current through T103/T104/
CR146/CR108/R113/R114; and the output voltage
through the divider at R127. U102 modulates the duty
cycle to MOSFET Q101 such that the input current is
shaped like and in phase with the input voltage. The
controller has two feedback loops; a voltage loop to
keep the 400V constant and a current loop to keep
input current correct. Compensation for the current
error amp is C120/R141/C121 on U102, pin 1. Compensation for the voltage error amp is provided by
C127/C142/C126 on U102, pin 16. U102, pin 4 and
associated circuitry automatically adjust the Power
Factor Correction (PFC) for input voltage (100-240V
AC), line frequency (50-60 Hz) and load on the power
factor.
6.7.1 FILTER BOARD
AC power is brought into the power supply
through the IEC connector in the front of the power
supply (see Figure 2-2). This connector is attached to
the EMI filter assembly, Part No. 023-2000-820. The
filter contains common mode and differential mode
filtering such that the supply complies with FCC
Class-A regulations. In addition to the filter components (C1, C2, L1, C3, C4, L2, C5) R1 is used to discharge the filter capacitors when AC is removed.
Metal-oxide varistors (RV001/RV002) are placed
across the line on the input and output of the EMI filter
that clamp transients on the AC line to prevent damage
to the power supply. The AC power is fused with
F001 after the connector and before the filter. Replace
fuse with a 15A/250V (314015) fuse.
NOTE: The output voltage of the power factor section
is at 400V DC. This voltage is bled off slowly. After
turning off, it can take more than 5 minutes to discharge.
6.7.3 MAIN PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR
At the output of the filter board is a bridge rectifier. The rectifier is heat sunk to the filter bracket
through a Grafoil thermal interface pad. Filtered AC
power is connected to the main board via wires W001
and W003. Filter and rectified current is brought to
the main board via wires W004 and W005. The safety
ground is connected from the filter board to a stud in
the chassis through W002.
The +26.5V output is created from a two-transistor forward converter Q116/Q118. It uses the 400V
output of the power factor correction on C110/C111
for an input voltage. The same controller IC (U102)
drives the +26.5V stage. This stage runs at exactly
twice the power factor correction frequency and uses
trailing edge modulation. The pulse width modulator
uses the PFC supplied current for modulation scheme
that reduces ripple current in C110/C111.
6.7.2 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION
The output of the IC, U102, pin 11 is fed to a
level shifting gate drive network comprised of C139,
C140, T106, C136, C197, C137 and C228. Each
MOSFET (Q116, Q118) of the two-transistor forward
converter has a gate protection zener diode CR117,
CR120 respectively. In addition, each power MOSFET has a gate turnoff network.
The power factor switching frequency is set at
87.5 kHz, ±5 kHz. The average current mode boost
converter is comprised of L107, Q101, CR145, C110,
C111. Half of U102 is used for power factor correction. RT101/RT102 are negative temperature coefficient thermistors that limit the in-rush current to C110/
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-26
6-27
AC SENSE
AC IN
DC IN
T101
RT101, RT102
Q104
VCC
CR110, CR111
CR101, CR102
BRIDGE RECTIFIER
TEMP
+5V REGULATOR SENSOR
U106
U101
TO REMOTE EN
Q103
Q105, Q106
U107
AMP
U110A
TEMP OUT
U110C
T105
CURRENT SENSE
U115
OVERVOLTAGE
SHUTDOWN
U110D
Q120, Q121
FAN
SYNC
L101
BUFFER/
HYSTERESIS FAN CONTROLLER
Q114
2-TRANSISTOR HI/LO VOLTAGE
FWD CONVERTER
ISOLATION
Q115, Q116
T106
Q117, Q118
RESISTOR
LADDER
THERMAL
SHUTDOWN
T106
U109
LEVEL SHIFTING
GATE DRIVE
ON/OFF SENSE
BATT BACK-UP
+6 to +18V
U108
PWM OUT
Q101
VOLTAGE SENSE
Q108
Q107
VDC
RAMP
I SENSE
FB
PFC
U102
IAC
CURRENT MODE
BOOST CONVERTER
L107
T103
T104
EXT IN
+26.5V DC
U111
CT
RAMP/ISD
Q122, Q123
Q124, Q125
CT
U114
VCC
OUT
BUCK BOOST CONVERTER
Q129, Q130
Q131, Q132
BUCK CONVERTER
OUT
RAMP/ISD
EA OUT/INV
U113
CONTROLLER
U104A/B
Q110, Q111, Q112
+5V TO U104
U105
-5V DC OUT
T109
T108
Q127
Q128
SAWTOOTH BUFFER
BUCK CONVERTER
OUT
+15V DC +5V REG
+26.5V
+15V
U112
VREF
CONTROLLER
L104
L102
+15V DC OUT
UNDER VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
U118, Q138
U122
U117, Q133
U120
OVER VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
+5V DC OUT
OVER VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
U116, Q126
U119
L103
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Figure 6-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK DIAGRAM
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
shift and buffer this pulse. When the narrow pulse is
presented to the timing capacitor of the +15V and +5V
converters, the cycle terminates and a new one starts.
This forces the +15V and +5V converters to run at the
same frequency and is slightly delayed from the
+26.5V converter.
In operation, the power MOSFETs Q116, Q118
are on for approximately one-third of the period providing current to the primary side of T107. During
that time CR121 is forward conducting and charging
L101. When the MOSFETs are switched off, the magnetizing current of T107 continues to flow through
CR118, CR119. These diodes place 400V across the
transformer in opposite polarity that resets the transformer core. During the off period CR128 is free
wheeling and L101 is discharging. Transformer T107
provides the isolation between the low voltage and
high voltage sections.
6.7.5 FAN AND THERMAL SHUTDOWN
The voltage supply to the thermal measurement
circuit is generated from transformer T101 and the
associated bridge rectifier consisting of CR101,
CR102, CR110 and CR111 and bulk storage capacitor
C101. This voltage is approximately +9V when the
AC voltage is at 120V AC.
The +26.5V pulse width modulator is peak current mode controlled. This type of converter requires
current and voltage sense. T105, CR112, R125, R146
and C125 provide the current sense circuit. The voltage sense circuit is U109 and the associated circuitry
on the isolated side of the supply.
NOTE: This DC voltage is dependent on the input AC
voltage.
U106 provides a very accurate +5V required for
proper operation of the temperature sense circuit. A
precision temperature sensor (U101) is mounted to the
+26.5V rectifier heatsink. The output of this sensor is
10 mV/°C with a ±1% accuracy. This voltage is
amplified by U110A with precision resistors R183/
R184 setting the gain.
An opto-isolator is used to cross the boundary
from high to low voltage sections. In the event of an
over-voltage condition (>+32V) U115 and associated
components turn the power supply off. This shutdown
mechanism latches the power supply Off. The enable
line must be turned Off for 10 seconds for the power
supply to reset. T106 has a tap to provide current to
the optional battery back-up (Part No. 023-3-2000830). The +26.5V is available at the high current output connector to the power supply and it also powers
the +15V, +5V and -5V converters through F102.
The output of gain stage U110A is fed to the
computer interface via WO116 to monitor power supply temperature with the programmer. The output of
U110A, pin 3 is also connected to the thermal shutdown circuit U110C, R135, R136, R137, R138 and
R139. If the heatsink temperature reaches 92°C
(198°F) the output of U110C, pin 8 goes high and saturates Q103. When Q103 is turned on U107 is turned
off and the power supply turns off. The remote voltage is always present so when the heatsink temperature drops to 80°C (176°F) the power supply restarts.
The high temperature condition would only exist if the
fan was blocked or faulty.
6.7.4 SYNCHRONIZING CIRCUITS
The +15V and +5V sections run at the same frequency as the +26.5V pulse width modulator. In order
for a beat note not to be produced, a sync circuit is
used. If two converters are not synchronized, the difference frequency may show up at an undesired location in the repeater.
The output of U110A, pin 1 also connects to the
fan controller. U110D with the associated resistors
provides a means to turn the fan on/off. Transistors
Q120/Q121 provide current gain and a voltage level
shift to run the fan. The fan turns on when the heatsink reaches approximately 45°C (113°F) and turns off
again when the temperature reaches 35°C (95°C). In
normal operation the fan turns on and off.
Divider R151/R152 samples the output of the
main pulse width modulator. When Q116 and Q118
turn on, the output on U104A, pin 3 goes high. C138,
R176, CR122 along with U104B creates a very narrow
pulse on U104B, pin 6. Q110, Q111 and Q112 level
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-28
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.7.6 +15V CONVERTER
Sync pulse is added into the low side of C176 via
C172 and R225. The free running frequency of the
15V converter (approximately 145 kHz) is set about
10% lower than the 26.5V converter. This longer duty
cycle allows the sync circuit to synchronize the converter.
The input voltage to this "Buck" DC/DC converter is the main +26.5V output fused through F102.
The bias voltage for the controller IC U112, pin 15 is
provided by a +15V regulator U111. The basic buck
converter consists of MOSFET Q125, Schottky diode
CR126 and storage inductor L102. C165, C166,
C167, L103, C169 and C170 filter the output voltage
and attenuate the ripple at the switching frequency
(160 kHz). The capacitors are an integral part of the
feedback loop. The duty cycle is approximately 60%.
Over voltage is sensed using U116 as a reference
and amplifier, CR129 acts as a crowbar on the output.
Once the crowbar is turned on, opto-isolator U119 is
activated to shutdown the power supply. The enable
line must be toggled or AC voltage removed for 10
seconds to reset the power supply.
The +15V buck converter is peak current mode
controlled. T108 samples the inductor current while
MOSFET Q125 is on. The sampled current is translated to a voltage via CR127, R209 and R210.
6.7.7 +5V CONVERTER
Operation of the +5V "Buck" DC/DC converter is
the same as the +15V, except slop compensation is not
required. Some values are different to get the 5.2V
DC and current limit to 6A. The duty cycle is approximately 20%.
Because the MOSFET is a high-side switch, a
charge pump is required to get the gate voltage above
the input voltage. The charge pump operates as follows. When the output from IC U112, pin 14 is low,
capacitor C162 is charged through CR124, R198,
R199, R200 and Q122/Q123 are off. When U112, pin
14 goes high, the capacitor stays charged and CR124
is reverse biased. Q122/Q123 are turned on forward
biasing CR125 and applying a gate-to-source voltage
of approximately +12V. During this time Q124 is off.
When U112, pin 14 goes low, Q124 turns on and rapidly discharges the gate capacitance.
6.7.8 -5V CONVERTER
The -5V "Buck-Boost" converter scales and
inverts the voltage. This converter is free running at
approximately 75 kHz. The output switch and controller are built into the 5-leg TO-220 IC U114. L105 is
the storage inductor. C204, R270 and R271 close the
voltage feedback loop and are set for optimum stable
transient response. C208/C209 reduce output ripple.
Under-voltage protection is required on this stage and
works the same as the over-voltage protection of the
+15V and +5V buck converters, but has opposite
polarity.
Resistors R231/R208 coupled with C164 provide
snubbing for Schottky diode CR126.
Because the +15V converter operates at greater
than 50% duty cycle, slope compensation is required.
Capacitor C176 is the time capacitor for this converter
and R223 is the resistor that sets the charge current. A
sawtooth wave is present on the high side of C176 that
is buffered by Q127/Q128. The resistor divider network of R315, R227, R229 and R232 provide the correct amount of compensation for stable operation and
current limiting.
6.7.9 POWER SUPPLY REPAIR AND ALIGNMENT
If a power supply fails it is typically a Power
MOSFET or Power Diode. In some cases the MOSFET gate may short and cause some of the driver circuits to be damaged. When replacing heat sunk components it is advisable to replace the sil-pad thermal
interface material at the same time. The mounting
hardware must be replaced exactly as built in the factory. The mounting screws for the power semiconductors MUST BE torqued to 4-5 in/lbs. Under torque
and over torque can shorten the life of the semiconductor.
The output voltage is sampled by R215, R216 and
R217 and sent to the inverting side of the error amplifier internal to the controller IC on U112, pin 1. Voltage loop compensation is set by C174, C175 and
R221.
6-29
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.8.2 CHARGER
The majority of the voltage and current limits are
set with fixed value components in the power supply.
However, the +26.5V, +15V and +5.2V supplies are
adjustable. When certain components are replaced,
the voltages must be adjusted. The voltages should be
set at light load (i.e. repeater in the Receive mode).
The charger charges the batteries when the
repeater is on and switch S101 is "on". A tap off of
the main transformer of the power supply through wire
W104 and a +26.5V line via wire W102 are what supply the charger with the necessary voltage to charge
the batteries. The tap off of the transformer is biased
by the +26.5V and then filtered through L101, C105
and C119. Since the tap from the power supply is not
a regulated voltage, bleeder resistors R136/R137 dissipate some power when the batteries are fully charged.
No load situation, the peak voltage of the tap is
approximately 63V, is not impressed across the 50V
capacitors C105/C119. During a battery charging condition the line voltage to the charger on U107, pin 2
should be about 35V.
1. The +26.5V supply can be adjusted with R174 when
any of the following components are replaced:
R173, R174, R175, U109, U108, U102, R143, R170
or R171.
2. The +15V supply can be adjusted with R216 when
any of the following components are replaced:
R215, R216, R217 or U112.
3. The +5.2V supply can be adjusted with R254 when
any of the following components are replaced:
R253, R254, R255 or U113.
While charging batteries, if the charge voltage is
varied with respect to the temperature of the batteries,
the lifetime of the batteries is increased dramatically.
Figure 6-12 shows the algorithm used in float charge
applications for two 12V lead-acid batteries in series.
Figure 6-12 shows that the charge voltage should be
27.3V DC ±0.15V at 25°C (77°F) with -55 mV/°C
temperature compensation.
6.8 BATTERY BACK-UP MODULE
6.8.1 OPERATION
When a battery back-up module is installed in a
power supply it performs the function of running a
repeater in the absence of AC voltage. When AC is
present it can be used to charge a pair of lead-acid batteries in series. The charger is a temperature compensated constant voltage charger. The maximum output
current from the charger is 2.2A. The charger works
when AC is present and the repeater is enabled. The
charger switch on the battery back-up module must be
"On". The temperature compensation thermal sensor
is part of 023-2000-223 battery back-up module cable
assembly.
An LM317M linear voltage regulator (U107) is
used to create the temperature compensated charge
voltage. This device is capable of delivering 2.2A of
continuous current to the batteries.
To create a temperature compensated voltage an
op amp (U104) is used as a voltage gain device from a
temperature probe attached to the batteries (part of
023-2000-223). This op amp with R148/R149 defines
the slope for the algorithm of Figure 6-12. The output
of the temperature compensation is attached to the
adjust pin of U107. R138-R140 allow the output voltage to be set properly at a given ambient temperature.
F101 is a 4A resettable fuse used to prevent thermal
run away in the event of U107 failure. If the output
current to the batteries exceeds 4A this fuse opens.
Once the current drops below 100 mA, the fuse closes
automatically.
When AC is low or not applied to the 023-2000800 power supply the battery input takes over if the
voltage is within range. The input voltage to the battery back-up module acts as the 26.5V supply and the
other voltages in the power supply also are present,
+15, +5.2 and -5V. When AC is restored, the battery
back-up module disengages automatically. The
change over from battery to AC or AC to battery may
cause the repeater to reset, depending on battery condition and load status.
NOTE: If any of the charging components are replaced, R140 needs to be adjusted to set the output (battery back-up battery terminals) voltage to 27.3V
±0.15V when temperature sensor is at 22°C (71.6°F).
NOTE: When using a generator, the DC voltage must
be between 23-28.5V (26.5V DC is recommended) and
ripple voltage less than 1% or approximately
0.25V P-P.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-30
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.8.4 ENGAGING THE RELAY
Charger Voltage
The main purpose of the Battery Back-Up Module (BBM) is that when the power supply loses AC
line voltage, a pair of series connected 12V lead acid
batteries (approximately 26.4V) or other 23-28.5V DC
source will engage to the supply allowing the repeater
to operate. To perform this function a voltage comparator (U101) is used to monitor the charge tap coming from the power supply.
30V
-55mV/°C
27.3V
25.2V
24V
-30°
0°
+22°
+30°
A 2.5V reference voltage is supplied to the comparator from U102. The transformer tap voltage is
smoothed and divided by CR114, C118, R116, R121
and R122. The values for these components were calculated so that when the AC line voltage is dropped to
70V AC, the output of the comparator turns Q103/
Q102 on which in turn engages the relay K101. The
relay is capable of 30A which delivers the battery
energy to the power supply via W102 with the return
line being W103.
Temp (°C)
+60°
Figure 6-12 NO LOAD CHARGE VOLTAGE vs.
TEMPERATURE
6.8.3 REVERSE BATTERY PROTECTION
NOTE: When AC is restored, the relay disengages and
the charger automatically begins to charge the
batteries.
To obtain reverse battery protection a number of
techniques were implemented. Q108/Q110 are
arranged in a Darlington configuration to isolate the
output capacitors C109-C111 from conducting in the
event the batteries are connected backwards. This circuit also provides a means to turn the battery charger
off in case the user wants to run the repeater off of
another DC source. S101 opens the base of Q105
which turns off Q104. CR111 is a green light emitting
diode (LED) located on the right hand side of the battery back-up module when looking at the front of the
power supply that tells the user the charger is in
charge mode and is marked "On".
6.8.5 OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN
U101 is a quad comparator IC used to create the
overvoltage and undervoltage shutdown circuitry. If
the batteries are drained sufficiently enough such that
the voltage of the batteries drops below 20.3V DC the
output of the comparator goes low and turns Q102 off.
By turning Q102 off the batteries are switched out of
the circuit. The batteries cannot be switched back into
the repeater until the voltage rises to 22.6V DC. This
operation is in place to protect the repeater and the
batteries. In the event the batteries are over charged,
or the repeater is driven by the generator that has the
voltage set too high, the relay will disengage above
30.5V DC. In order to switch the batteries back to the
repeater, the voltage must drop below 29V DC.
To notify the user that the batteries are connected
improperly R101/CR101 are connected in series
across the batteries. CR101 is a red LED that lights
when the batteries are connected backwards and is
located on the left hand side of the battery back-up
module when looking at the front of the power supply.
This LED is marked "Reverse Bat.". CR113 eliminates a path for the reverse battery current through the
relay and over/under voltage protection circuitry.
In an overvoltage or undervoltage situation,
whether AC is present or not, the red LED (CR105)
lights until the problem is rectified. This light is
located on the right-hand side of the battery back-up
module when looking at the front of the power supply
and is marked BAT-BAD.
NOTE: Exceeding -30V across the battery back-up terminals with the power supply on will destroy Q105.
6-31
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.8.6 BBM FAN CONTROL
6.9 CARD RACK
The voltage supply to the thermal measurement
circuit is taken from the 26.5V DC line into the BBM.
A precision temperature sensor U106 is mounted on
the PC board near a screw into the BBM bracket
which transfers heat to the sensor. The output of this
sensor is 10 mV/°C with a ±1% accuracy. This voltage is amplified by U105 with resistors R153/R154
setting the gain.
The card rack provides slots for up to eight logic
cards; including Main Processor Card (MPC), Main
Audio Card (MAC) and the Interface Alarm Card
(IAC). The IAC has a notch in the card to accommodate a pin in Slot-8 so that no other card can be
plugged into this slot.
On the back of the card rack is the Backplane
with plug-in connectors to the cards and cables to the
RF modules, Power Supply and External Connector
Board.
The output of this gain stage (pin 1) is fed to
another gain stage that performs as a comparator. The
output (pin 7) will go high when the heatsink temperature reaches 45°C and will go low when the temperature goes below 35°C. This output is sent to the power
supply through Q106 to turn the fan on and off.
Refer to the component layout and schematic diagram in Section 10 for more information on the
repeater backplane.
Figure 6-13 BACKPLANE CONNECTORS
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-32
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.10 ALARM EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD
The alarm external connector board (A10) is the
interface for the alarm outputs and connecting repeaters through the high speed data bus.
A7
ALARMS
TO CARD RACK
P10
EN
A6
REPEATER I/O
TO CARD RACK
J1
17
RE
Q2
IN
55
M
CO
I/0
50
M
CO
25
4 3
21
+
A
+
RX
TX
A
P
TI
J1
J3
P
1
TI
AU
D
A5
HIGH SPEED
DATA BUS
IN
AC
C
U
N
D
V
DA
T
5V
+
+
+
T
2
OU
2
OU
T
1
1
Q
ND
TR
E
33
FA
IL
UT
-
2
O
1
U
T
O
2
1
IN
-
A
C
IN
U
AC
C
+1
GR
O
5V
S-
O
D
M
TX
T
EX
EX
J2
+
IN
1
SRX
M
B
IN
EB
RS
SI
+1
G
1
G
RO
TX
S+
V
ARI
N
TX
NG
2
RI
RX
A
-
RX
S+
M
A
EA
26
OT
E
D
N
W
BA
M
6
X
1
CO
OU
T
M
V
OI
C
RX
V
TX
BR
RM
5
E
IC
O
TX
D
4-
IN
3-
AL
A
J1
6
13
CO
49
M
IN
TO CARD RACK
P11
H
S
H DB
S
+
IR DB
IR DB
T L DB +
TL A +
A
-
54
CO
M
41
T1
IA
C
OU
EX
T
CO
AR
M
M
TX
34-
2
AL
53
D
4+
OU
T
3+
SY
NC
CO
EX
T
M
4+
3+
P1
SQ
1
A10
EXTERNAL
CONNECTOR
BOARD
AL
AR
M
34
DA
TA J2
1D
AT
A2
S
Figure 6-14 ALARM EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD
6-33
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.11.2 MAIN CONTROLLER MICROPROCESSOR
6.11 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD
6.11.1 INTRODUCTION
This contains the main software and control over
the repeater (see Figure 6-15).
The Main Processor Card (MPC) connects to the
computer with repeater software to program the
repeater parameters, sets and reads the alarms, handles communication between repeaters, maintains the
audio gating for the MAC, handles initialization
requests from cards and contains the repeater RF data
for the Receiver, Exciter and CWID.
The main controller (U27) is a VLSI (Very Large
Scale Integration) CMOS 16-bit single chip computer
with an 8-bit external data bus. This processor has
software compatibility with the V20 (8086/8088),
faster memory access, superior interrupt processing
ability, and enhanced control of internal peripherals.
This ROMless processor has a variety of on-chip components including 256 bytes of RAM, serial and parallel inputs/outputs, comparator port lines and timers.
Control functions for each repeater are performed by the Main Processor in the MPC installed in
each repeater. The MPC contains the main software
and control over the repeater via microprocessor U27
(see Figure 6-23).
Eight banks of registers are mapped into internal
RAM below an additional 256-byte special function
register (SFR) area that is used to control on-chip
peripherals. Internal RAM and the SFR area are
together and can be relocated anywhere in the 1M-byte
address space. This maintains compatibility with
existing system memory maps.
Information is exchanged between repeaters via a
High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) that interconnects all
the MPCs. This control technique is called distributive processing and it eliminates the need for a separate system controller at each site. The HSDB processor (U13) on the MPC provides these control
functions.
The two microprocessors and UART (U22) are
reset by integrated circuit U17. Reset occurs when
power is turned on, when the 5V supply drops below a
threshold level or the reset switch (S1) is active.
The MPC also contains:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
When a microprocessor is reset, several internal
registers are cleared and the program is started over
from the beginning. Low-voltage reset prevents
improper operation resulting from low-voltage conditions.
Flash Memory, RAM, non-volatile EEPROM.
I/O chip select to allow the addressing of data
latches for Input/Output.
Read/Write selection to be sent and received on the
Controller Backplane.
Clock line, data line and chip select line from the
IAC to load the Receiver and Exciter synthesizers.
Serial communication circuitry and processes for
the High Speed Data Bus (HSDB).
Asynchronous parallel communication to the other
cards, i.e. alarm input and output circuitry.
AC Power Failure indication from the IAC.
Provides an output from the IAC to the power
amplifier to control the output power.
Exciter Logic Push-To-Talk (PTT).
Receiver synthesizer lock, Exciter synthesizer lock,
thermal level from the power amplifier, VSWR
level from the PA, forward power level, RSSI signal
level, audio levels from the MAC, Receiver and
Exciter from the IAC.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
When power is turned on, the RESET output
U17, pin 6 is initially high and the inverted RESET
output U17, pin 5 is initially low. Once the 5V
supply stabilizes, these outputs remain in these states
for approximately 100 ms to ensure that reset occurs.
This time delay is set by capacitor C14 connected to
U17, pin 3. If the 5V supply drops below a nominal
level, the RESET outputs change states and microprocessor operation is interrupted until the 5V supply returns to normal. C3 prevents fast transients on the 5V
supply from causing reset.
Manual reset can be accomplished by pressing
push-button switch S1. When U17, pin 2 goes low,
U17 goes into the reset sequence described.
6-34
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
P2-0
P2-1
P2-2
P2-3
P2-4
STAGING STAGING
LATCH
PROGRAMMABLE
LC
DMA
etc.
ADM
LATCH
A19-A0
CONTROLLER
ALU
P2-5
PSW
TxD0
RxD0
SERIAL
P1-6
COMMUNICATION
CTS0
INTERFACE
PC
PFP
TxD1
CTS1
INC
BAUD RATE
GENERATOR
TA
RESET
TB
TC
P1-0
P1-1
INTERRUPT
P1-3
CONTROLLER
P1-4
X1
X2
P2-6
16K BYTES
P2-7
INT RAM
256 BYTES
GR
MACRO
SERVICE
CHANNEL
PROGRAMMABLE
P1-2
INT ROM
INSTRUCTION DECODER
CLOCK
MICRO SEQUENCER
BUS CONTROL LOGIC
RxD1
P1-7
MSTB
MREQ
R/W
IOSTB
EA
P1-4
MICRO ROM
QUEUE
D7-D0
16-BIT TIMER
P1-5
REFRQ
PORT WITH
PORT
TIME BASE CONTROLLER
COMPARATOR
P0-7
VTH
P0
P1
P2
PT0-PT7
Figure 6-15 U27 BLOCK DIAGRAM
6.11.3 HIGH SPEED DATA BUS MICROPROCESSOR
Microprocessor U13 is an 8052 that uses external
EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) U14, an 8-bit device that stores the program. The
microprocessor uses 2k x 8 EPROM and 64k x 8
RAM. The RAM (Random Access Memory) is used
for temporary data storage. The HSDB processor is
configured by the Main Processor.
The HSDB processor (U13) on the MPC provides the interface with the HSDB. It monitors data
on this bus and also transmits data on to this bus when
necessary. Information on this bus indicates which
repeaters are in use and also which mobiles are using
the system. This information is used by the repeater to
encode data messages to the mobiles that are monitoring that channel. These messages also include information on which repeater is free and current system
priority.
The internal data bus of the microprocessor has
four input/output ports. These ports have eight lines
each, giving a total of 32 input/output lines that are
designated P0, P1, P2, P3. P0 is used as a data bus.
Ports P1 and P2 are always used as general purpose
inputs/outputs. P3 is used for specialized functions,
i.e. a serial port (RxD/TxD) and interrupt (INT).
6-35
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The operating speed of the microprocessor is set
by an 11.059 MHz clock generated by Y2. This clock
frequency is divided down by an internal divider to
provide a machine cycle time of 1.08 µs. Most program instructions are executed in one machine cycle
and none require more than four machine cycles.
Pin 15
MREQ
The microprocessor U13 communicates with the
main processor (U27) through U9 and U10. U9 is a
Transmit FIFO (First In First Out) and U10 is a
Receive FIFO. This combination makes up an asynchronous parallel-to-parallel interface to the Main
Processor.
Pin 16
Microprocessor U13 also calculates the current
system priority for the channel. This priority is from
the programming software responses and the current
priority is sent to the main processor. U13 also reads
repeater number and channel number information in
memory. U13 also determines the current free
repeater and includes that information in the data sent
to the main processor.
Pins 17-20
UNUSED
Pin 21
LPTT
A memory request line operates in conjunction
with the Read/Write lines. These provide the ability to
read from or write to the main processor memory on
the MPC.
MSTB
A memory strobe line is used during MPC main
processor Read/Write operations to external memory
on the MPC and other cards plugged into the
backplane.
The Logic Push-To-Talk is an open collector from the
Controller. It has a sink capability of 20 mA and a maximum voltage rating of 18V. The transmitter should
produce power when this pin is a logic low. Transmit
indicator is on the IAC and is controlled independently
of the LPTT.
6.11.4 CHIP SELECT DECODERS
Pin 22
These select the peripheral chip to read from or
write to.
This is the RS-232 data to the Switch. The CIM
receives confirmation of all requests made to the
repeater and sends information the repeater receives.
The data rate is 1200 baud.
6.11.5 P1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR
This is the signal interface connector P1 (64 pin)
that connects the Address and Data buses and control
lines to the backplane connector.
Pins 1-10
Pins 33-42
Pin 23
Address Bus
Pins 24/56
HSDB+/HSDB-
This interconnects all repeaters to provide an
exchange of information. This control technique is
called distributive processing and eliminates a separate
system controller at each site. Information on this bus
indicates which repeaters are in use and also which
mobiles are using the system. This information is used
by the repeater to encode data messages to mobiles
that are monitoring that channel. These messages also
include information on which repeater is free and current system priority.
Data Bus
This provides a means of transferring data to and
from the CPU on the MPC, memory storage on each
card and peripheral devices in and out of the MAC and
IAC.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SWITCH RX DATA
This is the RS-232 data from the Switch. The
CIM controls the repeater with restart, enable and disable, executes requests to read and write to the
repeater’s memory and tells the repeater transmit code,
hang or send turn-off. The data rate is 1200 baud.
This provides a path between the MPC main processor and the external memory on the MPC and the
other cards in the Controller. This bus retrieves information programmed into memory for the operation of
the repeater.
Pins 11-14
Pins 43-46
SWITCH TX DATA
6-36
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pins 25-26
UNUSED
6.11.7 J2 MEMORY SELECT
Pins 27/59
-5V IN
J2 is jumpered to select either the Flash memory
or the EPROM memory. Flash memory is ultra-fast
data storage. The normal setting is pin 1 to pin 2.
This is the -5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 28-29
Pins 60-61
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
+5V IN
6.11.8 J3 BAUD RATE
This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 30/62
J3 is jumpered to select the baud rate from the
computer to the MPC, these two baud rates must be
the same (see Figure 6-23).
To change jumper J13:
+15V IN
This is the +15V input to the MPC from the
power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 31-32
Pins 63-64
Power off the station.
Move P3 to the proper rate.
Power on the station.
GROUND
6.11.9 S2/S3 HSDB SETTINGS
This is the ground connection to the MPC from
the power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pin 47
+12V
U25, pin 1 Vpp
+5V
These switches configure; the HSDB for RS-485
or single-ended 5V operation, indicate if the Summit
repeaters are connected to existing repeaters or only
Summit repeaters, and if the repeater is an end
repeater termination. Refer to Sections 2.9 and 7.6.9.
READ
Pin 47 is used with the MREQ line to read data
from the main processor and external memory.
6.11.10 J4 EPROM MEMORY LOADING
Pin 48
WRITE
This jumper selects EPROM memory loading for
LTR systems. The LTR setting is pin 3 to pin 4.
Pin 48 is used with the MREQ line to write data
to the main processor and external memory.
Pins 49-55
Pins 57-58
6.11.11 J5 HSDB SPEED
Unused
J5 is jumpered to select the data bus speed. J5,
pins 2/3 select the LTR 12 MHz crystal.
6.11.6 J1 COMPUTER CONNECTOR
6.11.12 J6 WATCHDOG
J1 is the MPC connection to the computer or
modem.
Pin 1
Ground
Pin 2
Computer Tx
Pin 3
Computer Rx
Pin 4
Modem DCD
This jumper enables or disables the watchdog
timer for reset. Normal operating mode is P6 jumpering J6, pins 2/3. This jumper should not be moved or
removed.
6-37
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.12 MAIN AUDIO CARD
6.12.2 AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR
6.12.1 INTRODUCTION
This Audio/Data microprocessor is on the MAC
card and is used to decode LTR data received from the
mobiles. The LTR data is applied to U111, pin 8 (P1.7
input). When a word is successfully decoded the data
is then sent to U161 (Tx FIFO) and transmitted on the
data bus in parallel to the main processor on the MPC.
This control card stores the information required
to operate the routing of audio and data from the
inputs of the repeater to the outputs. Data is received
on the address bus from the MPC for the operations to
perform. The Audio/Data microprocessor and the
latches open and close gates to route a path for the
audio or data.
When it is time to transmit the CW Identification,
the main processor on the MPC sends the identification to U111 via the data bus and U160 (Rx FIFO).
The CWID is sent to the Tx Data Amplifier and Filter. The output of the filter is summed with the transmit audio and sent to the Exciter.
Audio control functions for each repeater are performed by the main processor in the MPC. The MPC
contains the software and maintains control over the
repeater via microprocessor U27. The audio/data
microprocessor passes received data to the main processor, and it is given the programmable parameters
for the gates.
U111 also uses six octal latches to provide additional input and output lines. Latch U107/U108 provide outputs which allow U111 to control various
audio gates. These gates control the CWID, FSK data,
and receive/transmit audio signals.
Information is exchanged between the cards in
the Controller Backplane via a data bus and an address
bus. The address bus provides the link between the
main processor and the chip and the address latches on
the MAC. These latches control the octal latches that
select the audio and data gates. The data bus is the
link between the main processor and the audio/data
processor on the MAC. The main processor controls
the data to the octal latches and opens and closes the
gates required to route audio/data in and out of the
repeater. The MAC also contains:
Latch U106 provides outputs which allow U111
to route signals to the Audio/Data Test Point by
switching gates on and off. U106 also provides adjustment of the selected EEPOTs.
U155-U156 allow U111 to select the EEPOT to
adjust with chip select lines. These latches also provide routing of some audio/data signals through gates.
U111 also decodes data from the Switch and
transmits data to the Switch. In addition, it controls
the FSK modem (U110), receive and transmit audio
gates, receiver squelch, several front-panel indicators,
and other functions.
•
The audio interface between the receiver and exciter
and to the external connections.
•
The receive audio filtering with de-emphasis.
•
The squelch filter and detector.
•
Slow decay timing circuit that controls a mute gate
on the main receive audio.
•
A filter, DC restoration and slicer circuitry for
detecting the subaudible data.
•
The fast squelch and data fed to the microprocessor
that decodes the data and uses the squelch line as a
data qualification signal.
6.12.3 RECEIVE AUDIO
Transmit audio filter and limiter with pre-emphasis.
The Receive Wide Band Audio (RX WBAND)
signal from the Receiver is fed into the MAC on P100,
pin 27. This audio signal includes; audio, LTR-Net
•
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
U111 encodes the data messages transmitted to
mobiles monitoring that channel, and controls transmitter keying. The MAC also contains circuitry which
provides amplification and filtering of the receive and
transmit audio and data signals. In addition, a modem
integrated circuit (U110) provides FSK encoding and
decoding of data transmitted and received from the
Switch.
6-38
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
U123B is positive-going pulses. These pulses are
applied to U123C which is a Schmitt trigger. When
the input signal rises above the reference, the output
goes low and causes the reference voltage to decrease
slightly adding hysteresis to the triggering level. This
hysteresis prevents intermittent squelching when the
receive signal strength is near the threshold level.
data, and noise. The audio processing circuit provides
filtering and amplification of the audio signal before it
is routed to the outputs on the MAC card.
A low-pass filter consisting of U121A/B attenuates frequencies above 3 kHz. This removes high-frequency noise from the audio signal. From the filter
the signal is fed to amplifier U122A to increase the
level before the high-pass filter to preserve adequate
hum and noise ratio.
The output of U123C is applied to U123D and
Logic Squelch to Audio/Data Gate U159B and audio/
data processor U111. Gate U159B routes the squelch
output to the Audio/Data Test Point J100. U123D
functions as a timing buffer. The output of U123D is
applied to Receive Squelch Active Gate U113D.
When this gate is closed, the squelch circuit controls
Normal Receive Gate U113B to block receive audio if
no signal is present.
From the audio amplifier the signal is fed to a
high-pass filter consisting of U122B/C/D. This filter
attenuates frequencies below 300 Hz which removes
data present in the wide band audio signal. These filters are configured to act like large inductors. The signal is then fed to U163A which provides 6 dB per
octave de-emphasis.
Audio gates U113B/C/D permit noise squelch circuit, control logic, and audio switch to control gating
of the audio signal. The control signal from the noise
squelch circuit is applied to U113B through U113D.
When a carrier is detected, this input is high and
U113B passes the signal. Programming determines
the gating of audio. When audio is passed by U113B/
C and U114A, the audio can be routed through other
gates to various outputs (see Section 6.12.6).
6.12.5 RECEIVE DATA CIRCUITRY
The receive wide band audio signal is the unfiltered output of discriminator U202 in the Receiver.
Therefore, this signal contains audio, LTR data, and
noise. A low-pass filter formed by U124A/B attenuates frequencies above 150 Hz by 24 dB per octave so
that only the data frequencies are passed. From the filter the signal is fed to amplifier U125A. The gain of
U125A is adjusted by a level control. The output of
U125A can be routed through Data To Audio/Date
Gate U159C and the Audio/Data Test Point J100.
6.12.4 RECEIVE SQUELCH CIRCUITRY
The receive wide band audio includes audio, data
and noise. The squelch circuit detects this noise to
determine receive signal strength. When no carrier or
a weak carrier is received, there is a large amount of
noise present. Conversely, when a strong carrier is
present, there is very little noise present.
DC restoration circuit converts the data signal
from AC floating near ground to a digital signal at levels of 0 and 4.5V. U125B/C provide the reference
voltage on the inverting input of comparator U125D.
Positive peak detector U125B handles the positivegoing peaks of the data signal. Negative peak detector
U125C handles the negative-going peaks of the data
signal.
U135A is a high-pass filter which attenuates frequencies below approximately 30 kHz so that only
high-frequency noise is passed. This noise is amplified by U135B and U123A. A level control adjusts
the gain of amplifier U135B. The gain of U123A is
partially set by a thermistor to compensate for circuit
gain and noise level changes caused by temperature
variations.
The voltage on non-inverting input to U125D is
midway between the positive- and negative-going
peaks. The data input is on the non-inverting input of
U125D. When the data signal rises above the reference voltage, the output goes high. Conversely, when
the input voltage drops below the reference voltage,
the output goes low. The receive data is then passed to
audio/data processor U111.
The amplified noise is then applied to a bridge
rectifier. The difference between bridge rectifier outputs is applied to the inputs of U123B. The output of
6-39
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.12.6 RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING
6.12.8 COMPANDOR OPTION
The receive audio signal from the receiver is fed
into the MAC on P100, pin 27. When it is a call that
does not need to be routed to the Switch (i.e. most
mobile-to-mobile calls utilizing only that repeater),
Repeat Gate U153C is enabled and the receive audio
signal is routed through Transmit Option Gate U158C
to the input of the transmit audio buffer U164B to be
retransmitted. Repeat Gate U153C is controlled by
processor U111 through latch U107. A logic 1 on the
control input causes the signal to be passed, and a
logic 0 causes the signal to be blocked.
The compandor option enhances the receive and
transmit audio when used in conjunction with the
Telephone Interface Card (TIC) in LTR-Net systems.
The filtered Receive Audio passes through the
Receive Mute Gate U113C to the expander input on
A301, pin 1. The expand output of A301, pin 2 is
coupled to the audio outputs by U114C.
The transmit comes from TX-VOICE P100, pin
32, passes through the TX Voice Gate U158A to the
expander input on A301, pin 5. The compressed output of A301, pin 4 is passed to the Transmit Audio
Buffer.
Amplifier U166A provides amplification of the
receive audio signal fed to the Switch. The gain of
U166A is set so that if an RF signal is received that
has a reference deviation level, the Switch receives a
specified level also. No limiting occurs.
6.12.9 TRANSMIT AUDIO
When the audio received from the mobile must
be routed to the Switch (i.e. calls to a dispatcher or
another system), receive audio gate U116B is enabled
and passes the signal.
PTT switch (Q101/Q102) provides local microphone Push-To-Talk (PTT) indication to U105. U105
then tells U111 via the data bus that the local microphone PTT has been activated.
When the received audio must be routed to the
backplane (i.e. for other cards), Receive Voice Gate
U115B is enabled by processor U111/latch U108 and
passes the audio signal to amplifier U120B. Receive
To Backplane (RX TO BP) U115C is enabled and
passes the amplified audio to the backplane.
U164A amplifies the microphone audio signal to
provide the correct input level to U164B. Local
Microphone Mute Gate U117C is controlled by A/D
processor U111/latch 106. The function of U117C is
to mute the local microphone audio when the local
microphone PTT switch is pressed. This prevents
interference if the microphone remains live when the
PTT switch is pressed.
When the audio received must be routed to the
external speaker or speaker/microphone, Local Audio
Mute Gate U114D is enabled by U111/latch U108.
The audio is passed to local audio output amplifier
U132. The gain of U132 is adjusted by the local audio
volume control and the on/off switch.
Transmit Intercom Gate U117A is controlled by
A/D processor U111/latch U157. When enabled, this
gate passes local microphone audio to Main Audio
Amplifier U166A and to the Main Audio To Switch
output. This provides an intercom between the
repeater site and Switch console operator.
6.12.7 VOTER AUDIO
Buffer U164B combines the microphone audio
signal from U164A with the audio signal from the
Repeat Gate U153C.
This is not a Simulcast operation, however, when
used the Receive audio from the voter receiver comes
into the MAC on P100, pin 25. Amplifier U120A sets
the gain of the signal and the output is routed to Voter
Audio Mute Gate U115A. The gate is controlled by
A/D processor U111/latch U108. If the gate is
enabled, the audio goes to the Receive Mute Gate
U113C and passes throughout the MAC Card.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
U127B/C form a high-pass filter that attenuates
frequencies below 300 Hz to prevent interference with
the Multi-Net data applied at U129B. 6 dB per octave
pre-emphasis is provided by an RC combination
before the signal is fed to U127D.
6-40
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Gate U158C and Level Detect Gate U159A to Audio/
Data Test Point J100. The other gate is the Transmit
Audio Gate U116C. This gate is also controlled by A/
D processor U111/latch U107. When audio from the
Switch is to be transmitted, Transmit Audio Gate
U116C is enabled and passes the signal and Repeat
Gate U153C is disabled interrupting the receive audio
signal. When enabled, this gate passes the Main
Audio from the Switch to Transmit Option Gate
U158C and on to the transmit audio buffer U164B.
Limiter U127D and rectifiers form a precision
limiter which prevents over modulation caused by
high-level input signals. With normal input levels, the
output of a bridge rectifier follows the input of the
bridge. When a high-level signal is applied to the
bridge, the bridge opens and the output of the bridge is
limited to a specific level.
The output of the limiter passes to a composite 6pole splatter filter formed by U127A, U128D and
U128A separated by buffers U128B and U128C.
Transmit voice from the backplane comes into
the MAC on P100, pin 32. When used, this signal
passes to the transmit voice amplifier U130A. The
amplifier output level is adjusted by a level control.
The output of U130A is applied to another transmit
voice amplifier U130B and Transmit Voice Gate
U158A. U158A is controlled by A/D processor U111/
latch U107. When enabled, the gate passes the voice
to Transmit Option Gate U158C and on to the transmit
audio buffer U164B. Transmit Voice amplifier U130B
is adjusted by a level control. The output is fed to
Transmit Net Gate U153B. Gate U153B is controlled
by A/D processor U111/latch U155. When enabled,
this gate passes transmit voice to FSK Modem U110.
The output from U128A is fed to Normal Modulation Mute Gate U118B. This gate is controlled by
A/D processor U111/latch U106. When enabled, the
gate passes transmit audio to EEPOT U149. U149 is
an electronically adjustable potentiometer that adjusts
the gain of transmit audio amplifier U129C. The gain
of U129C can only be adjusted through the software.
Therefore, a computer must be attached to the MAC
card when levels are set.
The output of U129C is fed to summing amplifier
U129B where it is combined with Multi-Net transmit
data and CWID when present. The gain of audio and
data are the same so unity gain is produced. The output signal is fed to the TCXO where it frequency modulates the transmit signal.
6.12.11 TRANSMIT DATA AND CWID PROCESSING
This is not a Simulcast operation. The data signal is produced by A/D processor U111 on Transmit
Data and Transmit Shape outputs. The transmit shape
output is normally the opposite logic level of the
transmit data output when data is transmitted. However, the bit before a logic transition occurs, the transmit shape output is the same logic level as the transmit
data output. This results in a slightly higher logic 1
level and a logic 0 that is slightly lower. This pulse
shaping minimizes interference between data bits
when the data is filtered by the low-pass filter.
6.12.10 TRANSMIT AUDIO PROCESSING
This is not a Simulcast operation. The balanced
audio signal from the Switch is applied to U167A.
This stage is a differential amplifier which converts
the input signal to a single-ended output. The input
impedance is set at 600 ohms. The output signal is
applied to Transmit Audio amplifier U167B. The gain
of U167B is adjusted by a level control. The output of
the amplifier is connected to two gates. One is the
Transmit Audio To FSK U116D. This gate is controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U107. When
enabled, this gate passes the FSK blank and burst data
from the Switch to the Secondary Audio from the
Switch converter U131C.
The data from U111 is fed to buffer U126A and
Transmit Data Enable Gate U117B. Gate U117B is
controlled by A/D processor U111 directly. When
enabled this gate passes the data to EEPOT U151.
U151 is an electronically adjustable potentiometer that
adjusts the gain of transmit audio amplifier U126B.
The gain of U126B can only be adjusted through the
software. Therefore, a computer must be attached to
the MAC card. U126B provides the required signal
level at the output of the low-pass filter. A relatively
When data and audio share the same path,
U131D amplifies the signal and applies it to two gates.
When enabled Transmit Secondary To FSK gate
U153D passes the audio to FSK Modem U110. The
other gate is Data Level Test Gate U133A. When
enabled U153A passes the signal to Transmit Option
6-41
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
and off to create the Morse Code. From the tone generator the signal is fed to bandpass filter U129A. This
filter passes the 800 Hz fundamental present in the
signal. The output of the filter is jumpered by P106
on J106, pins 2/3 and P107 on J106, pins 4/5 to the
summing amplifier and applied to gate U118D, and to
the modulation input of the Exciter.
stable DC bias voltage for U126C/D is required
because these stages are DC coupled to the transmit
TCXO (see Section 6.2.2) and changes in bias voltage
can cause fluctuations in the transmit frequency.
U126C/D form a low-pass filter that attenuates
square-wave harmonics in the data signal above 150
Hz to prevent interference with the audio band. From
this filter the signal is fed to summing amplifier
U129B and combined with the transmit audio signal.
The output of U129B is fed to Transmit Modulation
Mute Gate U118D. This gate is controlled by A/D
processor U111/latch U106. When enabled, transmit
audio and data are passed to the Exciter modulation
input and the transmit TCXO.
6.12.12 FSK MODEM
The function of the FSK Modem U109 is to convert digital data into tones that can be sent on a phone
line or some other type of audio link. Modem U110
receives tones from the audio link and converts them
back to digital data (see Figure 6-16). The FSK
Modem is only used when connecting the repeater to
an Switch.
When needed, the External Modulation input on
P100, pin 11 is fed to External Modulation Mute Gate
U118C. Gate U118C is controlled by A/D processor
U111/latch U106. When enabled, this gate passes the
modulation on pin 11 to summing amplifier U129B
and gate U118D to the modulation input of Exciter.
This modem is programmed to operate in the
Bell 202 Main Loopback mode by the M0-M1 pins.
In this mode, a space (logic 0) is represented by a
2200 Hz tone, and a mark (logic 1) is represented by a
1200 Hz tone. The same tones are used for transmit
and receive. Therefore, the transmit and receive filters
in the modem are set for the same frequency. This
form of frequency modulation in which data is
encoded by shifting the frequency of tones is called
Frequency Shift Keying (FSK). The modulation is
phase-continuous which means that no interruption of
the waveform occurs when the frequency changes.
The repeater on the lowest frequency channel in
each system must periodically transmit the station call
letters as a continuous-wave identification encoded by
Morse Code. This identification is programmed with
the Edit Parameters software.
The CWID output is controlled by A/D processor
U111/latch U107. This output is fed to CWID tone
generator U100B/A and turns the tone generator on
TRANSMIT FILTER
OUTPUT BUFFER
TX OUT
XTAL/CLK
MOD CONTROL
M0
MOD CONTROL
XTAL/CLK
RX IN
XTAL OSC
CLOCK DIVIDERS
M1
XTAL
FSK MOD
RX/TX DATA
RE-TIMING
TXD
U109
U110
XTAL OSC
CLOCK DIVIDERS
RECEIVE FILTER
EQUALIZER
FSK
DEMOD
RX/TX DATA
RE-TIMING
RXD
Figure 6-16 MODEM BLOCK DIAGRAM
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-42
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The level of the transmit FSK signal from U109
to the Switch is set by amplifier U165A. The output
of the amplifier is routed to main audio amplifier
U166A by FSK To Audio Gate U116A. This gate is
controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U108. Buffer
amplifier U166B converts the single-ended input to a
balanced 600 ohm output.
This modem operates half-duplex, therefore two
are used to provide full duplex operation which is the
simultaneous transmission and reception of data. The
data rate is 1200 baud (bits per second). Full duplex
1200 baud operation is possible because a 4-wire line
is used which provides two separate audio paths. The
path is selected by programming switches S100 and
S101 as shown in Figure 6-17.
When the FSK data signal uses a different 4-wire
link as the voice signal, the FSK output of U165A is
applied to secondary audio amplifier U131A. Buffer
amplifier U131B converts the single-ended input to a
balanced 600 ohm output.
8
7
S1
6
5
D)
S
RX
TX
S+
4
00
3
N
- (G RXS
O)
DI
)
AU
ND )
(
+
(G
K
S
S
(FS
RX
SRX
S+
TX
X
O)
R
DI
)
A U FSK
(
S+
+(
X
S
T
TX
4
S
10
3
1
2
1
2
1
The FSK signal is also applied to FSK amplifier
U165B and fed to gate U115D. Gate U115D is controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U155. When
enabled the FSK signal is passed to voice amplifier
U120B and Receive Voice To Backplane gate U115C
to the Controller Backplane.
ON
ON
The FSK input from the Switch is applied to differential amplifier U131C. This stage converts the
balanced input to a single-ended output. The FSK signal is then applied to U131D which sets the input level
on the RC input of the modem. When enabled by A/D
processor U111/latch U107 the transmit Secondary To
FSK gate passes the FSK signal to U110 RC input.
When the FSK data signal uses the same 4-wire link as
the voice signal, the signal from U167A is applied to
transmit audio amplifier U167B and passed by gate
U116D to U131C.
K
FS
Figure 6-17 FSK MODEM SWITCH SETTINGS
If an RS-232 link is used for data communication
with the Switch (on P100, pins 22-23), the modem is
not used. This type of data path is selected by programming switches S100 and S101 as shown in Figure
6-18.
If an RS-232 serial data path (1200 baud) is used
instead of 600 ohm 4-wire lines, the data signal completely bypasses modem U110. In this case, RS-232
driver U162B converts data to the Switch to RS-232
logic levels of -5V and -7.5V. Conversely, when data
is received from the Switch, RS-232 receiver U162C
converts the RS-232 logic levels to TTL levels of 0V
and +5V.
8
7
6
5
S1
0
4
)
ND
- (G RXS
S
)
IO
RX
UD
K)
(A
FS
+
)
S
+(
ND
S
RX
(G
RX
SSX
TX I O )
R
UD
K)
(A
FS
+(
S+
S
X
T
TX
4
S
10
3
1
2
1
S
TX
3
0
2
1
ON
The 1200 Hz carrier is constantly transmitted by
the Switch modem and received by the MAC modem.
In turn, the MAC modem sends a constant carrier to
the Switch modem. This is used as a constant check
that a completed link is established between the two
modems. If the carrier does not return from the MAC,
it notifies the Switch system operator that the link has
been broken.
ON
+
FS
K
Figure 6-18 RS-232 SWITCH SETTINGS
6-43
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 23
The input and output connectors for the MAC are
defined as follows.
SWITCH RX DATA
6.12.13 P101 SIGNALING CONNECTOR
This is the RS-232 data to the Switch. The CIM
receives confirmation of all requests made to the
repeater and sends information the repeater receives.
The signal interface connector P101 (64 pin) connects the Address and Data buses and control lines to
the backplane connector. See Figures 6-24 and 6-25.
Pins 24/56
Pins 1-10
Pins 33-42
The High Speed Data Bus interconnects the
Viking VX repeaters. A 50 ohm termination is
required if Viking VX repeaters are used with existing
repeaters and the interface.
ADDRESS BUS
This provides a path between the MPC main processor and the processor and memory of the MAC.
This bus retrieves information programmed into memory for the operation of the MAC.
Pins 11-14
Pins 43-46
UNUSED
Pin 26
TLA DB
Pin 27/59
-5V IN
This is the -5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
MREQ
Pins 28-29
Pins 60-61
A memory request line operates in conjunction
with the Read/Write lines. These provide the ability to
read from or write to the processor memory.
Pin 16
Pins 25/57
The Trunk Line Accounting Data Bus is used for
telephone interconnect calls.
DATA BUS
This data bus provides a means of transferring
data to and from the processor on the MAC with
peripheral devices in the MAC.
Pin 15
HSDB+/-
+5V IN
This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
MSTB
Pins 30/62
This is a memory strobe line used during MAC
processor Read/Write operations to external memory.
+15V IN
This is the +15V input to the MPC from the
power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 17-20
UNUSED
Pins 31-32
Pins 63-64
GROUND
Pin 21
LPTT
This is the ground connection to the MPC from
the power supply via the Controller backplane.
The Logic Push-To-Talk is not used on the MAC.
Pin 47
Pin 22
Read is used with the MREQ line to read data
from the processor and external memory.
SWITCH TX DATA
This is the RS-232 data from the Switch. The
CIM controls the repeater with restart, enable and disable, executes requests to read and write to the
repeater’s memory, and tells the repeater transmit code,
hang or send turn-off.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
READ
Pin 48
WRITE
Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to
the processor and external memory.
6-44
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pins 49-55
UNUSED
Pin 27
Pin 58
VOTER DATA IN
The Receive Wide Band Audio from the Receiver
audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board.
The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and
2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the
receiver.
This is used in a Voter system. Data from the
voted site is injected at this pin.
RX WB AUDIO
6.12.14 P100 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS
Pin 28
Connector P100 contains the audio and data outputs to the terminal block on the back of the Repeater
cabinet. These outputs are connected to other external
devices. The input and output connectors for the connector are defined as follows.
Pins 1-6
UNUSED
Pin 7
3.5V
This is the Audio/Data Level output.
Pin 29
Pin 30
UNUSED
Pin 31
RX VOICE
TX DATA OUT
This is receive audio output connected to the
backplane.
This output contains trunking signaling data and
CWID data when enabled at jumper J106 and used
with external optional equipment.
Pin 9
TX MOD
The output of this pin is produced by audio and
data inputs to the Repeater to produce the signals on
this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB and then
to the Exciter.
This is the 3.5V DC TCXO reference voltage
from the Exciter to the MAC.
Pin 8
A D LEVEL
Pin 32
TX VOICE
This is transmit audio input connected to the
repeat gate.
TX DATA IN
6.12.15 J100 A D LEVEL TEST POINT
This input would normally contain trunking signaling data, CWID data, and an externally summed in
signal. This input is enabled at J106 and is used with
external optional equipment.
This test point located on the front card edge is
used during alignment to monitor audio and data.
Pin 10
6.12.16 J101 SPEAKER/MICROPHONE
EXT REQ1
This input provides for external requests from
optional equipment.
This jack is used in conjunction with J102 when a
combination speaker/microphone is used during setup
and testing of the repeater.
Pin 11
6.12.17 J102 LOCAL MICROPHONE
EXT MOD
This jack is used for a microphone to key the
Exciter and inject transmit audio.
This input provides for external wide band modulation of the Exciter with out any filtering. This input
is not used at this time.
6.12.18 J103 GROUND
Pins 13-26
This jack provides a ground connection for the
MAC when monitoring the test points.
UNUSED
6-45
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.12.19 J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER
The electromechanical relay outputs are comprised of eight SPDT (normally open) relays. The
relays are all open at power-on. Data to the relay is
latched by a write to the base address.
J104 provides an external speaker connection at
the repeater site for monitoring.
6.12.20 J105 WATCH DOG
The IAC activates relays when alarm trigger
events occur. The IAC monitors for alarm activity in
the system and can set the various output relays as
defined by the user during programming. When an
external alarm is set it can be monitored from a remote
location. Refer to Section 4.7.2 for alarm programming.
J105 enables or disables the watchdog timer for
reset. Normal operating mode is P105 jumpering
J105, pins 2/3. This jumper should not be moved or
removed.
6.12.21 J106 TX DATA PATH
6.13.1 ALARM FORWARDING TO SWITCH
Jumpers P106 and P107 connect J106, pins 1-2
and 3-4 for external options that require the Tx Data
signal. Normal operation connects J106, pins 2-3 and
4-5.
Repeater alarms are routed to the CIB (Channel
Interface Bus) to be detected by the Call Processor and
the System and Subscriber Manager.
6.12.22 A301 COMPANDOR CONNECTIONS
EP101
EP102
EP103
EP104
EP105
EP106
Expand In
Expand Out
Ground
Compress Out
Compress IN
+5V
6.13.2 RELAY OUTPUTS
The alarm relay outputs are provided via a terminal block on the back of the repeater (see Figures 6-19
and 6-20).
The alarm outputs are on the terminal block at the
rear of the repeater.
17
IN
O
M
EN
C
D
W
BA
N
6
X
BR
O
M
M
OU
T
C
RM
13
O
M
C
E
VO
IC
TX
R
X
TX
D
VO
IC
E
IN
34-
AL
A
55
O
M
I/0
50
C
O
M
25
C
IN
54
M
O
C
C
T1
49
O
M
C
53
TX
D
41
EX
TO
U
IA
AR
M
O
4+
U
T
3+
SY
N
3-
AL
4-
2
The Interface Alarm Card (IAC) contains 4-input
contacts and 4-output contacts. The 4- inputs can be
disabled, energized or de-energized. The 4-output
relays are dry contacts that have a 2A rating and can
be either normally open or normally closed.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SQ
C
This card stores the information required to operate the alarms designated in the programming of the
repeater. Data is received on the address bus from the
MPC for the; operation to perform, the processor and
external memory, open and close relays on the outputs,
and receive alarm indications on the inputs. This
information is either routed to external devices or
alarm outputs can be wired to alarm inputs.
EX
TR
1
EQ
2
4+
3+
6.13 INTERFACE ALARM CARD
26
Figure 6-19 4 I/O J1 ALARM OUTPUTS
6-46
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.13.4 ALARM INDICATORS
There are three forms of alarm indicators from
the repeater. One form is the two red LEDs and display combination on the MPC. Refer to Table 1-2 for
the combinations and definitions of the active alarms.
1
2
+
T
U
+
U
T
O
2
O
1
2
IN
1
+
IN
+
Another form is the output relay to the terminal
blocks at the rear of the repeater where outputs can be
wired to external devices or to alarm inputs.
T
-
IN
T
U
O
2
1
O
2
U
A
IN
1
J2
The third form is the output relay and to transmit
a 15-character description of the alarm over-the-air to
a remote location. The description is sent in Morse
code with a transmit ID assigned during programming.
A transceiver programmed with this ID can monitor
the repeater and alert the system owner when an alarm
occurs.
-
C
FA
IL
33
AL
34
AR
MS
Figure 6-20 4 I/O J2 ALARM OUTPUTS
6.13.3 ISOLATED INPUTS
6.13.5 ALARM FUNCTIONS
The isolated alarm inputs are provided via a terminal block on the back of the repeater (see Figures 619 and 6-20).
The alarms can be configured in various modes to
alert the system owner to conditions and hazards with
the equipment and the repeater site facility. A few of
the possibilities are shown in Figure 6-22. In this
example the input alarm 2 of Repeater 1 is connected
to the door of the building, input alarm 3 of Repeater 5
is connected to the fire alarm system, the AC fail
alarm (#16 see Table 1-2) is mapped to alarm 2 output
so it can be transmitted (see Figure 4-13) and the output alarm 1 of Repeater 1 is connected to the input
alarm 1 of Repeater 2 and so on until the output alarm
1 is fed back to the input alarm 1 of Repeater 1. Then
the RF Shutdown alarm (#32) is mapped for alarm 1 in
each repeater. This configuration allows Repeater 2 to
give an alarm when Repeater 1 has an RF Shutdown
alarm output, etc.
The isolated inputs are driven by either AC or DC
signals. The active high inputs can be set by switches
to be polarity sensitive, non-polarity sensitive or add a
resistance in series to dissipate unused power (see Figure 6-21).
The active low inputs can also be set for either
+5V or +15V operation when a ground closure is
required to provide an active alarm.
Standard 12V/24V AC control transformer outputs can be accepted as well as DC voltages. This
input voltage range is 5-24V RMS. External resistors
connected in series may be used to extend the input
voltage range.
The input alarms are given a 15-character
description during programming and a Transmit ID.
These are used when an input alarm is activated to
send a Morse code message consisting of the description over the air to a monitoring transceiver programmed with this ID.
P500
+5V
ALARM +
ON
+5V
+15V
ALARM -
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
There are 40 internal alarms that can be included
in the output alarm configuration (see Table 1-2).
These alarms can also be programmed to send an output as shown in the cross reference screen of the alarm
configuration menu (see Figure 4-13). Among these
alarms are the thermal sense from the PA and the AC
fail alarm output on the terminal block at the rear of
the repeater to activate the battery backup.
Figure 6-21 S500-S503
6-47
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.13.6 P500 SIGNALING CONNECTOR
Pins 7/39
The input and output connectors for the IAC are
defined as follows. The signal interface connector
P500 (64 pin) connects the Address and Data buses
and control lines to the backplane connector. See Figure 6-26.
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device as a specific condition.
Pins 1-4
Pins 33-36
Pins 8/40
Pin 9
This address bus provides a path between the
MPC main processor and the latches and multiplexers
of the IAC. This bus retrieves information programmed into the MPC memory for the operation of
the IAC.
EXTERNAL REQ 2
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device.
TRANSCEIVER
AC FAIL
REPEATER 1
SQUELCH ENABLE
This is an output to rear connector J1. It can be
configured for inverted output, non-inverted output or
logic controlled non-inverted output.
Pin 10
ALARM 2 IN
ALARM 4 IN +/ALARM 4 IN -
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device as a specific alert condition.
ADDRESS BUS (A12-A19 Only)
DOOR OPEN
ALARM 3 IN +/ALARM 3 IN -
Pins 11-14
Pins 43-46
SECURITY DOOR
ALARM 1 IN
DATA BUS
ALARM 1 OUT
This data bus provides a means of transferring
data to and from the latches and multiplexers on the
IAC with peripheral devices in the IAC.
ALARM 1 IN
REPEATER 2
ALARM 1 OUT
ALARM 1 IN
REPEATER 3
Pin 15
ALARM 1 OUT
A memory request line operates in conjunction
with the Read/Write lines. These lines read from or
write to the MPC processor memory.
ALARM 1 IN
REPEATER 4
MREQ
ALARM 1 OUT
ALARM 1 IN
REPEATER 5
SENSOR ACTIVE
ALARM 1 OUT
ALARM 3 IN
Pins 16/17
UNUSED
Pin 18
SYNC IN
SMOKE
DETECTOR
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device.
Figure 6-22 ALARM EXAMPLE
Pins 5/37
Pins 19/51
ALARM 1 IN +/ALARM 1 IN -
ALARM 1 OUT +/ALARM 1 OUT -
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device as a specific alert condition.
This is an output to an external device to perform
a specific function.
Pins 6/38
Pins 20/52
ALARM 2 IN +/ALARM 2 IN -
This is an output to an external device to perform
a specific function.
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device as a specific alert condition.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALARM 2 OUT +/ALARM 2 OUT -
6-48
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pins 21-23
UNUSED
Pin 56
Pins 24/25
+15V ACCESSORY
The Thermal Sensor monitors the PA temperature and creates an alarm condition if the temperature
exceeds the limit.
This DC supply is an output to an external device
through rear connector J1.
Pin 57
Pins 26/58
Pin 57 turns the voltage from the power supply to
the Repeater on and off. This pin is connected to the
on/off toggle switch S508.
-5V IN
6.13.7 P501 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS
This is the -5V input from the power supply via
the Controller backplane.
Pins 28-29
+5V IN
Pins 60-61
Connector P501 contains data and control outputs
to the terminal block on the back of the Repeater cabinet. These outputs are connected to other external
devices.
This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 30/62
The input and output connectors for the connector
are defined as follows.
+15V IN
This is the +15V input to the MPC from the
power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 31-32
Pins 63-64
POWER SWITCH
+15V FILTERED
This DC supply is an output to an external device
through rear connector J1.
Pins 27/59
THERMAL SENSOR
Pins 1/17
ALARM 3 OUT +/ALARM 3 OUT -
Pins 2/18
ALARM 4 OUT +/ALARM 4 OUT -
GROUND
These are outputs to external devices to perform a
specific function.
This is the ground connection to the MPC from
the power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pin 41-42
UNUSED
Pin 47
READ
Pin 3
RX WBAND
Receive Wide Band Audio from the Receiver
audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board.
The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and
2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the
receiver.
Read is used with the MREQ line to read data
from the MPC processor and external memory.
Pins 4-6
UNUSED
Pin 48
Pin 7
EXT OUT 1
WRITE
This is an external output to rear connector J1.
Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to
the MPC processor and external memory.
Pin 8
Pins 49-50
UNUSED
Pins 53-55
UNUSED
RF CLOCK
The clock will control the synthesizer chips and
power control circuit when loading. This pin is a TTL
input from the Controller.
6-49
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 9
Pin 22
AC FAIL IN
This is buffered Receive Wide Band Audio from
the Receiver audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board. The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (6 dBm) and 5V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the receiver. This is an output to the rear connector J1.
This input from the AC supply is used by the AC
fail output to indicate that the AC has been interrupted.
Pin 10
SYN CS RX
This is the chip select pin for the main receiver
synthesizer chip. This chip is the same part as used in
the Exciter. A low loads the synthesizer.
Pin 11
UNUSED
Pin 12
RF MUX 1 INH
BUF RX WBAND
Pin 23
AC FAIL OUT
This is an indication that the AC power has been
interrupted.
Pin 24
UNUSED
The Multiplexer-1 Inhibit (U105, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the Multiplexer-1 output with a logic high.
Pin 25
HS CS RX
Pin 13
This is the 900 MHz Receiver high stability synthesizer chip select. A low enables loading the high
stability synthesizer loop.
RF MUX 2 INH
The Multiplexer-2 Inhibit (U106, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the Multiplexer-2 output with a logic high.
Pin 26
Pin 14
Pin 26 is the main Synthesizer Chip Select in the
Exciter that allows input of data to the specific synthesizer chip when the line is pulled to logic low.
RF MUX 3 INH
The Multiplexer-3 Inhibit (U104, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the output from the RF 3 Multiplexer with a
logic high.
Pin 15
UNUSED
Pin 28
A D LEVEL
20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sampled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin
using three multiplex chips.
Pin 29
HS CS EX
Pin 30
RF DATA B
Data B (U105, pin 10) is the middle significant
bit in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB. This
pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a
logic high for activation.
UNUSED
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
RF DATA A
Data A (U105, pin 11) is the least significant bit
(LSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation.
This is the 900 MHz Exciter high stability synthesizer chip select. A low enables loading the high stability synthesizer loop.
Pins 19-21
Pin 27
PC STR
The Power Control Strobe is normally low until
after the power control data is shifted into the power
control register. Then the strobe line goes high and
back to low. The clock or data lines cannot be
changed until after the strobe is set.
Pin 16
SYN CS EX
6-50
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 31
RF DATA C
Data C (U105, pin 9) is the most significant bit
(MSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation.
Pin 32
RF DATA
This is a data pin with TTL levels from the Controller which has the dual role of loading the synthesizer chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines
for proper output power. Up to four synthesizer chips
and a shift-register could be connected to this pin.
6.13.8 J500 A D LEVEL TEST POINT
20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sampled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin
using three multiplex chips.
6.13.9 J501 GROUND
J501 is an IAC ground reference for test points.
6.13.10 J502 +15V
J502 is a voltage test point.
6.13.11 POWER SWITCH
S508 turns the power supply DC voltage on and
off from the front of the IAC.
6.13.12 J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT
P505 jumpers J505, pins 1/2 to configure the
squelch enable output for an inverted output. If P505
jumpers J505, pins 2/3 the output is non-inverted. If
P505 jumpers J505, pins 3/4 the output is non-inverted
and under the control of U503.
6-51
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-52
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Figure 6-23 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
6-53
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Figure 6-24 MAIN AUDIO CARD LOGIC BLOCK DIAGRAM
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-54
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Figure 6-25 MAIN AUDIO CARD AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM
6-55
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Figure 6-26 INTERFACE ALARM CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
6-56
SECTION 7 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.2.2 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS
7.1 OCXO AND TEST EQUIPMENT FREQUENCY STABILITY
Apply power to the Receiver by plugging the 20pin cable from the RF Interface Board into J201 (see
Figure 7-1).
The receiver and transmitter frequencies are
locked to the 1.250000 MHz reference frequency from
the local oscillator drawer. This frequency is stable to
within ±0.1 PPM from -30°C to +60°C as required by
the FCC. To properly align the IF sections of the
receiver, the signal generator must have similar stability. Since most test equipment is not this stable, a separate reference oscillator that is stable to ±0.05 or
±0.01 PPM may be needed to clock the signal generator and frequency counter.
Measure the voltages at the following pins.
U206, pin 1
U207, pin 1
U208, pin 1
U210, pin 1
+12V DC ±0.4V
+12V DC ±0.4V
+6V DC ±0.2V
+12V DC ±0.4V
7.2.3 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL
Adjustment of the 1.250000 MHz reference frequency probably should not be attempted for the same
reason. Unless the communications monitor has a stability of ±0.01 PPM or better, the repeater frequency
may be more correct than that of the monitor. If it is
certain that one or both oscillators in the local oscillator drawer are off frequency, there is an adjusting
screw on the oscillators that is used to change the frequency slightly. Adjustment should only be performed when the ambient temperature is near the calibration reference of 25°C (77°F).
1. Using the PC and software, program the Synthesizer
for the Receive channel number.
2. Tune the VCO helical L220 for +4.5V DC ±0.05V
on U209, pin 6 or TP2.
3. Alternately tune L223 and L224 in 1/2-turn to 1-turn
increments until a voltage is measured on J201, pin
13 or TP5. At that time, tune L223 for a peak, then
L224 for a peak.
4. Retune L223 and L224 for a peak at J201,
pin 13.
If power is removed from the local oscillator
drawer, the oscillators require a minimum restabilization period of 30 minutes. No frequency-critical
adjustments should be attempted until the oscillator
frequency has stabilized.
NOTE: The Channel Number, Channel Frequency and
Synthesizer Frequency appear at the bottom of the
screen.
7.2 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT
7.2.4 TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST
Refer to Figure 7-1 for component locations.
Refer to Figure 7-9 for equipment needed and setup
diagram.
1. Set Y201 (TCXO) for 3.5V DC ±0.05V DC at TP1
(response time is very slow).
7.2.1 PRE-TEST
7.2.5 VCO TEST
1. Preset L201, L202, L203, L204, L206, L223 and
L224 tuning screws about 1/4 inch above the top of
the casting.
2. The Synthesizer is programmed for 199 channels
above the Receive Channel.
3. The voltage on U209, pin 6 (TP2) should be
< 7.5V DC.
2. Preset L202 and L205 tuning screws so they are just
barely above their tightening lock nuts.
4. Record the voltage on J201, pin 13 (TP5) ____.
7-1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
8. Tune C207, L209, L211 and L225 for peak voltage
on J201, pin 7 (TP3). Decrease the generator output
level to maintain 2-3V.
Distortion should be <5% (typically < 3%).
5. The Synthesizer is programmed for 199 channels
below the Receive Channel.
6. The voltage on U209, pin 6 (TP2) should be
> 2V DC.
9. Repeat Steps 4, 5 and 6.
7. Record the voltage on J201, pin 13 (TP5) ____.
7.2.7 AUDIO DISTORTION
8. If the voltages recorded in Steps 3 and 6 are not
within ±0.2V, tune L224 as required to balance the
voltage readings.
1. Plug a 16 ohm resistive load at J101 or J104 on the
MAC (Main Audio Card).
2. Connect a distortion analyzer to the 16 ohm load.
9. The Synthesizer is reprogrammed for the Receive
Channel.
3. Measure the distortion of the receive audio at J101
or J104 on the MAC with the local volume control
set to 2.8V RMS.
7.2.6 FRONT END ADJUSTMENTS
4. The reading should be less than 3%
(typically < 1%).
1. Set the signal generator to the Receive Channel at a
level sufficient to produce an output voltage on
J201, pin 7 (TP3) (RSSI Output).
5. Measure receive sensitivity at J101 or J104 on the
MAC.
2. Tune L204, L205, L206, L201, L202, L203 and
L204 for a peak voltage on J201, pin 7 (TP3).
Decrease the generator output level to maintain a 23V reading at J201, pin 7.
6. The reading should be < 0.35 µV
(typically < 0.25 µV).
Optional: Adjust L207, L209, L211, and L225 for
best distortion and recheck sensitivity.
3. Set the generator to 1000 µV with a 1 kHz tone at
±1.5 kHz deviation (100 µV at the Rx antenna with
20 dB pad on the generator).
7. The Synthesizer is programmed for 199 channels
above the Receive Channel.
8. The receive sensitivity should be < 0.35 µV
(typically < 0.3 µV).
Optional: Adjust L204 to balance sensitivity at
±199 channels if needed.
4. Tune the Quadrature detector coil Z213 for maximum AC voltage on J201, pin 9 (TP4).
5. Adjust R264 for 387 mV RMS, ±5 mV RMS, on
J201, pin 9.
9. The Synthesizer is programmed for 199 channels
below the Receive Channel.
Optional: Adjust L204 to balance sensitivity at
±199 channels if needed.
6. Adjust R284 for 2V DC ±0.05V DC on J201, pin 9
(TP4).
7. Measure the distortion on pin J201, pin 9 (TP4)
(analog tuning meter is preferred).
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
10.The receive sensitivity should < 0.35 µV
(typically < 0.3 µV).
7-2
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
TP2
R284
U208
Y201
U210
4
TP6
4
1
TP4
R261 R264
5
5
8
8
1
TP3
U206
U207
20
19
U208
J201
2
1
TP1
Z213
A006
L220
TP5
L231
L225
L223
L224
L211
L207
L209
L206
L205
L204
L203
L202
L201
L229
Figure 7-1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT POINTS
7.3 EXCITER ALIGNMENT
7.3.2 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS
Refer to Figure 7-2 for component locations.
Refer to Figure 7-10 for equipment needed and setup
diagram.
Apply power to the Exciter by plugging the 20pin cable from the RF Interface Board into J401.
Measure the voltages at the following pins.
WARNING
U406, pin 1
U405, pin 1
U404, pin 7
SAFETY MEASURES ARE DISABLED IN TEST
MODE. ALARMS ARE ACTIVE. HOWEVER,
FEATURES SUCH AS THERMAL SHUTDOWN IN
THE PA ARE DISABLED.
+12V DC ±0.4V
+5V DC ±0.2V
+3.5V DC ±0.1V
7.3.3 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL
1. Program the Transmit Channel.
7.3.1 PRETEST
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the Exciter.
1. Set TCXO modulation adjust R425 fully counterclockwise.
3. Tune VCO helical L404 for 4.5V ±0.05V on U403,
pin 6 (TP1).
2. Connect the power meter to J402.
4. Measure the Power Output of the Exciter at J402.
Reading should be +17.5 dBm ±0.5 dB.
3. Connect OCXO to J403.
5. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the
Exciter.
NOTE: 2000 Series OCXO must be powered up for 1/
2 hour or longer to stabilize frequency.
7-3
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.3.4 TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST
1. Tune TCXO Y401 for 3.5V DC ±0.05V DC at
U402, pin 1 (response time is very slow).
J401
J402
2
1
U405
7.3.5 VCO TEST
R425
J403
U402
1. The Synthesizer is programmed for 199 channels
above the transmit frequency.
20
19
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the Exciter.
Y401
U406
3. Measure the voltage on U403, pin 6 (TP1). Voltage
should be < 7V DC and the Power Output +17.5
dBm ±0.5 dB.
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the
Exciter.
5. The Synthesizer is programmed for 199 channels
below the transmit frequency.
1
6
6. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the Exciter.
10
20
U403
A007
11
U404
7. Measure the voltage on U403, pin 6 (TP1). Voltage
should be > 2.5V DC and the Power Output +17.5
dBm ±0.5 dB.
L404
R446
8. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the
Exciter.
Figure 7-2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT POINTS
7.3.6 TRANSMIT MODULATION ADJUST
7. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the
Exciter.
1. Connect a 10 dB pad and modulation analyzer to
J402.
NOTE: Ensure that the oscilloscope is "DC" coupled and the Modulation Analyzer has the
3 kHz LPF switch set but NOT the 300 Hz HPF and
50 Hz HPF switches set.
2. Press the "FM" and "3 kHz LPF" switches of the
modulation analyzer.
3. Inject a 1 kHz sine wave with a level of 400 mV
RMS into P100, pin 32 on the MAC.
8. Adjust U151 for a 2V P-P square wave on P100,
pin 29.
NOTE: This test changes the Audio Deviation Limit.
Perform test in Section 7.6.6 to correct.
NOTE: This test changes the TX Data Level. Perform test in Section 7.6.6 to correct.
4. Adjust U149 for 707 mV RMS on P100, pin 29.
This waveform should be a "clean" sine wave.
9. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the Exciter.
5. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the Exciter.
10.Set R425 for "best" square wave as observed on the
oscilloscope.
6. Set R446 for ±1.5 kHz deviation.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
7-4
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
CR651/CR652 or of the entire forward/reverse power
detector assembly). Replacement of components
within the power control circuitry of the RF Interface
Board are unlikely to affect the calibration of the
power control.
11. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the
Exciter.
12.Repeat Steps 1-7. Very little adjustment of R446
should be needed.
7.4 75W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT
NOTE: Replacement of Q501, Q502, Q503 or U501
does not require the adjustments in Section 7.4.2.
7.4.1 INTRODUCTION
7.4.2 FORWARD POWER OUTPUT CALIBRATION
Refer to Figures 7-3 and 7-5 for component locations. Refer to Figure 7-11 for equipment needed and
setup diagram.
1. Connect the:
power supply ground lead to P105,
+15V DC lead to P103,
+26.5V DC lead to P101 and
the 36-pin cable to J101 on the RFIB.
Select "PA" from the "TEST" menu in the
Repeater Programming Software.
IMPORTANT NOTE
2. Connect attenuator and power meter to A8.
No field alignment is required. Adjustments in
Sections 7.4.2 and 7.4.4 are part of a new unit production test procedure. They should only be performed as required on "out-of-warranty" and
"field-repaired" units. Broken seals on R76, R663
or R680 will void the warranty! Full power control
range of 25-75W is controlled by the repeater configuration parameters under the Edit-Setup
Parameters menu selection.
3. Set R663 fully counterclockwise.
4. Set R76 on the RFIB fully counterclockwise.
5. Set the signal generator to +16 dBm ±0.1 dB at
937.5 MHz.
NOTE: All cable and attenuator losses must be measured and incorporated into this measurement.
The adjustments in Section 7.4.2 provide for
proper matching for the output of Q501 and set a protective limit on the drive to the final transistors. This
limit is approached only under certain unusual operating or repair conditions. However, improper adjustment may impair normal operation of the PA, especially at temperature extremes.
CRITICAL ADJUSTMENTS
6. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the PA.
7. Adjust R663 for 85W ±2W (±0.1 dB).
8. Verify that Output 1 is within 20% of
Output 2.
If Q501 or U501 are replaced, only Section 7.4.2
adjustments should be performed. No other adjustments are necessary in this case. Replacement of RF
components surrounding Q501 and U501 does not justify performance of Section 7.4.2 adjustments.
Replacement of active components within the power
control circuitry of the RF Interface Board would
require Section 7.4.2 adjustments.
9. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the PA.
7.4.3 PRE-DRIVER POWER LIMIT ADJUSTMENT
1. Set a power reference of 0 dB at 85W.
Section 7.4.2 adjustments are necessary only if
repairs are made and such repairs are likely to affect
the sensitivity/calibration of the forward or reverse
power detectors (e.g. replacement of detector diodes
2. Monitor the Transmit current and RF output level.
Use the Up Arrow key to increase the power level
until 0.6 dB above 85W (97W) is reached or peak
PA output.
7-5
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
NOTE: If the Transmit current begins to increase rapidly and is not constant with time, then unkey the PA
immediately and troubleshoot.
3. Adjust power limit control R76 clockwise until
power is limited to 0.55 dB above 85W (95W). If
the maximum PA power is < 95W, adjust R76 until
power begins to decrease.
7.4.4 REFLECTED POWER ADJUST
1. Remove the load cable from A8.
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the PA.
NOTE: This will not harm the PA.
3. Adjust Reverse Power Calibration Pot R680 for
equal voltages on W126 and W121 on the RFIB or
for equal Forward and Reverse Power.
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the PA.
5. Apply "Glyptol" to R663, R680 and R76.
6. Use the “Turn fan on” button to turn on/off fans.
Both PA fans should turn ON.
7. Measure temperature detector voltage at W127 on
the RFIB. Normal output at 25°C ambient is
approximately +1.0V DC.
R663
R680
Q503
R509
U501
R508
Q502
A8
C537
Figure 7-3 POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
7-6
B
Q501
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.5 160W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT
7. Adjust Forward Power Calibration Pot R663 for
160W ±0.1 dB (±3.5W).
Refer to Figures 7-4 and 7-5 for component locations. Refer to Figure 7-8 for equipment needed and
setup diagram.
8. Verify Output 1 is within 20% of Output 2 and Output 3 is within 20% of Output 4.
7.5.2 PRE-DRIVER POWER LIMIT ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: No alignment is required unless the driver
transistor Q502 or driver matching caps have been
replaced or critical components on the power detector board have been replaced.
1. Set a power reference of 0 dB at 160W.
2. Monitor the Transmit current and RF output level.
Use the Up Arrow key to increase the power level
until 0.8 dB above 160W is reached (192W).
WARNING
CAUTION
Breaking the glyptol on R663, R680 or R76 will void
the warranty on the PA.
If TX current begins to increase rapidly and is
not constant with time, then unkey the PA immediately and troubleshoot.
7.5.1 POWER OUTPUT ADJUSTMENTS
Refer to Figure 7-8 for test circuit and equipment
needed.
3. Adjust power limit control R76 clockwise until
power is limited to 0.75 dB above 175W (192W).
1. Connect the:
power supply ground lead to P105,
+15V DC lead to P103,
+26.5V DC lead to P101 and
the 36-pin cable to J101 on the RFIB.
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the PA.
7.5.3 REFLECTED POWER ADJUST
1. Remove the load cable from A8.
2. Connect attenuator and power meter to A8, the
Transmit Antenna Connector.
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the PA. This
will not harm the PA.
3. Set R663 on the Forward/Reverse Power Detect
board fully counterclockwise.
3. Adjust Reverse Power Calibration Pot R680 for
equal voltages on W126 and W121 on the RFIB or
for equal Forward and Reverse Power.
4. Set R76 on the RFIB fully counterclockwise.
5. Set the generator to +15 dBm ±0.1 dB at
937.5 MHz.
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the PA.
5. Apply ’glyptol’ to R663, R680 and R76.
NOTE: All cable and attenuator losses must be measured and incorporated into this measurement.
6. Use the “Turn on fan” button to turn on/off fans.
Both PA fans should turn ON.
CRITICAL ADJUSTMENT
7. Measure temperature detector voltage at W127 on
the RFIB. Normal output at 25°C ambient is
approximately +1V DC.
6. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the PA.
7-7
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
R663
Q704
R680
R716
R717
WO510
R730
Q703
Q702
R703
A8
R701
U501
R702
Q701
Q502
Figure 7-4 160W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS
J104
R170
R171 U108
J103
R150
U104
J102
R106
WO143
J101
WO144
R76
WO145
WO126
WO121
WO115
WO124 WO123
WO125
WO122
Figure 7-5 RF INTERFACE BOARD ALIGNMENT POINTS
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
7-8
WO147
WO127
WO120
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
RED
WHITE
BLACK
GREEN
GREEN
WHITE
WHITE
BLACK
BLACK
RED
WHITE
BLACK
(INCLUDED IN 2000 SERIES SERVICE KIT 250-2000-230)
Figure 7-6 POWER EXTENDER CABLES
AC
VOLTMETER
RF SIGNAL
GENERATOR
SWITCH (RNT)
REPEATER
RXA+
RXA+
RXA-
RXA-
TXS+
TXS+
C
I
M
J11
RECEIVER
LINK LINES
M
A
C
J100
J103
TXSAC
VOLTMETER
TXSAC
VOLTMETER
AC
VOLTMETER
Figure 7-7 REPEATER TO CIM TEST SETUP
7-9
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
CR1
GRN
CR2
CR5YEL
CR4YEL
RED
CR3
RED
DS1
J1
PROG
JACK
GND
J103
A D LEVEL
J100
S1
RESET
LOCAL
ON/OFF/VOL
R236
MIC
J102
SPKR
J101
EXT SPKR
J104
POWER
CWID
HANG
SWITCH
MOBILE
XMIT
TEST POINT
J500
J501
GND
J502
+15V
POWER METER
50 OHM
DUMMY LOAD
40 dB
THRULINE
ATTENUATOR
COMMUNICATIONS
SERVICE MONITOR
RF INPUT
Figure 7-8 160W PA TEST SETUP
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
7-10
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
DC
AC
VOLTMETER VOLTMETER
1.25 MHz
OSCILLOSCOPE
TM
OCXO1
OCXO2
DELTA F
OUTPUT
AC
DC
DC BACKUP
INTERRUPT
OCXO 1
INTERRUPT
OCXO 2
INTERRUPT
16 OHM
AUDIO DISTORTION
ANALYZER
POWER CABLES
HP 334A
COMMUNICATIONS
SERVICE MONITOR
36-PIN RIBBON CABLE
FREQUENCY COUNTER
20 dB
RFIB
J402
J401
J201
Figure 7-9 RECEIVER TEST SETUP
7-11
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
DC
AC
VOLTMETER VOLTMETER
1.25 MHz
OSCILLOSCOPE
MODULATION ANALYZER
POWER METER
50 OHM
DUMMY LOAD
HP 436A
POWER CABLES
HP 8901A
10 dB
36-PIN RIBBON CABLE
FREQUENCY COUNTER
10 dB
RFIB
J402
J401
J201
Figure 7-10 EXCITER TEST SETUP
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
7-12
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
CR1
CR2GRN
CR5YEL
CR4YEL
CR3RED
RED
DS1
J1
PROG
JACK
GND
J103
A D LEVEL
J10 0
S1
RESET
LOCAL
ON/OFF/VOL
POWER
CWID
HANG
SWITCH
MOBILE
XMIT
R236
MIC
J10 2
SPKR
J10 1
EXT SPKR
J104
TEST POINT
J500
J501
GND
J502
+15V
B
POWER METER
50 OHM
DUMMY LOAD
HP 436A
B
C
E
B
B
B
B
C
E
B
B
40 dB
THRULINE
ATTENUATOR
B
B
C
E
B
B
Figure 7-11 75W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP
7-13
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.6 FULL REPEATER ALIGNMENT
7.6.3 TRANSMITTER TEST/ADJUSTMENTS
7.6.1 PERFORMANCE TEST PROGRAM
NOTE: 2000 Series OCXO must be powered up for 1/
2 hour or longer to stabilize frequency.
1. Select the TEST - FULL REPEATER - ALL TEST
and press Enter.
Transmit Mode
7.6.2 REPEATER SETUP
1. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the repeater.
The Viking VX repeater has been pretested at the
factory, therefore only performance tests are required
to check the repeater. Refer to test setup diagrams for
equipment and cabling diagram.
2. The Transmit LED on the IAC should turn on to
indicate the repeater is transmitting.
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the
repeater.
1. Pretest the MPC, IAC, MAC and RFIB per their
individual board level test procedures.
Transmitter Output Power Test
2. Pretest the Power Amplifier, Exciter, Receiver and
Chassis per their individual test procedures. The RF
modules should be tuned for the customer specified
T/R frequency pair. If not, retune per individual test
procedures.
1. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the repeater.
3. Assemble the Transceiver to the Power Amplifier
and insert into the chassis along with the Power Supply, MPC and MAC. Slide the IAC partially into the
card rack but do not engage the locking level. Connect the OCXO input to the high stability 1.25 MHz
source.
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the
repeater.
2. Check the transmit output power. The power can be
adjusted from the computer using the Power Control
button. Calibrate test equipment for ±2W.
NOTE: This adjustment will alter the repeater’s stored
default value.
7.6.4 RECEIVER TESTS/ADJUSTMENT
4. Engage the locking lever of the IAC and turn on the
repeater power supply switch (S508) in the IAC or
engage the locking lever (see Figure 7-30).
Receiver TCXO Frequency Test
The operating code has been programmed at the
factory. The parameters are programmed into the
MPC. If these parameters have changed or are incorrect, exit this test and reprogram the repeater.
1. Check the receiver injection frequency by using a
"sniffer" pickup loop, or RF probe connected to a
suitable frequency counter placed near L210 in the
Receiver (see Section 7.2.4). The frequency should
be the Channel Frequency minus 52.95 MHz
(±90 Hz).
It may be necessary to remove the RF assembly
from the chassis and connect via extension cables for
some of the tests or adjustments.
2. Tune Y201 (TCXO) on the Receiver at TP1 for 3.5V
DC ±0.05V (response time is very slow).
Receiver Audio Distortion Measurement
NOTE: Unless specifically stated otherwise, all measurements are to be done per the latest TIA documented procedures. All audio generators and audio
voltmeters are unbalanced unless specifically stated
otherwise.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a 1
kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
2. Insert test cables into J100/J103 on the MAC and
connect to an AC voltmeter.
7-14
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
6. Increase the RF generator output until the Receiver
unsquelches. Reading shall be
≤ 10 dB SINAD.
3. Adjust R237 for 0 dBm (775 mV RMS).
4. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to
J101 or J104 of the MAC.
Receiver Data Level Adjustment
5. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS and measure the distortion. Distortion should be < 3%.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a
100 Hz tone at ±800 Hz deviation.
Receiver Hum and Noise Measurement
2. Insert test cables into J100/J103 on the MAC and
connect to an AC voltmeter.
NOTE: Receiver cover must be on for this measurement.
3. Adjust R235 to achieve 340 mV RMS
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a 1
kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
Local Speaker/Microphone Check
2. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to
J101 or J104 of the MAC.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a 1
kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.
2. Plug a Speaker/Microphone into J101/J102 of the
MAC.
4. Remove modulation from the RF generator. The
measured level shall be ≤ -45 dB.
3. Adjust R236 until the 1 kHz tone is heard.
Receiver SINAD Measurement
Receiver Desense Check
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a 1
kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a 1
kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
2. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to
J101 or J104 of the MAC.
2. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to
J101 or J104 of the MAC.
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.
4. 12 dB SINAD reading shall be ≤ 0.35 µV.
4. Adjust the RF generator output for 12 dB SINAD.
Receiver Squelch Adjustment
5. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmitter.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a 1
kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
6. SINAD shall not degrade more than 1 dB;
i.e. no less than 11 dB SINAD.
2. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to
J101 or J104 of the MAC.
7. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the transmitter.
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.
Receiver Miscellaneous Tests (Optional)
4. Set the RF generator output for 5 dB SINAD.
Several additional tests may be performed on the
Repeater Receiver as listed below:
5. Adjust R234 on the MAC so the Receiver just
squelches.
1. Signal Displacement Bandwidth
7-15
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
2. Adjacent Channel Rejection
5. Adjust R305 for 0 dBm (775 mV RMS).
3. Offset Channel Selectivity
6. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the transmitter.
4. Intermodulation Rejection
7. Press F2 to advance to the next screen.
5. Spurious Rejection
8. Final adjustment must be performed on the customer channel. Apply a 1 kHz tone at +7 dBm
(1.73V RMS) to P100, pin 32 of the MAC. (Set
modulation analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz.)
6. Audio Response
7. Audio Sensitivity
9. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmitter.
Perform the Test desired using the appropriate RF
Generators, modulation frequencies and levels, R236
levels and test probes.
7.6.5 RECEIVER EXPANDER MEASUREMENT
10.Adjust U149 with the Level Control buttons to set
the maximum allowed deviation at ±1.6 kHz ±50.
NOTE: This test is valid only with compandor option
installed.
11. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the transmitter.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
receiver with a modulation tone of 1 kHz at
±1.5 kHz deviation.
12.Remove the signal from P100, pin 32.
2. Insert AC voltmeter probes into J100/J103 on the
MAC. AC voltage shall be between 1.1 and 1.25V
RMS.
Repeat Audio Level Adjustment
NOTE: Audio Deviation Limit Adjustment must be
completed before this test.
3. Adjust RF generator for ±800 Hz deviation. AC
voltage shall be between 325 and 450 mV RMS.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a
1 kHz tone at ±800 Hz deviation. Set modulation
analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz.
4. Adjust RF generator for ±500 Hz deviation. Voltage level shall be between 150 and 250 mV RMS.
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmitter.
7.6.6 TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS
3. Final adjustment must be performed on the customer channel. Adjust R237 on the MAC to
achieve ±800 Hz (±50 Hz) transmit deviation.
NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are
unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.
Audio Deviation Limit Adjustment
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the transmitter.
1. Remove VNC cards if present.
5. Press F2 to advance to the next screen.
2. Apply a 1 kHz tone at -3 dBm (548 mV RMS) to
P100, pin 32 of the MAC.
6. Connect an AC voltmeter to J103 and P100, pin 31
(RX_VOICE).
3. Insert test cables into J100/J103 and connect to an
AC voltmeter.
7. Adjust R238 for -3 dBm (548 mV RMS).
8. Remove the RF generator from the Receiver.
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmitter.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
7-16
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
Data Level Adjustment
2. Press the microphone PTT and say "four" loudly
into the microphone.
1. Remove VNC cards if present. (Set modulation
analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz.) Final adjustment
must be performed on the customer channel.
3. Deviation should measure ±1.4-1.6 kHz.
4. Release the microphone PTT.
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmitter.
Transmitter Hum and Noise Ratio (Optional)
3. Adjust U151 with the Level Control buttons to
achieve ±750 Hz ±50 Hz transmit deviation.
NOTE: An HP8901A modulation analyzer is required
for this test.
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the transmitter.
1. On the modulation analyzer press:
300 Hz HPF
3000 Hz LPF
FM
Pre-Display
750 µS
Avg RMS Cal
0.22
dB
Audio/Data Deviation Check
1. Remove VNC cards if present.
2. Apply a 1 kHz tone at +7 dBm (1.73V RMS) to
P100, pin 32 of the MAC. (Set modulation analyzer
LPF to 3 kHz.)
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmitter.
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmitter and measure the Hum and Noise Ratio. The
reading shall be < -45 dB.
4. Check for measured deviation out of the modulation
analyzer to be ±2.4 kHz +100/-200 Hz.
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the transmitter.
5. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the transmitter.
Transmit Audio Distortion
1. Remove VNC cards if present. On the modulation
analyzer select:
FM
50 Hz
15 kHz
6. Disconnect all cables.
CWID Level Check
1. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz. Use
the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmitter.
2. Apply 200 mV RMS at 1 kHz to P100, pin 32 of the
MAC.
2. Deviation should measure between 750 Hz and
1250 Hz.
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmitter.
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the transmitter.
4. Adjust audio level to produce ±1 kHz deviation.
5. On the modulation analyzer select:
300 Hz
3 kHz
750 µs de-emphasis
Local Speaker/Microphone Check
1. Plug a Speaker/Microphone into J101/J102 of the
MAC. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to
3 kHz.
6. Distortion should be < 2%.
7-17
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.6.7 TRANSMITTER COMPRESSOR MEASUREMENT
4. Adjust R239 on the MAC for the type of line.
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
NOTE: This test is valid only with compandor option
installed.
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
1. Set the modulation analyzer LPF to 3 kHz.
Voice Audio To Repeater
2. Apply +7 dBm (1.73V RMS) at 1 kHz to P100, pin
32 on the MAC.
1. Set MAC S100 and S101, all Sections OFF (see
Figure 7-12).
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmitter.
2. Inject a 1 kHz tone from a balanced 600 ohm
source, at the level determined by the type of line
used, into TXA+ and TXA- of J2 located on the
back of the Repeater (see Figure 7-12).
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
4. Deviation shall be between 1.35 and 1.5 kHz.
5. Adjust 1 kHz signal to -8.2 dBm (300 mV RMS).
Deviation shall be between 750 and
850 kHz.
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
6. Adjust 1 kHz signal to -17.8 dBm (100 mV RMS).
Deviation shall be between 450 and
500 kHz.
3. Adjust R243 on the MAC to obtain -6 dBm (387
mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.
7. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the transmitter.
8
7
6
5
)
ND
S(G
)
RX
S
IO
X
)
R
UD
A
ND
(
)
+
(G
S
SK
S
(F
SRX
X
+
R
TX
)
S
X
IO
R
)
UD
SK
A
(
(F
+
+
S
S
TX
TX
4
S1
3
01
2
1
7.6.8 AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS
NOTE: Section 7.6.6 must be completed before any of
the following adjustments can be made.
NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are
unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.
S
TX
S1
0
4
0
3
2
1
ON
ON
+
SK
F
Voice Audio From Repeater
Figure 7-12 S100 SETTING
1. Set MAC S100 and S101, all Sections OFF.
2. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV modulated with
a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
FSK Data Level Adjustment To Repeater
Separate Data Path (4-Wire) Optional Setting.
3. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with a 600 ohm
input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and
RXA- on J2, located on the back of the Repeater.
1. Set MAC S100 Sections 1, 4, 5, 8 OFF; 2, 3, 6, 7
ON; S101 Sections 2, 3, 4 OFF; 1 ON (see Figure
7-13).
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
7-18
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
2. Inject a 1.2 kHz tone from a balanced 600 ohm
source, at the level determined by the type of line
used, into TXS+ and TXS- of J2 located on the back
of the Repeater (see Figure 7-14).
2. Inject a 1.2 kHz tone from a balanced 600 ohm
source, at the level determined by the type of line
used, into TXA+ and TXA- of J2 located on the
back of the Repeater (see Figure 7-18).
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-22 dBm (62 mV RMS)
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-38 dBm (10 mV RMS)
3. Adjust R242 on the MAC to obtain -10 dBm (245
mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.
8
7
6
5
D)
GN XS-(
R
O)
S
DI
RX
D)
AU
(
)
GN
S+
-(
SK
X
S
(F
R
RX
S+
X S I O)
X
T
R
)
D
AU (FSK
(
+
S+
S
X
T
TX
S1
4
01
3
2
1
3. Adjust R242 on the MAC to obtain -10 dBm
(245 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.
8
S1
00
4
7
3
2
1
S
RX
ON
G
-(
RX
S+
TX
3
K
FS
O
DI
RX
(
S-
S1
2
00
3
S-
AU
+(
4
ON
S1
5
4
)
ND
S
RX
6
)
G
2
)
ND
S
RX
K
FS
+(
1
)
ON
S- )
TX IO
)
D
SK
AU
+ ( S+ (F
S
TX
TX
01
1
S
TX
ON
+
FS
K
Figure 7-13 S100/S101 SWITCH SETTINGS
Figure 7-15 SWITCH SETTINGS
1
RXS+
TXS+
2
RXA+
RXS-
TXA+
1
TXS-
RXA-
33
TXA-
J2
2
34
33
J2
Figure 7-14 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK (SECONDARY)
34
FSK Data Level Adjustment To Repeater
Data over Voice (2-Wire) Default Setting.
Figure 7-16 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK
1. Set MAC S100, all Sections OFF; S101 Sections 2,
3, 4 OFF; 1 ON (see Figure 7-15).
7-19
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
FSK Data Level Adjustment From Repeater
Separate Data Path (4-Wire) Optional Setting.
8
7
1. Set MAC S100 Sections 1, 4, 5, 8 OFF; 2, 3, 6, 7
ON; S101 Sections 2, 3, 4 OFF; 1 ON
(see Figure 7-15).
S
RX
GN
-(
2. Adjust R240 on the MAC to obtain -16 dBm
(123 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.
3. Press F2 to advance to the next screen.
4. Connect a balanced AC Voltmeter with a 600 ohm
input impedance between balanced lines RXS+ and
RXS- of J2 located on the back of the Repeater (see
Figure 7-14).
6
S1
00
4
5
D)
3
SRX
O)
DI
)
AU
ND
(
)
+
(G
S
SK
S
(F
SRX
+
RX
TX
S
X
O)
R
)
DI
U
SK
(A
(F
+
+
S
S
TX
TX
4
S1
3
01
2
1
2
1
ON
ON
S+
K
TX
FS
Figure 7-17 S100/S101 RS-232
5. Adjust R241 on the MAC for the type of line used.
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
RS-232 Data To And From Switch (RNT) (Optional)
These are the switch settings only.
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
1. Set MAC S100, Sections 2, 3, 6, 7 OFF; 1, 4, 5, 8
ON (see Figure 7-17).
FSK Data Level Adjustment From Repeater
Data over Voice (2-Wire) Default Setting.
2. Set MAC S101, Sections 1, 3, 4 OFF; 2 ON (see
Figure 7-17).
NOTE: This adjustment can only be done after
Voice Audio To Switch is completed.
7.6.9 REPEATER OPERATION
1. Set MAC S100, all Sections OFF; S101 Sections 2,
3, 4 OFF; 1 ON (see Figure 7-15).
New HSDB Test
1. Switch settings on the MPC for RS-485 (new style)
operation are shown in Figure 7-18. S002 all Section On. S003 all Section Off.
2. Connect a balanced AC Voltmeter with a 600 ohm
input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and
RXA- of J2 located on the back of the Repeater (see
Figure 7-18).
1
2
3
4
ON
3. Adjust R240 on the MAC for the type of line used.
S3
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-22 dBm (62 mV RMS)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-38 dBm (10 mV RMS)
8
S2
ON
Figure 7-18 NEW HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
7-20
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
2. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.
2. Verify that the repeater is programmed for "Stand
Alone" mode in Setup Parameters-F4 (see Section
4.3.3).
3. Key the radio several times on the programmed System/Group. Access should occur every time.
(Proper Tx/Rx antenna connections are assumed.)
3. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.
Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no
HSDB alarms have occurred (Alarm Number 10)
see Table 1-2.
Alarm Test
Old HSDB Test
1. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.
1. Switch settings on the MPC for single-ended 5V
(old style) operation are shown in Figure 7-19.
S002 Sections 1-8 Off. S003 all sections On.
2. Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no
alarms have occurred (see Table 1-2).
7.7 SWITCH (RNT) INTERFACE
1
7.7.1 REPEATER SETUP
2
3
4
S3
ON
1. Connect the repeater as shown in Figures 7-7, 7-20
and 7-21.
1
2
3
4
5
2. Adjust the repeater for the type of link used for communication back to the CIM in the Switch. The
types of links used are:
Leased Lines (LL)
Direct Connection (DC)
Microwave (MW)
T1 Interfaces (T1)
6
7
8
S2
ON
Figure 7-19 OLD HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS
3. Program the repeater for the specified parameters
using the Programmer.
2. Verify that the repeater is programmed for "Stand
Alone" mode in Setup Parameters-F4 (see Section
4.3.3).
NOTE: Assume all audio generators and voltmeters to
be unbalanced unless stated otherwise.
3. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.
Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no
HSDB alarms have occurred (Alarm Number 10)
see Table 1-2.
7.7.2 CIM SETUP
1. Adjust the CIM for the type of link used for communication back to the repeater. The types of links
used are:
Leased Lines (LL)
Direct Connection (DC)
Microwave (MW)
T1 Interfaces (T1)
Refer to the LTR-Net Switch, Setup and Alignment
manual, PN 001-3239-001, for more information on
the CIM alignment (see Figure 7-31).
Handshake Test
1. Program an LTR, portable or mobile, for the following parameters.
Home Repeater - Same as repeater number.
Home Channel - Same as repeater channel.
Area - Same as repeater’s area bit.
Encode ID - 1
Decode ID - 1
2. Connect the link lines to the Switch and its associated CIM (see Figure 7-21).
7-21
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
RXA+
TXA+
8
7
RXA-
1
6
5
D)
GN XS(
)
R
SIO
)
RX
UD
ND
(A
)
+
(G
S
SK
S
(F
SRX
+
RX
TX
S
X
O)
R
)
DI
AU (FSK
(
+
S
S+
TX
TX
4
S1
3
01
2
1
TXA2
33
J2
S1
00
4
3
2
1
ON
34
S+
K
TX
FS
ON
Figure 7-20 J2 CONNECTOR
Figure 7-22 S100/S101 SWITCH SETTING
7.7.3 VOICE AUDIO TO SWITCH
1. On the MAC, set S100 and S101, all Sections OFF
(see Figure 7-22).
2. Connect an RF generator to the receiver.
VOICE LINK CONNECTIONS
VIKING VX
REPEATER
3. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV modulated with
a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
SWITCH
J2-1
P1-31
J2-2
P1-32
RxA+
RxA+
RxA-
PRIMARY
RxA
4. Connect a balanced AC Voltmeter with a 600 ohm
input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and
RXA- of J2 located on the back of the Repeater (see
Figure 7-18).
RxA-
J2-3
P1-63
J2-4
P1-64
TxA+
TxA+
TxA-
PRIMARY
TxA
TxA-
5. On the MAC, adjust R239 for the type of line used.
DATA LINK CONNECTIONS
VIKING VX
REPEATER
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
SWITCH
J2-13
P1-27
J2-14
P1-28
RxS+
RxS+
RxS-
SECONDARY
RxA
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
RxS-
J2-15
P1-59
J2-16
P1-60
TxS+
TxS+
TxS-
SECONDARY
TxA
7.7.4 VOICE AUDIO FROM SWITCH
TxS-
1. On the MAC, set S100 and S101, all Sections OFF
(see Figure 7-22).
Figure 7-21 VIKING VX VOICE/DATA LINK
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
2. On the CIM (in the Switch) generate an alignment
tone (set S5 to "1") (see Figure 7-31).
7-22
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
3. On the CIM, connect a balanced AC voltmeter at
J12.
7.7.5 BLANK AND BURST - FSK DATA FROM
SWITCH
4. On the CIM, adjust R44 for the type of line used.
1. On the MAC,
set S100 all Sections OFF
set S101, sections 2, 3, 4 OFF
set S101, section 1 ON (see Figure 7-23).
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
2. On the CIM, (in the Switch) generate an alignment
tone (set S5 to a value of "8").
5. On the MAC, adjust R243 for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.
3. On the CIM, adjust R86 at TP4 for the type of line
used.
8
7
6
5
)
ND
S(G
RX IO)
S
D
RX
)
AU
ND
)
+(
(G
SK
S
S
(F
RX
+
RX
S- )
S
TX DIO
RX
)
U
SK
(A
(F
+
+
S
S
TX
TX
4
S1
3
01
2
1
S+
K
TX
FS
S1
00
4
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
3
2
1
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
ON
4. On the CIM, verify at J12 (see Figure 7-31).
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-21 dBm (69 mV RMS)
ON
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-37 dBm (11 mV RMS)
Figure 7-23 MAC SWITCH SETTINGS
BASIC BOARD MODULE
023-2000-830
TEMP
POWER SUPPLY I
Vs1
0-35V >60W
FAN CONTROL
ENABLE
B+
OFF
ON
VCHGR
B-
(+)
(-)
POWER SUPPLY
Vs2
0-40V @ 3A
ACTIVE
LOAD
Figure 7-24 BATTERY REVERT TEST SETUP
7-23
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.7.6 FSK LINK - FSK DATA LEVEL TO SWITCH
6. Decrease VS1 until:
the relay engages
the LED goes out
voltage is present at the active load.
1. On the MAC,
set S100 all Sections OFF
set S101, sections 2, 3, 4 OFF
set S101, section 1 ON (see Figure 7-23).
This voltage will be 28V DC ±0.5V.
7. Set Vs1 to 26.5V DC and turn the enable line to
OFF. No voltage will be present at the active load.
2. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with 600 ohm
input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and
RXA- of J2 located on the back of the Repeater (see
Figure 7-20).
8. Decrease Vs1 until:
the relay disengages
the LED lights
no voltage is present at the active load.
3. On the MAC, adjust R240 for the type of line used.
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-22 dBm (62 mV RMS)
This voltage will be 19V DC ±0.5V.
9. With the enable line OFF measure current Is, it
should be less than 20 mA.
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-38 dBm (10 mV RMS)
10.Reverse the polarity of Vs1
Set to 26.5V DC
BBM Enable ON
7.8 VISUAL CHECK
1. Make sure the heat sunk parts are not shorted to the
heat-sink.
Reverse Battery LED will light and Is should be less
than 50 mA.
2. Verify all electrolytic capacitors are installed correctly.
11. Disconnect the test setup.
3. Connect 023-2000-830 Battery Back-Up as shown
in Figure 7-24.
7.10 BATTERY CHARGER SECTION
1. Connect Battery Backup Module as shown in Figure
7-25.
7.9 BATTERY REVERT TEST
1. Connect the circuit as shown in Figure 7-24.
2. Set the active load to 0A and set Vs2 to 40V at 3A.
2. Turn the active load to current mode at 1A.
3. Adjust R140 so the voltage at the active load reads
27.55V DC ±0.1V.
3. Turn enable to On, battery fault LED should be on.
NOTE: The temperature sensor LM335 has to be at
22°C (room temperature).
4. Increase Vs1 until:
the relay engages
the voltage is present on the active load
the battery fault LED is off.
4. Increase the active load current to 1.8A and verify
voltage at the load is greater than 26V.
This voltage will be 22V DC ±0.5V.
NOTE: The fan control line will stay at 0V until the
heat sink is above 50°C.
5. Increase Vs1 until:
the relay disengages
the LED lights
no voltage is present at the active load.
5. Set the active load current to zero, shut off Vs2 and
disconnect the BBM. Glyptol R140.
This voltage will be 31V DC ±0.5V.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
7-24
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
LM335
BASIC BOARD MODULE
023-2000-830
TEMP
FAN CONTROL
1k
OFF
ACTIVE
LOAD
B+
B-
ENABLE
ON
VCHGR
POWER SUPPLY
Vs2
0-40V @ 3A
(+)
(-)
Figure 7-25 BATTERY CHARGER TEST SETUP
7-25
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
2
TXS-
6
TXA-
1
5
TXA+
MB 4
MA 3
1
J8
TXS+
2
1
J7
RXA-
6
RXA+ 5
EB 4
EA 3
RXS-
RXS+
VIO/GRN
GRN/VIO
VIO/BLU
BLU/VIO
YEL/BRN
BRN/YEL
WIRE COLORS ARE SOLID/STRIPE
VIO/BRN
BRN/VIO
VIO/ORN
ORN/VIO
YEL/SLT
SLT/YEL
UNIT 4
2
1
J6
TXA-
TXA+
7-26
N/C
J8/6
J7/6
23
48
25
50
24
49
J7/5
J8/5
YEL/GRN
GRN/YEL
YEL/BLU
BLU/YEL
BLK/BRN
BRN/BLK
N/C
6
5
MB 4
MA 3
TXS-
TXS+
J8/4
22
47
J8/3
UNIT 3
2
J7/4
21
46
J7/3
20
45
J8/1
J8/2
RXA-
6
RXA+ 5
EB 4
EA 3
RXS-
RXS+ 1
J5
J7/2
19
44
J7/1
J6/6
18
43
J6/5
YEL/ORN
ORN/YEL
BLK/SLT
SLT/BLK
BLK/GRN
GRN/BLK
J5/6
17
42
J5/5
J5/4
15
40
J6/2
14
39
12
37
J4/5
J4/6
W1
J5/2
13
38
J5/1
BLK/ORN
J6/1
6
ORN/BLK
RED/SLT
SLT/RED
RED/GRN
GRN/RED
J3/6
2
J4/4
10
35
J4/3
RXA-
J3/4
9
34
J4/2
8
33
J4/1
J3/2
7
32
J3/1
BLK/BLU
BLU/BLK
RED/BRN
BRN/RED
RED/ORN
ORN/RED
J3/3
6
RXA+ 5
EB 4
EA 3
RXS-
J3/5
11
36
J3
RXS+ 1
FEMALE CONNECTOR FOR CABLES A, B, C AND D
J6/4
16
41
J5/3
TXA-
5
MB 4
TXA+
J6/3
2
1
J4
MA 3
TXS-
TXS+
UNIT 2
J2/6
6
31
J2/5
2
1
J2
J1/6
5
30
J1/5
4
29
J2/3
6
5
J2/4
TXA-
TXA+
MB 4
MA 3
TXS-
TXS+
J1/4
3
28
J1/3
J2/2
2
27
J2/1
RED/BLU
BLU/RED
WHT/BRN
BRN/WHT
WHT/ORN
ORN/WHT
J1/2
1
26
J1/1
UNIT 1
2
1
J1
RXA-
6
RXA+ 5
EB 4
EA 3
RXS-
RXS+
WHT/SLT
SLT/WHT
WHT/GRN
GRN/WHT
WHT/BLU
BLU/WHT
1
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
Figure 7-26 SWITCH (RNT) BACKPLANE WIREHARNESS
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
NOT USED
PIN NUMBERS
26
WHT/BLU
RXS-
1
BLU/WHT
RXS+
27
WHT/ORN
TXS-
2
ORN/WHT
TXS+
28
WHT/GRN
EB
3
GRN/WHT
EA
29
WHT/BRN
MB
4
BRN/WHT
MA
30
WHT/SLT
RXA-
5
SLT/WHT
RXA+
31
RED/BLU
TXA-
6
BLU/RED
TXA+
32
RED/ORN
RXS-
7
ORN/RED
RXS+
33
RED/GRN
TXS-
8
GRN/RED
TXS+
34
RED/BRN
EB
9
BRN/RED
EA
35
RED/SLT
MB
10
SLT/RED
MA
36
BLK/BLU
RXA-
11
BLU/BLK
RXA+
37
BLK/ORN
TXA-
12
ORN/BLK
TXA+
38
BLK/GRN
RXS-
13
GRN/BLK
RXS+
39
BLK/BRN
TXS-
14
BRN/BLK
TXS+
40
BLK/SLT
EB
15
SLT/BLK
EA
41
YEL/BLU
MB
16
BLU/YEL
MA
42
YEL/ORN
RXA-
17
ORN/YEL
RXA+
43
YEL/GRN
TXA-
18
GRN/YEL
TXA+
44
YEL/BRN
RXS-
19
BRN/YEL
RXS+
45
YEL/SLT
TXS-
20
SLT/YEL
TXS+
46
VIO/BLU
EB
21
BLU/VIO
EA
47
VIO/ORN
MB
22
ORN/VIO
MA
48
VIO/GRN
RXA-
23
GRN/VIO
RXA+
49
VIO/BRN
TXA-
24
BRN/VIO
TXA+
50
VIO/SLT
25
SLT/VIO
UNIT 1
UNIT 2
25
50
24
49
23
48
22
47
21
46
20
45
19
44
18
43
17
42
16
41
15
40
14
39
13
38
12
37
11
36
10
35
9
34
8
33
7
32
6
31
5
30
4
29
3
28
2
27
1
26
MALE CONNECTOR FOR CABLES TO UNITS 1, 2, 3 AND 4
UNIT 3
UNIT 4
Figure 7-27 SWITCH (RNT) PUNCH BLOCK
7-27
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
J105
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
WATCH DOG
S101
ON
4
3
RNT RS-232
2
1
RESET
P101
S102
SEC AUDIO
TO RNT
U149
TX
RX NET
5
4
3
2
1
SPEAKER
1
VOTER AUDIO 25
NOISE
LEVEL
7-28
P100
RX WB AUDIO 27
13 MAIN AUDIO TO RNT
VOTER
AUDIO
LEVEL
RX VOICE
LEVEL
TX VOICE
LEVEL
R305 R233
RX VOICE 31
TX VOICE 32
Figure 7-28 MAC ALIGNMENT POINTS
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
3 TXS+
4 TXS-
2
R237
J101
J104
3
RX DATA
LEVEL
J102
R235
SPEAKER/MIC
1
4
RX AUDIO
ADJUST
R234
LOCAL MIC
17
5
MAIN AUDIO
FROM RNT
R236
ON/OFF/VOL
6
R238
LOCAL SPKR
7
R243
U151
ON
8
MAIN AUDIO
TO RNT
R100
TX
DATA
LEVEL
SECONDARY AUDIO
TO RNT
S100
R239
EXTERNAL MODEM
2-3/4-5 NORMAL OPERATION
1-2/3-4 LTR DATA MODEM
FSK
TO RNT
SEC AUDIO
FROM RNT
R244
TEST POINT
J100
R301
MOD
LEVEL
A D LEVEL
R242 R241
J103
R240
GND
TX
VOICE
LEVEL
15 TX AUDIO +
16 TX AUDIO -
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
S3
ON
S2
ON
33
12 3 4 12 3 45 67 8
BALANCED RX/TX
RESET
S1
1
WATCHDOG
J6
12 3
J5
1 2 3 HSDB
11.059 12
MULTI-NET
24 6
P1
J4
EPROM MEMORY
1 3 5 LOADING
1 10
DS1
USED WITH CR3/4 FOR ALARMS
5
6
CR1
GRN - MPC OPERATIONAL (BLINKING)
CR2
YEL - ON = HIGH POWER, OFF = LOW POWER
CR5
YEL - ON = LTR, OFF = MULTI-NET
CR4
RED
CR3
RED
64
USED WITH DS1 FOR ALARMS
+5V
7A 1
2
J1
32
J2
PROGRAMMING
CONNECTOR
3 21
+12V
MEMORY
SELECT
6
8B
COMPUTER I/O
12
J3
76800
38400
19200
9600
4800
2400
1200
13 14
Figure 7-29 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS
7-29
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
ALARM 1
1
8
S500
ALARM 3
S502
5
2
GND
1
8
S503
3
4
GND
1
S501
5
2
+5V
+15V
33 1
3
4
GND
ALARM 4
+5V
+15V
1
8
3
4
5
8
2
ALARM 2
+5V
+15V
5
2
+5V
+15V
3
4
GND
P500
J503
J504
1
1
2
3
ALARM 3
OUTPUT
1-2 ALARM
2-3 AD LEVEL
CR525
+15V (GRN)
CR523
+15V ACC (GRN)
CR524
-5V (GRN)
CR501
+5V (GRN)
CR503
CWID (GRN)
CR502
HANG (YEL)
CR505
SWITCH (YEL)
CR504
MOBILE (GRN)
CR500
XMIT(RED)
2 3
ALARM 4
OUTPUT
1-2 ALARM
2-3 AD LEVEL
64 32
17
J500
GROUND
J501
+15V TP
J502
POWER SUPPLY
DC ON/OFF
4 3 2 1
AD LEVEL TP
1
J505SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT
- INVERTED
- NON-INVERTING
- NON-INVERTING (U503 CONTROL)
P501
S508
32
Figure 7-30 INTERFACE ALARM CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
7-30
16
SECTION 8 SERVICING
8.1 INTRODUCTION
8.2 SYNTHESIZER SERVICING
8.1.1 PERIODIC CHECKS
8.2.1 INTRODUCTION
This repeater should be put on a regular maintenance schedule and an accurate performance record
maintained. Important checks are receiver sensitivity
and transmitter frequency, modulation, and power output. It is recommended that repeater performance be
checked regularly even though periodic checks are not
specifically required by the FCC.
Synthesizer malfunctions can be caused by no
VCO output, or the VCO is unlocked. The VCO can
be unlocked due to a bad synthesizer chip, an incomplete synthesizer phase-lock loop, or because the synthesizer chip is programmed incorrectly.
To make certain that the synthesizer chip is
receiving programming data, pins 17, 18 and 19 of the
chip should be monitored during programming. Pin
17 (Enable) will go from a high to a low level. Pin 18
(Clock) will go from low to high in narrow pulses.
Pin 19 (Data) goes from high to low with wider data
pulses.
8.1.2 SURFACE-MOUNTED COMPONENTS
A large number of the components used in this
repeater are the surface-mounted type. Since these
components are relatively small in size and are soldered directly to the PC board, care must be used
when they are replaced to prevent damage to the component or PC board. Surface-mounted components
should not be reused since they may be damaged by
the unsoldering process. For more information on
replacing surface-mounted components, refer to the
Surface-Mounted Device Handbook, Part No. 0010576-002.
When the VCO is locked, the lock detect line of
the synthesizer pin 2 is high with very narrow negative-going pulses. These pulses become wider when
the VCO is out of lock. When this unlock condition
exists either in the Exciter VCO or the Receiver VCO
it is relayed by the RF Interface board and is detected
by the MPC via the RF Data lines. The MPC then
does not allow the transmitter to key and the receiver
cannot unsquelch.
8.1.3 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
When the VCO is unlocked, the fR and fV inputs
to the phase detector are not in phase (refer to Sections
6.1.15 and 6.2.8). The phase detector in the synthesizer then causes the VCO control voltage to go to the
high or low end of its operating range (0 or 9V). This
in turn causes the VCO to oscillate at the high or low
end of its frequency range.
Schematic diagrams and component layouts of
the PC boards used in this repeater are located in Section 10. A component locator guide is also provided
for both the schematic and board layouts to aid in
component location.
8.1.4 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
As shown in Figures 6-1 and 6-4, a loop is
formed by the VCO, buffer, frequency input (FIN) and
the phase detector output (PD OUT). Therefore, if
any of these components begin to malfunction,
improper signals appear throughout the loop. However, correct operation of the counters can still be verified by measuring the input and output frequencies to
check the divide number.
A replacement parts list containing all the parts
used in this repeater is located in Section 9. Parts are
listed alpha numerically according to designator. For
information on ordering parts, refer to Section 1.10.
8.1.5 TCXO MODULES NOT SERVICEABLE
Transmit or Receive TCXOs are not field serviceable because if a part is changed, a factory recalibration must be performed to ensure that it stays
within its ±1 PPM tolerance.
Proceed as follows to check the input and output
signal of the synthesizer modules to determine if they
are operating properly.
8-1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SERVICING
8.2.2 TCXO MODULE
Modulus Control Signal
Check the signal at TCXO, pin 5. It should be
17.5 MHz for Y201 and Y401 at a level of approximately 3V P-P. If the TCXO is defective, it is not serviceable and must be replaced with a new unit as
described in Section 8.1.5.
•
The frequency of the modulus control signal on
TEST 1, pin 9 should be equal to the N counter output frequency (either in or out of lock). When the
VCO is in lock, this frequency should be 12.5 kHz.
•
The duty cycle of the modulus control signal determines the divide number of the prescaler. The duty
cycle (T1 ÷ T2) should be as follows:
Measure the signal at pin 20 (Ref In) of the synthesizer chip. It will be approximately 1V P-P. If the
signal is low here, the TCXO buffer circuit may be
defective.
T1 ÷ T2 = A Cntr Div No ÷ N Cntr Div No
T2 = 80 µs when locked.
8.2.3 VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
(VCO)
Check for VCO output signal with a high impedance RF voltmeter. If there is no output signal, or if
the frequency is greatly off, the VCO is defective.
0V
Next, monitor the signal level at pin 11 (F In) of
the synthesizer chip. If the signal is less than 100 mV
P-P, the VCO buffer is defective.
T1
T2
10us/DIV 2V/DIV
Lock Detector
Figure 8-2 MODULUS CONTROL WAVEFORM
When the VCO is locked on frequency, the waveform at pin 2 (Lock Det) should be as follows. When
the VCO is unlocked, the negative-going pulses
should be much wider than those shown in Figure 8-1.
If the lock detect circuit is operating properly, check
prescaler input pin 11 (F In).
If the modulus control signal is not correct, the
synthesizer may be defective or the logic may not be
programming the correct divide number.
8.2.4 INTERNAL PRESCALER
The operation of the N and A counters can be
observed by monitoring pins 16 and 19. Pin 16 (fV)
equals fin ÷ (64N+A) = 12.5 kHz if the synthesizer is
locked. Pin 9 is the modulus control signal.
Checking Prescaler Divide Number
The prescaler divide number can be checked by
measuring the input and output frequencies. The prescaler divide number can be calculated as follows. (A
and N counter divide numbers are calculated as
described in Section 8.2.5.)
Prescaler Divide Number =
64 + (A Cntr Div No ÷ N Cntr Div No)
0V
50ns
80us
10us/DIV 2V/DIV
Example: Channel 200 (receive)
Prescaler Div No = 64 + (60 ÷ 1056) = 64.0568
Figure 8-1 LOCK DETECT WAVEFORM
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
8-2
SERVICING
"A" Counter
Measure the prescaler input frequency at fin, pin
11. Then measure the output frequency at TEST 2,
pin 13 and calculate the divide number. If the VCO is
not locked on frequency, the divide number should
still be correct. The measured frequencies may not be
exactly as calculated due to counter accuracy and resolution limitations.
A Counter Divide Number =
(VCO freq (MHz) ÷ .0125) - (N Cntr Div No x 64)
Example: Channel 200 (receive)
NOTE: The counter should be connected to a high
stability reference oscillator.
A Cntr Div No = (845.550 ÷ .0125) - (1056 x 64)
= 67,644 - 67,584
= 60
Example: Channel 300, VCO locked on frequency
Example: Channel 200 (transmit)
845.550 MHz (pin 11) ÷ 13.200 (pin 13) = 64.0568
A Cntr Div No = (937.500 ÷ .0125) - (1171 x 64)
= 75,000 - 74,944
= 56
8.2.5 CALCULATING "N " AND "A " COUNTER
DIVIDE NUMBERS
8.3 RECEIVER SERVICING
"N" Counter
To isolate a receiver problem to a defective section, start by checking the DC voltages shown in Section 6.6.6 and on the schematic diagram (Section 10).
If that does not indicate the problem, perform the performance tests in Section 7.2 to isolate the problem. If
the synthesizer is out of lock, the receiver is also nonfunctional because the first injection and IF signals
will be incorrect.
N Counter Divide Number =
Integer (VCO Freq. (MHz) ÷ 0.8)
Example: Channel 200 (receive)
VCO freq = 898.500 - 52.95 = 845.550 MHz
N Cntr Div No = 845.550 ÷ 0.8 = 1056.9375
8.4 TRANSMITTER SERVICING
Integer (whole no.) of 1056.9375 = 1056
To isolate a transmitter problem to a defective
section, start by checking the DC voltages shown in
Sections 6.6.4 and 6.6.6 and on the schematic diagram
(Section 10). If that does not indicate the problem,
perform the Performance Tests in Section 7.3, 7.4 and
7.5 to isolate the problem. If the synthesizer is out of
lock, the Exciter is also nonfunctional because the
software will not allow the repeater to transmit.
Example: Channel 200 (transmit)
N Cntr Div No = 937.500 ÷ 0.8 = 1171.8750
Integer (whole no.) of 1171.8750 = 1171
8.5 POWER SUPPLY SERVICING
The power supply is a switch mode type with
very high voltages. It is highly recommended that the
power supply be returned to the factory for servicing
(see Section 1.8). A parts list, schematic and compo-
8-3
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SERVICING
nent layout are provided for those customers that desire to do their own repairs (see Sections 9 and 10).
AC FAIL
GND
+5V
+15V
-5V
+28V
A
2
10
1
4
7
3
11
5
8
6
12
9
B
C
GND
GND
+15V
THERMAL
SENSE
ON/OFF
Figure 8-3 POWER SUPPLY REAR VIEW
B-
B+
TEMP
REVERSE
BATTERY
CHARGER
ON
EARTH
GROUND
LINE
BATTERY
FAULT
NEUTRAL
Figure 8-4 POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
CHARGER
ACTIVE
SWITCH
8-4
SERVICING
The Japanese EIA Standard may also utilize a bar
to indicate the temperature coefficient.
Standby Battery Jack
This provides a connection point for a +24V DC
standby battery. Current is drawn from the battery
only when the repeater enable line is on and AC has
failed, or no AC is connected. A trickle charger can
be jumpered in to charge the battery when AC returns.
The charger jumper is removed when a separate battery charger is used (see Figure 8-4). The standby battery connection to the power supply must be ordered
installed from the factory.
Example: A2 - 100 pF NPO
XX = NPO
XX = N150
XX = N220
XX = N330
XX = N470
XX = N750
|XX = X7R
8.6.2 TANTALUM CHIP CAPS (510-26XX-XXX)
NOTE: A small amount (<30 mA) of current is drawn
from the batteries with the repeater off. If the repeater
is going to be turned off for more than one week (with
good batteries connected) the fuse should be removed
from the DC cable harness.
Tantalum chip capacitor identification varies with
vendor and physical size. The positive (+) end is usually indicated by a colored board or beveled edge.
The value and voltage may be indicated by printing on
the capacitor or by using a special code.
8.5.1 VOLTAGE CHECKS
8.6.3 CHIP INDUCTORS (542-9000-XXX)
Secondary voltages can be checked at the power
supply connector with the power supply removed
from the Repeater. First the on/off line must be
grounded, jumper pin 5 to ground, then check the supply voltages as shown (see Figure 8-2). If voltages are
absent the supply must be sent to the E.F. Johnson
Company.
Three colored dots are used to indicate the value
of chip inductors. The two dots on the left side indicate the first and second digits of the value in nanoHenries, and the single dot on the right side indicates
the multiplier (see Table 8-1).
Example: Dots - Brown-Black-Red
8.6 CHIP COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
10 nH x 100 = 1000 nH (1.0 µH)
8.6.1 CERAMIC CHIP CAPS (510-36XX-XXX)
The last three digits of the part number are also
the value and multiplier. The multiplier digits are
shown in Table 8-1.
Ceramic chip capacitors are identified using
either an American or Japanese EIA standard. The
values for both standards are shown in Table 8-2.
8.6.4 CHIP RESISTORS
American EIA Standard
The value of chip resistors is indicated by a number printed on the resistor. A 3-digit number is used to
identify ±5% and ±10% resistors, and a 4-digit number is used to identify ±1% resistors.
This uses a single letter or number to indicate the
value, and the color of this letter or number to indicate
the multiplier.
The 3-digit number used to identify ±5% and
±10% resistors corresponds to the last 3-digits of the
E.F. Johnson part number. This number is derived as
shown.
Example:
Japanese EIA Standard
This uses a letter to indicate the value followed
by a number to indicate the multiplier.
Example: 15 pF capacitor
273
339
American - Single Black "E"
Japanese -"E1"
8-5
27k ohm
3.3 ohm
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SERVICING
Some resistors with a ±1% tolerance are identified by a 4-digit number and others may not have a
marking. When identified with a 4-digit number, the
first three digits are the value and the fourth is the multiplier.
American EIA Standard
Japanese EIA Standard
Example: 5761
First Letter/
Number
Value (pF)
First Letter/
Number
Value (pF)
A
B
C
D
E
H
I
J
K
L
N
O
R
S
T
V
W
X
Y
Z
3
4
7
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
18
20
22
24
27
30
33
36
39
43
47
51
56
62
68
75
82
91
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.7
3.0
3.3
3.6
3.9
4.3
4.7
5.1
5.6
6.2
6.8
7.5
8.2
9.1
Color
Multiplier
Second
Number
Multiplier
Table 8-2 CERAMIC CHIP CAP
IDENTIFICATION
5.76k ohm
X
X
X
Value in ohms
Multiplier
0=0
1 = 10
2 = 100
3 = 1k
4 = 10k
5 = 100k
6 = 1M
7 = 10M
8 = 0.01
9 = 0.1
Figure 8-5 3-DIGIT RESISTOR
Table 8-1 CHIP INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION
Color
Black
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Violet
Gray
White
1st Digit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
2nd Digit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Orange
Black
Green
Blue
Violet
Red
Multiplier
(Last PN Digit)
1 (7)
10 (8)
100 (9)
1000 (0)
10,000 (1)
100,000 (2)
------0.1 (6)
0.1
1
10
100
1000
10,000
0
1
2
3
4
5
1
10
100
1000
10,000
100,000
8.6.5 CHIP TRANSISTORS AND DIODES
Surface mounted transistors and diodes are identified by a special number that is shown in a table on
Page 10-1.
8-6
SERVICING
8.7 BERYLLIUM PRODUCT WARNING
Q501, Q502, Q503, R504, R505 in the 75W
power amplifier and R685 R701, R702, R703, R716,
R717, R730, Q502, Q701, Q702, Q703, Q704 in the
160W Power Amplifier contain Beryllium (BeO).
Inhalation of dust or fumes may cause serious chronic
lung disease. Refer to the Material Safety Data Sheets
for further details.
8.8 GRAFOIL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
When replacing a device that uses Grafoil for the
thermal interface, the Grafoil must be replaced. The
old Grafoil must be completely removed from the
heatsink. To avoid scuffing the heatsink a plastic
scraper (e.g. tuning tool) should be used to remove the
old Grafoil.
8-7
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SERVICING
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
8-8
SECTION 9 PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
900 MHz LTR-Net 75W REPEATER
PART NO. 242-2009-632
900 MHz 75W REPEATER ASSEMBLY
PART NO. 023-2009-932
A 003 900 MHz 75W repeater assem 023-2009-932
A 006 Tx/Rx module assembly
023-2009-832
A 010 2000 series power supply
023-2000-800
A 002
A 004
A 005
A 008
A 009
A 010
A 011
HW001 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-012
MP001 PA hold down bracket
017-2210-032
PA001
PA002
PA003
PA004
023-2000-310
023-2000-320
023-2000-350
023-2000-200
Main Processor Card assem**
Main Audio Card assem**
Interface Alarm Card assem**
Repeater enclosure assembly
U 014 HSDB LTR-Net software
W 013 AC power cord 6’7" 16 AWG 597-1001-013
900 MHz LTR-Net 160W REPEATER
PART NO. 242-2009-634
A 003 900 MHz 175W repeater assem 023-2009-934
A 006 Tx/Rx module assembly
023-2009-832
A 010 2000 series power supply
023-2000-800
HW001 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-012
017-2210-032
PA001
PA002
PA003
PA004
023-2000-310
023-2000-320
023-2000-350
023-2000-200
Main Processor Card assem**
Main Audio Card assem**
Interface Alarm Card assem**
Repeater enclosure assembly
U 014 HSDB LTR-Net software
895 MHz drop-in circulator
PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon
PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon
N ST BK cable assembly
PA RF input coax SMB
Forward/Reverse Power
800 MHz LPF assembly
023-2009-732
023-2008-110
023-2009-500
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
12 pF 250V mini mica
12 pF 250V mini mica
22 pF 250V mini mica
22 pF 250V mini mica
6.2 pF 250V mini mica
6.2 pF 250V mini mica
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-0019-120
510-0019-120
510-0019-220
510-0019-220
510-0219-629
510-0219-629
EP500 Jumper/RF Power Detector
023-9998-456
585-0590-005
023-2000-190
023-2000-190
416-0614-001
597-3002-031
023-2008-680
023-2008-630
PA001 75W PA mechanical assem
PA008 RF Interface board assembly
PA009 900 MHz 75W PA assembly
C 001
C 002
C 003
C 004
C 005
C 006
C 007
C 008
C 009
C 010
C 011
C 012
C 013
C 523
C 524
C 525
C 526
C 586
C 587
023-9998-456
MP033 PA hold down bracket
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
016-2228-015
HW003 5/8-24 x 0.094 hex nut NPB 560-9079-028
HW004 5/8 x 0.02 lockwasher int CPS 596-9119-028
W 013 AC power cord 6’7" 16 AWG 597-1001-013
J 001
2-pin lock receptacle #22
515-9032-232
**Requires Application Engineering authorization to
purchase.
9-1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
Q 501* 30W 900 MHz 24V MRF894 576-0004-821
Q 502* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820
Q 503* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820
R 508* 100 ohm 20W flange mount 569-5001-001
R 509* 100 ohm 100W flange mount 569-5001-002
R 685* 50 ohm 250W flange mount 569-5001-003
U 501
6W 870-950 MHz power mod 544-4001-051
900 MHz 160W REPEATER ASSEMBLY
PART NO. 023-2009-934
A 002
A 004
A 005
A 008
A 009
A 010
A 011
895 MHz drop-in circulator
PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon
PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon
N ST BK cable assembly
PA RF input coax SMB
Forward/Reverse Power
800 MHz LPF assembly
PA001 160W PA mechanical assem
PA008 RF Interface board assembly
PA009 160W PA assembly
C 001
C 002
C 003
C 004
C 005
C 006
C 007
C 008
C 009
C 010
C 011
C 012
C 013
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
EP500 Jumper, RF Power Detector
585-0590-005
023-2000-190
023-2000-190
416-0614-001
597-3002-031
023-2008-680
023-2008-630
2-pin lock receptacle #22
2-pin lock receptacle #22
PART
NUMBER
Q 502*
Q 701*
Q 702*
Q 703*
Q 704*
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
576-0004-820
576-0004-820
576-0004-820
576-0004-820
576-0004-820
R 685*
R 701*
R 702*
R 703*
R 716*
R 717*
R 730*
50 ohm 250W flange mount
100 ohm 20W flange mount
100 ohm 20W flange mount
100 ohm 100W flange mount
100 ohm 20W flange mount
100 ohm 100W flange mount
100 ohm 100W flange mount
569-5001-003
569-5001-001
569-5001-001
569-5001-002
569-5001-001
569-5001-002
569-5001-002
U 501 18W 870-950 MHz power mod 544-4001-029
TRANSMIT/RECEIVE MODULE
PART NO. 023-2009-832
023-2009-734
023-2008-110
023-2009-520
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
HW001 5/8-24 X 0.094 hex nut NPB
HW002 5/8 x 0.02 lockwasher int. CPS
HW249 10-32 mach panhead phil ZPS
HW250 #10 flat washer ZPS
560-9079-028
596-9119-028
575-1610-020
596-1410-016
J 202 BNC panel mount
515-3005-002
MP200 Transceiver pad
017-2210-105
PA002 Transceiver
PA004 900 MHz Receiver
PA005 900 MHz Exciter
023-2000-205
023-2009-200
023-2009-400
REPEATER ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY
PART NO. 023-2000-200
A 004
A 005
A 006
A 007
A 008
A 009
A 010
A 011
016-2228-015
HW003 5/8-24 x 0.094 hex nut NPB
560-9079-028
HW004 5/8 x 0.02 lockwasher int CPS 596-9119-028
J 001
J 002
DESCRIPTION
Shelf power harness assembly
High speed data bus harness
Input/Output harness assem
Alarm harness assembly
RF input harness assembly
Controller backplane card
External connector board
Power supply filter board
CH017 Chassis
515-9032-232
515-9032-232
023-2000-165
023-2000-170
023-2000-175
023-2000-180
023-2000-185
023-2000-210
023-2000-220
023-2000-250
017-2210-080
*DANGER Beryllium Product. Inhalation of dust or fumes may cause serious chronic lung disease. See Material Safety Data Sheets for details.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
9-2
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
EP001
EP002
EP010
EP011
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
Ferrite bead
Ferrite bead
3/8" heat shrink tubing
1/2" tubing
517-2002-008
517-2002-009
042-0241-556
042-0241-557
HW013
HW014
HW016
HW017
HW018
HW019
HW020
HW021
HW022
HW023
HW024
HW025
HW026
HW027
HW029
HW030
HW031
HW032
HW033
HW036
6-32 machine panhead philips
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
8-32 panhead philips ZPS
10-32 machine panhead phil
6-19 panhead philips ZPS
6-32 machine flathead philips
6-32 x 0.094 nut
8-32 socket head shield screw
8 x 0.032 flat washer NPB
#10 flat washer NPB
1/2" cable clamp
Ratcheting flat wire
Floating connector shield
Floating connector cushion
Speed nut 0.093 stud
4-40 shield screw
Lens, adhesive
6-32 machine panhead philips
6 x 0.018 lockwasher
High vinyl foot
575-1606-014
575-1606-012
575-1608-012
575-1610-016
575-5606-008
575-8206-012
560-1106-010
575-9078-106
596-2408-012
596-1410-016
572-0001-007
572-0011-005
018-1007-028
018-1132-150
537-0002-004
575-9078-105
574-3002-115
575-1606-024
596-1106-009
574-1004-003
J 010
J 011
J 012
Banana jack assembly .166
Banana jack assembly .166
Banana jack assembly .166
108-2302-621
108-2303-621
108-2301-621
MP001
MP012
MP013
MP015
MP017
MP018
MP019
MP020
MP021
MP022
MP024
MP025
MP026
MP028
MP029
MP030
MP031
PA floating connector bracket
8-32 x 1.15 spacer 0.375
Guide pin shield
Chassis top cover
Door lock rod
Mounting ears
Door lock cam
Front door lens
PA slide
Front door
Slide lock cam
Card guide 4.5"
PA conn floating plate
Flexible grommet
Flexible grommet
Spacer
Spacer
017-2210-099
013-1723-221
013-1723-220
017-2210-070
013-1723-225
017-2210-085
017-2210-110
032-0758-025
032-0758-015
032-0758-020
537-9007-012
574-9015-006
017-2226-020
574-0001-030
574-0001-030
013-1723-228
013-1723-229
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
MP032 Dowel pin guide
013-1723-230
NP001 Nameplate E.F. Johnson
559-5861-163
TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL
PART NO. 023-2000-205
CH252 Transceiver housing
015-0902-010
EP252 0.093 OD RF shield gasket
574-3002-036
HW272 6-32 pan torx ZPS
575-0006-010
HW273 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-016
MP253 Transceiver deck cover
015-0902-015
CONTROLLER BACKPLANE CARD
PART NO. 023-2000-210
9-3
F 001 4 Amp 250V submin fuse
F 002 4 Amp 250V submin fuse
F 003 1 Amp 250V submin fuse
534-0017-020
534-0017-020
534-0017-014
FH001 Fuse holder
FH002 Fuse holder
FH003 Fuse holder
534-0017-001
534-0017-001
534-0017-001
HW012 Polarizing key box cont
515-7109-010
J 001
J 002
515-9031-400
515-9031-400
34-pos latch ejection header
34-pos latch ejection header
MP001 Round swage spacer 0.5"
MP002 Round swage spacer 0.75"
312-2483-216
312-2483-224
P 001
P 002
P 003
P 004
P 005
P 006
P 007
P 008
P 009
P 010
P 011
P 012
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-200
515-9031-397
515-9031-205
515-7082-201
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
26-pin locking straight header
6-pin friction lock conn
64-pin DIN female straight
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
P 013
P 014
P 015
P 016
P 017
P 018
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
32-pin DIN female straight
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
64-pin DIN female straight
PC001 PC board
SYMBOL
NUMBER
515-7082-200
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-201
035-2000-210
EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-220
HW001 6-32 ss pem fastener
HW002 Polarizing key box cnt
560-9106-010
515-7109-010
J 001
J 002
J 003
J 004
J 005
515-7110-426
515-7110-434
515-9031-400
515-2006-046
515-2006-046
26-pos terminal block PC mt
34-pos terminal block PC mt
34-pos latch ejection header
8-pos modular jack
8-pos modular jack
MP001 Insulator
018-1132-018
NP001 External connector label
559-0069-060
P 001
P 002
26-pin locking straight header 515-9031-397
8-pin friction lock header
515-9031-207
PC001 PC board
035-2000-220
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-250
EP020 Ferrite bead
EP021 Ferrite bead
517-2002-009
517-2002-009
MP001 Round tapped swage spacer
MP002 Round tapped swage spacer
312-2493-212
312-2493-212
PC001 PC board
035-2000-250
RF INTERFACE BOARD
PART NO. 023-2008-110
C 101
C 102
C 103
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
510-3606-104
510-2626-229
510-2625-479
9-4
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
C 104
C 105
C 107
C 108
C 109
C 110
C 111
C 112
C 113
C 114
C 115
C 116
C 117
C 119
C 120
C 125
C 126
C 130
C 132
C 135
C 138
C 141
C 143
C 149
C 150
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
1000 µF 50V
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3606-104
510-3602-390
510-2626-229
510-3605-183
510-3602-102
510-3606-104
510-3606-473
510-2628-109
510-3606-473
510-2628-109
510-3606-473
510-3606-103
510-4076-102
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-103
510-3605-183
510-3606-104
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3602-102
CR101
CR103
CR104
CR107
CR108
CR109
CR110
CR111
Switching SOT-23
3.9V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
Dual switching common-cath
523-1504-002
523-2016-399
523-2016-519
523-2016-519
523-2016-519
523-2016-519
523-2016-519
523-1504-022
EP101
EP102
EP103
EP104
EP105
Terminal lug 2104-06
Terminal lug 2104-06
Terminal lug 2104-06
Terminal lug 2104-06
Terminal lug 2104-06
586-0005-106
586-0005-106
586-0005-106
586-0005-106
586-0005-106
F 101
F 102
2A 250V AC sub-min
2A 250V AC sub-min
534-0017-017
534-0017-017
FH101 Fuse holder PC mount
FH102 Fuse holder PC mount
534-1017-001
534-1017-001
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
HW105
HW106
HW240
HW247
Polarizing key box cnt
Polarizing key box cnt
#6 plit lock washer ZPS
6-32 machine pan head philips
515-7109-010
515-7109-010
596-1306-008
575-1606-012
J 101
J 102
J 103
J 104
36-pin right angle radial
20-pin straight low profile
20-pin straight low profile
4-pin right angle header
515-0511-001
515-9031-376
515-9031-376
515-9035-004
L 101
3 µH filter choke PC mount
542-5007-031
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 065
R 066
R 073
R 074
R 075
R 076
R 078
R 079
R 080
R 081
R 082
R 083
R 084
R 085
R 086
R 087
R 088
R 089
R 090
R 091
R 092
R 093
R 094
R 095
R 100
R 101
R 102
R 103
R 104
R 105
R 106
R 107
R 108
R 109
R 110
R 111
R 112
R 113
R 114
R 115
R 116
R 117
R 118
R 119
R 120
R 121
R 122
MP101 PA connector mounting shield 032-0758-028
P 101
P 102
P 103
P 104
P 105
Banana plug panel mount
Banana plug panel mount
Banana plug panel mount
Banana plug panel mount
Banana plug panel mount
108-0753-001
108-0753-001
108-0753-001
108-0753-001
108-0753-001
PC100 PC board
035-2008-110
Q 101
Q 102
Q 103
Q 104
Q 105
Q 106
Q 107
Q 108
Si PNP low noise SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
PNP D-pak power
Si NPN low noise SOT-23
Si NPN amp SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
PNP D-pak power
Si NPN gen purp sw/amp
576-0003-657
576-0003-600
576-0002-603
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
576-0003-600
576-0002-603
576-0001-300
R 045
R 046
R 048
R 049
R 050
R 051
R 052
R 053
R 054
R 055
R 056
R 057
R 059
R 061
R 063
R 064
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.99k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-101
569-0115-101
569-0115-102
569-0115-001
569-0111-368
569-0115-101
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-272
569-0115-474
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-433
569-0115-103
569-0115-433
9-5
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5k ohm single turn trimmer
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
560 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
569-0115-103
569-0115-433
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
562-1112-502
569-0115-274
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0115-471
569-0115-274
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0115-471
569-0115-274
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0115-471
569-0115-274
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0115-471
569-0115-512
569-0115-102
569-0115-101
569-0115-102
569-0115-272
569-0115-274
569-0115-274
569-0115-272
569-0115-103
569-0115-561
569-0115-272
569-0115-102
569-0115-512
569-0115-331
569-0115-102
569-0115-182
569-0115-182
569-0115-471
569-0115-471
569-0115-271
569-0111-430
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 123
R 124
R 125
R 126
R 127
R 128
R 129
R 130
R 131
R 132
R 133
R 134
R 135
R 136
R 137
R 138
R 139
R 140
R 141
R 142
R 143
R 144
R 145
R 146
R 147
R 148
R 149
R 150
R 151
R 152
R 153
R 154
R 155
R 156
R 157
R 158
R 159
R 160
R 161
R 162
R 163
R 164
R 165
R 166
R 167
R 168
R 169
DESCRIPTION
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
569-0111-430
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0111-301
569-0115-103
569-0115-274
9-6
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
R 170
R 171
R 172
R 173
R 174
R 175
R 176
R 177
R 178
R 179
R 180
R 181
R 182
R 183
R 184
R 185
R 186
R 187
R 188
R 189
R 190
R 191
R 192
R 193
R 194
R 197
R 198
R 199
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
511 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0111-301
569-0111-269
569-0115-102
569-0115-332
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-223
569-0115-103
569-0115-153
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-223
569-0115-103
569-0115-153
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
U 101
U 102
U 103
U 104
U 105
U 106
U 107
U 108
U 109
U 110
U 111
U 112
+5V regulator 78L05
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
8-bit shift register MC14094
8-chan mux 4051
8-chan mux 4051
8-chan mux 4051
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Quad op amp SOIC LM224
Hex non-inv buffer 4050B
Dual op amp SO-8 LM2904
Quad op amp SOIC LM224
544-2603-039
544-2019-004
544-3016-094
544-3016-051
544-3016-051
544-3016-051
544-2019-004
544-2019-004
544-2020-014
544-3016-050
544-2019-004
544-2020-014
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
NUMBER
RECEIVE VCO
PART NO. 023-2009-800
C 803
C 804
C 805
C 806
C 807
C 808
C 809
C 810
C 811
C 812
C 813
1 pF ±0.1 pF 150V chip
2.7 pF ±0.1 pF 150V chip
.47 µF 16V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 10V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
3.9 pF 150V chip
5.6 pF 150V chip
510-3356-109
510-3656-279
510-2625-478
510-2624-479
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-2626-150
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3656-399
510-3656-569
CR802 Varactor 105G SOT-23
523-1504-015
.039 µH inductor SMD
.039 µH inductor SMD
.039 µH inductor SMD
542-9001-397
542-9001-397
542-9001-397
L 803
L 804
L 805
PC801 PC board
C 207
C 208
C 209
C 210
C 211
C 212
C 213
C 214
C 215
C 216
C 217
C 218
C 219
C 220
C 221
C 222
C 224
C 225
C 226
C 227
C 228
C 229
C 230
C 231
C 232
C 233
C 234
C 235
C 236
C 237
C 238
C 240
C 241
C 242
C 243
C 244
C 245
C 246
C 247
C 248
C 249
C 250
C 251
C 252
C 253
C 254
C 255
035-2009-800
Q 801
Q 802
Si NPN gen purp switch/amp 576-0001-300
NPN UHF low noise SOT-23 576-0003-636
R 801
R 802
R 803
R 804
R 805
R 806
R 807
10 ohm ±5% 0805 chip
3.6k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
100 ohm ±5% 0805 chip
4.7k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
5.1k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
6.2k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0105-100
569-0105-362
569-0105-101
569-0105-472
569-0105-512
569-0105-622
569-0115-181
900 MHz RECEIVER
PART NO. 023-2009-200
A 006
A 201
A 202
A 203
900 MHz VCO assembly
RF input coax assembly
OCXO coax cable assembly
Top shield assembly
023-2009-800
023-2000-161
597-3001-215
023-2000-199
C 201
C 202
C 203
C 204
C 205
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
33 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3602-569
510-3602-439
510-2625-479
510-3602-330
510-3602-100
9-7
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
33 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
8.2 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
7.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
120 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
220 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
220 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206
390 pF ±5% NPO 1206
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
33 µF 10V tantalum SMD
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
56 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
510-3602-309
510-3602-330
510-3602-829
510-3602-689
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-2625-479
510-3602-759
510-3602-759
510-3602-759
510-3607-104
510-3602-102
510-3607-104
510-3602-102
510-3607-104
510-3602-121
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3602-101
510-2625-479
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3602-221
510-3602-221
510-3602-569
510-3602-391
510-2625-479
510-3607-104
510-3607-104
510-3607-104
510-3606-103
510-2524-330
510-2625-109
510-3602-560
510-3602-102
510-3606-103
510-3602-101
510-3606-103
510-3602-102
510-3606-103
510-3602-101
510-3607-104
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 256
C 257
C 258
C 259
C 260
C 261
C 262
C 264
C 266
C 267
C 268
C 269
C 270
C 271
C 272
C 273
C 274
C 275
C 277
C 278
C 279
C 280
C 281
C 282
C 284
C 285
C 286
C 287
C 288
C 289
C 290
C 291
C 292
C 293
C 294
C 295
C 296
C 297
C 298
C 299
C 300
C 301
C 303
C 304
C 305
C 306
C 307
DESCRIPTION
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
3.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
7.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
7.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
18 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
3.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
18 pF ±5% NPO 1206
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
510-3607-104
510-3607-104
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-339
510-3602-759
510-3602-759
510-2625-479
510-3602-390
510-3602-159
510-3602-270
510-3602-101
510-3602-569
510-3602-180
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-339
510-3602-689
510-3602-270
510-2625-479
510-3602-569
510-2625-479
510-3602-270
510-3602-109
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-2627-159
510-3602-689
510-2625-479
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-2627-159
510-3606-103
510-2625-479
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-2627-159
510-2625-479
510-2625-479
510-3602-102
510-3602-390
510-3606-104
510-3602-270
510-3606-103
510-3602-180
510-3602-101
C 308
C 309
C 310
C 311
C 312
C 313
C 314
C 315
C 316
C 317
C 318
C 319
C 320
C 321
C 322
C 323
C 324
C 325
C 326
C 328
C 329
C 330
C 331
C 332
C 333
C 334
C 335
C 336
C 337
C 338
C 356
C 358
C 360
C 363
C 364
C 365
C 366
C 367
C 368
C 369
C 370
C 371
C 372
C 373
DESCRIPTION
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
1 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
820 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
33 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
2 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
3.9 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
120 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±10% X7R 1206
1.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±10% X7R 1206
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
3.9 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
CH200 3-cavity helical front end
CH201 3-cavity helical front end
9-8
PART
NUMBER
510-2625-479
510-3602-109
510-3602-270
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3602-102
510-3606-103
510-3602-102
510-3606-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-101
510-3602-101
510-3602-309
510-3602-821
510-3607-104
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-2625-479
510-3602-330
510-3606-103
510-3602-209
510-3602-399
510-3602-121
510-3606-102
510-3602-159
510-2625-479
510-3606-102
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-139
510-3602-139
510-3602-399
015-0901-038
015-0901-038
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
CH202 2-cavity helical front end
CH203 1-cavity helical front end
015-0901-028
015-0901-010
CR201
CR204
CR205
CR206
Hot carrier diode SOT-23
Si 9.1V zener SOT-23
5.6V zener SOT-23
5.6V zener SOT-23
523-1504-016
523-2016-919
623-2016-569
623-2016-569
EP200
EP202
EP204
EP206
Mini ceramic crystal pin insul
Ferrite bead SMD 1206
Ferrite bead SMD 1206
Ferrite bead SMD 1206
010-0345-280
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-002
HW200
HW201
HW202
HW203
HW204
HW205
HW206
10-32 hex set screw NPB
10-32 hex set screw NPB
Tension lock nut CPS
6-32 panhead torx
4-40 panhead slot nylon screw
Polarizing key box cnt
6-32 pan torx ZPS
575-9059-032
575-9059-024
560-1810-022
575-0006-008
575-4504-008
515-7109-010
575-0006-008
J 201
20-pin right angle header
515-9031-375
L 201
L 202
L 203
L 204
L 205
L 206
L 207
L 209
L 210
L 211
L 212
L 213
L 214
L 215
L 216
L 217
L 218
L 219
L 220
L 221
L 222
L 223
L 224
L 225
Helical coil 2 1/16 turns
Helical coil 2 1/16 turns
Helical coil 2 1/16 turns
Helical coil 2 1/16 turns
Helical coil 2 1/16 turns
Helical coil 2 1/16 turns
0.9 µH variable inductor 7mm
0.9 µH variable inductor 7mm
2.5T coil 22 AWG
0.9 µH variable inductor 7mm
1.5T coil 22 AWG
0.82 µH inductor SMD
.1 µH inductor SMD
.1 µH inductor SMD
.1 µH inductor SMD
10 µH inductor SMD
.1 µH inductor SMD
.018 µH inductor SMD
2 1/4 turn helical coil
4T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air
2T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air
Helical coil
Helical coil
0.9 µH variable inductor 7mm
016-2186-208
016-2186-209
016-2186-208
016-2186-208
016-2186-209
016-2186-208
542-1012-008
542-1012-008
542-0010-025
542-1012-008
542-0010-015
542-9001-828
542-9001-108
542-9001-108
542-9001-108
542-9001-100
542-9001-108
542-9001-187
016-2186-252
542-0015-004
542-0015-002
016-2186-204
016-2186-204
542-1012-008
SYMBOL
NUMBER
9-9
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
L 226
L 227
L 228
L 230
3T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air
3T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air
4T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air
0.82 µH inductor SMD
542-0015-003
542-0015-003
542-0015-004
542-9001-828
MP200
MP201
MP203
MP204
MP206
MP210
Helical coil form
Helical core
Damped washer 0.125
Bottom shield
Grounding clip
Receive shield
013-1627-102
013-1627-105
018-1132-152
017-2210-101
537-5001-002
017-2210-019
PC201 PC board
035-2009-200
Q 201
Q 202
Q 203
Q 204
Q 205
Q 206
Q 207
Q 208
Q 209
Q 210
Q 211
Q 214
Q 215
Q 216
Q 217
NPN RF amp low noise
Si NPN RF amp SOT-23
Si NPN amp SOT-23
Si NPN amp SOT-23
Si NPN amp
Si NPN amp SOT-23
Si NPN amp SOT-23
NPN UHF low noise SOT-23
NPN UHF low noise SOT-23
Si NPN amp SOT-23
Si NPN amp SOT-23
NPN UHF low noise SOT-23
NPN UHF low noise SOT-23
NPN .2-2 GHz SO-8 amp
NPN 750 mW UHF/800 MHz
576-0003-610
576-0003-602
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-636
576-0003-636
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-636
576-0003-636
576-0003-604
576-0004-098
R 201
R 202
R 203
R 204
R 205
R 206
R 207
R 208
R 209
R 211
R 212
R 213
R 214
R 215
R 217
R 218
R 219
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
510 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
510 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
680 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-272
569-0115-201
569-0115-201
569-0115-271
569-0115-511
569-0115-100
569-0115-511
569-0115-182
569-0115-681
569-0115-510
569-0115-104
569-0115-512
569-0115-513
569-0115-182
569-0115-332
569-0115-272
569-0115-101
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 220
R 221
R 222
R 223
R 224
R 225
R 226
R 227
R 228
R 229
R 230
R 231
R 232
R 233
R 234
R 235
R 236
R 237
R 238
R 239
R 240
R 241
R 242
R 243
R 244
R 245
R 246
R 248
R 249
R 250
R 251
R 252
R 253
R 254
R 255
R 256
R 257
R 258
R 260
R 261
R 262
R 263
R 264
R 265
R 266
R 267
R 268
DESCRIPTION
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
16k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
27k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
5k ohm single turn trimmer
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5k ohm single turn trimmer
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
294 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0115-101
569-0115-181
569-0115-332
569-0115-272
569-0115-101
569-0115-101
569-0115-181
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-100
569-0115-271
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
569-0115-203
569-0115-101
569-0115-392
569-0115-241
569-0115-510
569-0115-271
569-0115-100
569-0115-272
569-0115-332
569-0115-332
569-0115-163
569-0115-102
569-0115-272
569-0115-332
569-0115-271
569-0115-332
569-0115-363
569-0115-103
569-0115-244
569-0115-273
569-0115-203
569-0115-101
569-0115-101
569-0115-001
562-0112-502
569-0115-103
569-0115-244
562-0112-502
569-0115-102
569-0115-221
569-0111-246
569-0111-301
PART
NUMBER
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
910 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.6k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.6k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5k ohm single turn trimmer
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
390 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
510 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
560 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
569-0115-911
569-0115-241
569-0115-101
569-0115-100
569-0115-682
569-0115-473
569-0115-151
569-0115-162
569-0115-162
569-0115-104
569-0115-102
569-0115-101
562-0112-502
569-0115-301
569-0115-180
569-0115-301
569-0115-152
569-0115-132
569-0115-750
569-0115-510
569-0115-100
569-0115-391
569-0115-102
569-0115-221
569-0115-101
569-0115-360
569-0115-360
569-0115-221
569-0115-221
569-0115-430
569-0115-241
569-0115-432
569-0115-100
569-0115-221
569-0115-221
569-0115-271
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-511
569-0115-561
569-0115-001
569-0115-103
RT101 1k ohm ±5% thermistor chip
569-3013-002
R 269
R 270
R 271
R 272
R 273
R 274
R 275
R 276
R 277
R 278
R 279
R 280
R 281
R 283
R 284
R 285
R 286
R 287
R 290
R 291
R 292
R 293
R 294
R 295
R 296
R 297
R 298
R 299
R 300
R 301
R 302
R 303
R 304
R 311
R 312
R 313
R 314
R 315
R 316
R 319
R 321
R 322
R 323
R 324
9-10
DESCRIPTION
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
TP001
TP003
TP004
TP005
TP006
Red tip jack, vert. 0.08
Red tip jack, vert. 0.08
Red tip jack, vert. 0.08
Red tip jack, vert. 0.08
Red tip jack, vert. 0.08
105-2002-211
105-2002-211
105-2002-211
105-2002-211
105-2002-211
U 201
U 202
U 203
U 204
U 206
U 207
U 208
U 209
U 210
U 211
Mixer LRMS-2H
544-0007-013
FM IF MC3371D SO-16
544-2002-031
Dual op amp SO-8
544-2019-004
Op amp SO-8 MC33172D
544-2019-017
+12V regulator 78L12 SO-8 544-2603-032
+12V regulator 78L12 SO-8 544-2603-032
+5V regulator 78L05 SO-8
544-2603-039
Synthesizer MC145190F SOIC 544-3954-026
+12V regulator SOIC 78L12 544-2603-032
Single op amp LMC7101
544-2016-001
SYMBOL
NUMBER
L 805
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
.022 µH inductor SMD
542-9001-227
PC801 PC board
035-2009-800
Q 801
Q 802
Si NPN gen purp switch/amp 576-0001-300
NPN low noise SOT-23
576-0003-636
R 801
R 802
R 803
R 804
R 805
R 806
R 807
R 814
10 ohm ±5% 0805 chip
3.6k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
100 ohm ±5% 0805 chip
12k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
5.1k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
6.2k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
180 ohm ±5% 0805 chip
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0105-100
569-0105-362
569-0105-101
569-0105-123
569-0105-512
569-0105-622
569-0105-181
569-0115-103
900 MHz EXCITER
PART NO. 023-2009-400
W 201 Cable assembly
597-3003-290
Y 201
17.5 MHz crystal 1 PPM
518-7117-500
A 007
900 MHz VCO
023-2009-850
Z 201
Z 203
Z 205
Z 213
52.95 MHz 4-pole 8 kHz BW
52.95 MHz 4-pole 8 kHz BW
450 kHz cer filter 9 kHz BW
455 kHz var inductor w/cap
532-0009-011
532-0009-011
532-2006-034
542-1012-010
C 400
C 401
C 402
C 405
C 406
C 407
C 408
C 409
C 410
C 411
C 412
C 413
C 414
C 415
C 416
C 417
C 418
C 419
C 420
C 421
C 422
C 423
C 424
C 425
C 426
C 428
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R
.1 µF ±10% X7R
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
33 µF 10V tantalum SMD
56 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
510-3602-270
510-3606-103
510-3606-104
510-3602-102
510-2625-109
510-2624-330
510-3602-560
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-104
510-3602-270
510-3602-102
510-3606-103
510-3602-101
510-3607-104
510-3606-103
510-3602-102
510-3606-103
510-3602-569
510-2625-479
510-3607-104
510-3602-101
510-3607-104
510-3607-104
510-2625-479
510-2625-479
TRANSMIT VCO
PART NO. 023-2009-850
C 802
C 803
C 804
C 805
C 806
C 807
C 808
C 809
C 810
C 811
C 812
C 813
.3 pF ±0.1 pF 150V chip
1.1 pF ±0.1 pF 150V chip
1.8 pF ±0.1 pF 150V chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
3.3 pF ±10% 50V chip
4.7 pF ±10% 50V chip
CR801 Varacap 26-32 pF 30V SOT
CR802 Varactor SOT-23 hyper
L 803
L 804
.039 µH inductor SMD
.039 µH inductor SMD
510-3356-039
510-3356-119
510-3356-189
510-3606-104
510-2625-109
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-2626-150
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3352-339
510-3352-479
523-1504-014
523-5004-002
542-9001-397
542-9001-397
9-11
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 429
C 430
C 431
C 432
C 433
C 434
C 441
C 442
C 443
C 444
C 445
C 446
C 447
C 448
C 449
C 450
C 451
C 453
C 460
C 461
C 462
C 463
C 464
C 465
C 466
C 467
C 469
C 470
C 471
C 472
C 474
C 475
C 476
C 477
C 479
C 480
C 481
C 482
C 483
C 484
C 485
C 488
C 496
C 497
C 498
C 499
C 814
DESCRIPTION
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
2 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
2.7 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
5.1 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
820 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
2.7 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-209
510-3602-270
510-3602-109
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-100
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-2625-479
510-3602-270
510-3602-279
510-3602-439
510-3602-519
510-3602-821
510-2625-479
510-3602-270
510-3602-102
510-2626-150
510-3606-103
510-3602-569
510-3602-102
510-2627-159
510-2625-479
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-2627-159
510-2625-479
510-3602-102
510-2625-479
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-390
510-2625-109
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3607-104
510-2626-150
510-3602-101
510-3602-279
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
CH400 Single helical cavity front end 015-0901-010
9-12
CR401 Si 9.1V zener SOT-23
CR402 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR403 5.6V zener SOT-23
523-2016-919
523-2016-569
523-2016-569
EP400 Helical core form
013-1627-103
HW400
HW401
HW402
HW403
HW404
10-32 hex set screw NPB
Tension lock nut CPS
6-32 pan torx ZPS
4-40 panhead slot nylon screw
Polarized key box connector
575-9059-032
560-1810-022
575-0006-008
575-4504-008
515-7109-010
J 401
J 402
J 403
20-pin right angle header
Right angle PC JCM-B
Jack assembly
515-9031-375
131-3701-301
131-1701-206
L 401
L 402
L 403
L 404
L 406
10 µH inductor SMD
.1 µH inductor SMD
.018 ceramic inductor SMD
2T 45° helical coil
.039 µH inductor SMD
542-9001-100
542-9001-108
542-9001-187
016-2186-251
542-9001-397
MP402 Damped washer 0.125
018-1132-152
PC400 PC board
035-2009-400
Q 401
Q 402
Q 403
Q 404
Q 405
Q 406
Q 407
Q 410
Q 411
Q 412
Q 413
Si NPN amp
Si NPN amp
Si NPN amp
Si NPN amp
Si PNP switching
Si NPN low noise SOT-23
Si NPN low noise SOT-23
Si NPN low noise SOT-23
Si NPN low noise SOT-23
NPN .2-2 GHz SO-8
NPN 750 mW UHF/800 MHz
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-612
576-0003-636
576-0003-636
576-0003-636
576-0003-636
576-0003-604
576-0004-098
R 401
R 404
R 405
R 406
R 407
R 408
R 409
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
910 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
569-0115-103
569-0115-101
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
569-0115-101
569-0115-911
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 410
R 411
R 412
R 416
R 417
R 418
R 419
R 420
R 421
R 422
R 423
R 424
R 425
R 426
R 427
R 428
R 429
R 430
R 431
R 432
R 433
R 434
R 435
R 436
R 437
R 438
R 439
R 440
R 441
R 443
R 444
R 445
R 446
R 447
R 448
R 449
R 450
R 451
R 452
R 453
R 454
R 455
R 456
R 457
R 458
R 459
R 461
DESCRIPTION
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
8.2k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
270 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
12.1k ohm ±1% SMD 1206
2.7k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
3.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
3.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
270 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
50k ohm single turn trimmer
Zero ohm ±5% SMD 1206
62k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
4.99k ohm ±1% SMD 1206
2.7k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
3.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
3.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
270 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
294 ohm ±1% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±1% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
47k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
36 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
120k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
50k ohm single turn trimmer
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
6.8k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
150 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
680 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
36 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
130 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
130 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
8.2k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0115-101
569-0115-102
569-0115-822
569-0115-271
569-0115-103
569-0115-100
569-0111-409
569-0115-272
569-0115-332
569-0115-332
569-0115-271
569-0115-103
562-0112-503
569-0115-001
569-0115-623
569-0115-100
569-0111-368
569-0115-272
569-0115-332
569-0115-332
569-0115-271
569-0111-246
569-0111-301
569-0115-101
569-0115-101
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
569-0115-473
569-0115-360
569-0115-103
569-0115-124
562-0112-503
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-100
569-0115-682
569-0115-101
569-0115-162
569-0115-162
569-0115-151
569-0115-681
569-0115-360
569-0115-131
569-0115-131
569-0115-822
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
R 462
R 463
R 464
R 465
R 466
R 467
R 468
R 469
R 470
R 471
R 472
R 473
R 474
R 476
R 480
R 481
R 482
R 485
R 486
R 487
R 488
R 489
R 490
R 491
10 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
5.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1.2k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
150 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
2.4k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
330 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
180 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
180 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
2k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
270 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
7.5k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
Zero ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
12.1k ohm ±1% SMD 1206
4.99k ohm ±1% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
300 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
18 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
300 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
569-0115-100
569-0115-101
569-0115-562
569-0115-122
569-0115-162
569-0115-162
569-0115-151
569-0115-242
569-0115-331
569-0115-181
569-0115-181
569-0115-101
569-0115-202
569-0115-271
569-0115-752
569-0115-132
569-0115-001
569-0115-102
569-0111-409
569-0111-368
569-0115-103
569-0115-301
569-0115-180
569-0115-301
U 401
U 402
U 403
U 404
U 405
U 406
U 407
Parallel load phase lock loop
Dual op amp SO-8 2904
Synthesizer SOIC MC145190
Dual op amp SO-8
+5V regulator 78L05 SO-8
+12V regulator 78L12 SO-8
Dual op amp SO-8
544-2024-005
544-2019-004
544-3954-026
544-2019-004
544-2603-039
544-2603-032
544-2019-004
Y 401
17.5 MHz 1 PPM
518-7117-500
75 WATT POWER AMPLIFIER
PART NO. 023-2009-500
C 501
C 502
C 503
C 504
C 505
C 506
C 507
C 508
C 509
9-13
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
56 pF high Q .110 cube
56 pF high Q .110 cube
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3602-270
510-2628-109
510-2628-108
510-3605-183
510-2628-109
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3602-270
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 510
C 511
C 512
C 513
C 514
C 515
C 516
C 517
C 518
C 519
C 520
C 521
C 527
C 528
C 529
C 530
C 531
C 532
C 533
C 534
C 535
C 536
C 537
C 538
C 541
C 542
C 543
C 544
C 545
C 546
C 547
C 548
C 549
C 550
C 553
C 555
C 556
C 557
C 558
C 559
C 560
C 561
C 562
C 563
C 564
C 567
C 569
DESCRIPTION
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
56 pF high Q .110 cube
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
56 pF high Q .110 cube
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
56 pF high Q .110 cube
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
56 pF high Q .110 cube
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
27 pF high Q .110 cube
56 pF high Q .110 cube
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
3.9 pF high Q .110 cube
1.56 - 4.86 pF T-cap vert mt
15 pF high Q .110 cube
6.2 pF ±10% high Q SMD
56 pF high Q .110 cube
27 pF high Q .110 cube
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
56 pF high Q .110 cube
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
56 pF high Q .110 cube
56 pF high Q .110 cube
6.2 pF ±10% high Q SMD
56 pF high Q .110 cube
27 pF high Q .110 cube
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
56 pF high Q .110 cube
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
56 pF high Q .110 cube
56 pF high Q .110 cube
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
510-2628-109
510-3663-560
510-2628-108
510-2628-109
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-2628-109
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-3602-100
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3663-560
510-3605-183
510-3606-103
510-3602-102
510-2628-689
510-3663-270
510-3663-560
510-2628-689
510-3605-183
510-3663-399
187-0103-175
510-3663-150
510-3653-629
510-3663-560
510-3663-270
510-3605-183
510-2635-689
510-3602-102
510-3663-560
510-3605-183
510-2635-689
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3653-629
510-3663-560
510-3663-270
510-3605-183
510-2635-689
510-3602-102
510-3663-560
510-3605-183
510-2635-689
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3602-390
C 570
C 571
C 572
C 573
C 574
C 575
C 576
C 577
C 578
C 579
C 580
C 581
C 582
C 583
C 584
C 585
C 588
C 589
DESCRIPTION
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
56 pF high Q .110 cube
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
1.5 pF high Q .110 cube
1.5 pF high Q .110 cube
510-3605-183
510-3605-183
510-3602-390
510-3605-183
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-2628-109
510-2625-479
510-3605-183
510-3602-102
510-2625-479
510-3605-183
510-2625-109
510-3602-390
510-3602-102
510-3605-183
510-3663-159
510-3663-159
CR501 Dual Schottky SOT-14
CR502 Dual Schottky SOT-14
CR503 Dual Schottky SOT-14
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
EP501
EP502
EP503
EP504
EP505
EP506
EP507
EP508
EP510
EP511
EP512
EP513
EP514
EP515
EP516
EP517
EP518
EP520
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
L 501
L 502
L 503
5T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air 542-0015-005
.01 µH inductor SMD
542-9001-107
.01 µH inductor SMD
542-9001-107
PC500 PC board
9-14
PART
NUMBER
035-2009-500
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
Q 501* 30W 24V 900 MHz MRF-894 576-0004-821
Q 502* 60W 24V 800 MHz MRF-898 576-0004-820
Q 503* 60W 24V 800 MHz MRF-898 576-0004-820
R 501
R 502
R 503
R 504
R 505
R 506
R 507
R 508*
R 509*
R 510
R 511
R 512
R 513
R 514
R 515
R 516
R 517
R 518
R 519
R 520
R 521
R 522
R 523
R 524
R 525
R 526
R 527
R 528
R 685*
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
12 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
110 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm 100W flange mount
100 ohm 20W flange mount
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
56 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
301k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
12 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
50 ohm 250W flange mount
U 501
U 502
U 503
U 504
6W pwr module 870-950 MHz 544-4001-051
Dual op amp 532 SO-8
544-2019-004
Temp sensor LM35 SO-8
544-2032-003
+5V regulator SO-8 78L05
544-2603-039
C 506
C 507
C 508
C 509
C 510
C 511
C 512
C 513
C 514
C 515
C 516
C 517
C 518
C 519
C 520
C 521
C 523
C 524
C 525
C 526
C 527
C 528
C 529
C 530
C 531
C 532
C 533
C 534
C 535
C 536
C 537
C 538
C 539
C 540
C 542
C 543
C 544
C 545
C 546
C 547
C 548
C 549
C 550
C 551
C 552
C 553
C 554
569-0115-821
569-0115-120
569-0115-821
569-0115-111
569-0115-102
569-0115-201
569-0115-202
569-5001-002
569-5001-001
569-0115-101
569-0115-201
569-0115-101
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0111-352
569-0115-201
569-0115-101
569-0115-101
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0111-352
569-0115-241
569-0115-560
569-0115-750
569-0111-501
569-0111-547
569-0115-471
569-0115-120
569-5001-003
160 WATT POWER AMPLIFIER
PART NO. 023-2009-520
C 501
C 502
C 503
C 504
C 505
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
43 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3605-183
510-3602-430
510-3602-479
510-3602-390
510-3602-271
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
390 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
390 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
2.7 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
6.2 pF high Q SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±10% high Q cube
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
510-3602-391
510-3605-183
510-3602-390
510-3602-271
510-3602-391
510-3605-183
510-2626-229
510-3605-183
510-2628-108
510-3663-560
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-3605-183
510-2628-109
510-2628-108
510-3602-279
510-3605-183
510-2628-108
510-3663-560
510-3605-183
510-2628-109
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-2628-108
510-2628-109
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-2628-109
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-2628-108
510-2628-109
510-3605-183
510-3653-629
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3605-183
510-3602-102
510-2635-689
510-3663-270
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-2628-109
*DANGER Beryllium Product. Inhalation of dust or fumes may cause serious chronic lung disease. See Material Safety Data Sheets
for further details. (Parts are from 023-2009-932.)
9-15
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 555
C 556
C 557
C 558
C 559
C 560
C 561
C 562
C 563
C 565
C 566
C 567
C 568
C 702
C 703
C 704
C 705
C 706
C 707
C 708
C 709
C 710
C 711
C 712
C 714
C 715
C 716
C 717
C 718
C 719
C 720
C 721
C 722
C 723
C 724
C 725
C 726
C 727
C 728
C 729
C 730
C 732
C 733
C 734
C 735
C 736
C 737
DESCRIPTION
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.2 pF 250V mini-mica SMD
6.2 pF high Q SMD
6.2 pF 250V mini-mica SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
27 pF ±10% high Q cube
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
6.2 pF high Q SMD
6.2 pF 250V mini-mica SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
27 pF ±10% high Q cube
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
6.2 pF high Q SMD
6.2 pF 250V mini-mica SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
510-2625-479
510-2625-479
510-3605-183
510-3602-102
510-3605-183
510-2625-109
510-3602-390
510-3602-102
510-3605-183
510-3602-100
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-0019-629
510-3653-629
510-0019-629
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-3663-270
510-3602-102
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3653-629
510-0019-629
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-3663-270
510-3602-102
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3602-390
510-3605-183
510-3605-183
510-3602-390
510-3605-183
510-3605-183
510-3653-629
510-0019-629
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
9-16
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
C 738
C 739
C 740
C 741
C 742
C 744
C 745
C 746
C 747
C 748
C 749
C 750
C 751
C 752
C 753
C 754
C 755
C 756
C 757
C 758
C 759
C 760
C 761
C 762
C 766
C 771
C 772
C 773
C 774
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
27 pF ±10% high Q cube
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
6.2 pF high Q SMD
6.2 pF 250V mini-mica SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
27 pF ±10% high Q cube
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
1.5 pF ±10% high Q cube
1.5 pF ±10% high Q cube
1.5 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
510-3663-560
510-3663-270
510-3602-102
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3653-629
510-0190-629
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-3663-270
510-3602-102
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3602-390
510-3605-183
510-3605-183
510-3602-390
510-3605-183
510-3605-183
510-3663-159
510-3663-159
510-3663-159
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
CR501
CR701
CR702
CR703
CR704
Dual Schottky SOT-143
Dual Schottky SOT-143
Dual Schottky SOT-143
Dual Schottky SOT-143
Dual Schottky SOT-143
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
EP502
EP503
EP504
EP505
EP506
EP507
EP508
EP509
EP510
EP511
EP513
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
EP701
EP702
EP703
EP704
EP705
EP706
EP707
EP708
EP709
EP710
EP711
EP712
EP713
EP714
EP715
EP716
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
L 501
L 502
L 503
L 504
6T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air
4T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air
.01 µH SMD
.01 µH SMD
542-0015-006
542-0015-004
542-9001-107
542-9001-107
PC501 PC board
035-2009-520
Q 501
Q 502*
Q 701*
Q 702*
Q 703*
Q 704*
NPN 750 mW UHF/800 MHz
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
576-0004-098
576-0004-820
576-0004-820
576-0004-820
576-0004-820
576-0004-820
R 502
R 504
R 505
R 507
R 508
R 509
R 510
R 511
R 512
R 513
R 514
R 515
R 517
R 519
R 520
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
750 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
360 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
120 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
120 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
56 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
301k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
110 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-001
569-0115-151
569-0115-751
569-0115-361
569-0115-121
569-0115-121
569-0115-241
569-0115-560
569-0115-750
569-0111-501
569-0111-547
569-0115-471
569-0115-111
569-0115-102
569-0115-201
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
R 521 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 685* 50 ohm 250W flange mt load
R 701* 100 ohm 20W flange mount
R 702* 100 ohm 20W flange mount
R 703* 100 ohm 100W flange mount
R 704 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 705 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 706 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 707 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 708 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 709 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 710 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 711 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 712 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 713 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 714 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 715 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 716* 100 ohm 20W flange mount
R 717* 100 ohm 100W flange mount
R 718 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 719 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 720 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 721 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 722 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 723 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 724 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 725 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 726 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 727 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 728 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 729 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 730* 100 ohm 100W flange mount
U501 18W RF power module
U 502 Dual op amp 532 SO-8
U 503 Temp sensor LM35 SO-8
U 504 +5V regulator 78L05 SO-8
569-0115-392
569-5001-003
569-5001-001
569-5001-001
569-5001-002
569-0115-101
569-0115-201
569-0115-101
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0111-352
569-0115-101
569-0115-201
569-0115-101
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0111-352
569-5001-001
569-5001-002
569-0115-101
569-0115-201
569-0115-101
569-0115-301
569-0115-301
569-0115-352
569-0115-101
569-0115-201
569-0115-201
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0111-352
569-5001-002
544-4001-079
544-2019-004
544-2032-003
544-2603-039
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECTOR
PART NO. 023-2008-680
C 653
C 654
C 658
C 659
C 660
C 661
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
12 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 10V tantalum SMD
510-3602-270
510-3602-120
510-3602-270
510-3602-102
510-2626-229
510-2624-479
*DANGER Beryllium Product. Inhalation of dust or fumes may cause serious chronic lung disease. See Material Safety Data Sheets
for further details. (Parts are from 023-2009-934.)
9-17
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 662
C 663
C 664
C 665
C 667
C 668
C 669
C 670
C 671
C 672
C 673
C 674
C 675
C 676
C 677
C 678
C 679
C 681
C 682
C 683
C 684
DESCRIPTION
4.7 µF 10V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
.001 µF ±10% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
4.7 µF 10V SMD tantalum
.001 µF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
PART
NUMBER
510-2624-479
510-3602-102
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3605-102
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3605-102
510-3605-102
510-3605-102
510-2624-479
510-3605-102
CR651 Dual Schottky SOT-143
CR652 Dual Schottky SOT-143
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
L 652
L 653
L 655
L 656
L 657
542-0030-004
542-9001-397
542-0030-004
542-9001-397
542-0030-004
12.5 nH air core inductor
.039 µH inductor SMD
12.5 nH air core inductor
.039 µH inductor SMD
12.5 nH air core inductor
MP651 PA PC board shield
MP652 PA PC board shield
MP653 PC board
R 653
R 654
R 655
R 656
R 658
R 659
R 660
R 662
R 663
R 664
R 665
R 666
160 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
5k ohm top adjust SMD pot
160 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
R 667
R 670
R 671
R 672
R 673
R 675
R 676
R 677
R 678
R 680
R 681
R 682
R 683
R 684
R 686
R 687
R 688
R 689
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
160 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
5k ohm top adjust SMD pot
150 ohm ±5% 0805 SMD
7.5k ohm ±5% 0805 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 0805 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 0805 SMD
47 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 0805 SMD
U 651
U 652
U 653
Dual op amp SO-8
544-2019-004
Dual op amp SO-8
544-2019-004
+5V regulator LM78L05 SO-8 544-2603-039
569-0115-471
569-0115-161
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
562-0135-502
569-0105-151
569-0105-752
569-0105-103
569-0105-471
569-0115-470
569-0115-241
569-0111-401
569-0105-103
900 MHz 75W PA MECHANICAL
PART NO. 023-2009-732
B 252
017-2210-086
017-2210-086
017-2210-096
569-0115-161
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-018
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
562-0135-502
569-0115-161
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
9-18
24V DC fan 3.14" sq x 1.26"
529-2002-027
EP200 Ground lug 6-14 wire
586-0007-070
HW251
HW253
HW254
HW255
HW256
HW257
HW258
HW259
HW260
HW261
HW262
HW263
HW264
HW265
HW266
HW268
HW269
575-1606-008
575-1606-012
572-0001-001
575-0006-010
575-1604-010
575-1606-010
575-1606-016
575-5606-008
596-1206-010
018-1007-030
018-1007-032
018-1007-034
018-1007-036
018-1007-046
018-1007-042
575-9810-012
574-3002-110
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
1/8" cable clamp
6-32 pan torx ZPS
4-40 panhead philips ZPS
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
6-19 panhead philips ZPS
6 x 32 lock washer ext ZPS
0.26 x 0.54 grafoil flgres
0.42 x 0.995 grafoil mrf
894.25 x 0.995 grafoil mrf
0.385 x 0.88 grafoil flgres
Multi-module grafoil
Grafoil circulator
10-32 HHSL Sems screw ZPS
0.062 x 0.85 x 5.65 poron stp
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
MP254
MP255
MP256
MP257
MP258
MP261
MP262
MP268
MP270
DESCRIPTION
M PA plate align dowel pin
PA heat sink
PA shield, left
PA shield, top
Low power PA shield, 1 fan
1/4 hex brass M/F spacer
High power LPF PA shield
M PA stop
PA shield
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
013-1723-216
014-0771-124
017-2210-026
017-2210-022
017-2210-025
312-7483-024
017-2210-097
013-1723-222
017-2210-095
MP268 M PA stop
MP269 Predriver cover shield
MP270 PA shield
24V DC fan 3.14" sq x 1.26"
013-1723-222
017-2210-037
017-2210-095
2000 SERIES REPEATER POWER SUPPLY
PART NO. 023-2000-800
900 MHz 75W PA MECHANICAL
PART NO. 023-2009-734
B 252
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
A 801
A 803
Main board assembly
AC filter board assembly
023-2000-810
023-2000-820
B 800
24V DC fan 3.14” square
529-2002-012
HW800
HW801
HW802
HW803
HW804
HW805
HW806
HW809
HW810
HW811
HW812
HW813
Speed nut
10-32 x 0.375 CPS nut
6-32 x 0.094 nut
4-40 machine panhead ZPS
6-32 machine panhead ZPS
6-32 machine panhead ZPS
Washer
6 x 0.018 lockwasher int.
3/8” cable clamp
#10 split lock washer
Snap rivet 0.157 dia. x 0.29
Connector mounting screw
537-0001-002
560-1110-012
560-1106-010
575-1604-010
575-1606-010
575-1606-016
596-2406-012
596-1106-009
572-0001-005
596-1310-010
574-9015-052
515-7141-215
J 800
2-pos lock receptacle #22 wire 515-9032-262
MP801
MP802
MP803
MP804
MP805
Main enclosure
Top cover
Handle
Strain relief
Fan finger guard
529-2002-027
EP100 Balanced finger gasket
EP200 Ground lug 6-14 wire
537-5001-006
586-0007-070
HW251
HW253
HW254
HW255
HW256
HW257
HW258
HW259
HW260
HW261
HW262
HW264
HW265
HW266
HW267
HW268
HW269
HW270
3/16 #2 panhead phil sheetmtl
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
1/8" cable clamp
6-32 pan torx ZPS
4-40 panhead philips ZPS
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
6-19 panhead philips ZPS
6 x 32 lockwasher ext ZPS
0.26 x 0.54 grafoil flgres
0.42 x 0.995 grafoil mrf
0.385 x 0.88 grafoil flgres
Multi-module grafoil
Grafoil circulator
MRF898 dbl length grafoil
10-32 HHSL Sems screw ZPS
0.062 x 0.85 x 5.65 poron stp
8-32 panhead phil CPS
575-3602-006
575-1606-012
572-0001-001
575-0006-010
575-1604-010
575-1606-010
575-1606-016
575-5606-008
596-1206-010
018-1007-030
018-1007-032
018-1007-036
018-1007-046
018-1007-042
018-1007-033
575-9810-012
574-3002-110
575-0608-008
MP240
MP254
MP255
MP256
MP257
MP258
MP261
MP262
MP265
MP266
PA coax ground tab
M PA plate align dowel pin
PA heat sink
PA shield, left
PA shield, top
Right high power PA shield
1/4 hex brass M/F spacer
High power LPF PA shield
High pwr RF PA PC bd shield
High pwr RF PA bd shield
017-2210-038
013-1723-216
014-0771-124
017-2210-026
017-2210-022
017-2210-023
312-7483-024
017-2210-097
017-2210-034
017-2210-035
NP800 Nameplate holder
NP801 Nameplate label
017-2210-165
017-2210-166
017-2139-202
016-2187-270
578-1000-001
015-0900-406
559-5861-161
WIREHARNESS
PART NO. 023-2000-803
9-19
EP001 Power socket
EP002 Signal socket
515-9012-284
515-9012-291
MP001 15-pos plug
515-9012-272
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
800W POWER SUPPLY MAIN BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-810
A 002
A 802
A 803
Pin feed EPROM blank label 559-1154-004
Wireharness
023-2000-803
Thermal sensor board assem 023-2000-840
C 101
C 102
C 103
C 104
C 105
C 106
C 107
C 108
C 109
C 110
C 111
C 113
C 114
C 115
C 116
C 117
C 118
C 119
C 120
C 121
C 122
C 123
C 124
C 125
C 126
C 127
C 128
C 129
C 131
C 132
C 133
C 134
C 135
C 136
C 137
C 138
C 139
C 140
C 141
C 142
220 µF 25V aluminum radial
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
220 nF ±10% X7R 1210
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1500 µF 35Valuminum elect
1500 µF 35Valuminum elect
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
330 µF 450V aluminum
330 µF 450V aluminum
.0047 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.47 µF 16V tantalum SMD
270 pF ±5% NPO 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
270 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.0027 µF ±5% X7R 1206
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.0022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD
2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1 nF 600V AC double m
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
C 143
C 144
C 145
C 146
C 147
C 148
C 149
C 150
C 152
C 153
C 154
C 156
C 159
C 160
C 161
C 162
C 163
C 164
C 165
C 166
C 167
C 168
C 169
C 170
C 172
C 173
C 174
C 175
C 176
C 178
C 180
C 181
C 182
C 183
C 184
C 185
C 186
C 187
C 188
C 189
C 190
C 192
C 193
C 194
C 195
C 196
C 197
510-4225-221
510-3609-103
510-3606-224
510-2628-109
510-2628-109
510-4075-152
510-4075-152
510-3602-471
510-3609-104
510-4574-331
510-4574-331
510-3609-472
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-2625-478
510-3602-271
510-2628-109
510-3602-271
510-3609-272
510-3602-471
510-2628-109
510-3609-104
510-3609-222
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-2635-689
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-2628-109
510-2628-109
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-2625-229
510-2625-229
510-3602-102
510-2635-689
510-2635-689
510-3609-104
510-1023-102
9-20
DESCRIPTION
2700 µF 35V aluminum
2700 µF 35V aluminum
2700 µF 35V aluminum
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R chip
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
2700 µF 35V aluminum
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
1500 µF 35V aluminum
1500 µF 35V aluminum
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1500 µF 35V aluminum
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.22 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206
270 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
1500 µF 35V aluminum
1500 µF 35V aluminum
1500 µF 35V aluminum
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.22 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD
PART
NUMBER
510-4075-272
510-4075-272
510-4075-272
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-2628-109
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-2635-689
510-2633-150
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-4075-272
510-3602-102
510-4075-152
510-4075-152
510-3609-103
510-3609-103
510-4075-152
510-3609-103
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3602-222
510-3606-224
510-3602-102
510-2628-109
510-2635-689
510-3609-103
510-3602-471
510-3602-271
510-3609-104
510-3602-102
510-4075-152
510-4075-152
510-4075-152
510-3609-103
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3602-222
510-3606-224
510-3609-103
510-3602-102
510-2625-229
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
C 198
C 199
C 200
C 201
C 202
C 203
C 204
C 205
C 207
C 208
C 209
C 210
C 211
C 212
C 213
C 214
C 215
C 216
C 217
C 218
C 219
C 220
C 221
C 222
C 223
C 224
C 225
C 227
C 228
C 229
C 230
C 232
C 233
C 234
C 235
C 236
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.047 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1500 µF 35V aluminum
2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1500 µF 35V aluminum
2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-2628-109
510-2635-689
510-2635-689
510-3609-103
510-3602-471
510-3602-471
510-3609-473
510-4075-152
510-3602-222
510-3609-104
510-4075-152
510-3602-222
510-3609-103
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-2625-229
510-3609-104
510-2628-109
510-2635-689
510-3609-104
510-3602-102
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
CR101
CR102
CR103
CR104
CR105
CR106
CR107
CR108
CR110
Switching diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
3A ultra-fast diode
18V zener ±5% SMD
1A Schottky diode
1A Schottky diode
Switching diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
523-1504-002
523-1504-002
523-1507-004
523-2026-180
523-0519-031
523-0519-031
523-1504-017
523-1504-017
523-1504-002
SYMBOL
NUMBER
9-21
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
CR111
CR112
CR113
CR114
CR115
CR116
CR117
CR118
CR119
CR120
CR121
CR122
CR123
CR124
CR125
CR126
CR127
CR128
CR129
CR130
CR131
CR132
CR133
CR134
CR135
CR136
CR137
CR138
CR139
CR140
CR141
CR142
CR143
CR145
CR148
Switching diode SOT-23
Switch diode SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
1A Schottky diode
1A Schottky diode
1A Schottky diode
18V zener SOT-23
3A ultra-fast diode
3A ultra-fast diode
18V zener SOT-23
Ultra-fast rectifier
Switch diode SOT-23
1A Schottky diode
1A Schottky diode
1A Schottky diode
Schottkey diode 20A
Switch diode SOT-23
Ultra-fast rectifier
25A 400V SCR TO-220
1A Schottky diode
1A Schottky diode
Schottkey diode 20A
Switch diode SOT-23
1A Schottky diode
25A 400V SCR TO-220
3A ultra-fast diode
Switching diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
Dual switching common cath
4.7V zener SOT-23
25A 400V SCR TO-220
Switch diode SOT-23
Switch diode SOT-23
8A 600V ultrafast diode
13V 1W zener SMT
523-1504-002
523-1504-017
523-2016-519
523-0519-031
523-0519-031
523-0519-031
523-2016-180
523-1507-004
523-1507-004
523-2016-180
523-0019-024
523-1504-017
523-0519-031
523-0519-031
523-0519-031
523-0519-030
523-1504-017
523-0019-024
523-3021-001
523-0519-031
523-0519-031
523-0519-030
523-1504-017
523-0519-031
523-3021-001
523-1507-004
523-1504-002
523-1504-002
523-1504-022
523-2016-479
523-3021-001
523-1504-017
523-1504-017
523-0019-026
523-2026-130
EP100
EP101
EP103
EP104
EP105
EP106
EP110
EP111
EP112
Ferrite bead
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
517-2002-008
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
F 102
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
10A 250V fastblow AGC fuse 534-0003-036
FH102 Fuse clip
534-1007-001
HW100
HW101
HW102
HW104
HW105
HW106
HW107
HW108
HW109
HW110
HW111
HW112
HW113
HW114
HW115
HW120
Cam5 x 3.795 sil-pad
0.89 x 1.37 sil-pad
1.06 x 4.73 sil-pad
0.83 x 5 Teflon spacer
0.83” Teflon spacer
1.28” Teflon spacer
4-40 3/8” hex socket CPS
6-32 3/8” socket hoodcap
6-32 machine panhead ZPS
#4 x 0.046 shoulder washer
#4 x 0.040 flat washer NPB
#6 x 0.028 flat washer NPB
#4 shakeproof washer
#6 x 0.018 int lockwasher
#4 spring washer
TO-220 clamp
018-1007-051
018-1007-052
018-1007-053
018-1007-056
018-1007-057
018-1007-058
575-9076-122
575-9076-112
575-1606-012
596-4504-008
596-2404-008
596-2406-010
596-1104-008
596-1106-009
596-9604-009
537-9055-051
J 101
J 102
2-pin friction header
2-pin friction header
515-9031-201
515-9031-201
L 101
L 102
L 103
L 104
L 105
L 107
15 µH 30A DC inductor
20 µH 8A DC inductor
7.5 µH 8A DC inductor
10 µH 5A DC inductor
100 µH 1A DC inductor
300 µH 17A DC inductor
542-5010-005
542-5010-006
542-5010-008
542-5010-007
542-5010-012
542-5010-004
MP100
MP101
MP102
MP105
5.7” heat sink
2.9” heat sink
5.7” heat sink
TO-202 spacer
014-0771-130
014-0771-131
014-0771-133
017-2210-162
PC001 PC board
035-2000-810
Q 101
Q 102
Q 103
Q 104
Q 105
Q 106
Q 107
Q 108
Q 110
576-0006-354
576-0003-612
576-0003-600
576-0006-026
576-0003-612
576-0003-600
576-0006-026
576-0006-027
576-0003-600
30A 500V N-chnl pwr module
PNP switching
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
PNP high current SOT-223
PNP switching
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
PNP high current SOT-223
NPN high current SOT-223
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
9-22
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
Q 111
Q 112
Q 114
Q 115
Q 116
Q 117
Q 118
Q 120
Q 121
Q 122
Q 123
Q 124
Q 125
Q 126
Q 127
Q 128
Q 129
Q 130
Q 131
Q 132
Q 133
Q 138
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
PNP switching
PNP high current SOT-223
14A 500V N-MOSFET
PNP high current SOT-223
14A 500V N-MOSFET
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
PNP 6A SMD MJD42C
PNP high current SOT-223
N-Chnl E-MOSFET SOT-23
PNP high current SOT-223
20A 200V N-MOSFET
PNP switching
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
PNP switching
PNP high current SOT-223
N-Chnl E-MOSFET SOT-23
PNP high current SOT-223
20A 200V N-MOSFET
PNP switching
PNP switching
576-0003-600
576-0003-600
576-0003-612
576-0006-026
576-0006-351
576-0006-026
576-0006-351
576-0003-600
576-0002-603
576-0006-026
576-0006-110
576-0006-026
576-0006-352
576-0003-612
576-0003-600
576-0003-612
576-0006-026
576-0006-110
576-0006-026
576-0006-352
576-0003-612
576-0003-612
R 101
R 102
R 103
R 104
R 105
R 106
R 107
R 108
R 109
R 110
R 111
R 112
R 113
R 114
R 115
R 116
R 117
R 118
R 119
R 120
R 121
R 122
R 123
R 124
R 125
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
0.03 ohm 55W low ind wire
0.03 ohm 55W low ind wire
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
24.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
13 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-334
569-0115-334
569-0115-244
569-0115-104
569-0115-334
569-0115-334
569-0115-334
569-0175-203
569-0175-203
569-0175-203
569-0115-221
569-0115-100
569-4151-307
569-4151-307
569-0115-472
569-0115-363
569-0115-331
569-0111-426
569-0111-438
569-0175-203
569-0111-501
569-0111-501
569-0111-501
569-0111-501
569-0115-130
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 126
R 127
R 128
R 129
R 130
R 131
R 132
R 133
R 134
R 135
R 136
R 137
R 138
R 139
R 140
R 141
R 142
R 143
R 144
R 146
R 148
R 149
R 150
R 151
R 152
R 153
R 154
R 155
R 156
R 157
R 158
R 159
R 160
R 161
R 162
R 163
R 164
R 165
R 166
R 167
R 168
R 169
R 170
R 171
R 172
R 173
R 174
DESCRIPTION
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.27k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
13k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
560k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
16.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm trim pot
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
562-0115-100
569-0111-311
569-0175-510
569-0115-363
569-0115-104
569-0115-363
569-0115-103
569-0115-104
569-0115-203
569-0111-412
569-0115-104
569-0115-105
569-0111-335
569-0111-335
569-0111-418
569-0115-103
569-0115-564
569-0115-302
569-0111-440
569-0115-101
569-0115-472
569-0115-102
569-0115-202
569-0175-203
569-0115-472
569-0115-101
569-0115-103
569-0115-363
569-0115-102
569-0115-203
569-0115-153
569-0115-200
569-0115-471
569-0115-200
569-0115-001
569-0115-200
569-0115-471
569-0115-200
569-0175-100
569-0175-100
569-0175-100
569-0115-102
569-0115-821
569-0115-821
569-0115-104
569-0111-423
562-0110-102
R 175
R 176
R 178
R 179
R 180
R 181
R 182
R 183
R 184
R 185
R 186
R 187
R 188
R 189
R 190
R 191
R 192
R 193
R 194
R 195
R 196
R 197
R 198
R 199
R 200
R 201
R 202
R 203
R 204
R 205
R 206
R 207
R 208
R 209
R 210
R 211
R 212
R 213
R 214
R 215
R 216
R 217
R 218
R 219
R 220
R 221
R 222
9-23
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
95.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
357k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
95.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
6.81k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
12.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm single turn trimmer
1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-182
569-0115-101
569-0115-202
569-0115-472
569-0115-752
569-0115-102
569-0115-750
569-0111-495
569-0111-554
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0111-495
569-0111-401
569-0111-381
569-0115-102
569-0115-332
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-103
569-0115-180
569-0115-180
569-0115-180
569-0115-181
569-0115-203
569-0115-202
569-0175-202
569-0115-100
569-0115-100
569-0115-181
569-0115-510
569-0115-821
569-0115-821
569-0111-410
569-0111-335
569-0115-201
569-0115-102
569-0115-622
562-0112-102
569-0115-122
569-0115-472
569-0115-471
569-0111-330
569-0115-363
569-0115-001
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 223
R 224
R 225
R 226
R 227
R 228
R 229
R 230
R 231
R 232
R 233
R 234
R 235
R 236
R 237
R 238
R 240
R 241
R 242
R 243
R 244
R 245
R 246
R 247
R 249
R 250
R 251
R 252
R 253
R 254
R 255
R 256
R 257
R 258
R 259
R 260
R 261
R 262
R 263
R 264
R 265
R 266
R 267
R 268
R 269
R 270
R 271
DESCRIPTION
13k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
24 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm single turn trimmer
4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
13k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
24 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
29.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
430 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
360 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
33k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0115-133
569-0115-001
569-0115-680
569-0115-240
569-0115-181
569-0111-330
569-0115-821
569-0115-101
569-0175-510
569-0115-821
569-0115-332
569-0115-102
569-0115-180
569-0115-180
569-0115-180
569-0115-181
569-0115-202
569-0175-202
569-0115-100
569-0115-100
569-0115-181
569-0115-510
569-0115-201
569-0115-360
569-0111-352
569-0111-339
569-0115-201
569-0115-102
569-0115-472
562-0112-102
569-0115-432
569-0111-330
569-0115-103
569-0115-363
569-0115-133
569-0115-680
569-0115-240
569-0111-446
569-0111-339
569-0111-330
569-0115-332
569-0115-102
569-0115-431
569-0115-472
569-0115-361
569-0115-333
569-0115-332
R 272
R 273
R 274
R 275
R 276
R 277
R 278
R 279
R 280
R 281
R 284
R 285
R 286
R 287
R 302
R 303
R 306
R 307
R 308
R 309
R 311
R 312
R 313
R 314
R 315
9-24
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0175-510
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
569-0115-203
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-750
569-0115-471
569-0111-352
569-0111-339
569-0115-102
569-0115-201
569-0115-203
569-0115-201
569-0115-203
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0111-501
569-0111-501
569-0111-501
569-0111-501
569-0115-821
RT101 8A 2.5 ohm NTC thermistor
RT102 8A 2.5 ohm NTC thermistor
569-3014-001
569-3014-001
T 101
T 103
T 104
T 105
T 106
T 107
0.5 line freq. bias transformer
1:200 current transformer
1:200 current transformer
100:1 current transformer
1:1 transformer
4.5:1 switch mode transformer
592-3041-004
592-3041-002
592-3041-002
592-3041-005
592-3041-003
592-3041-001
U 102
U 104
U 105
U 106
U 107
U 108
U 109
U 110
U 111
PFC/PWN combo SOIC
544-2002-035
Quad 2-in AND SOIC HC08 544-3766-008
5V regulator LM78L05ABD 544-2603-039
5V regulator LM78L05ABD 544-2603-039
Opto-isolator surface mt
544-9022-001
Opto-isolator
544-2010-005
Programmable TL431AID
544-2003-097
Quad op amp LMC660 SOIC 544-2020-020
Adj volt reg full temp LM317T 544-2003-094
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
U 112
U 113
U 114
U 115
U 116
U 117
U 118
U 119
U 120
U 121
U 122
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PWM current mode ML4823 544-2002-034
PWM current mode ML4823 544-2002-034
5V 3A regulator power supply 544-2003-098
Programmable TL431AID
544-2003-097
Programmable TL431AID
544-2003-097
Programmable TL431AID
544-2003-097
Programmable TL431AID
544-2003-097
Opto-isolator SOIC-8
544-2010-006
Opto-isolator SOIC-8
544-2010-006
Programmable volt TL431AID 544-2003-097
Opto-isolator SOIC-8
544-2010-006
.22 µF 275V AC ±2%
.0022 µF ±2% Y2
.0022 µF ±2% Y2
1 µF 275V X2 class capacitor
510-1024-224
510-1022-222
510-1022-222
510-1024-105
CR001 600V 35A rectifier bridge
523-4004-025
EP006 1/2” tubing
042-0241-557
F 001
534-0003-045
15A 250V ceramic body
FH001 Fuse clip
534-1007-001
HW001
HW002
HW003
HW004
HW005
HW007
#10 shakeproof washer
4-40 machine panhead ZPS
9/16” ID rubber grommet
10-32 machine panhead ZPS
#4 shakeproof washer
Heatsink Grafoil TO-15
596-1110-012
575-1604-016
574-0002-004
575-1610-016
596-1104-008
018-1007-055
J 001
AC power cord connector
515-0028-008
L 001
L 002
1 µH 10A coil
4.2 µH 10A coil
542-5010-010
542-5010-009
MP001 Filter bracket
017-2210-167
PC001 PC board
035-2000-820
R 001
569-0513-105
1M ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
RV001 Metal oxide varistor
RV002 Metal oxide varistor
569-3503-001
W 001
W 002
W 003
W 004
W 005
023-2000-825
023-2000-826
023-2000-827
023-2000-828
023-2000-829
Wire 1 assembly
Wire 2 assembly
Wire 3 assembly
Wire 4 assembly
Wire 5 assembly
BATTERY BACK-UP
PART NO. 023-2000-830
AC FILTER BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-820
C 001
C 003
C 004
C 005
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
569-3503-001
9-25
C 101
C 103
C 104
C 105
C 106
C 107
C 109
C 110
C 111
C 112
C 113
C 114
C 115
C 118
C 119
C 124
C 125
C 126
C 127
C 128
C 129
C 130
C 131
C 132
C 133
C 134
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1000 µF 50Valuminum elect
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1000 µF 50Valuminum elect
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1 µF ±10% 100V polyester
220 µF 25V aluminum radial
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
510-3606-103
510-2635-689
510-3609-104
510-4076-102
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-2635-689
510-4076-102
510-3609-104
510-2628-109
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-1031-105
510-4225-221
510-2628-109
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-103
510-3606-104
510-3606-103
510-3606-104
510-3606-103
510-3606-104
510-3606-103
CR101
CR102
CR103
CR104
CR105
CR109
CR111
CR113
CR114
Red LED right angle PC mt
3A ultra-fast diode
12V zener diode
18V ±5% zener SMT
Red LED right angle PC mt
8A 600V ultra-fast diode
Green LED rt angle PC mt
Switching diode SOT-23
3A ultra-fast diode
549-4001-035
523-1507-004
523-2016-120
523-2026-180
549-4001-035
523-0019-026
549-4001-037
523-1504-002
523-1507-004
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
CR115
CR116
CR117
CR118
Switching diode SOT-23
3A ultra-fast diode
13V 1W zener SMT
18V ±5% zener SMT
523-1504-002
523-1507-004
523-2026-130
523-2026-180
EP100
EP101
EP102
EP103
Heat sink insulator TO-220
Copper terminal lug
Copper terminal lug
Copper terminal lug
574-5005-060
586-0007-072
586-0007-072
586-0007-071
F 101
4A resettable polyfuse
534-0020-001
HW100
HW101
HW102
HW103
HW104
HW105
HW106
HW107
HW108
HW800
4-40 machine panhead ZPS
6-32 machine panhead ZPS
4 x 0.04 flat washer
6 x 0.018 int lockwasher
#4 shakeproof washer
10-32 machine panhead ZPS
#10 shakeproof washer
4 x 0.46 shoulder washer
10-32 x 0.375 CPS
Speed nut
575-1604-012
575-1606-008
596-2404-008
596-1106-009
596-1104-008
575-1610-012
596-1110-012
596-4504-008
560-1110-012
537-0001-002
J 100
2-pin lock receptacle
515-9032-232
K 101
Single pole 24V relay
567-0031-001
L 101
70 µH 3A Toroid inductor
542-5010-014
MP100 Bracket
MP101 Terminal cover
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 105
R 106
R 107
R 108
R 109
R 110
R 111
R 112
R 112
R 115
R 116
R 117
R 118
R 119
R 120
R 121
R 122
R 123
R 124
R 125
R 126
R 127
R 128
R 129
R 130
R 136
R 137
R 138
R 139
R 140
R 141
R 142
R 143
R 144
R 145
R 146
R 147
R 148
R 149
R 150
R 151
R 152
R 153
R 154
R 155
R 156
R 157
R 158
017-2210-169
032-0758-050
NP100 Max input 28.5V Bat/Backup 559-5861-166
NP800 Nameplate holder
015-0900-406
NP801 Nameplate
559-5861-161
PC001 PC board
035-2000-830
Q 101
Q 102
Q 103
Q 104
Q 105
PNP high current SOT-223
PNP high current SOT-223
N-channel E-MOSFET
PNP TO-220 ISO
PNP high current SOT-223
576-0006-026
576-0006-026
576-0006-110
576-0002-057
576-0006-026
R 101
R 102
R 103
R 104
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-472
569-0115-331
569-0115-202
569-0115-202
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
9-26
DESCRIPTION
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1W 2512 SMD
7.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1W 2512 SMD
47 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
62k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
42.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
82.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
33k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
1k ohm single turn trimmer
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
PART
NUMBER
569-0115-202
569-0175-202
569-0115-102
569-0115-202
569-0115-202
569-0115-202
569-0175-510
569-0111-385
569-0111-301
569-0175-471
569-0115-470
569-0115-332
569-0111-403
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0115-623
569-0115-472
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0111-301
569-0111-461
569-0111-489
569-0115-103
569-0115-203
569-0115-333
569-0175-332
569-0175-332
569-0115-241
569-0175-332
562-0112-102
569-0115-001
569-0115-103
569-0175-202
569-0115-153
569-0115-153
569-0115-392
569-0115-103
569-0115-153
569-0115-823
569-0115-103
569-0115-101
569-0115-750
569-0115-104
569-0115-304
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
R 159
R 160
R 165
180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
569-0115-184
569-0115-103
569-0175-202
S 101
Toggle switch on/on rt angle
583-0006-014
U 101
U 102
U 103
U 104
U 105
U 106
U 107
Quad comparator 2901
Programmable voltage reg
Programmable voltage reg
Dual op amp SO-8
Dual op amp SO-8
Temp sensor LM-35 SO-8
Full temp adjustable LM317T
544-2025-011
544-2003-097
544-2003-097
544-2019-004
544-2019-004
544-2032-003
544-2003-094
W 101
W 102
W 103
W 104
Green wire assembly
Red wire assembly
Black wire assembly
Orange wire assembly
023-2000-836
023-2000-837
023-2000-838
023-2000-839
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 903
C 904
C 905
C 906
C 907
C 908
C 909
C 910
C 911
C 912
C 913
C 914
C 915
C 916
C 917
C 921
C 922
C 923
C 924
C 925
C 926
C 927
C 928
C 929
C 930
C 931
C 932
C 933
C 934
C 935
C 936
C 937
C 938
C 939
C 940
C 941
C 942
C 943
C 944
C 945
C 946
C 947
C 948
THERMAL SENSOR BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-840
A 001
Thermal sensor board assem
023-2000-841
C 001
.1 µF 10% X7R chip
510-3606-104
J 001
J 002
J 003
48 mil edge clip, short
48 mil edge clip, short
48 mil edge clip, short
515-9034-004
515-9034-004
515-9034-004
PC001 Thermal sensor board
035-2000-840
U 001
544-2032-003
Temp sensor LM-35 SO-8
OCXO DRAWER
PART NO. 023-2000-921 (w/1 OCXO)
023-2000-922 (w/2 OCXOs)
A 001 Main board OCXO drawer
A 002 Power supply board OCXO
A 003 8-Way BNC RF splitter
C 901 150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
C 902 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip
023-2000-920
023-2000-930
585-0647-027
DESCRIPTION
.0039 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.0039 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.001 µF ±10% X7R chip
150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
22 µF 16V SMD tant SMD
22 µF 16V SMD tant SMD
150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.047 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 chip
2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD
2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
CR901 Switching diode SOT-23
CR902 Dual switch diode SOT-23
CR903 Dual switch diode SOT-23
510-3602-151
510-3606-103
9-27
PART
NUMBER
510-3609-392
510-3609-392
510-3606-102
510-3602-151
510-3602-151
510-3606-103
510-2625-220
510-2625-220
510-3602-151
510-3606-473
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3607-104
510-2625-229
510-2625-229
510-3602-471
510-3602-471
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
523-1504-002
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
CR904
CR905
CR906
CR907
CR908
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
200V 1.5A rectifier 1N4818
200V 1A rectifier 1N4003
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-002
523-0013-201
523-0501-002
DS901
DS902
DS903
DS904
DS905
DS906
Red/Green LED right angle
Red/Green LED right angle
Red/Green LED right angle
Red/Green LED right angle
Red/Green LED right angle
Red/Green LED right angle
549-4006-001
549-4006-001
549-4006-001
549-4006-001
549-4006-001
549-4006-001
EP001 8 ft AC cord 3-18
597-1001-011
F 901
534-0017-017
2A 250V subminiature
FH901 Fuse holder PC bd mount
534-1017-001
HW001
HW002
HW003
HW004
HW005
HW006
HW007
HW008
HW009
HW010
HW011
HW012
HW013
HW014
HW015
HW901
HW902
6-32 x 0.078 nut NPB
6-32 machine panhead ZPS
10-32 machine panhead ZPS
6-32 flathead philips BZPS
6 x 0.018 lockwasher int
#10 flat washer ZPS
6-32 flathead 82 philips
Power supply board insulator
LED lens cover
Lens adhesive
LED lens cover adhesive
5/16" cable clamp
Washer
6-32 mach panhead phil ZPS
Fishpaper 0.005
0.025 x 0.037 pin receptacle
Rubber feet
560-2106-008
575-1610-008
575-1610-016
575-8206-306
596-1106-009
596-1410-016
575-9086-012
018-1007-048
018-1007-049
574-3002-117
574-3002-118
572-0001-004
596-2406-012
575-1606-012
018-1007-050
515-5006-255
574-1008-002
J 901
J 902
J 903
J 904
J 905
J 906
J 907
J 908
J 909
J 910
18-pin block header
3-pin single inline header
3-pin single inline header
3-pin single inline header
3-pin single inline header
3-pin single inline header
3-pin single inline header
3-pin single inline header
3-pin single inline header
3-pin single inline header
586-2006-010
515-7100-003
515-7100-003
515-7100-003
515-7100-003
515-7100-003
515-7100-003
515-7100-003
515-7100-003
515-7100-003
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SYMBOL
NUMBER
9-28
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
J 911
J 912
J 920
3-pin single inline header
Rear connector housing
18-terminal block connector
515-7100-003
515-9031-234
586-2006-005
K 901
K 902
K 903
K 904
K 905
K 906
12V SPDT reed DIP
12V SPDT reed DIP
12V SPDT reed DIP
12V SPDT reed DIP
12V SPDT reed DIP
12V SPDT reed DIP
567-2002-021
567-2002-021
567-2002-021
567-2002-021
567-2002-021
567-2002-021
L 901
L 902
L 903
L 904
L 905
L 906
3.9 µH inductor SMD
10 µH inductor SMD
3.9 µH inductor SMD
.39 µH inductor SMD
1.2 µH inductor SMD
.39 µH inductor SMD
542-9001-399
542-9001-100
542-9001-399
542-9001-398
542-9001-129
542-9001-398
MP001
MP002
MP003
MP004
MP005
MP006
MP007
Power cord strain relief
Front panel
Lens
Drawer
Top cover
Mounting ear
Foam pad 0.312 thick
016-2187-270
017-2210-125
032-0758-035
017-2210-127
017-2210-129
017-2210-132
574-3001-016
NP001 Nameplate
559-5861-163
P 902
P 903
P 904
P 905
P 906
P 907
P 908
P 909
P 910
P 911
P 912
P 913
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
PC900 PC board
035-2000-900
Q 901
Q 902
Q 903
Q 904
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
Q 905
Q 906
Q 907
Q 908
Q 909
Q 910
Q 911
Q 912
Q 913
Q 914
Q 915
Q 916
Q 917
Q 918
Q 919
Q 920
Q 921
Q 922
Q 923
Q 924
Q 925
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si PNP SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si PNP SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si PNP SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si PNP SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
R 901
R 902
R 903
R 904
R 905
R 906
R 907
R 908
R 909
R 910
R 911
R 912
R 913
R 914
R 915
R 916
R 917
R 918
R 919
R 920
R 921
R 922
R 923
R 924
R 925
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
430 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.4k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
430 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.4k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0115-271
569-0115-510
569-0115-431
569-0115-201
569-0115-242
569-0115-103
569-0115-431
569-0115-201
569-0115-242
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-332
569-0115-103
569-0115-472
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0115-271
569-0115-105
569-0115-303
569-0115-103
569-0115-512
569-0115-103
569-0115-274
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 926
R 927
R 928
R 929
R 930
R 931
R 932
R 933
R 934
R 935
R 936
R 937
R 938
R 939
R 940
R 941
R 942
R 943
R 944
R 945
R 946
R 948
R 949
R 950
R 951
R 952
R 953
R 954
R 955
R 956
R 957
R 958
R 959
R 960
R 961
R 962
R 963
R 964
R 965
R 966
R 967
R 968
R 969
R 970
R 971
R 972
R 973
9-29
DESCRIPTION
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
27k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
27k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
27k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
27k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
PART
NUMBER
569-0115-001
569-0115-101
569-0115-151
569-0115-001
569-0115-273
569-0115-001
569-0115-101
569-0115-151
569-0115-001
569-0115-273
569-0115-001
569-0115-101
569-0115-151
569-0115-001
569-0115-273
569-0115-001
569-0115-101
569-0115-151
569-0115-001
569-0115-273
569-0115-153
569-0115-303
569-0115-303
569-0115-153
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0115-102
569-0115-151
569-0115-132
569-0115-132
569-0115-303
569-0115-153
569-0115-103
569-0115-363
569-0115-303
569-0115-363
569-0115-001
569-0115-102
569-0115-151
569-0115-132
569-0115-132
569-0115-303
569-0115-153
569-0115-103
569-0115-363
569-0115-303
569-0115-474
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
R 974
R 975
R 976
R 977
39k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-393
569-0115-510
569-0115-153
569-0115-153
S 901
S 902
S 903
S 904
S 905
Toggle switch on-none-mom
Toggle switch on-none-mom
Toggle switch on-none-mom
4-pos recessed DIP switch
4-pos recessed DIP switch
583-0006-010
583-0006-010
583-0006-010
583-5002-104
583-5002-104
U 901
U 902
U 903
U 904
U 905
U 906
U 907
U 908
U 909
U 910
U 911
U 912
U 913
U 914
Quad 2-in NAND 74HC00
Quad 2-in AND 74HC08
Quad 2-in AND 74HC08
Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04
Dual 4-bit bi ripple counter
Dual differential line driver
Dual monostable multivibrator
Opto isolation NPN out
Opto isolation NPN out
Dual D-flip-flop 74HC74
Dual monostable multivibrator
Quad 2-in OR gate 74HC32
Phase locked loop 4046 SOIC
Quad 2-in AND 74HC08
544-3766-000
544-3766-008
544-3766-008
544-3766-004
544-3766-393
544-2023-026
544-3766-123
544-2010-001
544-2010-001
544-3766-074
544-3766-123
544-3766-032
544-3016-046
544-3766-008
W 902 Coax BNC panel 14.5"
W 903 Coax BNC
W 904 Coax BNC panel 14.5"
Y 901
Y 902
10 MHz OCXO ±0.03 PPM
10 MHz OCXO ±0.03 PPM
SYMBOL
NUMBER
597-3003-250
597-3003-252
597-3003-250
561-0006-012
561-0006-012
OCXO DRAWER POWER SUPPLY
PART NO. 023-2000-930
C 101
C 102
C 103
C 104
C 105
C 106
C 107
C 108
C 109
C 110
C 111
1000 µF 50V
6.8 µF 35V SMD tantalum
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
220 µF 25V aluminum radial
15 µF 20V SMD tantalum
15 µF 20V SMD tantalum
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
2200 µF 25V aluminum axial
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
510-4076-102
510-2635-689
510-3602-102
510-4225-221
510-2626-150
510-2633-150
510-3602-102
510-4325-222
510-2633-150
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
9-30
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
C 112 4.7 µF 16V SMD tantalum
510-2625-479
CR101
CR102
CR103
CR104
CR105
523-0013-201
523-0013-201
523-0013-201
523-0013-201
523-0013-201
200V 1.5A 1N4818
200V 1.5A 1N4818
200V 1.5A 1N4818
200V 1.5A 1N4818
200V 1.5A 1N4818
EP101 Therma-film washer TO-3
574-5005-001
F 101 0.25A 250V subminiature
534-0017-008
FH101 Fuse holder PC board mount
534-1017-001
HW101
HW102
HW103
HW104
HW105
HW106
HW107
HW108
HW109
4-40 machine panhead ZPS
#4 shakeproof washer
4-40 x 0.094 nut NPB
4-40 x 0.25 panhead taptite
6-32 panhead taptite 5/16
#4 x 0.046 shoulder washer
Grafoil TO-220
Grafoil pad
6-32 panhead philips
575-1604-012
596-1104-008
560-2104-008
575-0604-008
575-0606-010
596-4504-008
018-1007-043
018-1007-044
575-0606-012
J 101
J 102
PC board mt AC power cord
4-cond #22 conn housing
515-0028-008
515-9031-233
MP101 OCXO drawer heat sink
MP102 OCXO drwr finned heat sink
017-2210-130
014-0771-126
PC100 Power supply board
035-2000-930
R 101 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 102 220 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
569-0111-339
569-0111-234
S 101 115/230V select switch
583-3008-002
T 101 Low profile PC bd mt xfmr
592-3001-030
U 101 Voltage reg TO-3 LM117
U 102 5V regulator LM2940T-5
544-2003-092
544-2003-091
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
NUMBER
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD
PART NO. 023-2000-310
C 001
C 002
C 004
C 005
C 006
C 007
C 008
C 009
C 010
C 011
C 012
C 013
C 015
C 016
C 017
C 018
C 019
C 020
C 021
C 022
C 023
C 024
C 025
C 026
C 027
C 028
C 029
C 030
C 031
C 032
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
47 µF 25V electrolytic radial
47 µF 25V electrolytic radial
62 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
62 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3602-100
510-3602-200
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3602-100
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3602-200
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-4425-470
510-4425-470
510-3602-620
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-2625-100
510-2625-100
510-3606-103
510-2625-100
510-2625-100
510-3602-620
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
CR001
CR002
CR003
CR004
CR005
Green LED submin radial
Yellow LED submin radial
Red LED subminiature radial
Red LED subminiature radial
Yellow LED submin radial
549-4001-122
549-4001-121
549-4001-120
549-4001-120
549-4001-121
DS001 7-segment display .3" green
549-4002-020
EP001
EP002
EP003
EP004
018-1080-001
018-1080-001
018-1080-001
018-1080-001
Crystal pin insulator
Crystal pin insulator
Crystal pin insulator
Crystal pin insulator
9-31
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
HW001 Panel fastener
HW001 Card injector/extractor nylon
537-0011-031
537-9057-020
J 001
J 002
J 003
J 004
J 005
J 006
8-cond modular jack PC mt
3-pin single inline header
14-pin double row header
6-pin double row header
3-pin single inline header
3-pin single inline header
515-2006-040
515-7100-003
515-7101-407
515-7101-403
515-7100-003
515-7100-003
P 001
P 002
P 003
P 004
P 005
P 006
64-pin DIN male right angle
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
515-7082-101
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
PC310 PC board
035-2000-310
Q 002
Q 003
PNP switching SOT-23
NPN gen purp SOT-23
576-0003-612
576-0001-300
R 001
R 002
R 003
R 004
R 005
R 006
R 007
R 008
R 009
R 010
R 011
R 012
R 013
R 014
R 015
R 016
R 017
R 018
R 019
R 020
R 021
R 022
R 023
R 024
R 025
10M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-106
569-0115-222
569-0115-001
569-0115-202
569-0115-151
569-0115-201
569-0115-122
569-0115-122
569-0115-122
569-0115-201
569-0115-122
569-0115-103
569-0115-151
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-222
569-0115-222
569-0115-222
569-0115-222
569-0115-104
569-0115-103
569-0115-472
569-0115-472
569-0115-103
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
R 026
R 027
R 028
R 029
R 030
R 031
R 032
R 033
R 034
R 035
R 038
R 039
R 040
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15 ohm 1W SMD
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-472
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0115-392
569-0115-203
569-0115-274
569-0175-150
S 001
S 002
S 003
SPST momentary sw
8-pos DIP switch
4-pos DIP switch
583-4005-002
583-5002-008
583-5002-004
U 001
U 002
U 003
U 004
U 005
U 006
U 007
U 008
U 009
U 010
U 011
U 012
U 013
U 014
U 015
U 016
U 017
U 018
U 020
U 021
U 022
U 023
U 024
U 025
U 026
U 027
U 028
U 030
U 031
U 032
8k x 8 CMOS static RAM
544-5001-109
Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04 544-3766-004
1 of 8 demux 74HC138
544-3766-138
1 of 8 demux 74HC138
544-3766-138
1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
Quad 2-input OR 74HC32
544-3766-032
Quad 2-input OR 74HC32
544-3766-032
D-latch non-inv 74HC573
544-3766-573
9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703
9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703
12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032
12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032
CMOS 87C52
544-5011-948
HSDB LTR-Net software
023-9998-456
Hex open drain buffer SO-14 544-3716-906
Driver/receiver RS232C/v28 544-2023-014
Micro monitor SO-8 DS1232 544-2003-085
32 x 8 SCRAM SO-28 CMOS 544-5001-412
Quad 2-input NAND 74HC00 544-3766-000
7-stage binary cntr SOIC 4024 544-3016-024
Prog comm intfc 82C51
544-5001-319
Differential bus xcvr SN65176 544-2023-025
Differential bus xcvr SN65176 544-2023-025
MPC boot code
023-9998-277
BCD 7 latch DIP-16 MC14495 544-3014-495
CPU v25 PLCC-84 MPD7032 544-5002-016
EEPROM PLCC32R 28C64 544-5002-412
HEX inverting Schmitt trigger 544-3014-092
Quad 2-input NOR gate
544-3014-002
Octal buffer/line driver
544-3542-243
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
X 001
X 014
X 013
X 024
X 025
X 027
10-pos right angle IC socket
28-pin IC socket
40-pin IC socket
8-pin DIP socket
32-pin IC socket
84-pos PLCC socket
515-5008-270
515-5008-018
515-5008-019
515-5008-011
515-5008-108
515-5020-100
Y 001
Y 002
Y 003
Y 004
10 MHz crystal HC-18
11.059 MHz crystal
2.4576 MHz HC-18U
12 MHz µP crystal
521-0010-000
521-0011-059
521-0002-458
521-0012-000
Z 001
Z 002
EMI suppression filter
EMI suppression filter
532-3003-002
532-3003-002
MAIN AUDIO CARD
PART NO. 023-2000-320
9-32
A 301
Compandor option
023-2000-940
C 100
C 101
C 102
C 103
C 104
C 105
C 106
C 107
C 108
C 109
C 110
C 111
C 112
C 113
C 114
C 115
C 116
C 117
C 118
C 119
C 120
C 121
C 122
C 123
C 124
C 125
C 126
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-471
.0022 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip510-3606-222
.001 µF ±2% NPO 1206
510-3616-102
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3606-104
100 pF ±2% NPO 1206
510-3616-101
.033 µF ±5% X7R 1210
510-3610-333
.068 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-683
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-223
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-104
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-104
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-223
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-223
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-103
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
510-3602-102
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-103
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-103
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-104
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-104
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-103
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-223
.047 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-473
.0068 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3606-682
680 pF ±2% NPO 1206
510-3616-681
.01 µF ±2% NPO 1206
510-3617-103
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 127
C 128
C 129
C 130
C 131
C 132
C 133
C 134
C 136
C 137
C 138
C 139
C 140
C 141
C 142
C 143
C 144
C 145
C 146
C 147
C 148
C 149
C 150
C 151
C 152
C 153
C 154
C 155
C 156
C 157
C 158
C 159
C 160
C 161
C 162
C 163
C 164
C 165
C 166
C 169
C 170
C 171
C 172
C 173
C 174
C 175
C 176
DESCRIPTION
680 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206
470 pF ±2% NPO 1206
470 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.0047 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.0056 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206
20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.047 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.0068 µF ±5% X7R 1206
390 pF ±5% NPO 1206
4700 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.01 µF ±2% NPO 1206
4700 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±2% NPO 1206
360 pF ±5% NPO 1206
15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
510-3616-681
510-3616-332
510-3616-471
510-3616-471
510-3609-472
510-3617-562
510-3616-472
510-3602-200
510-3602-101
510-3602-101
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-223
510-3606-473
510-3609-682
510-3602-391
510-3616-681
510-3617-103
510-3616-472
510-3609-223
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3602-150
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-2625-100
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3602-200
510-3602-200
510-3616-102
510-3602-361
510-3602-150
510-3606-104
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
C 177
C 178
C 179
C 180
C 181
C 182
C 183
C 184
C 185
C 186
C 187
C 188
C 189
C 190
C 191
C 192
C 193
C 194
C 195
C 196
C 197
C 198
C 199
C 200
C 201
C 202
C 203
C 204
C 205
C 206
C 207
C 208
C 209
C 210
C 211
C 212
C 213
C 214
C 215
C 216
C 217
C 218
C 219
C 220
C 221
C 222
C 223
9-33
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-2625-109
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 224
C 225
C 226
C 227
C 228
C 229
C 230
C 231
C 232
C 233
C 234
C 235
C 236
C 237
C 238
C 239
C 240
C 241
C 242
C 247
C 249
C 251
C 254
C 255
C 256
C 257
C 258
C 262
C 263
C 264
C 265
C 266
C 267
C 268
C 269
C 270
C 271
C 272
C 273
C 276
C 277
C 278
C 279
C 280
C 281
C 282
C 283
DESCRIPTION
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.033 µF ±5% X7R 1210
.047 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.068 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.0022 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.0068 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.22 µF ±5% X7R 1210
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
820 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-2625-109
510-3616-102
510-3610-333
510-3609-473
510-3609-683
510-2625-109
510-2626-150
510-2626-150
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-2626-150
510-3606-104
510-2624-470
510-2626-150
510-2624-470
510-2624-470
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-2624-470
510-2624-470
510-2624-470
510-2624-470
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3616-222
510-3616-472
510-3617-682
510-3610-224
510-3609-223
510-3616-821
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
9-34
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
C 285
C 286
C 287
C 288
C 289
C 290
C 291
C 292
C 293
C 294
C 296
C 297
C 298
C 299
C 300
C 301
C 302
C 303
C 304
C 305
C 306
C 307
470 µF 25V radial low temp
10 µF tantalum SMD
300 pF ±5% NPO 1206
300 pF ±5% NPO 1206
300 pF ±5% NPO 1206
300 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
360 pF ±5% NPO 1206
68 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.0039 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.0056 µF ±2% NPO 1210
.0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.0039 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
10 µF tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
510-4064-471
510-2625-100
510-3602-301
510-3602-301
510-3602-301
510-3602-301
510-3609-104
510-3602-361
510-3602-680
510-3609-104
510-2625-100
510-3616-392
510-3616-332
510-3606-103
510-3617-562
510-3616-472
510-3616-332
510-3616-392
510-3606-104
510-2625-100
510-3606-104
510-3602-101
CR100
CR101
CR102
CR103
CR104
CR105
CR106
CR107
CR108
CR109
CR110
CR111
CR112
CR113
CR114
CR117
CR118
CR119
CR120
Switching diode SOT-23
Dual switching diode SOT-23
Dual switching diode SOT-23
Dual switching diode SOT-23
Dual switching diode SOT-23
Dual switching diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
4.3V zener SOT-23
UHF/VHF band switch SOT
UHF/VHF band switch SOT
UHF/VHF band switch SOT
2.4V 1W zener
2.4V 1W zener
15V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
523-1504-002
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-002
523-2016-439
523-1504-012
523-1504-012
523-1504-012
523-2505-249
523-2505-249
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-519
523-2016-519
EP100 Crystal pin insulator
018-1080-001
HW001 Panel fastener
HW101 Card inj/ext nylon pull
537-0011-031
537-9057-020
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
HW102 Rivet snap 0.142 dia
574-9015-050
J 100
J 101
J 102
J 103
J 104
J 105
J 106
J 301
105-2204-105
515-2002-011
515-2001-011
105-2203-101
515-2001-011
515-7100-003
515-7100-005
515-5006-041
Green horizontal tip jack .080
Speaker jack 0.1 enclosed
3.6mm jack enclosed
Black horiz tip jack .080
3.6mm jack enclosed
3-pin single inline header
5-pin single inline header
Minisert cl bottom socket
MP101 Control knob
032-0792-010
P 100
P 101
P 102
P 106
P 107
515-7082-102
515-7082-101
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
32-pin DIN male right angle
64-pin DIN male right angle
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
PC200 PC board
035-2000-320
Q 101
Q 102
Si PNP SOT-23 2N3906
Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
R 101
R 102
R 103
R 104
R 105
R 106
R 107
R 108
R 109
R 110
R 111
R 112
R 113
R 114
R 115
R 116
R 117
R 118
R 119
R 120
R 121
R 122
R 123
29.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
147k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
69.8k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
110 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
110 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
12k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0111-446
569-0111-517
569-0111-482
569-0111-418
569-0111-201
569-0111-604
569-0111-604
569-0111-205
569-0111-604
569-0111-205
569-0111-426
569-0115-473
569-0115-154
569-0115-183
569-0115-473
569-0115-152
569-0115-622
569-0115-123
569-0115-473
569-0115-103
569-0115-473
569-0115-103
569-0115-334
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 124
R 125
R 126
R 127
R 128
R 129
R 130
R 131
R 132
R 133
R 134
R 135
R 136
R 137
R 138
R 139
R 140
R 141
R 142
R 143
R 144
R 145
R 150
R 151
R 152
R 153
R 154
R 155
R 156
R 157
R 158
R 159
R 160
R 161
R 162
R 163
R 164
R 165
R 166
R 167
R 168
R 169
R 170
R 171
R 172
R 173
R 174
9-35
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
121k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
121k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
35.7k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
27.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
22.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
17.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
86.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
43.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.74k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.01k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
54.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
430k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
160k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-105
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-474
569-0115-104
569-0115-473
569-0115-104
569-0115-563
569-0115-563
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-473
569-0115-103
569-0111-509
569-0111-509
569-0111-454
569-0111-443
569-0111-435
569-0111-424
569-0115-332
569-0115-102
569-0115-154
569-0111-491
569-0111-462
569-0115-223
569-0115-433
569-0115-433
569-0115-823
569-0115-823
569-0115-823
569-0115-823
569-0111-343
569-0111-305
569-0111-347
569-0111-426
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-473
569-0115-563
569-0115-563
569-0115-222
569-0111-472
569-0115-105
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-434
569-0115-164
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 175
R 176
R 177
R 178
R 179
R 180
R 181
R 182
R 183
R 184
R 185
R 186
R 187
R 188
R 189
R 190
R 191
R 192
R 193
R 194
R 195
R 196
R 197
R 198
R 199
R 200
R 201
R 202
R 203
R 204
R 205
R 206
R 207
R 208
R 209
R 210
R 211
R 212
R 213
R 214
R 215
R 216
R 217
R 218
R 219
R 220
R 222
DESCRIPTION
4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
16k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0115-432
569-0115-682
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-301
569-0115-301
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-301
569-0115-301
569-0111-485
569-0111-485
569-0111-485
569-0111-485
569-0115-301
569-0115-301
569-0111-485
569-0111-485
569-0111-485
569-0111-485
569-0115-301
569-0115-301
569-0115-105
569-0115-103
569-0115-104
569-0115-222
569-0115-274
569-0115-105
569-0115-103
569-0115-473
569-0115-752
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-101
569-0115-102
569-0115-512
569-0115-392
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0115-101
569-0115-823
569-0115-184
569-0115-163
569-0115-104
R 223
R 225
R 226
R 227
R 228
R 229
R 230
R 231
R 232
R 233
R 234
R 235
R 236
R 237
R 238
R 239
R 240
R 241
R 242
R 243
R 244
R 247
R 248
R 249
R 250
R 251
R 252
R 253
R 254
R 256
R 257
R 258
R 259
R 260
R 261
R 262
R 263
R 264
R 265
R 266
R 267
R 268
R 269
R 270
R 271
R 274
R 275
9-36
DESCRIPTION
6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
10k ohm Vol/Audio switch
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
54.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
120k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
390k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
39k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
PART
NUMBER
569-0115-682
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0111-512
569-0115-102
569-0115-752
569-0115-103
569-0175-510
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0018-044
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
569-0111-472
569-0115-124
569-0115-363
569-0115-154
569-0115-513
569-0115-433
569-0115-394
569-0115-473
569-0115-363
569-0115-363
569-0115-222
569-0115-103
569-0115-473
569-0115-274
569-0115-222
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-222
569-0115-103
569-0115-222
569-0115-363
569-0115-363
569-0115-393
569-0115-184
569-0115-363
569-0115-363
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 276
R 277
R 279
R 280
R 281
R 282
R 283
R 284
R 285
R 286
R 288
R 289
R 290
R 291
R 292
R 293
R 294
R 295
R 296
R 297
R 298
R 299
R 300
R 301
R 302
R 303
R 304
R 305
R 306
R 307
R 308
R 309
R 310
R 311
R 312
R 313
R 314
R 315
R 316
R 317
R 318
R 319
R 320
R 321
R 322
R 323
DESCRIPTION
18k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2 ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
1 ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
39 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm multi-turn pot
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
27 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm multi-turn pot
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
909k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
43.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
86.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
909k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0115-183
569-0115-512
569-0115-154
569-0115-154
569-0115-105
569-0115-103
569-0115-001
569-0115-103
569-0115-222
569-0115-753
569-0115-221
569-0115-229
569-0115-109
569-0115-102
569-0115-390
569-0115-622
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-363
562-0110-104
569-0115-363
569-0115-241
569-0115-270
562-0110-104
569-0115-363
569-0115-363
569-0111-593
569-0111-440
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0111-462
569-0111-491
569-0111-440
569-0111-593
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-184
569-0115-101
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
9-37
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
RT100 10k ohm chip thermistor
569-3013-007
S 100
S 101
8-pos DIP switch
4-pos DIP switch
583-5002-008
583-5002-004
U 100
U 101
U 102
U 103
U 104
U 105
U 106
U 107
U 108
U 109
U 110
U 111
U 112
U 113
U 114
U 115
U 116
U 117
U 118
U 119
U 120
U 121
U 122
U 123
U 124
U 125
U 126
U 127
U 128
U 129
U 130
U 131
U 132
U 133
U 135
U 136
U 149
U 151
U 153
U 154
U 155
U 156
Quad 2-input NOR
544-3766-002
Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04 544-3766-004
1 of 8 demux 74HC138
544-3766-138
1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
D-latch non-inverting SOIC 544-3766-573
D-latch non-inverting SOIC 544-3766-573
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
Compatible modem Bell-202 544-3988-014
Compatible modem Bell-202 544-3988-014
CMOS 87C52
544-5011-948
Main Audio Card/LTR-Net
023-9998-455
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
Micro monitor SO-8 DS1232 544-2003-085
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
Quad op amp SOIC MC3403 544-2020-008
Quad op amp SOIC MC3403 544-2020-008
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008
Audio amp 10W TO-220
544-2006-013
1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
Dual op amp SO-8 MC33178 544-2019-018
+8V regulator SOIC 78L08
544-2603-042
EEPOT 100k SOIC 9C104
544-0004-209
EEPOT 100k SOIC 9C104
544-0004-209
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001
Quad 2-in OR SOIC 74HC32 544-3766-032
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
U 157
U 158
U 159
U 160
U 161
U 162
U 163
U 164
U 165
U 166
U 167
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
Quad analog sw SOIC DG202
Quad analog sw SOIC DG202
9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28
9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28
Dr/Rcvr RS232C V.28 145406
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Dual op amp SO-8 MC33178
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404
544-3766-574
544-3003-001
544-3003-001
544-3764-703
544-3764-703
544-2023-014
544-2019-004
544-2019-004
544-2019-004
544-2019-018
544-2020-008
X 110
X 111
X 112
28-pin IC socket
40-pin IC socket
28-pin IC socket
515-5008-018
515-5008-019
515-5008-018
Y 100
Y 101
3.5795 MHz crystal
11.059 MHz crystal
521-0003-579
521-0011-059
Z 100
Z 101
Z 102
EMI suppression filter
EMI suppression filter
EMI suppression filter
532-3003-002
532-3003-002
532-3003-002
SYMBOL
NUMBER
INTERFACE ALARM CARD
PART NO. 023-2000-350
C 500
C 502
C 503
C 511
C 512
C 513
C 514
C 515
C 516
C 517
C 518
C 519
C 521
C 522
C 523
C 525
C 526
C 527
C 528
C 529
C 530
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
47 µF 25V electrolytic radial
47 µF 25V electrolytic radial
10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
220 µF 25V aluminum radial
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
510-3606-103
510-3607-104
510-3602-151
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-4425-470
510-4425-470
510-2625-100
510-2625-109
510-2628-108
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-4225-221
9-38
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
C 531
C 532
C 533
C 534
C 535
C 536
C 537
C 538
C 539
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
1000 µF 25V aluminum radial
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3606-103
510-4225-102
510-3606-103
510-3602-101
510-3602-101
510-3607-104
510-3607-104
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
CR500
CR501
CR502
CR503
CR504
CR505
CR506
CR507
CR508
CR509
CR510
CR511
CR512
CR513
CR523
CR524
CR525
CR526
CR527
CR528
CR529
CR530
CR531
CR532
CR533
Red LED submin radial
Green LED submin radial
Yellow LED submin radial
Green LED submin radial
Green LED submin radial
Yellow LED submin radial
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Green LED submin radial
Green LED submin radial
Green LED submin radial
200V 1.5A rectifier 1N4818
5.1V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23 BZXC15
15V zener SOT-23 BZXC15
15V zener SOT-23 BZXC15
15V zener SOT-23 BZXC15
15V zener SOT-23 BZXC15
549-4001-120
549-4001-122
549-4001-121
549-4001-122
549-4001-122
549-4001-121
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
549-4001-122
549-4001-122
549-4001-122
523-0013-201
523-2016-519
523-2016-519
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
F 501
1A 250V submin fuse
534-0017-014
FH501 Fuse holder
534-1017-001
HW001 Panel fastener 0.475 long
HW500 Card inj/ext nylon pull
537-0011-031
537-9057-020
J 500
J 501
J 502
J 503
105-2204-105
105-2203-101
105-2202-101
515-7100-003
Horizontal green tip jack .080
Horizontal black tip jack .080
Horizontal red tip jack .080
3-pin single inline header
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
J 504
J 505
3-pin single inline header
4-pin single inline header
515-7100-003
515-7100-004
K 500
K 501
K 502
K 503
12V SPDT 1A relay submin
12V SPDT 1A relay submin
12V SPDT 1A relay submin
12V SPDT 1A relay submin
567-2002-021
567-2002-021
567-2002-021
567-2002-021
L 501
3 µH filter choke PC mount
542-5007-031
P 500
P 501
P 503
P 504
P 505
64-pin DIN male right angle
32-pin DIN male right angle
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
515-7082-101
515-7082-102
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
PC350 PC board
035-2000-350
Q 500
Q 501
Q 502
Q 503
Q 504
Q 505
Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904
Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904
Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904
Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904
NPN dig SOT-23F RN1404
NPN dig SOT-23F RN1404
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-616
576-0003-616
R 500
R 501
R 502
R 504
R 506
R 507
R 508
R 509
R 510
R 511
R 512
R 513
R 514
R 515
R 516
R 517
R 518
R 519
R 520
R 521
R 522
R 523
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
569-0115-472
569-0115-472
569-0513-431
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
569-0115-104
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
569-0115-103
569-0115-203
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-272
569-0115-272
569-0115-272
569-0115-272
569-0115-272
569-0115-472
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 524
R 525
R 526
R 527
R 528
R 529
R 530
R 531
R 532
R 533
R 534
R 535
R 536
R 537
R 538
R 539
R 541
R 543
R 544
R 545
R 546
R 547
R 548
R 549
R 550
R 551
R 552
R 553
R 554
R 555
R 556
R 557
R 558
R 559
R 560
R 561
R 562
R 563
R 564
R 567
R 568
R 569
R 576
R 577
R 578
9-39
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
4.32k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
569-0115-472
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
569-0115-472
569-0115-122
569-0115-472
569-0111-401
569-0111-362
569-0115-472
569-0115-102
569-0115-105
569-0115-472
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-201
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0513-431
569-0513-431
569-0513-431
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-122
569-0115-122
569-0115-122
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-392
569-0115-102
569-0115-201
569-0115-201
569-0115-201
569-0115-272
569-0115-102
569-0115-272
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
S 500
S 501
S 502
S 503
S 508
4-pos recessed DIP switch
4-pos recessed DIP switch
4-pos recessed DIP switch
4-pos recessed DIP switch
Toggle switch on/on rt angle
U 500
U 501
U 503
U 504
U 505
U 506
U 507
U 508
U 509
U 510
U 511
U 512
U 513
U 514
U 517
U 518
U 520
U 521
U 523
1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
8-bit A/D converter
544-2031-001
Bilateral switch SOIC 4066B 544-3016-066
Hex open drain buffer SO-14 544-3716-906
Quad op amp SOIC
544-2020-008
NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
Bilateral switch SOIC 4066B 544-3016-066
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
Transparent latch SOIC
544-3766-573
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
Transparent latch SOIC
544-3766-573
+8V regulator 78M08
544-2003-081
Z 500
Z 501
EMI suppression filter
EMI suppression filter
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
583-5002-104
583-5002-104
583-5002-104
583-5002-104
583-0006-014
532-3003-002
532-3003-002
9-40
SECTION 10 SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
TRANSISTORS
TRANSISTORS
Part Number
576-0001-300
576-0002-603
576-0003-600
576-0003-602
576-0003-604
576-0003-612
576-0003-636
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
576-0004-098
576-0004-820
576-0004-821
576-0006-109
DIODES
523-1504-002
523-1504-012
523-1504-015
523-1504-016
523-1504-023
523-2016-180
523-2016-479
523-2016-519
523-2016-629
523-2016-919
523-5004-002
Basing Diagram
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
3
4
4
5
Identification
1R
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
5A
2A
4E
5H
A7
Y7
8E/Z1
8F/Z2
8J/Z4
8P/Z8
2X
R2/R3
3604
2T
R25
2A
1A
C
C
TOP
VIEW
TOP
VIEW
B
B
E
C
1
E
B
B
2
E
B C B
TOP
VIEW
E
C
C
E
TOP
VIEW
E
B E B
3
4
C
S
G
D
TOP
VIEW
A
NC
6
5
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
14
16
6
8
1
40
7
9
1
6
39
39
50
TOP VIEW
TOP
VIEW
1
60
7
END
VIEW
10-1
17
29
80
70
29
17
18
18
45
TOP
VIEW
TOP
VIEW
8
1
40
7
28
28
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
Figure 10-1 RF MODULE INTERFACE CONNECTOR
Figure 10-2 BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECTIONS
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
10-2
OCXO DRAWER FRONT/REAR PANEL
FIGURE 10-3
OCXO DRAWER
FIGURE 10-6
GND
RX
TX
REPEATER REAR VIEW
FIGURE 10-4
RFIC
MPC
MAC
IAC
PA
EXCITER/RECEIVER
REPEATER FRONT VIEW
FIGURE 10-5
10-3
REPEATER CABINET EXPLODED VIEW
FIGURE 10-7
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
REAR CONNECTOR BOARD
A10
RF INTERFACE
(023-2008-110)
BACKPLANE
BACKPLANE A9
J1
J2
A5
P11
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
J2
6
6
24 HSDB+
5
5
56 HSDB-
FWD/REV PWR DETECT
C11
J101
A8
1
1
1
2
18
19
+15V
W115
W655
PWR OUT
WO 652
WO 655
C12
P9
RF MUX 3 INH 14
RF MUX 3 INH
REFLECTED POWER
W656
W126
ISOLATOR
WO 656
R685
C13
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
4
4
25 IRDB+
3
3
57 IRDB-
7
2
20 TLA DB+
HS CS EX 16
8
1
52 TLA DB-
SYN CS EX 26
PC STR 15
LPTT 21
3
2
2
4
19
20
5
3
3
6
20
21
7
4
4
8
21
22
PC STR
FORWARD POWER
W654
W121
PWR IN
WO 651
WO 654
LPTT
A8
POWER AMPLIFIER
HS CS EX
LOW-PASS
FILTER
C4
SYN CS EX
+26V
W501
W116
RF OUT
WO 510
WO 501
C2
J2
J3
RXA+ 1
A6
1
J1
P2-P4-P6-P8
P13-P15-P17
P2-P4-P6-P8
P13-P15-P17
1
13
POWER CONTROL
W505
W120
WO 505
C3
TX MOD 29
TX MOD
+15V
W118
W506
WO 506
C6
RXA- 2
2
2
14
WO 4 30
9
5
5
WO 101
GROUND
W117
W507
WO 507
C6
TXA+ 3
3
3
15
TXA- 4
4
4
16
10
22
23
11
6
6
GROUND
W117
W508
WO 508
C7
WO 1 11
WO 102
FINAL POWER 1
W122
W515
WO 515
C8
TIP 5
5
5
17
WO 3 28
12
23
24
13
7
7
14
24
25
WO 108
FINAL POWER 2
RX WBAND
FINAL POWER 3
WO 109
FINAL POWER 4
W123
RX WBAND 3
RING 6
6
6
18
TIP 1 7
7
7
19
W516
WO 516
W 517
WO 517
W 518
WO 518
W519
WO 519
W 521
WO 521
RF INPUT
WO 509
C9
RX WBAND 27
W124
C10
WO 2 24
W125
C5
RING 1 8
8
8
20
RF DATA A 29
15
8
8
RF DATA A
TEMP SENSOR
EA
9
9
21
RF DATA B 30
16
25
26
RF DATA B
GAIN BLOCK POWER
EB 10
10
10
22
RF DATA C 31
17
9
9
RF DATA C
MA 11
11
11
23
A-D LEVEL 28
18
26
27
A-D LEVEL
MB 12
12
12
24
RF MUX 2 INH 13
19
10
10
RF MUX 2 INH
RF DATA 32
20
27
28
RF DATA
RF CLOCK 8
W127
C1
9
W147
A-D LEVEL 26
EXCITER
RXS+ 13
13
13
1
J402
J401
J102
+15V
1
+15V
RXS- 14
14
14
2
21
11
11
RF CLOCK
WO 128
2
WO 423
TXS+ 15
15
15
3
SYN CS RX 10
22
28
29
SYN CS RX
WO 129
3
WO 429
TXS- 16
16
16
4
HS CS RX 25
23
12
12
HS CS RX
WO 130
4
WO 421
VOTER AUDIO 17
17
17
25
24
29
30
RSSI
WO 131
5
WO 427
EXT MODE 18
18
18
11
25
13
13
RF MUX 1 INH
WO 132
6
WO 419
19
19
26
30
31
WO 133
7
WO 425
EXT REQ 1 20
20
20
27
14
14
V REF EX/WO 103
WO 134
8
WO 417
GROUND 21
21
21
28
31
32
WO 110
WO 135 / V REF EX
9
V REF EX / WO 415
GROUND 22
22
22
29
15
15
WO 104
GROUND
10
GROUND
VOTER DATA IN 19
RSSI 12
RF MUX 1 INH 12
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
58
10
V REF EX 7
A9
ANT
IAC SLOT P1
+15V ACC 23
23
23
+15V ACC 24
24
24
RSSI 25
25
25
DUPLEXER
24
30
25
12
32
33
WO 111
LPTT
TX
LPTT
11
31
16
16
WO 105
SYN CS EX
12
SYN CS EX
32
33
34
WO 112
TX MOD
13
EX MOD
33
17
17
WO 106
GROUND
14
GROUND
34
34
35
WO 113
GROUND
15
GROUND
18
SYN LK EX
16
SYN LK EX
36
HS LK EX
17
HS LK EX
HS CS EX
18
HS CS EX
RF CLOCK
19
RF CLOCK
RF DATA
20
RF DATA
RX
IAC SLOT P9
AC FAIL OUT 26
26
26
23
ALARM 1 IN + 27
27
27
5
ALARM 1 IN - 28
28
28
37
ALARM 2 IN + 29
29
29
6
IAC SLOT P1
FILTER BOARD
A 11
POWER SUPPLY
A10
ALARM 2 IN - 30
30
30
38
ALARM 1 OUT + 31
31
31
19
GROUND
B
ALARM 1 OUT - 32
32
32
51
+15V
C
A4
P104
GROUND (BLK)
J403
P105
GROUND (BLK)
P103
ALARM 2 OUT + 33
33
33
20
ALARM 2 OUT - 34
34
34
52
+26V
+15V (WHT)
A
P101
+26V (RED)
P102
J1
A7
P1
WO 145 / C4
A9
OCXO IN
WO 144 / C2
RECEIVER
WO 143 / C3
W201
J201
J103
+26V (RED)
+15V
1
+15V
OCXO OUT
WO 32
P10
WO 136
2
GROUND
1
FAN LOW
WO 137
3
WO 17
8
2
FAN HIGH
WO 138
4
WO 25
ALARM 3 IN + 1
1
1
7
ALARM 3 IN - 2
2
2
39
ALARM 4 IN + 3
3
3
J104
A201
FAN
ALARM 4 IN - 4
4
4
40
3
FAN LOW
WO 139
5
WO 19
SQUELCH ENABLE 5
5
5
9
4
FAN HIGH
WO 140
6
WO 23
IAC 41 6
6
6
41
RSSI
7
RSSI
EXT REQ 2 7
7
7
10
WO 141
8
WO 21
EXT OUT 1 8
8
8
RX WBAND
9
RX WBAND
COM 17 9
9
9
10
WO 27
GROUND
11
GROUND
SYN CS RX
12
SYN CS RX
RX INJ
13
RX INJ TP
SYN LK RX
14
SYN LK RX
GROUND
15
GROUND
RF IN
J202
OCXO IN
OCXO
DRAWER
IAC SLOT P9
7
17
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
WO 142
17
COM 49 10
10
10
49
SYNC IN 11
11
11
18
COM 50 12
12
12
50
49
18
50 WO 17
WO 16
IAC SLOT P9
ALARM 3 OUT + 13
13
13
1
HS CS RX
16
HS CS RX
ALARM 3 OUT - 14
14
14
17
GROUND
17
GROUND
ALARM 4 OUT + 15
15
15
2
RF CLOCK
18
RF CLOCK
ALARM 4 OUT - 16
16
16
18
HS LK RX
19
HS LK RX
TX DATA OUT 17
17
17
RF DATA
20
RF DATA
TX DATA IN 18
18
18
COM 53
19
19
RX VOICE 20
20
20
P2-P4-P6-P8
P13-P15-P17
8
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
9
RF INTERFACE
FIGURE 10-9
53
31
COM 54 21
21
21
TX VOICE 22
22
22
54
COM 55
23
23
BUF RX WBAND 24
24
24
22
I/O 13 25
25
25
27
COMM 6 26
26
26
6
32
55
INPUT/OUTPUT ALARM INTERFACE
FIGURE 10-8
5
6
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
10-4
21
58
32
31
64
63
27
59
30
62
29
28
61
60
24
56
25
57
20
52
19
51
26
23
22
17
49
18
50
53
54
55
48
47
16
15
46
14
45
13
44
12
43
11
42
10
41
9
40
8
39
7
38
6
37
5
36
4
35
3
34
2
33
1
-5V
+15V
A18
A19
A16
A17
A14
A15
A12
A13
A10
A11
A8
A9
A6
A7
A4
A5
A2
A3
A0
A1
D6
D7
D4
D5
D2
D3
D0
D1
MREQ
RD
WR
MSTB
COM 54
COM 55
COM 50
COM 53
SYNC IN
COM 17
COM 49
RNT TX DATA
COM 26
RNT RX DATA
+15V FILTERED
TLA-
+15V FILTERED
TLA+
IRDB-
IRDB+
HSDB-
HSDB+
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+15V
+15V
-5V
-5V
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
VOTER DATA IN
GROUND
P3-P5-P7-P12-P14-P16-P18
LPTT
P3-P5-P7-P12-P14-P16-P18
IAC SLOT
P1
1 A19
33 A18
+5V
2
A17
+15V
WO 13
34 A16
HSDB+ 6
FILTERED
P11
3
A15
HSDB- 5
35 A14
IRDB+ 4
4
IRDB- 3
36 A12
TLA+ 2
11 D7
TLA- 1
43 D6
A13
12 D5
44 D4
13 D3
45 D2
14 D1
46 D0
REPEATER I/O
J1
VOTER DATA IN 19
15 MREQ
16 MSTB
47 RD
48 WR
+15V ACC 23
ACC
WO 17
55 COM 55
+15V
WO 16
54 COM 54
+15V ACC 24
53 COM 53
ALARM 1 IN + 27
5
ALARM 1 IN - 28
37 ALARM 1 IN -
ALARM 1 IN +
ALARM 1 OUT + 31
19 ALARM 1 OUT +
ALARM 1 OUT - 32
51 ALARM 1 OUT -
ALARM 2 IN + 29
6
ALARM 2 IN - 30
38 ALARM 2 IN -
ALARM 2 IN +
ALARM 2 OUT + 33
20 ALARM 2 OUT +
ALARM 2 OUT - 34
52 ALARM 2 OUT -
AC FAIL OUT 26
P19
57 POWER SWITCH
WO 1
22
P2-P4-P6-P8
P13-P15-P17
RX VOICE 31
21
TX VOICE 32
F1 SOURCE
4A
+15V
WO 3
30 +15V
62 +15V
56 THERMAL SENSOR
WO 4
63 GROUND
TX DATA OUT
8
WO 5
64 GROUND
TX DATA IN
9
WO 8
31 GROUND
COMM 6
6
I/O 13
5
32 GROUND
WO 9
EXT REQ 1 20
10 EXT REQ 1
EXT MOD 18
WO 6
F3 SOURCE
1A
-5V
F2 SOURCE
4A
+5V
11 EXT MOD
27 -5V
59 -5V
28 +5V
RXS+ 13
1
RXS+
RXS- 14
2
RXS-
WO 7
TXS+ 15
3
TXS+
WO 2
TXS- 16
4
TXS-
29 +5V
60 +5V
61 +5V
RXA+
1
13 RXA+
RXA-
2
14 RXA-
TXA+
3
15 TXA+
50 COM 50
TXA-
4
16 TXA-
18 SYNC IN
EA
9
21 EA
49 COM 49
EB 10
22 EB
17 COM 17
MA 11
23 MA
21
MB 12
24 MB
22
25 VOTER AUDIO
23
17 TIP
42
RING 6
18 RING
10 EXT REQ 2
TIP 1 7
19 TIP 1
41 IAC 41
20 RING 1
9
12 RSSI
40 ALARM 4 IN -
30 WO 4
8
28 WO 3
39 ALARM 3 IN -
VOTER AUDIO 17
TIP 5
RING 1 8
RSSI 25
29 TX MOD
7
7 V REF EX
9
12
8
27
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
1
26
10
7
4
13
18
10-5
3
15
16
17
20
21
11
14
22
23
6
5
25
19
2
14
13
12
16
26
25
10
24
11
8
32
31
30
29
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
15
28
3
23
9
19
4
20
5
21
27
6
7
1
17
2
18
22
24
ALARM 3 IN -
ALARM 4 IN +
ALARM 3 IN +
ACC
24 +15V ACCESSORY
+15V
25 +15V ACCESSORY
FILTERED
26 +15V FILTERED
+15V
58 +15V FILTERED
ALARM 3 IN +
ALARM 4 IN -
ALARM 4 IN +
IAC 41
SQUELCH ENABLE
COM 17
EXT REQ 2
SYNC IN
COM 49
COM 55
COM 50
COM 53
COM 54
TX VOICE
RX VOICE
TX DATA IN
TX DATA OUT
COMM 6
I/O 13
EXT OUT 1
ALARM 3 OUT +
ALARM 3 OUT -
ALARM 4 OUT +
ALARM 4 OUT -
BUF RX WBAND
ALARM 4 OUT -
P9 P10
J2 P9
24
BUF RX WBAND
ALARM 3 OUT +
ALARM 3 OUT -
COMM 6
EXT OUT 1
I/O 13
AC FAIL IN
RX WBAND
AC FAIL OUT
A-D LEVEL
PC STR
RF DATA A
RF DATA B
RF DATA C
RF DATA
RF CLOCK
WO 1
WO 2
HS CS RX
SYN CS RX
HS CS EX
SYN CS EX
RF MUX 2 INH
RF MUX 1 INH
RF MUX 3 INH
RF MUX 2 INH
RF MUX 3 INH
RF MUX 1 INH
SYN CS EX
HS CS EX
SYN CS RX
HS CS RX
WO 1
WO 2
RF DATA
RF CLOCK
RF DATA B
RF DATA C
PC STR
RF DATA A
A-D LEVEL
RX WBAND
LPTT
V REF EX
WO 3
TX MOD
RSSI
WO 4
RF
INTERFACE
J2
ALARM 4 OUT +
A-D LEVEL 26
RX WBAND 27
SQELCH ENABLE
P10
16
15
14
13
8
26
25
18
17
22
20
19
21
23
12
11
10
9
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT
FIGURE 10-10
R170
C126
R63
R65
R64
R66
2
20
WO119
WO145
GROUND
8
WO125
RF OUT 4
WO124
RF OUT 3
WO123
RF OUT 2
CR108
R84
R85
R137
R129
R138
C136
R131
WO122
RF OUT 1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
R127
R133
E
R113
C
C118
R107
C123
WO127
TEMP
E
R61
R115
R117
C149
4
1
5
U111
C122
E
Q108
C108
C
B
Q104
R114
R100
Q102
R94
B
E
R67
R105
R103
C109
8
U102
R110
R69
R76
R47
RF INTERFACE BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-11
10-6
B
5
CR105
R45
R49
8
R125
16
C124
C
Q105
R116
C133
U103
9
R123
C133
R121
1
8
R136
R135
4
C
R141
R108
R109
R72
C135
R82
R83
C106
R95
C105
R142
R104
R55
R78
C110
C115
R118
R119
C
R112
R111
R48
1
C134
8
R88
R89
CR101
Q103
E
C121
CR103
C101
R70
CR109
14
R54
C137
R86
U109
C138
E B
Q101 R140
C130
4
C143
WO115
POWER
SENSE
U101
1
R102
1
WO126
REFLECTED
POWER
B
R71
WO121
FORWARD
POWER
R87
R79
WO129
5
8
C111
R139
WO
130
WO
132
+ C107
R120
R124
R132
R128
R134
R122
R130 R126
WO109
1
7
C139
C120
R52
F101
C133
C132
7
C141
CR107
C131
R80
R90
C140
R81
U112
C142
C117
R91
R93
R92
WO
128
+ C103
R101
CR110
WO144
+15V
WO108
R70
R163
R165
2
R53
1
1
C125
J105
R51
19
WO
137
B
R199
WO
WO
WO 140 WO 136
141
138
R60
R59
R57
16
WO
142
WO
134
16
WO118
+15V
WO133
2
WO
139
C104
R198
U110
9
C119
WO102
WO101
1
WO131
1
8
R58
R151
R152
R106
R148
16
R143
R144
R159
R156
R150
R158
R157
R145
R166
U104
9
WO135
19
14
J101
U106
9
R164
R162
WO116
+26.5V
R197
R161
R160
WO143
R149
+
WO103
R148
1
8
R147
16
1
8
R153
L101
WO104
WO106
U105
9
R154
F102
WO105
J102
1
20
+ C102
R50
R167
WO112
WO113
18
1
8
R155
CR111
R174
WO111
J103
19
R73
R175
4
R169
R74
C
R176
1
R168
R193
C127
R177
5
U108
R75
R178
R179
E
R180
B
E
Q106
C115
B
8
R173
R172
C128
R171
8
5
R194
4
1
CR104
U107
C113
R187
R186
C112 +
R184
R185
R192
R183
R182
Q107
C114 +
WO110
36
R191
WO117
GROUND
R190
R181
R188
4
R189
J104
1
R46
WO147
RF DET
PRE-DRIVER
WO120
CTRL OUT
R137
22k
J1
1 STR
PC STR 2
R138
22k
R135
22k
2 SER
R136
22k
1
Q8 11
Q7 12
3 CLK
4
Q6 13
U103
23
MC14094BD
Q5 14
+5V
31
5
WO 101
6
WO 102
15
R139
10k
Q4 7
WO 104
16
WO 105
17
WO 106
24
WO 108
25
WO 109
32
WO 110
33
WO 111
34
WO 112
35
WO 113
R140
10k
15 OE
R142
10k
R125
20k
U102A
2
R95
1k
2904
1
3
R106
10k
4 Y7
R150
10k
R147
10k
R146
22k
2904
7
R144
22k
C116
.018
1
Y0 13
224
R81
470
C136
39pF
CR108
5.1V
U112A
1
C133
39pF
+ 3
224
C134
.018
2
C135
.001
7
+ 5
224
9 A2
R93
470
Y4 1
U109B
3 Z
224
7
Y5 5
+
14
C151
39pF
CR110
5.1V
8
U112B
7
224
+ 5
C108
.018
C149
.1
C140
.018
9
WO147
6
C131
.018
R78
270k
WO115
+15V
WO123
C139
39pF
CR109
5.1V
U112D
14
224
+ 12
13
WO124
C137
.018
13
C7
W115
C1
1
W123
C8
W124
C9
R90
270k
W125
C10
W126
C12
FORWARD POWER
RF OUT 1
POWER SENSE
RF OUT 2
RF OUT 3
R86
270k
C138
.001
R87
1k
R88
1k
WO125
12
+
W122
RF DETECT FROM PREDRIVER
R79
1k
R80
1k
R91
1k
R92
1k
C1
3
R48
1k
(4.7k UHF)
WO122
C132
.001
R82
270k
R152
10k
+ 10
224
CR107
5.1V
R89
470
C141
.001
R53
10k
6
U109D
224
R151
10k
5
U112C
C1
W121
R76
5k
R83
1k
R84
1k
W147
CONTROL OUT
R49
0
R45
100
R46
100
R52
10k
R85
470
Y6 2
U111B
6
HEF405TBTD
Y1 14
R148
22k
CR103
3.9V
WO121
U104
C2
+5V
3
+
2
+5V
C150
.001
R56
470k
R109
1k
Y3 12
R145
22k
R114
1.8K
1300
R108
2.7k
W120
P103 +15V IN
W118
3658
Q108
10 A1
36
R117
270
C3
Q105
R55
2.7k
11 A0
18
R115
470
R61
43K
Y2 15
R143
22k
R116
470
R107
560
6 E
RF MUX 3 INH 19
WO120
R110
5.1k
P105 GROUND
W144
+15V
3600
R94
5.1k
R118
20k
R132
10k
WO144
Q102
R105
2.7k
+
C111
.047
U109A
2
U102B
6
5
R134
20k
+5V
R102
2.7k
+
C105
39pF
R130
10k
R133
20k
Q1 4
R101
1k
R128
10k
P104 GROUND
C6
R113
1.8k
2603
P101 +26V IN
WO145
SOURCE F101
2A
+15V
Q103
P102 +26V IN
WO143
R112
1k
Q104
R111
3657
330 R100
100
C109
.001
R126
10k
C4
+26V
L101
+ C117
1000
+15V
R103
270k
R124
10k
R131
20k
Q2 5
CR101
R123
20k
SOURCE F102
2A
+26V
C110
.1
R122
10k
R139
20k
Q3 6
R141
10k
R104
270k
R120
10k
R121
20k
R127
20k
Q101
3657
R119
20k
WO126
R54
10k
WO127 W127
C5
RF OUT 4
REFLECTED POWER
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
WO 103
V REF EX 14
J102
LPPT 20
11 PTT
R156
22k
6 E
RF MUX1 INH 13
Y5 5
U105
R51
100
Y4 1
3 Z
R155
22k
Y3 12
9 A2
RF DATA C 9
+15V
C120
.1
R159
10k
U110F
Y2 15
R153
22k
11 A0
RF DATA A 8
+ C102
2.2
+ C107
2.2
3
U101
WO130
78L05 V OUT 1
GNDA GNDBGNDC GND
2
3
6
7
+ C103
4.7
C104
.1
4
WO131
C119
.1
5
WO132
WO133
7
R57
10k
17 HS LK EX
WO134
10 A1
RF DATA B 26
C101
.01
WO129
6
U110E
74HC906
12
11
Y1 14
R154
22k
+5V
8 V IN
R158
10k
HEF405TBTD
A D LEVEL 27
SOURCE
R157
10k
13
14
2
R59
10k
16 SYN LK EX
WO135
Y6 2
EXCITER
9 V REF EX
WO134
Y7 4
8
Y0
+15V
1 +15V
13
TX MOD 22
13 TX MOD
SYN CS EX 21
12 SYN CS EX
HS CS EX 3
18 HS CS EX
19 RF CLK
3 Z
R165
22k
R164
22k
R163
22k
+5V
R149
22k
U106
R197
10k
15
+5V
R63
10k
74HC906
2
3
4
J103
19 HS LK RX
R65
10k
U110B
Y2 15
5
14 SYN LK RX
Y0 13
6 E
R162
22k
10
14
U110A
11 A0
R166
22k
R161
22k
+26V
R167
1k
Y3 12
20 RF DATA
R198
10k
Y1 14
RF MUX2 INH 10
R160
22k
R50
4.99k
Y6 2
9 A2 HEF405TBT
D
10 A1
R199
10k
13 RX INJ
R73
10k
Y7 4
R66
43k
R64
43k
Y4 1
RECEIVER
Y5 5
RSSI 30
7 RSSI
RX WB AUDIO 7
9 RX WBAND
RF DATA 28
20 RF DATA
RF CLK 11
18 RF CLK
SYN CS RX 29
12 SYN CS RX
HS CS RX 12
LOGIC CONTROL
25
TO FAN
FAN HIGH 2
16 HS CS RX
WO 109
J104
FAN CONNECTOR
FAN 1 BUFFER
R185
22k
R182
22
R181
22
R183
22
R184
22
+26V
U107A
3 +
FAN 1 LOW 1
+ C112
1
2
2904
5 +
FAN 2 LOW 3
R189
22
R190
22
R191
22
C113
.047
U107B
+ C114
1
6
2904
7
R194
15k
15
1. ALL RESISOTRS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN MIDROFARADS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
R175
8.2k
R179
10k
Q107
R180
10k
R186
10k
CR104
5.1V
R177
8.2k
CR111
R172
1k
Q106
3600
R173
3.3k
R178
8.2k
U108A
2904
1
+ 3
2
+5V
R170
1k
C115
.047
R193
10k
10-7
R74
1k
R169
200k
R176
8.2k
2603
FAN 2 BUFFER
R192
22k
NOTES:
1
R187
15k
FAN HIGH 4
R188
22
11
R174
8.2k
R168
10k
C126
.01
2. REMOVE R106 FOR STANDARD POWER UNITS (85-110W)
REMOVE R150 FOR HIGH POWER UNITS ( > 150W).
3. IC NUMBER NOT SHOWN:
PIN NUMBERS
IC
+15V
+5V
GND
8
4
U102
U103
16
8
U104, U105, U106
16
7,8
U107, U108, U111
8
4
U109, U112
11
4
1
8
U110
17
+15V
1 +15V
WO136
2
WO137
3
WO138
4
WO139
5
WO140
6
WO141
8
WO142
10
R171
1.1k
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
RF INTERFACE BOARD SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-12
L209
Z202 Z201
EP2
C209
6
4
3
L206
L205
C280
L204
U201 C208
CH201
C311
C277
C276
R295
C207
R206
L207
C271
C279
C269
R294
EP1
C202
C203
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
R291
R292
C335
Q209
R300 C273
R293 Q209 EP201
C274
R311
06
A0
Q209
Q208
L219
C355
R273 C309
C275
L222
L203
C360
C361
R282 C376
C360
R272
C330
C256
C302
C257
C307
R270
TP2
C259 R299
C326
C334
R278 R277
C258 R275 R279
R274
C260
C261
C268
C306 C327
R242 C244
C331
C356 C310
R290
C272
R276
C333 C332
C358
C303
C319
C255
C377
R268
C308
U209
C357
C278
R296
EP202
C320
R267
CR206
EP9
R297
C365
Q216
EP10
R298
C366
C370
C250 R243
L217
R244
R240
C248 R281
C254
C253 C251
R249
R248
R251
R250
C252
Q211
R271
C266
C294
C295
U207
WO14
L202
CH200
C337
C336
RECEIVER COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-13
10-8
C305
C368
R220
R217 C225
R221
Q203
C226
C224
R219
C314
R319
R269
C299
C300
R304
U208
C297
R316
C322
R302
R301
R314
C296
C369
C230
C228
R224 R222
Q204
R226
C229
R223
R225
C227
R216 R321
R239
C347
C349
C351
C340
C350
C320
C348
C313
L201
A201
C281
EP204
C263
TP1
Q210
L226
L212
L218
R204
L223
Q206
C373
C315
U210
C245
EP6 C249
C243
C242
C241
C304
C349 C349
R210
R245
C246
Q207
R265
C247 R246
C288
EP8
C239
C363
C292
U211
U205
EP5
C325
C206
C265
Q201
L224
Y201
WO15
C298
R201
1
C316
R241 R312 R288
C328
R205
C205
C284
C231
CR201
R266
U202
C364
C233
R229
R303
R207
R254
C285
C235
L208
R315
EP7
R257
C282 R258
Q217
R283
R256
C236
R227 Q205 R230
C234
R228
L215
R281 R264
C291
R318
R231
R287
C359
Z205
R285
TP5
CR205
C317
WO16
C204
Q202
R211
C211
R209
C237
R284
C292
R317 R232
C324 R234
L227
L225
TP6
L228
R322
L216
L214
R324
C236
C236
TP4
R252 R253
C289
C352
R247 R255
R262
C286
U204
RT101
20
19
R202
R203
C270
C338
C367
R263
RT100 C318
2
1
C372
C213
CR201
C212
Z204
U203
C346
C343 WO27
C344 WO21
C345 WO23
WO25
C353
C341 WO17
C342
TP3 C354
C339
C267
C264
Z203
C240
C262
EP3
C219
C217 C221
C280
R323
C373
L211
L230
C214
C375
L213
EP11
C293
R213
C210
R214
Z213
C215
C216 R212
C218
C301
R215
R313
R208
C220
C323
C290
C312
C321
C287
WO19
U206
J201
WO32
EP4
WO202
R218
L220
CH203
CH202
L210
C371
L221
MP1
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
Figure 10-14 RECEIVE VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT
10-9
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
NOTES:
+12V
1. RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS
IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
2
TRANSMIT VCO ONLY.
3
TX
C804
2.7pF
2.2pF
C805
.47uF
.1uF
C808
27pF
C806
4.7uF
C812
3.9pF
1uF
3.3pF
C813
5.6pF
4.7pF
R804
4.7k
12k
Q801
C803
1pF
1.1pF
1300
L805
.039uH
.022uH
R802
3.6k
+
+12V
C807
27pF
R801
10
RX
DESIG
C809
15
WO 805
WO 801
R814
10k
MOD IN
C802
.3pF 2
2
WO 804
CAPACITIVE
MULTIPLIER
C810
27pF
L803
.039uH
C811
27pF
CR801
R803
100
2
WO 807
RF OUT
WO 808
R805
5.1k
C803
WO 802
3636
R806
6.2k
C804
WO 803
OSCILLATOR
Q802
3
TO RESONATOR TAP
L804
.039uH
CONTROL IN
+
C805
3
C812
3
C813
C806
3
CR802
3
3
L805
3
R804
R807
180
3
Figure 10-15 RECEIVE VCO SCHEMATIC
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
10-10
C814
27pF 2
WO 806
RX
+12V
R202
200
R203
200
+ C336
4.7
C311
.001
C337
56pF
RX
+12V
+ C203
4.7
C204
33pF
L204
L201
A201
RF IN
L202
L203
L205
RF AMP
C201
5.6pF
L226
L221
C202
4.3pF
C371
1.3pF
MIXER
C205
6.8pF
R201
2.7k
C208
33pF
L228
L227
4
RF
C372
1.3pF
Q201
3636
5
U201
IF
LRMS-2H
2
GND A
C207
3pF
R204
270
TO OCXO
R239
51
8
C241
.1
R320
10k
OSC IN
V
27
WO 15
C370
27pF
U205
MC145151DW2
28 LOCK DET
HS LK RX 19
C324
100pF
R219
100
R220
100
C211
.01
R211
51
C216
5.6pF
C293
.01
Z203
L209
C375
1.5-5pF
L211
C264
4.3pF
PD OUT 4
R210
3.6k
R322
560
L225
R217
3.3k
Q203
3658
C226
.01
+ C246
1
+6V
C225 C24
.01 .01
C227
.01
C228
.01
C230
.01
R222
3.3k
C369
27pF
Q204
3658
R226
270
U211
TP1
LMC7101
3 +
C247
56pF
TO TX
OCXO
METER
16
W201
U202
MC3371D
MIXER IN
C229
.01
OSC B
GND
1
15
9
AUDIO
MIXER
OUT
3
Vcc
IF IN
4
5
DEC 1
DEC 2
6
7
5
1
Z205
C217
.1
C219
.1
4
+ C245
33
R213
5.1k
R280
100k
QUAD
8
3
2
4
C221
.1
R241
10
5
R215
1.8k
15 N4
C242
.01 2
GND
F IN
R281
1k
C306
18pF
1
C304
27pF
L 217
10uH
R242
2.7k
C244
.01
+12V
R243
3.3k
C248
.001
+12V
R315
270
Q206
3658
Q207
3658
C316
.01
C250
100pF
3
DC IN
R240
270
+6V
C256
.1
R232
10k
18
RF CLK 18
U209
MC145190
20
C328
820pF
C307
100pF
C333
27pF
R319
10k R269
1k
R276
47k
7
17
SYN CS RX 12
R270
1k
2
SYN LK RX 14
L 218
.1uH
C252
.001
CLK
R248
2.7k
Vcc
Q211
3658
12
R255
27k
CR201
C237
5.6pF
C222
120pF
L215
.1uH
L216
.1uH
3
R254
330k
C285
.001
+
U204A
33172
1
2
TP5
13 RX INJ TP
R252
330k
52.5 MHz
C238
390pF
R253
6.8k
C234
.01
+12V
C253
.01
C254
100pF
V IN
+ C364
1.5
C363
.001
U210
LM78L12
V
OUT
GND A
GND B
GND C
GND
2
3
6
7
1
+ C365
4.7
R251
3.3k
C331
27pF
R283
100
C309
1pF
F IN 11
L 219
.018uH
TEST 2 13
F IN
C302
27pF
C259
27pF
C309
3pF
2
TP2
R267
294
V PD
PD OUT
R275
6.8k
R268
1k
R279
1.6k
Q209
3636
C258
27pF
C356
2pF
C310
27pF
R293
51
L222
C274
27pF
C275
3.3pF
EP206
C260
27pF
C272
18pF
C261
3.3pF
C271
5.6pF
R277
150
TAP
8
7
GND
5
GND
2
GND
1
RF OUT
4
+12V
3
R286
18
L212
R287
300
L210
R285
300
C288
6.8pF
C263
3.9pF
R266
220
SOURCE
RECEIVE
R278
1.6k
R292
75
1
C273
27pF
C323
.001
R300
36
C335
27pF
C311
.001
C312
.001
C321
.001
C290
.001
+ C289
4.7
V OUT
GND A
2
+15V
U206
LM78L12
V IN
GND B
GND C
GND
3
6
7
8
1 +15V
+ C287
1.5
C286
.001
SOURCE
L220
FREQ
ADJ
MOD
A006
L224
+15V
VCO
753-772 MHz
6
C280
5.6pF
Q217
4098
R295
390
C358
3.9pF
CNTL
L223
+12V
Q215
3636
R291
1.3k
C334
27pF
+ C281
4.7
R257
100
R265
1k
C277
6.8pF
Q216
3604
R290
1.5k
C282
27pF
CR205
5.6V
+ C279
4.7
R298
100
R296
1k
Q214
3636
R299
36
6
C278
27pF
CR206
5.6V
R311
4.3k
R258
100
R297
220
R294
10
+6V
R274
10
R273
100
EP204
EP202
ENABLE
LOCK DET
C366
.001
+12V
R250
270
C257
.1
GND
+12V
+ C308
4.7
R230
270
R247
1k
SOURCE
8
R249
3.3k
11
5
C233
.01
C235
220pF
C236
220pF
C251
.01
R272
240
RX
C332
27pF
15
C255
.1
TCXO 1.0 PPM
17.5 MHz
Q208
3636
10
+ C232
4.7
Q205
3658
R228
1k
Q210
3658
DATA
C325
100pF
17
5
+15V
+6V
8
Y201 RF OUT
GNDA GNDB GNDC
4
6
7
C284
1pF
TRIPLER
L214
.1uH
C231
100pF
R324
10k
R312
10
C206
27pF
+6V
2 MOD
R227
10k
9 RX WBAND
V DD
C330
27pF
19
R231
10k
R244
3.3k
+6V
REF IN
RF DATA 20
+ C266
4.7
R264
5k
4.7
R262
10k
R229
10
C249
.01
TP4
+
+ C240
R284
5k
C323
.001
RT101
1k
16 N5
U203B
MC3317B
7
6
R256
20k
+12V
7 RSSI
R263
240k
C367
27pF
+5V
RX
Z213
17 N6
R271
910
14
R323
0
C220
.001
R214
51k
J201
R261
5k
450 kHz
1
TP3
+
13
+6V
3 Vcc
U203A
MC3317B
1
2
C218
.001
R212
100k
WO 32
R223
2.7k
R218
2.7k
R221
180
R245
3.9k
C314
.01
3
R246
1k
21 T/R
C265
27pF
C338
.01
C301
39pF
C215
5.6pF
Z204
L230
.82
C313
.01
R225
100
C368
27pF
10
FV
C244
.1
R234
1k
C305
.01
WO 14
R
9
C243
.1
+6V
HS CS RX 16
C270
10pF
R209
680
52.95 MHz
4-POLE
CRYSTAL FILTER
C214
7.5pF
+6V
R224
100
J201
L213
.82
C262
4.3pF
L207
Q202
3602
+6V
OCXO INPUT
R316
10k
WO16
Z202
C321
.001
IF AMP
C210
10pF
LO
1
R321
510
WO202
Z201
C374
1.5-5pF
6
GND C
J202
C267
39pF
3
GND B
R208
1.8k
52.95 MHz
4-POLE
CRYSTAL FILTER
C209
8.2pF
+ C213
4.7
C212
.01
R313
220
L206
R314
220
R301
220
R302
220
C296
.001
+ C297
1.5
+12V
+15V
U207
LM78L12
V IN
+12V
C269
27pF
C291
.001
+ C292
1.5
V OUT
GND A
GND B
GND C
GND
2
3
6
7
+6V
U208
LM78L05
V IN
V OUT
GND A
GND B
GND C
GND
2
3
6
7
R303
43
SOURCE
C268
1.5pF
8
1
R304
240
+ C299
4.7
C300
.001
C315
.001
C319
.001
+ C298
4.7
1
+ C294
4.7
C295
.001
C317
.001
C318
.001
C322
.001
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS
IN MICROFARADS
UNLES OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
10-11
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
RECEIVER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-16
R405
R404
R407
C401
R401
C400
C419
R430
C416
R418
R485
C417
EP402
EP403
R440
1
20
R444
11
C483
5
U404
1
4
R447
R446
R445
EXCITER COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-17
10-12
R438
C482
C485
C484 10
R441
R437
R439
C424
C422
+ C428
R429
R419
8
C423
+ C421
R435
R448
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
L401
C413
R431
C411
C453
C420
R423
C478
C497
L404
Q401
R420
C429
C441
CH400
C492
C487
C490
R483
C470
R421
C425
C479
R455 Q406
C431
R457 Q406
C433
C415
C418
R467
C444
R465
C412
R432
R433
R434
C499
C442
C445 R443
Q411 R468
C480
Q410
R462
R451
R453
L406
R464
C443
R463
C446
C432
C498 L403
C430
R452 R450
EP405
C434
C414
L402
R456
R422
Q403
1
C450
R466
C440
C486
C475
U403
4
L407
R454
U405
EP401
R428
R416
C410
8
15
14
Y401
J403
R436
C496 +
R461
C488
C404
C403
CR401
R402
28
U401
R424
C405
C402
C477
R482
C468 +
R417
U402
R411
C406+
C491
C489
R403
1
Q402
R469
R470
1
R412
Q404
E
8
C469 +
C495
R488
1
8
C494 C493
+ C474
U406
B
C408
4
C426 +
C472 +
C471
E
5
R414
5
C447 +
CR402
Q412
C481+
E
C448
C
R473
R415
C409
R472
R471
R480
R481
C449
Q405
E
R426
R486
+ C463
R458
R459
C461
C464
+ C476
4
+ C407
C437
C439
C473
R490
Q413
C451
C465
C460 +
C462
5
4
E
CR403
C435
3
42
O
W 1
42
9
41
R476
R474
C467 +
R425
R487
E
C436
C438
5
U407
C460
C466
O
O
8
1
E
R427
R449
R489
B
WO431
WO427 WO429
R491
C
19
W
W
WO425
E
20
1
WO417
J402
EP404
J401
2
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
*C814 IS PLACED ON TOP OF R807
C814*
Figure 10-18 TRANSMIT VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT
10-13
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
NOTES:
+12V
1. RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS
IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
2
TRANSMIT VCO ONLY.
3
TX
C804
2.7pF
2.2pF
C805
.47uF
.1uF
C806
4.7uF
1uF
C812
3.9pF
3.3pF
C813
5.6pF
4.7pF
R804
4.7k
12k
Q801
C803
1pF
1.1pF
1300
L805
.039uH
.022uH
C808
27pF
R802
3.6k
+
+12V
C807
27pF
R801
10
RX
DESIG
C809
15
WO 805
WO 801
R814
10k
MOD IN
C802
.3pF 2
2
WO 804
CAPACITIVE
MULTIPLIER
C810
27pF
L803
.039uH
C811
27pF
CR801
R803
100
2
WO 807
RF OUT
WO 808
R805
5.1k
C803
WO 802
3636
R806
6.2k
C804
WO 803
OSCILLATOR
Q802
3
TO RESONATOR TAP
L804
.039uH
CONTROL IN
+
C805
3
C812
3
C813
C806
3
CR802
3
3
L805
3
R804
R807
180
3
Figure 10-19 TRANSMIT VCO SCHEMATIC
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
10-14
C814
27pF 2
WO 806
+12V
R418
10
C412
27pF
+5V
F IN 1
3 Vcc
C405
.001
C402
.1
C477
27pF
15 N4
BUFFERED
OCXO IN
L401
10nH
C414
.01 C415
100pF
R421
3.3k
17 N6
C413
.001
21 T/R
Q402
3658
R422
3.3k
R423
270
27 OSC IN
C400
27pF
R420
2.7k
Q401
3658
16 N5
J403
R485
1k
C411
.1
U401
MC145151DW2
8 R
C403
.1
9 V
C404
.1
10 FV
+5V
J401
R488
10k
C488
.1
R401
10k
WO431
R461
3.6k
HS CS EX 18
PD OUT 4
R407
1k
R411
1k
28 LOCK DET
HS LK EX 17
+ C407
33
2
WO 423
3
WO 429
4
WO 421
5
WO 427
6
WO 419
WO 425
8
WO 417
8
C409
.01
C471
.001
+ C472
1.5
R412
1K
C410
.01
R425
50k
R427
62k
+
R424
10k
U402B
6
15
+ C426
4.7
7
R417
10k
8
C466
.001
+ C467
1.5
R456
680
17.5 MHz
SOURCE
+ C474
4.7
3
6
C475
.001
7
R419
12.1k
+3.5V
R429
4.99k
U405
78L05
V IN
+ C428
4.7
+5V
V OUT
1
+ C469
4.7
GROUND
A
C GND
B
2
GNDA GNDB GNDC
5 +
+ C476
4.7
+12V
1
GROUND
A
C GND
B
2
3
DC IN
Y401
2
TCXO 1 PPM
5
MOD
RF OUT
U402A
2904
1
2
+3.5V
U406
LM7L12ACM
V IN
V OUT
SOURCE
V REF
R486
12.1k
CR401
9.1V
R426
0
3
+12V
7
+15V
C408
56pF
R416
270
C401
100pF
SOURCE
SOURCE
+12V
+ C406
1
3
6
R487
4.99k
C470
.001
7
R482
0
+15V
Q405
3612
14
+ C463
15
10
+ C496
15
R481
1.3k
C462
.001
C464
.01
R480
7.5k
+15V 1
LPTT 11
R445
120k
R446
50k
R447
1k
EX MOD 13
U404A
2904
1
2
R449
10k
U407B
2904
+5V
6
+3.5V
V REF
7
V REF EX 9
+ 5
R436
100
SYN CS RX 12
+
17
R440
1k
2
SYN LK RX 16
6
1
5 +
12
V DD
V CC
ENABLE PD OUT
U403
145190
LOCK DET REF IN
R462
10
MOD
3
C483
27pF
C497
100pF
L404
FREQ
ADJ
7
6
20
C416
.1
L402
.1uH
R463
100
R465
1.2k
C444
27pF
C441
1pF
F IN
19
RF DATA 20
R404
100
18
RF CLK 19
10
RX
8
GND
+ C421
4.7
R435
1k
C422
.1
7
V PD
F IN
11
R431
3.3k
C418
.001
Q404
3636
CLK
R434
294
R467
1.6k
C484
27pF
DATA
+12V
5
Q403
3636
R441
47k
C485
27pF
R432
3.3k
C499
27pF
C429
27pF
C448
27pF
R459
130
CR402
5.6V
+ C477
1
R474
2k
C449
5.6pF
R469
2.4k
Q412
3636
C461
27pF
CR403
5.6V
R490
18
J402
RF OUT
Q413
4098
C451
5.6pF
+ C460
4.7
C465
5.6pF
R489
300
R491
300
C451
5.1pF
C445
27pF
R443
36
C480
39pF
R468
150
C419
.01
C420
5.6pF
R456
470
R433
270
R473
1k
R458
130
R470
330
R466
1.6k
R430
2.7k
R405
1k
R472
180
C450
4.3pF
Q410
3636
RF OUT
Q411
3636
C423
100pF
C442
27pF
C446
27pF
8
R428
10
C453
820pF
C443
27pF
TAP
2
6
C417
.01
L406
.039uH
R464
5.6k
5
+12V
+12V
CNTL
R471
180
C434
27pF
A007
4
C425
.1
14
+12V
VCO
850-870 MHz
U404B
2904
7
R437
100
C424
.1
+5V
R438 R439
10k
1k
R444
10k
+3.5V
+3.5V
C482
27pF
3
+ C481
1
+15V
+12V
C433
2pF
R450
10
R452
100
C498
2.7pF
NOTES:
C430
27pF
L403
.018uH
R451
6.8k
Q403
3636
R453
1.6k
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPAICITORS IN
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN:
C432
27pF
C431 Q404
27pF 3636
PIN
NUMBER
IC
U402, U404,
U407
+12V
GND
8
4
R457
36
C479
27pF
10-15
R455
150
R454
1.6k
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
EXCITER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-20
8
5
WO511
EP502
EP507
L502
C506
C507
C518
+C505
1
2
C502+
+C513
C505
C520
B
4
E
C542
EP510
C538
B
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
Q501
B
B
C522
E
EP505
C536
C525
C
C588
C523
C537
B
C524
C526
R510
B
75W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-21
10-16
U501
3
C532
C541
Q502
EP501
EP508
CR501
R503
C516+
C550
C535
EP504
R504
C533
EP506
R508
R507
R506
L503
EP513
C548
EP512
C547
EP511
C549 +
EP517
C545 +
EP516
C521
WO502A
EP520
C564
C519
C562
C561
+ C563
C534 +
EP515
C540
B
+ C559
C531 +
C557
C551
C552
C586
C
C529
B
B
C567
C556
R501
+C512
C514
C503+
C511
C504
WO505
C509 +C510
WO501 WO504
R528
C501
R502
+C576
L501
EP518
5
C581
C575
C528
C543
CR502
R512
R514
C570 R513
8
C517
E
R509
C569
R511
5
C530
C554
C555
Q503
C560
C558
C565
C566
C
B
R515
C571
U504
WO521
EP514
B
B
C546
C544
C587
R516
C572 R518
R519
C567
C568
1
C527
CR503
4
C515
WO502
C573
R517
WO513
U503
4
1
8
R524
+C582
R521
C574
R520
R522 C578
C580+ C578
R523
R527
C577+
1
4
R525
WO503
WO509
C585
R526
C584
C508
WO512
U502
WO516
C583
WO508 WO510
+26V
+15V
POWER
CONTROL
EP501
WO 505
EP502
C508
56pF
+ C510
1
C509
27pF
EP508
+ C505
1
C506
.018
C518
56pF
C507
56pF
C527
56pF
EP507
C528
.018
C530
.001
C529
.01
+ C531
6.8
+ C534
6.8
EP506
C535
.018
EP504
EP520
+ C516
1
L501
C517
.018
C515
56pF
C532
27pF
EP503
C502
1
+ C503
.1
C504
.018
4
+ C513
1
2
VS1
1 dB PAD
R528
12
1
50
WO 511
C501
27pF
R502
12
C514
.018
C511
56pF
3
EP505
VS2
U501
MHW806
RF IN
C511
56pF
RF OUT
4
50
C523
12pF
C588
1.5pF
RF INPUT
R503
820
C538
15pF
50
50
R501
820
C536
3.9pF
DRIVER
Q501
4821 2
C524
12pF
C525
22pF
C526
22pF
C537
1.5-5pF
C589
1.5pF
EP509
AMPLIFIER/PRE-DRIVER
RF DRIVER OUTPUT MONITOR
50
50
R504
110
L502
.01uH
R505
1k
L503
.01uH
+26V
EP513
R506
200
WO 521
RF DRVIER
POWER
C550
56pF
C520
.001
C521
.001
R507
2k
EP512
C519
10pF
+ C549
6.8
C548
.018
+ C545
6.8
C546
.001
C547
56pF
C544
.018
4
WO 501
C542
56pF
EP510
+28V
C543
56pF
FINAL 1
Q502
4820
2
C553
56pF
WO 502A
C540
6.2pF
C569
39pF
R512
100
WO 504
C571
.018
R515
3.4k
CR502
A
B
+26V
WO 503
+15V
C586
5.1pF
WO 510
FINAL POWER 1
C570
.018
R513
1k
R508
200
WO 502
SPLITTER
70.7 OHMS
1/4 WAVE
R514
1k
100
EP511
CR501
+28V
RF 2
WO516A
R506
200
R504
100 RF LOAD
20W
2
+15V
WO 512
FINALS
+26V
EP517
EP516
+ C563
6.8
C564
56pF
C562
.018
+ C559
6.8
C560
.001
C561
56pF
WO513
TO LPF
C558
.018
EP515
RF LOAD
4
EP514
C556
56pF
FINAL 2
Q503
4820
C557
56pF
C587
5.1pF
R516
200
R517
100
C572
39pF
R513
200
SOURCE
R518
100
+6.2V
EP518
8
C575
56pF
U504
78L05
V IN
+ C576
1
GND A
2
GND B
3
V OUT
GNDC
GND
6
7
1
8
R537
240
+ C577
4.7
C578
.018
C579
.001
NC 2 2
V IN
C581
.018
+ C580
4.7
7
NC 7
6
GND 4
B
5
DANGER BERYLLIUM PRODUCT.
INHALATION OF DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE SERIOUS
CHRONIC LUNG DISEASE.
SEE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR FURTHER DETAILS.
R520
1k
CR503
C573
.018
A
WO 508
C574
.018
FINAL POWER 2
R521
3.4k
NC 6
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
R519
1k
NC 3 3
U503
LM35D
R523
56
2
2
C567
56pF
2
C554
6.2pF
+15V
R509
100
100W
NC 5
V OUT
1
+ C582
1
3 +
C583
39pF 2
R524
75
U502A
2904
1
R526
301k
R527
470
WO 509
TEMP SENSOR
C585
.018
C584
.001
R525
100k
10-17
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
75W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-22
R509
C509
C511
L501
C515
C514+
L502
+C512
C516
EP513
5
EP508
1
C523
C530
C525
C565
C552
5
L503
L504
C744
4
C567
R521
CR501
R517
C762
R702
C
E
B
Q701
C568
C
B
EP703
EP705
C771
C707
C708
+ C706
+ C711
C710
C712
C709
B
EP701
R704
C705
WO503A
EP704
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
B
B
Q502
C542
E
B
C551
C703
B
C702
C704
C541
B
160W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-23
10-18
U501
+C531
EP506
WO520A
3
C537
C534
+C535
C536
C528
EP505
C526
C548
WO503
2
C533
C540
+C539 +C532
EP502
+C538
+C527
EP505
C529
C524+
EP504
C717
R501
C517
+C520
C555 +
EP507
8
C506
Q501 C507
C510
C504
4
1
C505
R508
C513
EP511
C559
C502
C501 R503
R504
C557
C558
R511
R510
R515
U502
+ C547
R701
R507
C503
EP510
WO511A
C550
WO509
C521
C772
C719
C720
EP706
C761
B
C701
C727
R709
WO506
R502
C508
R519 R520
C566
B
E
C743
Q702
EP501
WO505
EP702
R703
C725
R705
WO
502A
B
B
C
C716
R711
C728
CR701 CR702
R713 C729
R712 R714
C756 R707
R722 R706
C715
R715
C730
WO
501
C519+
+C554
C564
R505
R506
C518
C553
+ C549
C773
C738
C737
+ C736
C723 +
C722
C724
C721
EP711
EP707
C718 +
C740
C742
C739
+ C741
EP712
WO504
C735
R710
WO512A
8
5
C545
C546
EP709
R718
EP708
WO520
C544
B
EP713
WO521
EP514
C766
C732
E
Q703
B
C733
WO513A
C731
C
C575
U503
WO
502
B
B
C733
C755
R719
R730
C765
R513
C561
C774
C744
B
R716
U504
EP509
B
C743
C746
Q704
C543
CR703 CR704
R725
C758
1
+C560
C760
R717
C756 R721
R722 R720
C749
C750
C748 +
C753 +
C752
C754
C751
WO513
WO514
WO512
R729
WO511
WO515
WO516
WO517
WO518
R723
EP710
5
C770
R512
8
R727 C759
R726 R728
E
4
5
C
WO508
C556 +
8
B
C747
WO519
4
B
C563
R514
C562
4
WO510
C745
WO507
1
R724
WO514A
WO504A
EP714
1
C769
EP715
EP716
+15V
EP503
DRIVER
EP501
+ C520
.1
C518
.018
+ C519
1
C502
43pF
R502
0
WO509
RF INPUT
+ C514
.1
+ C512
1
C530
56pF
C513
.018
C515
56pF
L501
+26V
C529
56pF
EP504
EP505
C533
.018
EP506
C537 + C538 + C539
56pF
.1
1
C540
.018
R507
360
L502
C543
56pF
C505
270pF
C506
390pF
+ C531
.1
+ C532
1
C524
.1
C523
.018
+ C525
1
2
VS1
R508
120
R507
120
C508
39pF
C509
270pF
C510
390pF
3
VS2
C534
56pF
C546
.001
C545
.018
+ C547
6.8
+ C549
6.8
C550
.018
U501
PHW2820-1
1 RF IN
C511
.018
EP510
DRIVER
Q502
4820 4
50
RF OUT 5
C542
6.2pF
50
GAIN BLOCK
R517
110
R519
1k
C565
L504
10pF
.01uH
L503
.01uH
WO 502
CR501
A
B
WO 520A
GAIN BLOCK
IF
R520
200
C566
.001
50 OHMS
C568
6.2pF
C567
.001
R521
2k
FINAL 1
WO 503A
EP509
C548
56pF
C536
.018
+ C535
1
C551
56pF
4
VS3
+26V
2
EP508
C544
56pF
1/4 WAVE
C516
39pF
C503
4.7pF
C507
.018
EP507
+26V
EP502
50
WO 501
C528
56pF
Q501
4098
R504
150
C504
39pF
+ C517
1
EP513
R505
750
C501
120pF
C526
.018
POWER
CONTROL
WO505
+15V
C552
56pF
+26V
50 OHMS
2
WO 503
1/4 WAVE
EP701
FINAL 2-3
WO 502A
1/2 WAVE DELAY
LINE
+26V
FINAL 1
Q701 4
4820
C771
56pF
WO 504
2
FINAL 1 POWER
C703
6.2
FINAL 4
WO 504A
1/4 WAVE
+26V
EP703
+26V
+15V
R702
100 4
20W
COMBINER
EP704
C762
1.5pF
WO 507
C705
56pF
C714
6.2pF
COMBINER
FINAL POWER 1
WO 515
WO 511
FINAL POWER 3
WO 516
WO 512
WO 517
WO 513
GAIN BLOCK POWER
WO 518
+ C706
6.8
C707
.018
WO 521
RF 4
WO 520
C727
.018
R709
43.2k
CR701
B
C708
56pF
C710
.001
+ C711
6.8
C712
.018
RF 2
WO 512A
R703
100 4
20W
R714
1k
R713
1k
C728
39pF
EP707
+ C718
6.8
C719
.018
C720
56pF
C722
.001
+ C723
6.8
R712
100
R711
200
C724
.018
C729
.018
C730
.018
R715
43.2k
CR702
B
A
R710
100
EP708
1/4 WAVE
R701
100 4
20W
FINAL 2 POWER
C721
56pF
C761
1.5pF
C716
56pF
FINAL 2
Q702 4
4820
GAIN BLOCK RF
1/4 WAVE
C715
6.2
EP702
NOTES:
R730
100 4
100W
C772
56pF
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
2
C726
.018
A
+26V
RF 3
WO 514
R707
1k
R706
100
FINAL 2
C717
56pF
COMBINER
FINAL POWER 4
C709
56pF
RF 1
RF 2
C725
39pF
EP705
EP706
FINAL POWER 2
R704
100
R705
200
FINAL 1
WO 506
C704
56pF
C702
6.2pF
WO 508
RF 1
WO 511A
R708
1k
BOTTOM SIDE INTERCONNECT WIRES.
1/4 WAVE
3. U502, PIN 8 +6.2V, PIN 4 GROUND
WO 510
EP703
4
DANGER
BERYLLIUM PRODUCT. INHALATION OF DUST OR FUNES MAY
CAUSE SERIOUS CHRONIC LUNG DISEASE.
SEE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR FURTHER DETAILS.
FINAL 3
Q703 4
4820
C773
56pF
FINAL 3 POWER
C733
6.2
1/4 WAVE
+15V
R722
1k
C734
56pF
R718
100
R721
1k
SOURCE
+6.2V
EP511
U504
78L05
GND
A
B
C GND
8 V IN
C553
56pF
+ C554
1
R511
56
R719
200
C732
6.2pF
FINAL 3
1
EP713
+26V
R510
240
+ C556
4.7
C557
.018
C558
.001
R716
100
20W
COMBINER
4
EP711
C766
1.5pF
+ C535
4.7
C735
56pF
C755
39pF
C739
56pF
R720
100
C756
.018
RF 3
WO 513A
C757
.018
TO LPF
50 OHMS
R723
43.2k
CR703
B
A
EP712
+ C736
6.8
C737
.018
C738
56pF
C740
.001
+ C741
6.8
C742
.018
R717
100
20W
RF 4
WO 514A
R728
1k
4
+6.2V
8 V IN
C559
.018
V OUT 1
U503
LM35D
7 NC 7
NC 2 2
6 NC 6
NC 3 3
5 NC 5
NC 4 4
+ C560
1
3 +
C561
39pF 2
U502A
2904
1
R514
301k
R512
75
R515
470
C744
6.2pF
WO519
TEMP
C563 SENSOR
.018
R727
1k
FINAL 4
+26V
EP714
C747
56pF
C758
39pF
EP715
+ C748
6.8
C749
.018
C750
56pF
C752
.001
+ C753
6.8
R725
200
C754
.018
C562
.001
1/4 WAVE
R726
100
C759
.018
C760
.018
R729
43.2k
CR704
B
A
R724
100
EP716
R513
100k
FINAL 4 POWER
C751
56pF
C746
56pF
FINAL 4
Q704 4
4820
1/4 WAVE
1/2 WAVE DELAY
LINE
C745
6.2
EP704
C774
56pF
10-19
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
160W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE10-24
WO650
R685
WO651
WO653
L655
R670
1
8
C661
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
4
R677
R681
C674
R676
R676
C675
U652
C677
C683
5
8
WO655 C656
C665
WO656 R684
R686
WO654
C664
C681
R666
R678
R680
C678
R683 C682
C676 R682
R689
U653
5
C622
1
R667
R667
4
C660
5
R665
U651
4
C673
8
R675
C667 R673
WO657B
C683
R658
R664
R662
C671
R660
R656
C668
C654
R667 WO657A
C684
R659 C669
C670
R688
R663
L654
L656
CR651 L653
1
C658
R672
MP651
CR652
R671
MP652
L652
R653
L651
R668
C653
R655
R651
R654
L657
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER BOARD
COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-25
10-20
RF OUT
WO 651
WO 650
WO 653
REFLECTIVE
POWER LOAD
RF POWER IN
CIRCULATOR
R685
50
250W
L657
12.5nH
50
R651
51
R662
10k
2
2904
1
+
3
R664
160
WO 654
C664
27pF
7
+
C672
27pF
R665
10k
R668
51
C669
27pF
R660
10k
C654
12pF
R663
5k
L654
.033uH
R671
0
L653
.039
R670
160
R676
10k
R677
10k
R673
20k
B
A
C667
27pF
CR651
C653
27pF
A
L655
12.5nH
C677
27pF
C674
27pF
L656
.039uH
U652B
6
B CR652
C675
27pF
R678
10k
2904
7
5
+
R681
160
C676
27pF
C670
27pF
U651B
FORWARD
POWER
SENSE
L652
12.5nH
R656
20k
U651A
2904
R653
160
R672
0
C668
27pF
R659
10k
BERYLLIUM PRODUCT. INHALATION OF
DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE SERIOUS
CHRONIC LUNG DISEASE. SEE MATERIAL
SAFETY SHEETS FOR FURHTER DETAILS.
50
R655
0
C671
27pF
R667
470
L651
.033uH
R654
0
DANGER
C658
10k
U652A
C658
27pF
C675
10k
R680
5k
3
C678
27pF
2904
7
R684
470
WO 656
2
R683
10k
R689
10k
R688
10k
+
C665
27pF
REFLECTED
POWER
SENSE
C679
.001
C673
.001
R666
10k
C682
.001
C681
.001
+6V
NOTES:
+6V
WO 657A
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS, CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS AND
INDUCTORS IN MICROHENRYS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
+ C683
4.7
C684
.001
+15V
WO 657B
1
C663
.001
+ C662
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
C661
4.7
WO 652
8
+ C660
LM78L05
7
+
V IN
V OUT
U653
R687
240
4.7
6
10-21
R682
7.5k
GND C
GND A
GND
GND B
2.2
C659
.001
2
3
R686
470
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE10-26
DC INPUTS
P913
C928
4
J909
DC ALARM
1
R901
C901
C903
Y901
OCXO 1
R903
C902
8
U905
1
14
J911
AC ALARM
1
NC
2 3
C914
R957
R956
R955
R958
J910
ENABLE
1
R952
Q915
R951
R948 R946
R977
R972
R971
R968
R970
R969
1
R962
Q921
R954
R953
R967
R966
R965
R964
DS905
AC FAIL
DS906
R963
8
7
C938*
DC
FAIL
DISABLE
2 3
Q923
C925
Q924
7
8
U901
14
R919
R961
C915
NO
C908
R959
R949 R950
CR906
Q902
R918
R917
C907
R876
R960
Q916
C937
2 3
1
R902
C904
8
C936
NC
NO
Q901
Y902
OCXO 2
2
Q917
7
3
J902
Q919
R975
U906
C904
C932
INT
EXT
CR901
C923
C913
OSC
C917
L904 L905 L906
C924
14
1
CR908
WO902
Q920
WO903
+15V
P912
Q918
WO904
INPUT BNC
10 MHz
FROM W W V
4 5
Q922
REF OUTPUT
2 3
1
Q925
10 MHz
REF OUTPUT
C916
C926
L902 L903
+5V
+15V GND
AC/DC
SENSE
L901
3
7
2
1
OCXO 1 OCXO 2
TEST
TEST
+15V
DC ON/OFF
Q904
Q912
7
8
U914
1
NC
2 3
R942 J908
ENABLE
DELTA F
DISABLE
1
R941
Q913
9
8
9
DS901
R929
Q914
1
16
R915
U912
U907
16
1
7
8
U903
1
NO
9
6
9
6
9
7
8
7
8
7
8
2 3
R943
DS904
1
8
R907
R911
CR902 CR903
CR904 CR905
R910
R909
R922
C912
R925
C934
R973
C946
7
8
+C921
R974
J905
OCXO 2 ALARM
+C922
NO
1
Q909
R906
R905
R923
C911
NC
2 3
R940
C947
R937
ENABLE
J906
1
R936
Q910
6
8
S905
Q911
1
5
1
K903
K902
K901
4
U910
13
5
14
13
4
8
14
2
1
1
OCXO 2
DISABLE
2 3
R938
DS903
R939
9
C948
11
OCXO 2 ALARM -
12
DELTA F ALARM +
13
1
14
1
14
1
14
2
13
2
13
2
13
K904
DELTA F ALARM -
14
DC ALARM +
15
DC ALARM -
16
AC ALARM +
17
AC ALARM -
18
K905
U908
4
U909
R908
5
4
Q906
8
J904
OCXO 1 ALARM
R912
NO
5
1
R931
NC
2 3
R935
Q907
1
Q908
8
10
C929
OCXO 2 ALARM +
14
8
14
9
13
2
U913
1
1
OCXO 1 ALARM -
J907
DELTA F ALARM
1
16
8
14
R924
RF ALARM OUT -
C905
REMOTE CONTROL INPUTS
S904
C930
7
OCXO 1 ALARM +
2
6
RF ALARM OUT +
R916
R928
R944
1
REMOTE +
C906
R914
C945
5
R913
R927
R926
R945
14
REMOTE -
ALARM RELAYS
C942
2 1
R930
C941
C909 +
+ C910
U911
4
1
OCXO +
7
3
C931
OCXO -
C943
14 C940
U904
R920
R921
CR907
8
2
8
GROUND
1
1
C927
7
+15V
F901
3
NC
14
C939*
J901
RF
OUTPUT
Q903
NO
Q905
1
14
U902
C935
J903
RF OUTPUT ALARM
K906
0CX0 1
R932
R933
R934
C933
6
9
6
9
6
9
7
8
7
8
7
8
OCXO COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-27
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
10-22
DS902
RF OUTPUT ALARM
J901
7 RF ALARM OUT +
J902
INPUT BNC
10 MHz FROM
WWV
WO 902
C901
150pF
+5V
+5V
C902
.01
R903
270
4
5
R901
1k
U901B
6
2
R902
10k
1
CR901
3
RF OUT
OCXO 1
5
Y901
DC IN
10 MHz
C925
.01
CASE GND
1
2
4
5
U901A
74HC00
U901D
U904D 12
11
11
10 13
U902B
6
U906A
1 DS7830J
2
5
3
4
9
10
U901C
L904
.39uH
L905
1.2uH
R975
51
C923
470pF
C916
.01
L906
.39uH
WO 904
10 MHz
REF OUTPUT
CLOSE
UPON
ALARM
P903 J903
1
C924
470pF
+5V
8
10 U906B
11
9
12
13
U905
1
3
CLK
QC
74HC393
CLR
4
5
L901
3.9uH
L902
10uH
C903
.0039
R904
51
C917
.1
L903
3.9uH
1.25 MHz
REF OUTPUT TO
8-WAY SPLITTER
WO 903
OPEN 3
UPON
ALARM
Q903
3658
OCXO RF OUTPUT
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
OK
ALARM
GREEN
RED
R927
100
Q1 13
R914
3.3k
R928
150
R915 10k
R929
0
U902C
9
10
Q1 4
15 REXT1 CLR2 11
U907
74HC123
14 CEXT REXT 7
1
2
8
R916
4.7k
+5V
OCXO 1 ALARM
9 OCXO 1 ALARM +
C906
150pF
J901
REMOTE + 6
R905
430
R906 200
+15V
1
8
2
7
1
3
6
2
4
5 Q
2
6
CEXT2 6
CLOSE
UPON ALARM
P904 J904
1
A2
4
R908
10k
CR903
U904B
4
3
U904C
6
5
R920
1M
R921
30k
REMOTE - 5
OCXO + 4
R909
430
+5V
R910 200
+15V
+5V
CR904
S905
1
8
2
7
1
3
6
2
4
5
6
U909
4N35
5
1
2
U902D
11
9
10
U904A
74HC04
1
2
U902C
8
+
U904D
8
9
FAIL
C909
STROBE
22
3
OPEN
UPON ALARM
Q906
3658
R932
100
U902A
ONLINE
GREEN
3
OCXO 1
STANDBY
YELLOW
R933
150
U903C
8
FAIL STROBE
1
2
U912A
74HC32
3
R934
0
Q907
3658
+5V
OCXO 2
Y902
5 DC IN
RF OUT 3
10 MHz
C925
CASE GND
.01
4
3 CLR1
+5V
R919
270
R917
1k
C908
.01
Q902
3658
R918
10k
15 REXT1 CLR2 11
U907
74HC123
NO
4
NC
3
NC
2
NO
+5V
R925
270k
S902
OCXO 2
TEST
CLOSE
UPON ALARM
P905 J905
1
C912
.047
2 B1
CEXT2 6
10 B2
3
OPEN
UPON ALARM
Q2 12
A1
C926
.01
J901
CR906
R937
100
1
2
+15V
3
4
5
U912B
74HC32
1
Q910
3658
+5V
J906
DELTA F ALARM
13 DELTA F ALARM +
3
DISABLE
1
7
14
8
14 DELAT F ALARM -
2
R948
30k
+15V
3 COMP
IN
FAIL STROBE
+ C922
Q916
3657
R946
15k
R950
15k
+5V
R955
1.3k
DC ALARM
Q917
3658
R953
1k
C932
.01
4 VCO
OUT
6 C1 A
A2 12
A1 11
2.2
R952
0
STANDBY
YELLOW
R954
150
OK
GREEN
ALARM
RED
+
C921
2.2
U914D
11
R973
470k
R974
39k
PCP OUT
R956
1.3k
CLR
10
R957
30k
AC ALARM
ALARM
RED
OK
GREEN
R960
36k
R961
30k
R967
1.3k
C935
.01
C936
.01
C937
.01
C938
.01
C939
.01
C940
.01
C941
.01
C942
.01
C943
.01
C944
.01
C945
.01
C946
.01
C947
.01
2. IC PIN NUMBERS NOT SHOWN:
PIN NUMBER
IC
+5V
GND
U901, U902, U903, U904
14
7
U905, U910, U912, U914
16
8
U907, U911, U913
6
ENABLE
P908
1
J908
Q913
3658
R968
30k
Q923
3657 R970
10k
R969
15k
15 DC ALARM +
1
7
14
8
16 DC ALARM -
+15V 2-13
K905
6
2
OPEN
UPON ALARM
AC ALARM
Q920
3658
CLOSE
UPON ALARM
J911 P911
1
17 AC ALARM +
1
7
14
8
18 AC ALARM -
+15V
K906
Q924
3658
R971
36k
R972
30k
DC ALARM
+5V
3
R976
15k
+5V
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
C934
.01
Q919
3658
R958
15k
NOTES:
C933
.01
U914B
3
CLOSE
DISABLE
UPON ALARM
J909 P909
1
Q918
3657 R959
10k
R966
1.3k
DS906
+5V
R928
150
R944
0
2
+5V
R964
1k
4
5
FAIL STROBE
+5V
3
DISABLE
+5V
R965
150
ALARM
RED
DS901
PRE
U910B Q 8
74HC74
11 CLK
Q 9
12 D
Q921
3657
Q922
3658
OK
GREEN
+5V
R962
30k
R963
0
R927
100
13
DS905
FAIL STROBE
DELAT F
Q912
3658
13
2
12
13
Q914
3658
+5V
R941
0
PC2 OUT
1
K904
3
OPEN
UPON ALARM
VCO 4
OUT
7 C1 B
+15V
R945
27k
2
INH 5
ENABLE
J910
P910
1
+5V
CLOSE
UPON ALARM
P907 J907
1
SIGN 14
IN
U913
4046B
R949
30k
Q915
3658
+5V
+15V
C931
.01
6
R938
150
R939
0
2
R951
0
C930
.01
FAIL
RED
DS903
C914
.01
4
C929
.01
ONLINE
GREEN
ENABLE
P906
1
U914A +5V
74HC08
1
3
2
3
OCXO 2
STANDBY
YELLOW
U903A
74HC08
FAIL STROBE
1
2
12 OCXO 2 ALARM -
Q911
3658
Q909
3658
+5V
P913
AC/DC SENSE
FROM
POWER
SUPPLY
023-2000-930
11 OCXO 2 ALARM +
+5V
R936
0
A2
S901
OCXO 1
TEST
C913
.01
F901
2A
8
K903
CR908
+15V
7
14
+15V
R940
27k
2
1
PRE
2
U910A D
74HC74
3 CLK
Q 5
S903
DC ON/OFF
1
R924 10k
14 CEXT1 REXT2 7
CLR
4
P912
5
1
Q1 4
C911
150pF
+5V
CR906
OCXO 2 ALARM
Q1 13
R923
5.1k
FRONT PANEL SWITCH CONTROLS
C925
.01
FAIL
RED
DS902
9
10
4
OCXO - 3
C907
150pF
10 OCXO 1 ALARM -
+5V
R931
0
11
R922
10k
8
K902
U903D
+5V
14
Q908
3658
2
+ C910
22
12
13
7
+15V
R935
27k
R912
10k
CR905
R911
2.4k
12
13
1
Q2 12
A1
5
U908
4N35
5
R907
2.4k
10 B2
+5V
CR902
S904
+5V
+15V
Q904
3658
FAIL STROBE
+5V
8 RF ALARM OUT -
+5V
DS901
B1
3 CLR1
C905
.001
8
Q905
3658
2
R913
10k
+5V
14
K901
R936
0
4
7
+15V
R930
27k
2
C904
.0039
1
2
3
OPEN
UPON ALARM
Q925
3658
R977
15k
C948
.01
10-23
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
OCXO SCHEMATIC
FIGURE10-28
J101
230V AC
115V AC
S101
1
2
1
3
4
AC INPUT
5
3
6
4
2
3
AC FUSE F101
3
2
1
U102
7
4
CR104
CR103
C103
+
+ C102
C109 +
+ C112
C107
8
+ C106
T101
+
C104
C101
+
CR102
6
CR101
2
C111
3
+ C105
R102 R101
2
1
C110
C108
CR105
1
5
WO101 WO102
AC SENSE +5V
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
WO103
+15V
WO104
GROUND
OCXO POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-29
10-24
S101
WO101 AC SENSE
115V
J101
1
F101
1A
4
6
1
5
2
5
WO103 +15V OUT
3
6
2
4
3
2
7
+
230V
AC POWER
INPUT
2
10
C101
1000
+
C102
6.8
V IN
C103
.001
8
U101
VOUT A
LM117T
VOUT B
+13.8V
4
ADJ
R102
220
R101
2.49k
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
+
+15V
CR105
1
3
10-25
3
C104
220
+
+
C106
15
C107
.001
+
C108
2200
1
+
C109
15
C110
.001
U102
V IN
VOUT A
LM29940T-5
GND
3
2
WO102 +5V OUT
C111
.001
+
C112
4.7
WO104
C105
15
160W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE10-30
20
21
Y2
CR1
R18
R17
S1
J5
2
1
6
8
7
9
10
9
8
20
1
U3
11
10
5
R9
U8
4
U23
U32
8
1
6
4
J4
2
5
11
16 10
1
1 3
U13
C25
8
9
28
O
N
1
8
14
1
1
20
R35
R27
R10
U14
S3
4
7
8
5
R5
R13
U30
1
40
CR6
16
1
R7
R11
74
54
S2
R6
R8
8
7
Y1
75
53
U31
R26
C22
1
14
O
N
15
14
12
13
7
8
9
8
14
1
U5
U27
84 2
1
7
8
U15
U20
1
8
1
2
R34
1
32
1
J3
U24
1
24
33
11
5
4
32
12
15
28
14
J6
U18
1
4
5
R3
R16
1
8
U17
2 3
U25
14
1
U22
C6
R15
1
29
32
5
Z2
+
C18
Z1
+
C17
17
16
U28
1
33 1
64 32
20
13
28
P1
10-26
1 2 3
Y4
2 1
3
4
3
5
U12
U26
R39
1
15
14
1
J2
2 1
R25
3
1
3
7
8
U11
2
R23
R22
U6
U4
14
8
13 14
C16
C21
15
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-31
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
16
CR2
R19
28
U1
14
1
14
1
R31
7
8
14
U21
7
R4
C29
C15
1
CR5
R20
1
14
U10
28
1
28
8
1
Y3
R24
DS1
CR4
R2
3
B
5
A
1
2
4
6
15
14
U9
R28
14
C19
R1
R30
R38
CR3
C27
1
15
1
R29
C13
U7
14
8
U2
7
C8
C31
U16
1
R21
R14
C1
C4
Q2
C24
C11
C28
7
8
R33
R32
16
C26
C7
R12
C9
C2
R36
R37
C40
C30
C12
C5
9
C20
Q3
C23
C7
J1
C11
P1
50
MAIN MICROPROCESSOR
+15V
51
CR1
A0 42
R17
2.2k
U15F
13
A1 10
CR2
A2 41
A3
A5
CR5
9
R20
2.2k
CR3
R2
2.2k
3
59 NM1
5
R12
10k
A13
3 EA
4
DISPLAY DRIVER
ALARM DISPLAY
A14 35
43 CTS0
2
2 f
A16 34
3
3 g
A17
2
4
1 e
A18 33
5
15 dd
A19
7
4 h1
A15
3
DS1
1
46 CTS1
U26
14495L
9
A1
A1 22
11
A1
DQ1 14
D1
8
A2
8
14 cc
B 6
51
1
9
13 bb
C 9
52
63
6
10
12 aa
D 10
54 DMARQ1
I/O5
8
A4
DQ4 18
D4
5
A5
I/O6
A5 26
7
A5
DQ5 19
D5
4
A6
I/O7
A6 27
6
A6
DQ6 20
D6
5
A7
I/O8
A7 28
5
A7
DQ7 21
D7
25
A8
A8 29
27
A8
24
A9
A9 30
26
A9
21 A10
A10 31
23 A10
23 A11
A11 32
25 A11
2 A12
A12 33
4 A12
26 A13
A13 34
28 A13
A14 35
29 A14
A15 36
3 A15
A16 37
2 A16
10
A2
A3 24
9
A4 25
24
45 RXD1
D 4
47 TXD1
31
7 B
+15V
RE
2
+5V
R38
20k
LPTT 21
DQ3
IC1 9
8
A3
IC2 49
7
A4
DQ5
IC3 53
6
A5
DQ6
IC4 75
5
A6
DQ7
4
A7
DQ8
29
A8
28
A9
RESET
R39
270k
+15V
A16
23 A
A19
22 B
A18
21 C
U5
74HC154
O0
1
10 PO5
44 TXD0
41 RXD0
RNT RX DATA 23
U6-9 (2)
U7-1 (2)
MSTB 16
U6A
74HC32
3
READ 47
10
2
D2 15
D2
D3 16
D3
D4 17
D4
D5 18
D5
D6 19
D6
D7 20
D7
83 R/W
Y1
10 MHz
X2 79
9
8
D1
X1 78
U20C
1
D1 14
84 MSTB
5
6
8
RST
R31
10k
MREQ 15
A19
D1
15
D2
18
D3
19
D4
20
D5
21
D6
22
D7
3 A12
CE
R3
0
4
6
23
OE
25
WE
31
U20A
74HC00
U20B
U17
18
20 D
5
1
3
16
O14
17 O15
2
O11 13
O13
15
PBRST 1
S1
RESE
T
RESET
5
J6
A13
3 DISABLE
G1 6
ST 7
2
A14
2 B
Y0
15
U6-10 (2)
1 WATCHDOG
A15
3 C
Y1
14
U7-2 (2)
RST 5
GND
4
U9-3 (2)
PT1 68
U10-25 (2)
20
READY 66
U19-2 (2)
54
TOUT 64
U19-4 (2)
G2A
Y2
U9-27 (2)
PT0 67
+5V
U4
74HC138
TD 2
C8
10pF
G2B
1 A
7 Y7
P06 11
R30
10k
+5V
19
G1
G2 19
2 MREQ
4
DQ4
D0
14
24 A10
R16
10k
Vcc
TDL 3
C1
10pF
U6B
WRITE 48
6
D0
U28
28C64
13
27 A11
R15
10k
81
D0 13
RNT TX DATA 22
22
A2
R34
10k
U15A
74C906
1
2
OE
8
55
58
D7
DQ2
R29
10k
5
D6
19
DQ1
PT7 74
63 INT POLL
D5
18
A1
CR6
4.7V
DE 3
GND
D4
17
RAM
22
+5V
IRDB- 57
D3
16
10
U24
SN65176B
6 A
IRDB+ 25
D2
15
A0
7
R 1
D1
13
J2-2 (2)
R14
10k
R9
1.2K
D0
12
CE
VTH 76
R10
200
27
I/O4
11
11
TC0
8
10
WE
+5V
S2
9
R/W
20
30 PW
D
OE
+5V
A19 40
DMAAK0
+12V
R11
1.2k
1 A14
CE
Vpp 1
A18 39
CL
64
U25
28F001BX
I/O3
U18
60L256
A4
A2 23
A17 38
48 DMARQ0
A 5
32
31
D0
8
8 PO4
A12 36
13
D3
A10 37
A11
DQ0
DQ3 17
7 PO3
4
A0
A3
U15B
6
I/O2
12
A3
6 PO2
6
I/O1
A0 21
7
U15C
5
A0
D2
U27
MPD70320L-5
8
10
DQ2 15
5 PO1
10
U15D
7
A8 38
A9
11
R19
2.2k
CR4
4 PO0
12
U15E
5
A6 39
A7
R18
2.2k
9
A4 40
EPROM
FLASH MEMORY
13
DATA BUS (7:0)
PT2 69
18
INTP0
D0 46
60
INTP1 CLK OUT
61
D1 14
12
D2 45
D3 13
D4 44
21
D5 12
RESET
D6 43
CS
HSDB- 24
S2-15 (2)
SOURCE
SOURCE
HSDB+ 56
S2-16 (2)
+15V
+12V
3
+15V IN 30
1
Z1
+15V IN 62
3
C15
.01
2
+ C17
47
U12
78L12
CLOCK
1
14 RxRDY
2
TxE
U16F
SOURCE
-5V
MODEM DCD 4
145406
J1
6
SOURCE
3
3
COMPUTER RX 3
19 TxD
14
1
Z2
+5V IN 61
11
U16C
+5V
+5V IN 28
C16
.01
2
U16D
+ C18
47
4
COMPUTER TX 2
3 RxD
13
D0 27
D0
D1 28
D1
D2 1
D2
D3 2
D3
D4 5
D4
D5 6
D5
D6 7
D6
D7 8
D7
U2D
9
10
U2E
11
1
J3
1
2
76800
12 2
3
4
38400
11 2
5
6
19200
9 2
7
8
9600
6 2
TxC 9
9
10
4800
5 2
RxC 25
11
12
2400
4 2
13
14
1200
3 2
CLK
RESET 2
R1
10M
R4
2k
U21
MC14024
Y3
2.4575 MHz
C29
62pF
C19
62pF
1
+5V IN 60
52
53
8
J3
18
-5V IN 59
+5v IN 29
11
20
12 C1 D
49
-5V IN 27
WR
U22
82C51
D7 11
17
10
13
RD
C4
.01
C5
.01
C6
.01
C7
.01
C10
.01
C11
.01
C12
.01
C20
.01
C21
.01
C22
.01
C23
.01
C26
.01
C30
.01
C31
.01
C32
.01
C24
.01
C25
.01
C27
.01
55
C28
.01
CTS
17
DSR
22
58
49
10-27
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2)
FIGURE10-32
U7A
74HC32
1
U8C
MSTB
J1-16 (1)
5
6
U20D
9
8
10
U6-15 (1)
U2C
3
2
U4-14 (1)
12
11
13
V25 DATA BUS (7:0)
RX FIFO
15
TX FIFO
4
A0
5 D0
A1
6 D1
Q0 24
D0
A2
7 D2
Q1 23
D1
8 D3
Q2 22
D2
S1
SD 26
Q0 24
A0
A3
Q1 23
A1
A4
27 MR
Q2 22
A2
A5
10 D5
Q4 20
D4
5 D0
Q3 21
A3
A6
11 D6
Q5 19
D5
A4
A7
12 D7
Q6 18
D6
27 MR
Q7 17
D7
3 DIR
U27-67 (1)
U27-11 (1)
DE
D0
D1
U9
6 D1 74HC7030 Q4 20
D2
7 D2
Q5 19
A5
D3
8 D3
Q6 18
A6
D4
9 D4
Q7 17
A7
D5
10 D5
D6
11 D6
D7
12 D7
U10
9 D4 74HC7030 Q3 21
3
U6D
U2B
11
3
4
SD 26
U7B
12
5
13
4
DOR
DIR
25
LOWER ADDRESS LATCH
U27-68 (1)
D8 13
U2A
6 1
D3
4 SI
2
DE 15
25 DO
R
D8
A0
2 D1
Q1 19
D0
A1
3 D2
Q2 18
U8
4 D3 74HC573 Q3 17
D1
A2
A3
5 D4
Q4 16
D3
A4
6 D5
Q5 15
D4
A5
7 D6
Q6 14
D5
A6
8 D7
Q7 13
D6
A7
9 D8
OC
Q8 12
D7
C EN
1
11
13
HSDB
MICROPROCESSOR 18
3
14
4
13
R6
200
R8
1.2k
20 Vcc
U32A
2 A0
74CT244
4 A1
P1-56 (1)
HSDB-
GND 10
6 A2
B2 18
8 A3
C2 16
P1-24 (1) HSDB+
S3
1 OE
8
Vcc
E1 12
5
4
16
1
7 B
8
1
15
2
6 A
A0
39 PD0
P1-2 3
A1
38 PD1
A2
37 PD2
P2-0 21
A8
A3
36 PD3
A9
A4
35 PD4
P2- 22
1
P2-2 23
A10
A13
1 A
A5
34 PD5
P2-3 24
A11
A14
2 B
A6
33 PD6
P2-4 25
A12
A15
3 C
A7
32 PD7
26
A13
4 G2A
P2-6 27
A14
5 G2B
P2-7 28
A15
+5V
+5V
D2 14
P3-7
P1-0 1
S2
R7
1.2k
R35
3.9k
U16B
15
DE 3
2
22
17
P3-8
2 P1-1
+12V
+5V
RAM
ADDRESS
SELECT
14
13
Y1
Y2
U3
74HC138
Y0
G1
15
+5V
27
A0
A8
A0
11 IO1
A8 25
A1
12 IO2
A9 22
A9
A1
12 IO2
A9 24
A9
A2
A10
A2
13 IO3
A10 21
A10
A3
13 IO3
U1
A10 23
HM6264LP-15
15 IO4
A11 24
A11
A3
15 IO4
16 IO5
A12 25
A12
A4
A11 23
U14
16 IO5 27C256A A12 2
A11
A4
A5
17 IO6
A0 10
D0
A5
17 IO6
A13 26
A13
A6
18 IO7
A1 9
D1
A6
18 IO7
A7
19 IO8
A2 8
D2
A7
19 IO8
20
A3 7
D3
D0
5 D0
A4 6
D4
D1
6 D1
A5 5
D5
D2
7 D2
A6 4
D6
D3
8 D3
A7 3
D7
D4
9 D4
D5
10 D5
D6
11 D6
D7
12 D7
WE
A8 21
CS1
26 CS2
6
U13
TP8052AH2
4 P1-3
+5V
U23
65176
R40
15
EA
EPROM
OE
11 IO1
31
A8
A12
J4
A14 27
CE
J4
1
2
3
LTR 4
5
MN 6
A14
+5V
20
OE
3
U30B
4
8
9
U31C
U2F
10
13
5
7
2
12
12
1 R
11 P3-1
D 4
RST 9
22
U17-6 (1)
GND RE
R28
4.7k
5
ADDRESS BUS (7:0)
2
6
3
+5V
ADDRESS/DATA BUS (15:8)
10 P3-0
R13
150
R5
150
PSEN 29
6
U30C
5
U31B
4
5
6
XTAL1
ALE 30
XTAL2
19
Y2
18 11.059 MHz J5
1 MULTI-SPEED
+5V
19 OE
SOURCE
9
U32B Y0
13 A1 74ACT244 Y1 7
11 A0
15 A2
Y2 5
17 A3
Y3 3
3
+5V
R21
100k
R26
10k
U30A
74ACT1
2 4 1
R27
10k
U31A
74ACT02
2
1
3
U11
78L12
2
+12V
J2
1
C2
20pF Y4
12 MHz
1 FLASH
R25
10k
2 CRYSTAL OUT
3 LTR SPEED
U25-1 (1)
2
C13
20pF
R24
4.7k
U27-66 (1)
U27-64 (1)
Q2
3812
+15V
+5V
R23
4.7k
3 EPROM
Q3
1300
R22
10k
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2)
FIGURE 10-33
10-28
D2
4
24
U103
13
12
12
1
U133
R217
CR119
R183
R184
R195
R196
4
C289
R178
5
1
8
U166
C290
16
1
16
C197
R181
1
C288
1
1
16
1
16
R263
R262
4
5
R297
U153
U116
CR107
C120
9
8
9
8
14
1
C229
R116
14
1
R125
R123
C113 C115
1
8
7
1
16
16
1
1
8
7
16
1
7
8
U154
U102
C199
C162
9
8
8
9
R299
5
4
U138
8
CR100
U159
U114
U101
5
C134
4
U135
8
U123
C175 R124
R216
R127
CR101 C118
R119
CR102 R122
R120
8
U147
R259
1
8
U147
5
C218
C300
R266
R316
C303
8
9
8
9
C226
C301
C302
U115
C180
U158
C219
4
R192
U131
R193
R194 8
14
R191
C222
R265
7
R182
C287
CR120
13
1
C172
C153
C154
8
1
R257
8
C100 C212 14
C151
U167
R190
R188 1
7
R189
R187
R315
C152 R186
R185
C214
4
U142
5
1
1
14
9
8
C204
C163
+ C286
C251 +
C254
16
1
1
R141 14
R142
C124
U128
R151
C133
C125 C203
R149
8
9
C297
5
4
U164
R219
1
8
C200 R152
C139 R154
R153
U117
C185
R291
R288
R289
8
7
7
8
R147
20
1
14
1
CR105
CR104
R285
Q101
11
10
R227
R280
R279
U104
R324
C130
R137
R313
R312
R310
U127
CR103
R225
Q102
R254
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
24
1
8
1
C192
C191
R138
C211
R325
+C207
R223
R308
C232
C131
R145
C183
R326
R150
C202
R311
R148
C298
R309
R143
C183
C129
C208
C127
C128
R140
C220
R146
R139
C132
C283 R290
C230
R296
R126
+ C268
R220
R226
C161
C138
C291 R292
C265
MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
(OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE VIEW)
FIGURE10-34
10-29
U137
4
8
U120
5
C292
C174 C187
R121 R230
R231
C119
C209
C223
C188
R208
R267
R295
R214
R215
R118
R114 R117
C117
C114
R113
R264
+ C255
C264
R177
C266
C210
R225
C213
RT100
C224
R209
R258
R314
R298
R282 R286
R211
R210 R207
C194
R298
R298
R298
R115
R277
C193
R317
R180
R179
R298 C235+
R248
+C240
C116
R256
5
C179
40
1
14
15
10
28
1
U108
R170
R169
C148
C147
C149
10
U161
U112
U111
1
1
10
5
8
5
U149
4
20 11
R245
U157
WO WO
116 118
WO
117
20 11
C228
1
14
8
R270
R155 C140
R218 C160
7
C184
R321
C145
16
9
C144
R166
U118
C181 1
R161
1
7
14
8
R164
C269 +
1
1
28
1
20
15
14
21
1
R322
R323
R276
CR106
1
14
15
10
11
WO
126
R302
14
R301
20
U106
J106
8
3
+ C295
5
2
1
U156
WO
125
7
8
9
1
20
CR109
CR110
CR108
1
8
U160
5
1
16
1
20
1
28
U110
C156 R199
R222
C307
12
13
1
24
10
24
1
U105
U107
+
C246
R239
+C243
C237
7
R294
1
R319
1
20
20
+
C245
R111
8
1
C112
R112
U163
4
5
R293
C272
4
1
9
S101
5
8
WO
WO128
129 WO
WO131
C233 130
+ C258
+ C296
R304
R303
Z100
8
1
C305 +
R233
R305
33 1
64 32
17 1
8
R269
4
U148
C190
CR113
5
32 16
C304
CR117
S100
Z102
Z101
16
+C305
C227
R238
1
P101
P100
10-30
2 3
WO WO WO WO
107 106 105 104
11
10
11
R241
C239
U122
C105
8
R237
R242
C257 +
14
1
C293
4 C173
U121
R203
U109
R319
+ C158
12
13
WO WO WO
122 120 123
U162
U155
WO WO WO
121 119 124
10
11
WO
127
C249
1
8
4 R237
U141
5
WO
102
R240
WO WO
109 108
R261
C221
C206
C263
U125
8
R133
A301
WO
101
5
R235
C205
1
C178
8
MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
(COMPONENT SIDE VIEW)
FIGURE 10-35
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
WO
114
WO
115
WO
113
WO
112
S102
8 11
1
U119
4
5
R175
R171
R172
R163
C143
R100
R275
+
C285
4
8
U139
4
U136
U130
4
5
4
1
5
8
R283
J103
+ C270
J100
R160
R159
C137
4
U151
5
1
8
R236
J102
+
C284
1
R284
R244
CR114
R306
CR118
+ C256
R268
Y100
C231
C306
1
R197
R307
Y101
J105
C278
C157
C166
C155
C169
1
C280
C111
C217
WO WO
100 103
U131
7
C159
C102
C234
C198
U132 R234
C241 +
8
R200
C236 R104
C281
R253 R109
R103
R110
C104
C109
C271
C176
C106
C108
9
R105
R108
C279
R106 R107 C277
C107 C238
8
C294 C177 C276 C110
16
R252
R281
C242 +
C101
R247
R102
C121
R260
C189
4
1
U124
5
8
R251 C262 C170
C124 R206 R205 R101
C103
R132
R129 R128
R123
R130 C122
R131
4
1
C165 C182
R162
C136
R300
C171
U129
R167
C216
R134
C186 R135 C164 R136
R250
C142
C247
5
R212
R213
C201
C215
R165
R168
U165
8
J101
J104
R232
R320
R271
C267 +
U126
R287
CR112
14
C273 R202
R282
CR111
U100
C141
R157
C150 R174
R176
1
R158
R156
R173
C146
R204 R201
C195
R274
C196
R221
R318
R278
D1
Q1 19
U108
3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18
D2
4 D3
Q3 17
U113C-9 (2) RX MUTE GATE
D3
5 D4
Q4 16
U114A-1 (2) RX OPTION GATE
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
U115B-8 (2) RX VOICE GATE
D0
ADDRESS LATCH
2 D1
U115A-1 (2) VOTER AUDIO MUTE GATE
U114D-16 (2) LOCAL AUDIO MUTE GATE
A0
42
A0
A1
10
A1
A12
23 A
Q4 5
D5
7 D6
Q6 14
U116B-8 (2) RX AUDIO GATE
A2
41
A2
A13
22 B
U133
6
74HC574 Q5
D6
8 D7
Q7 13
U115C-9 (2) RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE
A3
9
A3
A14
21 C
Q6 7
D7
9 D8
Q8 12
U116A-1 (2) FSK TO AUDIO GATE
A4
40
A4
A15
20 D
Q7 8
A5
8
A5
A16
23 A
A6
39
A6
A17
22 B
A7
7
A7
A18
21 C
Q2 3
RX FIFO
A8
38
A8
20 D
Q1 2
MPC LATCH
A9
6
A9
18 G1
A10 37
A10
19 G2
A11
5
A11
A12 36
A12
A13
4
A13
A14 35
A15
ADDRESS LATCH
11 CLK
Q8 9
U103
74HC573
Q9 10
D1 2
U154A
74HC32
C EN 11
+5V
R319
10k
R209
10k
R207
10k
R208
10k
R210
10k
RX FIFO
D0
19 Q1
D1
18 Q2
A14
D2
17 Q3
D8 9
WO 107
A0
3
A15
D3
16 Q4
D6 7
WO 105
A16 34
A16
D4
15 Q5
D7 8
2
A17
D5
14 Q6
D5 6
WO 106
R211 100
A17
A18 33
A18
D6
13 Q7
D4 5
A19
A19
D7
12 Q8
D2 3
1
19 G2
O3
O15
17
4
U101
E
U154B
11
6
TX FIFO
4
13
U101
E 12
1
OC
10
3
1
18 G1
5
U105
74HC573
R217
100
D3 4
P100
WO 104
CR120
5.1V
LOCAL MIC PTT
Q102 (2)
D1
MREQ 15
15
DE
25
10 EXT REQ 1
SO 26
U101C
6
5
SO 26
D3
Q4 20
D4
D0
A5
10 D5
Q5 19
D5
D1
Q1 19
U106
3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18
A6
11 D6
Q6 18
D6
D2
4 D3
Q3 17
U117C-9 (3) LOCAL MIC MUTE
A7
12 D7
Q7 17
D7
D3
5 D4
Q4 16
U118C-9 (3) EXTERNAL MOD MUTE
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
U118B-8 (3) NORMAL MOD MUTE
D5
7 D6
Q6 14
U118D-16 (3) TX MOD MUTE
D6
8 D7
Q7 13
INC U151-U149 (3)
D7
9 D8
Q8 12
U-D U151-U149 (3)
D8 13
D3
8 D3
Q0 24
A0
D0
44
D4
9 D4
Q1 23
A1
D1
38 PO-1
P2-2 23 A10
A13
1 A
12
D5
10 D5
Q2 22
A2
D2
37 PO-2
P2-3 24 A11
A14
2 B
43
D6
11 D6
Q3 21
A3
D3
36 PO-3
P2-4 25 A12
A15
3 C
11
D7
12 D7
Q4 20
A4
D4
35 PO-4
P2-5 26
A13
4 G2A
13 D8
A14
5 G2B
ADDRESS
SELECT
A9
Q5 19
A5
D5
34 PO-5
P2-6 27
32
Q6 18
A6
D6
33 PO-6
P2-7 28 A15
63
Q7 17
A7
D7
32 PO-7
XTAL 1 19
10 P3-0
Y101
11.059 MHz
XTAL 2 18
U162D
11
13
Y2
14
Y1
U102
74HC138
G1 6
WO 115
+5V 60
+5V 61
RESET
WO 114
R282
10k
SOURCE
Z100
9 RESET
U119
DS1232
3 TO
L
R318
10k
J105 WDOG
1
P102
2
WO 108
-5V 59
ST 7
WO 109
8
EPROM
Q3 17
U139-7 (3) CS 2
Q3 17
A2
D3
5 D4
Q4 16
U141-7 (3) CS 3
5 D4
Q4 16
7 A3
D3 15
A3
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
A4
6 D5
Q5 15
6 A4
D4 16
A4
D5
7 D6
Q6 14
U142-7 (3) CS 5
A5
7 D6
Q6 14
5 A5
D5 17
A5
D6
8 D7
Q7 13
U143-7 (3) CS 6
A6
8 D7
Q7 13
4 A6
D6 18
A6
D7
9 D8
Q8 12
A7
9 D8
Q8 12
3 A7
D7 19
A7
A8
25 A8
CE 20
A9
24 A9
U104
74HC573
C EN
11
+5V
Q2 18
9 A1
OC
1
C162
20pF
2 A12
D2
4 D3
Q3 17
A13 26 A13
D3
5 D4
Q4 16
U149-7 (3) CS 11
A14 27 A14
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
U149-7 (3) CS 12
D5
7 D6
Q6 14
D6
8 D7
Q7 13
U151-7 (3) CS 14
9 D8
Q8 12
CS 15
U159B-8 (2) LOGIC SQUELCH
P1-7 8
U125D-14 (2) RX DATA
P3-2 12
R201 (3) TX DATA
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITOR ARE IN
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
P3-3 13
R202 (3) TX SHAPE
2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN
P3-4 14
U117B-8 (3) TX DATA EN
D7
NOTES:
PIN NUMBER
GND
4
7
U110
2
WO 110
SOURCE
SOURCE
U113, U114, U115, U116, U117
U118, U153, U158, U159
U120, U124, U130, U135, U164
U165, U166
+9V
+15V
+15V 30
+15V 62
U136
LM78L08 V OUT 1
B
C GND
A
7
6
2
3
8 V IN
Z102
+ C256
15
C231
.01
+ C296
10
10-31
R303
240
+ C258
47
C233
.01
C234
.01
C262
.01
C263
.01
C227
.01
C228
.01
C271
.01
C272
.01
C273
.01
C229
.01
4
8
4
8
4
U122, U123, U125, U126, U129
4
11
U137, U138, U139, U141, U142
U143, U147, U148, U149, U151
U162
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
13
U121, U163
U127, U128, U131, U167
R304
27
9, 22
4
11
2 D1
8
4
8
U115D-16 (2) RX NET
U148-7 (3) CS 10
WO 127
D1
Q1 19
U157
3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18
D2
4 D3
Q3 17
U159B-8 (3) LOGIC SQUELCH A-D GATE
D3
5 D4
Q4 16
U159D-16 (3) TX MOD A-D GATE
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
R284 (3) NORMAL RX GATE
D5
7 D6
Q6 14
U118A-1 (3) DIGITAL MOD MUTE GATE
D6
8 D7
Q7 13
D7
9 D8
Q8 12
2 D1
11 CLK
16
U153B-8 (3) TX NET
11 CLK
D0
-5V
3
14
WO 126
11 CLK
Q1 19
U155
3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18
P1-6 7
U100
WO 125
D1
22 OE
+9V
U138-7 (3) CS 1
D0
PSEN 29
+15V
2 D1
A11 23 A11
A12
IC
WO 111
D0
A10 21 A10
ALE 30
RST 5
-5V
-5V 27
9
10 A0
EA 31
Z101
74HC04
8
Q1 19
C163
20pF
SOURCE
U158C-9 (3) TX OPTION GATE
4 D3
A3
13
A8
U159A-1 (3) LEVEL DETECT GATE
11 CLK
U101D
U154A
2 D1
D2
4 D3
2 P1-1 U111 P2-0 21
TP8054AH2
39 PO-0
P2-1 22
+5V 29
U100B-5 (3) CWID CONTROL
11 CLK
D1
A1
A2
DOR 25
8 Vcc1
Q8 12
D1 12
U112
8 A2 27C256A D2 13
3 D2
7 D2
+5V
9 D8
U137-7 (3) CS 0
A1
D2
+5V
U153A-1 (3) DATA LEVEL TEST GATE
D7
Q1 19
U156
3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18
P1-2 3
45
+5V 28
Q7 13
D1
2 D1
D1
17 P3-7
4 P1-3
12
6
8 D7
A0
A0
14
VOTER DATA IN 58
U158A-1 (3) TX VOICE GATE
D6
D0 11
P1-0 1
U161
6 D1 74HC7030 MR 27
64
Q6 14
P3-6
13
46
31
7 D6
9 D4
LOWER ADDRESS LATCH
16
U154D
D0
11
U116C-9 (3) TX AUDIO GATE
D5
A4
10
DE 15
Q5 15
D2
IRDB+ 25
5 D0
6 D5
Q3 21
4
4 S1
U159C-9 (3) DATA TO A-D GATE
D4
Q2 22
HSDB- 56
LPTT 21
Q4 16
8 D3
SI
DIR
5 D4
7 D2
HSDB+ 24
3
U116D-16 (3) TXA TO FSK GATE
D3
U153D-16 (3) TXS TO FSK GATE
A3
3 DIR
TLA DB 26
Q3 17
A2
WR 48
9
4 D3
A1
27 MR
TX FIFO
D2
U153C-9 (3) REPEAT GATE
D0
5 D0
RD 47
IRDB- 57
Q1 19
U107
3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18
2 D1
Q0 24
U160
6 D1 74HC7030 Q1 23
2
MSTB 16
D1
D0
2
U117A-1 (3) TX INTERCOM GATE
U113D-16 (3) RX SQUELCH ACTIVE GATE
WO118
WO 117
WO116
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 3)
FIGURE10-36
+5V
+ C295
220
R247
54.9k
3
R281
1M
C236
.001
C102
.001
+1.25
V
5 +
R294
1k
C279
.22
SOURCE
C239
68pF
U115B
RX VOICE
GATE
6
C104
100pF
U122A
2904
1
2
C237
.033
C277
.0047
R105 100
U122B
2904
7
6
C111
47k
C238
.047
C239
.068
R108 110
C108
.1
5 +
C109
.1
10 +
U122D
2904
14
13
3
R109
1.07M
+
R284
10k
NORMAL RX
U157-15 (1)
R114
18k
3
C116
.001
U113D
RX SQUELCH
ACTIVE
GATE
14
+
U135B
MC33178
7
CR107
4.3V
NOISE
RECTIFIER
R117
6.2k
R116
1.5k
C117
.01
U123A
3303
2
R118
12k
1
RT100
C118
10k
.01
CR101
-5V
EXP OUT
1 EXP IN
COMP IN 5
A301
COMPANDING
OPTION
COMP OUT 4
3 +
R119
47k
C120
.1
U123B
3303
6
7
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
U123C
3303
9
8
10 +
R124
1M
R228
5.1k
R205
7.5k
R206
10k
-5V
R131
56k
+
C123
.047
U124B
2904
7
6
5
R132
56k
R251
51k
R235
100k
+
2
C124
.0068
R126
100k
+ C240
1
12
+
R178
100k
6
+
5
U108-14 (1)
RX AUDIO
U116A
FSK TO
AUDIO
GATE
2
3
WO 100 (3)
WO 103 (3)
R135
47k
14 RXA-
6
C245
10
U131B
3303
7
+
U131A
3303
1
2
13 RXA +
R183
300
S100
10
7
9
8
11
6
12
5
U162C
15
2 16
1
5
C288
300pF
U117A-3 (1)
TX INTERCOM
GATE
R180
300
C287 300pF
R181
10k
C246
10
R184
300
3 +
13
R260
36k
R240
100k
U165A
2904
1
LOGIC SQUELCH
C159
.1
3
5
1
3 +
M0
U159C-10 (3)
DATA TO A-D GATE
+
RS-232 DATA
TO/FROM RNT
U109
7 RXIN
CLK 18
MX614TN
12 GND
2 XTAL/CLK
TXD 17
P101
R203
R200
10k
2.2k
23 RNT TX DATA
+5V
U125B
3303
CR108
7
+ C241
15
10 +
S101
5 M0
R134
100k
12 +
U125D
3303
14
R198
10k
R136
10k
CR106
+5V
R133
100k
U110
MX614TN
RXD 19
+5V
24 Vcc
RX DATA
U111-8 (1)
13
CR110
U125C
3303 CR109
7
9
RXAMPOUT
RXIN
Y100
2.4576MHz
8
7
R222
100k R199
100k
C156
.1
C306
.1
1 XTAL
C155
15pF
1
VBIAS 13
18 CLK
R212
1k
7
C307
100pF
14 RXEQ
+ C242
15
2
8
6 M1
R276
18k
R213
5.1k
-5V
R197
1M
GND 12
2 XTAL/CLK
C166
15pF
TXD
17
-5V
+ C268
47
+ C207
1
C230
.01
C186
.01
C187
.01
C188
.01
C189
.01
C190
.01
1 RXS+
5
RXEQ 14
+ C158
10
6
+9V
+ C267
47
SECONDARY
AUDIO TO RNT
22 RNT RX DATA
U125A
3303
-5V
+ C255
47
2 RXS-
Vcc 24
6 M1
FSK AMPLIFIER
R231
10k
11 TXOUT
13 VBIAS
2
U162C
14
3
+5V
C247
1
R261
300k
U159B-6 (3)
R250
150k
R179
300
R182 100k
SECONDARY AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
R262
R241
2.2k
100k
R263
10k
C244
10
C243
10
3 +
+
R229
1K
U166B
MC33178
7
+
5
U108-12 (1)
FSK TO AUDIO
R230
7.5k
CR100
6
U166A
MC33178
1
2
C249
.1
U123D
3303
14
C289
300pF
R177
10k
-5V
R123
330k +5V
RECEIVE DATA FILTER
R125
100k
CR118
15V
C290
300pF
R127
470k
DATA AMPLIFIER TP DCR
3
R259
10k
31 RX VOICE
CR117
15V
MAIN AUDIO AMPLIFIER
R258
R239
2.2k
100k
8
R121 47k
C121
.01
C122
.022
U165B
2904
1
R120
10k
U135A
MC33178
1
U114C
2
C119
.1
R122
10k
5 +
2
U116B
RX AUDIO
GATE
6
7
WO101 WO102
R216
10k
NOISE AMPLIFIER
R115
R234
47k
100k
R277
5.1k
5 +
R129
47k
U114B
+5V
R214
3.9k
6
R128
100k
7
U155-18 (1)
RX NET
OPT
R215
1k
R130
100k
16
6
P100
U108-13 (1)
RX VOICE
TO BACKPLANE
R302
R238
36k
100k
R300
36k
+5V
R113
150k
2
16
1
5
R299
10k
8
7
9
U108-17 (1)
8
U115D
RX NET
GATE
15
14
+5V
RX OPTION
U108-16 (1)
U113C
RX MUTE
GATE
11
10
U113B
NORMAL
RX GATE
6
7
U163A
3303
1
2
12 +
R107
1.07M
1
R112
47k
C305
10
9
U114A
RX OPTION
GATE
3
2
C112
.01
R111
18.2k
R110
110
U122C
2904
8
9
U115C
RX VOICE
TO
BACKPLANE
10
11
U120B
2904
7
5 +
HIGH-PASS FILTER > 30 kHz
C115
100pF
U135A
MC33178
1
C292
360pF
C280
.022
RX SQ ACT
U157-18 (1)
C114
100pF
R257
36k
U108-15 (1)
RX VOICE
C278
.0068
R106
1.07M
C113
100pF
7
8
+
C110
.022
C276
.0022
R232
100
R289
2.2
VOICE AMPLIFIER
R256
R238
36k
100k
6
C107
.022
C106
.068
C294
.1
3
5 +
R103
69.8k
C105
.033
U121B
2904
7
5253
390k
R237
100k
U121B
2904
7
6
R102
147k
R104
15k
6
R287
100
C284
220
+
R452
43k
3
R293
6.2k
R288
220
2
C281
820pF
+
+9V
J101
+
R101
29.4k
RX WB AUDIO 27
C291
.1
C283
.1
+
C103
.1
U121A
2904
1
2
R290
1
SPKR/MIC
C299
.01
2
U115A
VOTER AUDIO
MUTE
C101
.0022
R292
39
+
3
3 +
4
+
2
1
U132
TDA2003
U108-18 (1)
LOCAL AUDIO
MUTE GATE
U108-19 (1)
1
U120A
2904
1
LOCAL AUDIO
OUTPUT
J104
EXTERNAL
SPEAKER
C285
470
+
C100
470pF
R236
10k
16
R248
120k
R233
100k
R291
1k
C254
.1
5
C286
10
+
+
R249
36k
+ C251
15
LOCAL AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
ON/OFF/
VOL
+
C235
1
P100
VOTER AUDIO 25
R254
47k
+
U114D
LOCAL AUDIO
MUTE GATE
14
15
C191
.01
C192
.01
C193
.01
C194
.01
C195
.01
C196
.01
C197
.01
C198
.01
C199
.01
C200
.01
C201
.01
C202
.01
C203
.01
C204
.01
C205
.01
C206
.01
C264
.01
C265
.01
C266
.01
C208
.01
C209
.01
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
C210
.01
C211
.01
C212
.01
C213
.01
C214
.01
C215
.01
C216
.01
C217
.01
C218
.01
C229
.01
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHMEATIC (2 OF 3)
FIGURE 10-37
10-32
U153D-14 (3)
U153C-7 (3)
TXS+ TO S100-2 (3)
S100-1 (2)
TXS+ 3
C154
.1
S100
P100
2
15
R191
75k
R196
300
SECONDARY
AUDIO
FROM RNT
3
14
4
13
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
U131C
3303
8
9
R265
2.2k
C153
.1
R193
75k
U131D
3303
14
13
12 +
R192
75k
U153A
DATA LEVEL
TEST GATE
3
2
C156
.1
R198
100k
16
U107-18 (1)
TXS TO FSK
U110-5 (2)
FSK GATE
J103
U153C-10 (2)
REPEAT GATE
1
U107-13 (1)
DATA LEVEL TEST
C282
.1
R286
75k
U153D
TXS TO FSK
GATE
14
15
R264
10k
R242
100k
10 +
R195
300
TXS- 4
R194
75k
U158C
TX OPTION
GATE
10
11
HIGH-PASS FILTER > 300 Hz
C151
.1
R188
75k
R187
75k
R314
43.2k
C301
.0047
TXA+ 15
MAIN
AUDIO
FROM RNT
R190
300
U167A
3303
1
2
C300
.0056
C152
.1
C302
.0033
U167C
3303
8
R267
2.2k
R317
909k
U116C
TX AUDIO
GATE
10
11
U167B
2904
7
6
5 +
R185
75k
C304
.1
R307
36k
TX VOICE
AMPLIFIER
R306
R305
36k
100k
R269
36k
TX VOICE 32
V REF EX
V REF EX 7
CR113
15V
2
CR114
15V
3 +
R268
36k
R244
100k
5 +
A301-4 (2)
U111-13 (1)
TX SHAPE
U116A-2 (2)
U116B-7 (2)
MAIN AUDIO AMP
U111-12 (1)
TX DATA
U117A
TX INTCOM
GATE
2
R219
180k
J102
LOCAL MIC
JACK
C161
.1
R220
16k
U130A
2904
1
2
R285
2.2k
3 +
C138
.1
R152
22k
R153
43k
U164B
2904
7
6
1
+5V
R223
6.8k
U117C
LOCAL MIC
MUTE
GATE
2
3
R154
43k
R309
25.5k
R151
43.2k
C133
.0047
C132
.0056
U127B
2904
7
6
C298
.0056
C297
.0047
5 +
5 +
R169
54.9k
U159B
LOGIC SQ A-D
GATE
6
7
V REF EX
R160
1.1k
R161
3.01k
R159
2.74k
R162
18.2k
U157-17 (1)
LOGIC SQ A-D
C142
.01
R165
47k
C143
.022
9
U126C
3303
8
R167
56k
C142
.047
R166 56k
10 +
U126D
3303
14
13
12 +
C136
.0068
R168
2.2k
R173
430k
R174
160k
C136
.0047
C148
.01
R175
4.3k
3 +
R172
10k
R171
10k
U129A
3303
1
2
C150
.022
R176
6.8k
R322
0
J106
1
P106
+5V
R308
909k
8 TX DATA OUT
2
3
P107
R323
0
4
9 TX DATA IN
5
U105-5 (1)
LOCAL MIC
Q102 PTT
3658
TX AUDIO AMPLIFIER
R143
3.3k
U118A
DIGITAL MOD
MUTE GATE
2
3
R320
180k
R145
150k
+5V
LOWPASS FILTER
C130
470pF
R279
150k
CR105
R138
121k
12 +
U127A
3303
1
2
R137
121k
BUFFERS
R310
0
R311
0
3 +
U128B
3303
1
2
R312
0
R313
0
3 +
C126
.01
C128
.0033
U128C
3303
8
9
R139
35.7k
R140
17.4k
10 +
U128D
3303
14
13
R141
22.6k
12 +
U128A
3303
1
2
R142
17.4k
3 +
C125
680pF
C127
680pF
VH
VW
3
5
VL
U118B
NORMAL MOD MUTE
GATE
7
6
R271
180k
C165
360pF
9
8
U106-15 (1)
NORMAL MOD MUTE
IN 1
C
U/ 2
D
U106-13 (1)
U106-12 (1)
U129C
3303
8
R158
82k
+
R157
82k
6
CR122
6.2V
CR123
6.2V
1
U157-14 (1)
LOWPASS FILTERS
DIGITAL MOD MUTE
LIMITER
U149
X9C10415
100k
7 CS
U155-15 (1)
CR103
U127D
3303
14
R274 R163
36k 100k
+3.5V
R204
47k
10 +
C131
.0047
13
5 +
U111-7 (1)
CR100 (2)
R164
100k
U106-12 (1)
CR126
6.2V
U126B
3303
7
6
U106-13 (1)
U157-16 (1)
TX MOD A-D
8
CR124
6.2V
8
U111-14 (1)
TX DATA EN
R201
270k
R170
1M
U127C
3303
8
9
3 +
R227
10k
CR112
2.4V
CR111
2.4V
CR104
5
VL
IN 1
C
U/ 2
D
R225
10k
Q101
3657
R226
10k
R144
1k
3
-5V
R150
86.5k
U106-17 (1)
LOCAL MIC MUTE
+5V
CWID CONTROL
U107-12 (1)
HIGH-PASS FILTER > 300 Hz
TX AUDIO BUFFER
C139
.1
VW
U117B
TX DATA
ENABLE GATE
6
7
U126A
3303
1
2
R202
1M
CWID
GENERATOR
U100B
U100A
5 74HC02
4
2 74HC02
1
6
3
3
1
VH
R275
36k
U155-19 (1)
TX NET
U107-14 (1)
TX VOICE
U157-19 (1)
TX INTCOM
U151
X9C10415
100k
7 CS
U155-13 (1)
CR125
6.2V
1
+3.5V
TX DATA AMPLIFIER
7
U158B
8
U158A
TX VOICE
GATE
2
3
U130A
2904
1
16
U107-16 (1)
DATA TO A-D
8
6
WO
103
A301-5 (2)
DC RESTORATION
U125A-1 (2)
9
U158D
OPTION
WO
100
U159D
TX MOD A-D
GATE
14
15
U159C
DATA TO A-D
GATE
10
11
14
U153B
TX NET
GATE
7
6
U130B
2904
7
6
15
9
U107-15 (1)
TX AUDIO
TXA- 16
28 A-D LEVEL
R298
10k
16
16
U107-17 (1)
TXA TO FSK
P100
1
U106-19 (1)
LEVEL DETECT
+5V
U106-18 (1)
TX OPTION
U116D
TXA TO FSK
GATE
15
14
R266
10k
R243
100k
10 +
R315
86.5k
R186
75k
9
9
5 +
3 +
R189
300
U167B
3303
7
6
R316
25.5k
C303
.0039
J100
A-D LEVEL TP
U159A
LEVEL DETECT
GATE
2
3
CR121
6.2V
R321
100
U118D
TX MOD
MUTE GATE
15
14
29 TX MODE
16
U106-14 (1)
TX MOD MUTE
R156
82k
C146
390pF
R270
39k
C140
.1
C141
.1
U129B
3303
R155
82k
10 +
R218
82k
C160
.1
U118C
EXTERNAL MOD
MUTE GATE
10
11
11 EXTERNAL MOD
9
U106-16 (1)
EXT MOD MUTE
C129
470pF
R280
150k
-5V
-5V
C257
+ 47
10-33
C269
+ 47
C270
+ 47
C232
.01
C170
.01
C171
.01
C172
.01
C173
.01
C174
.01
C175
.01
C176
.01
C177
.01
C178
.01
C179
.01
C180
.01
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
C181
.01
C182
.01
C183
.01
C184
.01
C185
.01
C219
.01
C220
.01
C221
.01
C222
.01
C223
.01
C224
.01
C225
.01
C226
.01
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (3 OF 3)
FIGURE10-38
WO
503
WO
504
1
R552
C514
C515
CR535
8
5
1
4
R547
2
3
J503
1
1
3
4
6
R561
CR527
R528
8
5
4
1
R546
4
1
C536
S503
S500
8
5
R506
CR528
C500
1
1
14
14
7
CR537
10
1
10
1
1
3
1
3
C536
C518
4
6
R560
WO
506
WO
510
WO
507
WO
511
6
4
1
2
8
5
1
8
9
WO
509
C531
F501
C539
8
1
3
C562
L501
6
4
R530
CR526
Z500
Z501
C529
C533
C530
+
C522
+
+
C523
WO WO
517 514
R531
4
C536
1
R525
5
WO
515
WO WO WO
512 516 513
F502
4
1
C536
WO
508
S501
13
14
C519
C532
+
K500
10
R535
1
13
R527
6
7
R569
R555
C512
24
C513
S502
CR536
C504
8
C516
12
R578
10
CR525
R576
12
1
CR523
R577
R544
1
10
CR524
R515
CR533
R542
CR534
WO
501 C556
WO
C557
502
1
2
K502
9
8
CR531
WO
518
64
1
32
33 1
17
32 16
P500
P501
10-34
1
WO
505
R545
R549
R550
R538
R564
R507
R559
R540
R539
R514
CR501
R520
CR530
R521
6
7
R532
INTERFACE ALARM CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE10-39
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
U520
R524
R537
R541
R529
R501
R500
R526
R513
CR503
R516
R519
R518
R517
CR502
CR505
CR504
CR500
R558
R511
R509
C502
R508
10
10
C501
C510
R505
R570
C504
R503
C509
20
11
24
13
C506
C520
R522
J500
J501
J502
C527
R523
U508
C507
S508
C505
C508
U523
R572
C521
R533
U505
CR508 CR509
R534
U514
CR506 CR507
U504
CR513
CR512
U510
C511
C538
C534
C537
C535
CR532
20
U512
20
11
C517
Q500
Q501
Q502
Q503
C506
11
7
R567
U518
U503
R571
20
11
13
U518
C503
1
R553
C528
R574
R573
U500
20
11
20
11
U507
U509
CR510 CR511
U518
U506
CR522
U501
R510
R554 R568
14
8
R543
20
11
U519
C506
R551
R512
U518
U522
J505
C526
R505
U521
R563
CR528
R575
Q505
Q504
P500
P500
+5V
D0 46
R536
10k
D1 14
D2 45
ADDRESS LATCH
D3 13
A16
D4 44
23 A
G1 18
U501
G2 19
74HC154
D0
2 D1
D1
D5 12
A17
22 B
D6 43
A18
21 C
D2
U518
3 D2
74HC574
4 D3
Q2 18
D7 11
A19
20 D
D3
5 D4
D4
6 D5
A12 36
A13
D3
4
A15
D5
7 D6
D6
8 D7
4
ADDRESS LATCH
A14 35
18
3
A16 34
A12
23 A
A17
2
A13
22 B
A18 33
A14
21 C
A19
A15
1
MREQ 15
D7
G1
O3
U500
74HC154
14
O2 3
19 G2
O5 6
U508D
8
9
Q4 16
CR502
R517
2.7k
U508E
10
11
9 D8
1 OC
Q6
20 D
U508A
74HC906
2
1
Q5 15
CR503
R516
2.7k
U508C
6
5
Q3 17
11 CLK
19
R520
2.7k
U508B
4
3
Q1 19
CR505
R519
2.7k
CR504
R518
2.7k
15 PC STR
D6 7
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
16 HS CS EX
D4 5
D5
7 D6
Q6 14
26 SYN CS EX
16 Q4
15 Q5
R513
10k
R514
10k
R559
10k
D5 6
R539
100k
2
14 RF MUX 3 INH
8 D7
Q7 13
25 HS CS RX
9 D8
Q8 12
10 SYN CS RX
+5V
12
2
D3 4
2 D1
R507
10k
D8
D2
9
3
11 WO 1
63
D2
17 Q3
D5 6
D3
16 Q4
D6 7
29 RF DATA 1
D4
15 Q5
D7 8
30 RF DATA B
D5
14 Q6
D8 9
O6
11
CLK
10
U507D
J500
11
D0
2 D1
D1
3 D2
13
U507A
D2
31 RF DATA C
D6
13 Q7
D3 4
D3
5 D4
Q4 16
32 RF DATA
D7
12 Q8
D4 5
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
8 RF CLOCK
D5
7 D6
Q7 13
23 AC FAIL OUT
D6
8 D7
Q8 12
24 WO 2
D7
9 D8
CS
C502
.1
VIN+ 6
R508
10k
C503
150pF
1
INTR 5
4
D0
D1
7 V IN -
D2 16
D2
8 GND A
D3 15
D3
10 GND D
D4 14
D4
4 CLK IN
D5 13
D5
D6 12
D6
R510
10k
19 CLKR
2 RD
WR 48
3 WR
5
+ C507
10
C520
.1
+ C505
10
U519
SAG04AD
14 IFA OUT
R505
2k
R570
1k
12 LIM IN
7
IFA IN 16
U509C
3403
C510
33
R574
51k
9
6
+ 10
+ C524
10
12
R515
1k
CR501
FILTERED
+15V
+15V
FILTERED 26
+15V
FILTERED 58
+15V
ACCESSORY
L501
+15V
+ C530
220
C529
.01
R578
2.7k
R575
2.7k
CR525
ACCESSORY
CR523
+15V
+15V
ACCESSORY 24
+15V
ACCESSORY 25
FILTERED
CR526
+ C532
1000
14
D0
2 D1
D1
3 D2
D2
4 D3
D3
5 D4
D4
6 D5
D5
7 D6
D6
8 D7
D7
9 D8
Q5 15
U503
Q6 14
74HC574
+5V
R529
4.7k
Q3 17
+15V
8
14
7
2,1
3
1
K501
ALARM 1 OUT+ 19
Q502
3658
R501
4.7k
+15V
8
14
7
2,1
3
1
2
6
3
4 U511
4N35
R547 430
+5V
R568 200
+15V
4
R554
1.2K
CR510
4
R532
4.7k
R557
10k
18 Q2
Q8 12
R506
1K
ALARM 3 IN -
39
ALARM 4 IN +
8
J504
3
CR528
5.1V
5
2
P504
1
CR513
S503
6
R500
4.7k
C534
100pF
K503
U514A
LM2904
1
2
+
R531
4.32k
C536
.1
R556
10k
WO 501
WO 512
4
WO 513
5
WO 514
6
WO 515
19
WO 516
20
WO 517
21
WO 518
27 I/O 13
6
5
18 ALARM 4 OUT-
1
2
Q503
3658
C535
100pF
R526
10k
R522
10k
+5V R533
1k
U514B
LM2904
7
6
5
+
R530
10k
R534
1M
1
7
2
6
3
+5V
R567 200
+15V
4
R553
1.2K
CR512
R546
430
ALARM 4 IN -
+15V
SQUELCH
ENABLE OUT
P505 J505
1
22 BUF RX WBAND
R558
10k
40
R511
20k
SQUELCH ENABLE
Q504
3616
INVERTED
CR531
15V
C537
.1
8
5
4 U512
4N35
R537
1k
R512
10k
9
CR529
15V
2
NON-INVERTED
CR534
15V
U503 CONTROL NONINVERTED
3
Q505
3616
CR530
15V
4
3 RX WBAND
WO 502
+5V
+15V
R527
4.7k
R535
4.7k
19 Q1
Q500
3658
+12V
+15V
3
-5V IN 27
+ C527
.1
-5V IN 59
C538
.01
CR524
U522
78L12
+ C525
10
2
+8V
1
1
U523
78M08
2
+5V
3
+ C526
1
C539
.01
C512
.01
C513
.01
C514
.01
C515
.01
C516
.01
C517
.01
C518
.01
C519
.01
C500
.01
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
+15V
+15V IN 30
SOURCE
SOURCE
OC
1
R577
1k
1
7
5
2 ALARM 4 OUT+
+5V
-5V
J502
+15V IN 62
2
8
7
Q7 13
6
K500
1
R560
10k
+5V
8
7
2,1
3
P503
2
S511
7 EXT REQ 1
K502
+5V
Q501
3658
3
CR511
6
5
6
R521
4.7k
3
R524
4.7k
10
J503
+5V
R523
10k
6
R504
1K
17 ALARM 3 OUT-
C531
.01
+15V
EXT REQ 2
CR533
15V
CR533
5.1V
U513B
Q4 16
7
2,1
3
R564
3.9k
28 A D LEVEL
8
1
1
11
12
CR534
15V
ALARM 2 OUT+ 20
14
U513C
CR533
15V
R571
10k
R522
10k
ALARM 2 OUT- 52
CR535
4.3V
CR534
15V
3
+15V
F501
1A
38
+ C508
33
11 CLK
+5V IN 61
R551
10k
WO 504
1 ALARM 3 OUT+
+5V IN 60
ALARM 2 IN -
WO 505
R561
10k
Z501
C521
.01
4
R555
1.2K
WO 503
11 LIM D1
+ C522
47
+15V
R552
10k
+ C504
10
+5V
6
+5V
R569 200
ALARM 3 IN +
MUTE IN 3
C506
+ 10
SOURCE
ALARM 1 OUT- 51
13
9
U507C
+12V
ALARM 2 IN +
R548 430
+5V
R543
10k R544
1k
74HC906
8
R572
16k
R550
10k
10
OC 1
U508E
8
37
1
14 Q6
6
R549
10k
+5V
+8V
10 LIM D2
S50
8
3
R573
5.1k
57
+5V IN 29
5 +
+ C509
1
U509B
3403
C528
.01
C501
.015
+5V IN 28
R575
82k
R503
5.1k
15 IFA D2
D7
D7 11
RSSIO
+
RD 47
1 IFA D1
5
U507B
U509A
3 + 3403
1
2
R545
10k
19 Q1
U504
Q2 18
74HC574
4 D3
Q3 17
2
1
Q1 19
ALARM 1 IN -
R563
10k
U521
18 Q2 74HC573
12
3
CR508
D1
7
2
6
5
3
D2
D0
THERMAL SENSOR 56
1
7
4 U510
4N35
1 GROUND
2
D1
1 OC
U506
17
ADC0804 D1
S501
1
9 AC FAIL IN
DO 18
4
1 OC
Q7 13
Q8
+15V
R528
1.2K
CR509
6
5
OC 1
5
+5V
R541 200
8
O1 2
9 VREF
3
5
R562
10k
O4 5
R509
10k
2
6
CR506
O7 8
20 Vcc
7
4 U520
4N35
R502 430
1
+5V
D7
11 CLK
1
13 RF MUX 2 INH
D6
12 Q8
6
5
12 RF MUX 1 INH
Q4 16
D4
13 Q7
Q1 19
5 D4
D3
14 Q6
3 D2
D3
D2
D6
2 D1
D1
D2
D1
U517
18 Q2
74HC573
17 Q3
D7 8
D5
D0
U505
Q2 18
74HC574
4 D3
Q3 17
19 Q1
D7
CR500
C 11
EN
D0
32
+5V
S500
8
31
64
ALARM 1 IN +
CR507
P501
+5V
+15V OUT
Z500
+ C523
47
C511
.01
10-35
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
INTERFACE ALARM CARD SCHEMATIC
FIGURE10-40
P7
P5
P3
P18
P16
P14
P12
P1
1 33
1 33
1 33
1 33
1 33
1 33
1 33
1 33
32 64
F3
F2
F1
32 64
32 64
32 64
32 64
32 64
32 64
32 64
P8
P6
P4
P2
P17
P15
P13
P9
1 17
1 17
1 17
1 17
1 17
1 17
1 17
1 17
16 32
16 32
16 32
16 32
16 32
16 32
16 32
16 32
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-41
10-36
P10
1
2
25 26
WO16
WO17
P11
1
6
WO2
WO6
WO4 WO1
WO7
WO3
WO13 WO5 WO8
J2
J1
1
1
2
33 34
10-37
2
33 34
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CABLE SIDE)
FIGURE10-42
IAC SLOT
P1
P3, P5, P7, P12, P14, P16, P18
A19
A17
A15
A13
A11
A9
A7
A5
A3
A1
D7
D5
D3
D1
MREQ
MSTB
WO 16
WO 17
SYNC IN
COM 17
COM 50
SYNC IN
+15V
FILT
P11
1
33
2
34
3
35
4
36
5
37
6
38
7
39
8
40
9
41
10
42
11
43
12
44
13
45
14
46
15
47
16
48
17
49
18
50
A18
A19
A16
A17
A14
A15
A12
A13
A10
ALARM 1 IN +
A8
ALARM 2 IN +
A6
ALARM 3 IN +
A4
ALARM 4 IN +
A2
SQUELCH ENABLE
A0
EXT REQ 2
D6
D7
D4
D5
D2
D3
D0
D1
RD
MREQ
WR
MSTB
COM 49
COM 17
COM 50
SYNC IN
+15V
FILT
19
51
TLA+
20
52
TLA-
LPTT
21
53
COM 53
RNT TX DATA
22
54
COM 54
RNT RX DATA
23
55
COM 55
2
6
4
HSDB+
24
56
HSDB-
IRDB+
25
57
IRDB-
COM 26
26
58
27
59
28
60
-5V
ALARM 1 OUT +
P11
ALARM 2 OUT +
1
+15V
ACC
5
33
2
34
3
35
4
36
5
37
6
38
7
39
8
40
9
41
10
42
11
43
12
44
13
45
14
46
15
47
16
48
17
49
18
50
19
51
20
52
21
53
22
54
23
55
24
3
+15V
FILT
-5V
1
-5V
A18
A16
A14
A12
ALARM 1 IN ALARM 2 IN ALARM 3 IN ALARM 4 IN IAC 41
D6
D4
D2
D0
RD
WR
COM 49
COM 50
57
26
58
27
59
28
60
P10
ALARM 2 OUT -
ALARM 3 IN +
COM 53
ALARM 4 IN +
COM 54
SQUELCH ENABLE
COM 55
EXT REQ 2
THERMAL SENSOR
56
25
(TO GREEN CONNECTOR J1)
ALARM 1 OUT -
POWER SWITCH
+15V
FILT
F3
1A
F2
4A
WO 13
TX DATA OUT
COM 53
61
62
30
62
31
63
31
63
WO 5
32
64
32
64
WO 8
+15V
+15V
61
F1
4A
+15V
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
ALARM 3 IN ALARM 4 IN IAC 41
EXT OUT 1
COM 49
COM 50
ALARM 3 OUT ALARM 4 OUT TX DATA IN
WO 7
30
29
ALARM 4 OUT +
WO 6
29
+5V
SYNC IN
ALARM 3 OUT +
+5V
+15V
WO 4
WO 1
-5V
+5V
+5V
COM 17
1
COM 54
WO 3
COM 55
I/O 13
RX VOICE
TX VOICE
BUF RX WBAND
COMM 6
ALARM BUS (1-2)
ALARM BUS (3-8)
RF INTERFACE CONNECTOR
J2
(TO GREEN CONNECTOR J2)
1
2
RF MUX 3 INH
RXS+
PC STR
3
4
LPTT
RXS-
HS CS EX
5
6
SYN CS EX
TXS+
7
8
TX MOD
TXS-
WO 4
9
10
WO 1
11
12
WO 3
COMM 6
RX WBAND
13
14
WO 2
V REF EX
RF DATA A
15
16
RF DATA B
TX DATA OUT
RF DATA C
17
18
A-D LEVEL
TX DATA IN
EXT REQ 1
I/O 13
RF MUX 2 INH
19
20
RF DATA
RF CLOCK
21
22
SYN CS RX
HS CS RX
23
24
RSSI
RF MUX 1 INH
25
26
27
28
V REF EX
29
30
31
32
33
34
EXT MOD
RSSI
RX VOICE
WB DISC
SQ ENABLE
LOGIC NOISE SQ
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
J1
P9
P2, P4, P6, P8, P13, P15, P17
TX AUDIO
ALARM 3 OUT +
1
17
ALARM 3 OUT -
RX VOICE
1
2
WB DISC
SUB TX DATA
ALARM 4 OUT +
2
18
ALARM 4 OUT -
SQ ENABLE
3
4
LOGIC NOISE SQ
RX WBAND
3
19
TX AUDIO
5
6
SUB TX DATA
4
20
PTT ENABLE
7
8
HS DATA
HS DATA ENABLE
PTT EN
HS DATA
HS DATA ENABLE
9
10
RX DATA
MA
11
12
MB
AC FAIL OUT
RXS+
13
14
RXS-
24
WO 2
TXS+
15
16
TXS-
25
HS CS RX
VOTER AUDIO
17
18
EXT MOD
VOTER DATA IN
19
20
EXT REQ 1
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
5
21
COMM 6
6
22
BUF RX WBAND
MA
EXT OUT 1
7
23
MB
RF CLOCK
8
AC FAIL IN
9
RX DATA
VOTER AUDIO
WO2
A-D LEVEL
SYN CS RX
10
26
SYN CS EX
RX WBAND
WO 1
11
27
I/O 13
WO 3
RF MUX 1 INH
12
28
A-D LEVEL
TX MOD
RF MUX 2 INH
13
29
RF DATA A
RSSI
WO 4
RF MUX 3 INH
14
30
RF DATA B
ALARM 1 IN +
RF DATA C
ALARM 2 IN +
RX VOICE
PC STR
TX VOICE
HS CS EX
15
31
16
32
RF DATA
+15V
ACC
ALARM 1 OUT +
ALARM 2 OUT +
+15V
ACC
AC FAIL OUT
ALARM 1 IN ALARM 2 IN ALARM 1 OUT ALARM 2 OUT -
AUDIO/DATA BUS 2
AUDIO/DATA BUS 1
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
BACKPLANE SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-43
10-38
C190
R251
C213
C214
C191
R255
C195
R108
R110
R302
R109
R306
C104+
+C105
R271
R270 C204
R245
CR102 CR111
C102
C193
C194
R258
U113
C203
R263
R309
R269
U118
R259
R264 R256 C192
R138
CR113
R305
R153
C109
R257
R137
R118
C151
C234
R139
C201
C200 +
C172
R188
C157
R135
C154
C155
R184
R184
U108
R230
R170
R169
R136
U106
R171
R189
+C198 R261
R260
C196
+C153
U109
R176
C150
R172
CR122
R182
C233
C185
CR119
U104
C134
+ C232
R178
U104
Q110
Q111
C133+
R219
R218
C175
R221
R187
+ C231
U106
R266
R202
R158
R221
R191
CR139
C229
+C230
R179
Q127
C177
R315
C174
U112
Q120 R220
C173
R273
R190
R185 R221
Q112
C152
R158
R180
Q128
R224
C176
R225
R223 R226
R228
R197
R192
R193
R194
R196
R195
R181
C138
C224
C223
Q121
+C178
R308
C183
R229
R227
R233
R234
C180 +
C164
R208
R286
CR104
Q130
R116
Q131
CR103
Q123
C211
R287
C212 Q130
R120
CR136
C184
R276
CR110
Q129
R303
R248
R231
R232
R162
C199 +
C159 +
C182
C181
C131
CR131
R240
R267
R268
C132+
R247
CR106
C161
U121
U122
CR105
Q124
R203
R207
CR127
R238
R243
R279
R204
CR125
C160 +
R242
R201
CR142 CR143
R206
CR101
R205
C208
CR124
R209
R236
R237
CR130
R241
R210
R235
R189
R244
R199
R200
CR133
R217
Q122
R198
C162
C170
C171
R277
R278
R246
R215
R239
Q102
R280
C235
R279
R285
C227
R284
U119
R250
R222
R253
R249
R281
R214
U120
R211
R252
U117
C168
R213
U116
R212
C220
C167
Q126
Q133
C215
R216
C149
CR117
Q115
R126
R112
R128
R117
R125
+C107
C114
R115
R127
R140
R104
U102
C147
CR115
CR116
R148
R147
Q104
R141
C127
C121
R142
R144
R143
C124
R107
R101
C118
C116
+C117
1
R106
R103
C120
R153
R312 R313 R314
R122 R123 R124
C103
C108
R119
R307
R146
R145
C125
R311
R121
C140 +
R150
R272
CR107
CR107
C207
U107
R129
Q103
CR138
C141
C146
C210
C113
C122
R168
+C119
R202
R166
R102
CR114
C148 Q105
R155
R132
R131
CR137
R130
10-39
Q108
Q107
R167
R134
Q106 R133
C219
C221
R163
R165
C137+
Q117
R154
R222
R262 C135
C225 R263
R156
R274
R157 U115
1
Q114
CR112
C228+
C236
CR134
R175
R164
CR120
C115
R102
R173
CR147
CR118
U103
C139 +
CR140
R151
CR123
R159
C136+ R161
R160
R152
R105
+C123
C126
C112 C130
+ C128
C129
R149
C217
C218
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT
(OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE VIEW)
FIGURE10-44
+
+
C165
C187
L103
C166
W109
+
+
R216
C209
+
W115
T108 W107
T109
L105
L107
+
L102
W111 R254
CR129
C188
L104
EP101
W113
CR141
EP105
CR135
RV102
RT101
RT102
C163
+
C186
T101
CR132
U114
Q132
+
C169
CR126
Q125
U111
+
C205
+
R113
C106
EP103
+
EP104
C101
J102
R114
J101
Q116
CR109
Q118
T105
C110
+
CR121
CR128
W116
+
W105
T106
C111
+
L101
W106
+
C144
EP106
+
W104
W110 W111
C143
T106
F102
+
C107
A803
W112
CR145
C142
Q101
C145
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT
(COMPONENT SIDE VIEW)
FIGURE 10-45
10-40
18,19,20
PRE-CONTROLLER
16,17
12,13
L107
EP105
DC INPUT (+)
RED
+
CR106
7,8
IN RUSH CURRENT
LIMITERS
RT101
RT102
R117
330
11
1
9,10
EP108
150V DC
BATTERY BACKUP
+15V
POWER FACTOR CHOKE
14,15
C104
1
+ C105
1
+400V
T105
+ C106
1500
R116
36k
CR105
CR145
R128
51
+ C107
1500
+ C110
330
+ C111
330
R101
330k
EP104
DC INPUT (-)
BLACK
EP109
HV GROUND
BATTERY BACKUP
R105
330k
R102
330k
R106
330k
R103
240k
R107
330k
C103
.22
R104
100k
C118
270pF
R140
15k
2
IAC
4 V RMS
R153
100
R113
.03
3 I SENSE
R108
20k
R109
20k
R122
100k 1
R313
100k
R123
100k
R110
20k
R120
20k
R302
20k
R306
20k
R314
100k
R124
100k
16 V EAO
C114
.1
Q108
6027
R126
10
CR104
18V
400V
CONTROLLER IC
PFC 12
OUT
R112
10
R111
220
2
R307
0
FB 15
Q101
6354
R127
1.27k
Q107
6026
R115
4.7k
CR114
R146
100
C125
.0033
5 SS
+ C119
1
10 GND
R125
13
SEC
CR103
RAMP2 9
R142
560k
R312
100k
CR112
4
PRI
U102
ML4841IS
C116
.1
R114
.03
R121 3
100k
5,6
3,4
+ C117
.47
R311
100k
U108
VDC 6
R144
24.3k
RTCT 7
C122
470pF
C127
.01
6
5
R143
3k
1
C113
.0047
R119
24.3k
R171
820
820
4
+
(25.9-27.3V)
R174
1k
IEA0 1
1 CATHODE
REF 8
U109
2 ANODE A ANODE D 7
+400V
R141
10k
C120
270pF PRE-CONTROLLER
SWITCHED
Q104
6026
+15V
+15V
T106
3
CR115
C147
.1
+ C128
6.8
C139
6.8
C140
6.8
1
R148
4.7k
CR116
U107
5
CR117
18V
3
R163
20
R165
20
5
8
CR134
EP102
AC COLD INPUT (BLU)
18
19
20
Q117
6026
CR101
CR102
CR110
CR111
R280
10k
1
+ C101
220
2
R133
100k
C102
.01
CR113
5.1V
C109
.1
R134
20k
R257
10k
F102
10A
R168
10
+26.5V
CR128
+ C143
2700
+ C144
2700
+ C145
2700
C146
.1
C141
.1
C142
.001
CR148
13V
R129
36k
CR138
CR137
R131
36k
Q102
3612
Q106
3600
C236
.1
+5V
ON/OFF
SENSE
BATTERY
BACKUP
R279
10k
CR143
CR142
U121
EP110
R155
36k
R137
1M
R150
2k
U110C
LMC550AM
+ 10
8
9
R154
100k
C148
.1
Q103
3600
R132
100k
CR107
WO105
+26.5V DC
EXTERNAL INPUT
POWER
CONNECTOR
WO106
R136
100k
R135
13k
R118
18.2k
C236
.1
EP111
R138
2.26k
R130
100k
C225
.01
+5V
C234
.001
TO REMOTE WO104
ENABLE
R278
100k
8 REF TL431AIDCATH 1
R276
10k
R167
10
R164
470
Q105
3612
R275
20k
L101
CR121
R166
10
R222
0
REMOTE ENABLE POWER SUPPLY
5
6
14
15
16
Q118
6351
CR120
18V
TO SYNC CIRCUIT U104, Q110,
Q111, Q112 (2)
APPROXIMATELY 100V PEAK
C207
.0022
C210
.0022
12
CR119
6
EP101
R272
51
CR118
4
AC HOT INPUT (BRN)
EP106
67V TO BATTERY BACK-UP
1
C228
2.2
+
4
Q115
6026
+2.5V
R175
1.8k
3 ANODE B ANODE C 6
TL431ID
4 NC A
NC B 5
Q116
6351
R160
470
C137
2.2
8
CR123
R161
20
6
+
+
PWM 11
OUT
R149
1k
C129
.1
C136
2.2
C197
2.2
+
Vcc 13
+
REF 14
R159
20
PRE-CONTROLLER
+
C121
.0027
R173
16.9k
C150
.01
MAIN OUTPUT VOLTAGE SET/
FEEDBACK
C108
470pF
C149
.1
R172
100k
C124
.1
C123
1
RAMP1 8
C126
.1
R169
1k R170
2
R139
2.26k
R202
20k
R192
8.2k
GND
R274
1k
R157
20k
Q114
3612
SHUTDOWN
OVER-VOLTAGE
R277
10k
R156
1k
EP112 GROUND
BATTERY BACKUP
R262
29.4k
1 CATHODE
REF 8
U115
2 ANODE A ANODE D 7
R263
2.49k
CGR
BATTERY BACKUP
C135
.1
3 ANODE B ANODE C 6
TL431ID
4 NC A
NC B 5
2,3,4,5,6,7
THERMAL
SENSOR
SOURCE
+5V
8 VIN
C229
.1
+C230
1
U106
VOUT 1
LM78L05
GND
2,3,4,5,6,7
1 IN
+ C232
6.8
C233
.1
C154
.1
C115
.1
A803 OUT 2
GND
3
WO116
TEMP OUTPUT
U110A
LMC550AM
3 +
1
+ C153
2
R184
1
357k
R182
75
R183
95.3k
R193
8.2k
R230
100
R185
1k
R187
95.3k
R186
10k
C156
.01
12 +
BUFFER/
HYSTERESIS
U110A
LMC550AM
14
R190
1k
CR139
Q120
3600
13
R188
10M
+5V
R189
6.81k
R194
8.2k
R273
1k
R191
3.3k
R195
8.2k
R196
8.2k
R197
10k
+26.5V
SHUTDOWN DRIVE
TO U119, U120, U122 (2)
FAN CONTROLLER/
DRIVE
Q121
3600
J201
2 FAN HIGH
1 FAN LOW
J102
2
BATTERY
BACKUP 1
FAN CONTROL
10-41
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2)
FIGURE10-46
+15V BUCK CONTOLLER
I REF 11
U112
R233
3.3k
C182
470pF
R234
1k
V REF 16
R228
2k
NI 2
C173
.1
R220
2k
5 R T
R223
13k
EA OUT 3
L103
WO 115
C175
.22
C173
.0022
8 SS
+ C178
1
+ C165
1500
+ C166
1500
C167
.01
R215
6.2k
+ C169
1500
C170
.01
WO 107
WO 108
R221
36k
HIGH CURRENT OUT
+15V DC OUTPUT
GROUND
INV 1
R216
1k
R224
0
C T 6
+15V
Q127
3600
R219
470
R217
1.2k
15 Vcc
C176
R225
.001
68
13 VC
+ C180
6.8
12 GND
C181
.01
Q128
3612
C172
.01
R315
820
R218
4.7k
R226
24
10 GND A
RAMP 7
I SD 9
14 OUT
INPUT CURRENT
SENSOR
T108
CR127
1
2
+26.5V
CR124
+ C163
2700
R209
620
3
R198
18
R200
18 Q122
6026
R199
18
U104
SOURCE
SOURCE
+15V
C131
.1
+C132
1
GND
2,3,4,5,6,7
+ C133
1
C134
.1
2 VIN
U111
VOUT 3
LM317T
GND
1
TO SYN CIRCUIT CR128/CR121/L101
APPROXIMATELY 100V PEAK
U104A
R151
74HC08
20k
1
3
2
R152
4.7k
R267
430
+ C160
15
C161
.01
R158
15k
+C199
6.8
R268
4.7k
C152
.1
R231
180
Q112
3600
Q111
3600
R179
4.7k
4
5
U104B
74HC08
6
R178
2k
C220
.1
5 NC A
+15V BUCK CONTOLLER
C T 6
R260
68
U113
R259
13k
SYNC PULSE OUTPUT
BUFFER
C196
.001
NC B
5
2
Q126
3612
8 CATHODE
REF 1
U116
7 ANODE A ANODE D 2
TL431ID
6 ANODE B ANODE C 3
R212
2.26k
6
1
R214
1k
CR126
5 R T
Q110
3600
R211
12.4k
SYNC
R181
1k
C138
.001
R208
51
C164
.001
R203
2k
U119
IL205A
R281
470
L102
R204
2k
Q123
6110
R180
7.5k
R210
620
Q124
6026
+26.5V
+ C159
6.8
C183
270pF
R308
0
R207
51
C162
.1
R232
820
Q125
6352
R206
10
U105
VOUT 1
LM78L05
R227
180
4
CR125
R201
180
+5V
8 VIN
R205
10
R229
820
4
CR129
R213
200
4
C168
.01
C195
.01
SHUTDOWN
DRIVE
TO U115
R261
24
CR140
R176
100
8 SS
CR122
EA OUT 3
+5V
+ C198
1
WO 109
C194
.22
+ C187
1500
C193
.0022
SYNC PULSE WIDTH
CONTROLLER
C189
.01
R253
4.7k
WO 110
R258
36k
+15V
15 Vcc
INV 1
13 VC
I REF 11
+5V DC OUTPUT
+5V DC GROUND
R254
1k
+ C200
6.8
12 GND
C201
.01
+C188
1500
R265
3.3k
R266
1k
C191
.0047
C202
470pF
R255
4.3k
10 GND A
V REF 16
R264
2k
NI 2
C192
.1
R256
2k
RAMP 7
14 OUT
I SD 9
C203
270pF
+26.5V
T109
CR130
R235
18
1
2
3
4
CR133
+ C186
1500
R247
36
R237
18 Q129
6026
R236
18
R242
10
CR131
Q132
6352
R249
3.4k
C222
.1
Q131
6026
R244
180
L104
R241
2k
Q130
6110
U114
4 Vcc
V FB 1
+ C205
1500
NC B
C190
.01
R251
200
4
L105
C208
.1
+C209
1500
C227
.1
R285
2.49k
5
2
Q138
3612
8 CATHODE
REF 1
U118
7 ANODE A ANODE D 2
4
CR141
TL431ID
6 ANODE B ANODE C 3
NC B
6
1
R286
1k
5 NC A
R270
33k
U122
IL205A
R303
200
R287
200
4
C211
.01
WO 111
R271
3.3k
-5V DC OUTPUT
C212
.01
GND 3
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
4
CR135
TL431ID
6 ANODE B ANODE C 3
R284
3.4k
CR136
C204
.047
MC33166T
Q133
3612
8 CATHODE
REF 1
U117
7 ANODE A ANODE D 2
UNDER-VOLTAGE -6V
MINIMUM
-5V CONVERTER
OUT 2
5
2
CR132
C185
.001
COMP 5
R252
1k
5 NC A
6
1
R245
51
R240
2k
+26.5V
R250
2.49k
U120
IL205A
R246
470
OVER-VOLTAGE 6V
MAXIMUM
R309
0
R243
10
R238
180
C184
.1
R269
360
800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2)
FIGURE 10-47
10-42
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-48
L1
1.8uH
F1
20A
L2
8.67nH
BRN
AC HOT
RV1
EARTH GROUND
C1
.22
C3
.0022
C2
.22
C4
.0022
NEUTRAL
CHASSIS
GROUND
R1
1M
C5
.22
RV2
CR1
RED
BLU
BLK
GRN/YEL
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-49
10-43
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
WO1 AC HOT
WO5 POS OUT
WO3 NEUTRAL
WO4 NEG
OUT
WO2 CHASSIS GND
C131
C132
R158
B
C
C112
E
5
C105
Q111
MH107
+
+
R144
W102
C110 +
8
1
4
K101
R143
CR118
R141
EP102
Q105
R142
R152
R157
E C B
U107
C107
5
R156
4
F101
W106
R159
U105
W103
C114
8
1
U106
C129
R154
C155
R153
R101 C130
R160
CR116
CR101
C126
R111
C101
U107
2
R165
1
3
R104
R102
R107
B C E
R108
R112
R113
R127
R130
R129
C104
5
R115
CR104
4
8
1
R147
R146
5
+ C103
CR114
C115
R122
R148 R149 R151
R150
R145
4
R144
C125
8
1
U104
4
C107
U103
R124
W104
R137
+ C124
U102
R112
C127
C128
CR111
7
1
R136
C116
5
1
8
U101
R117
R128
8
R118
14
1
+
R106
R121
R125
R112
5
C119
R139
R140
R119
2
C102
R126
CR115
S101
R109
R110
CR103
Q103
3
4
L101
R138
CR109
EP103
R105
Q101
CR102
B C E
Q102
R103
R116
EP101
C106
CR113
CR117
+ C118
C133
C134
CR105
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
BATTERY BACK-UP COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-50
10-44
BATTERY
+24V
F101
4A
+26V
HIGH CURRENT
TRACE (30A)
C101
.01
INPUT RECTIFIER FILTER
R111
51
+24V
EP101
Q101
Q102
6026
6026
HIGH CURRENT GROUND
W103
5
DC INPUT (+)
220
+26.5V DC OUTPUT
W102
2
CR113
+ C105
+ C119
REMOTE ENABLE
ON/OFF
R136
3.3k
1000
U107
VIN
LM317M
R137
3.3k
V OUT
BATTERY INPUT
+24V DC
R102
330
C106
.1
GND
1
R103
2k
R145
15k
BATTERY
TEMP SENSE
DC INPUT (-)
EP103
R148
15k
R106
2k
LM2904
7
+
6026
R142
10k
2
R110
2k
ANODE A
REF 8
REMOTE ENABLE
Q103
6110
SOURCE
C115
.1
8
+
4
R147
10k
NC A
NC B
4
5
CR118
18V
C107
.1
CR111 GREEN
CHARGER
ACTIVE
OFF
LM2904
+26V
7 ANODE D
+26V
U104
S101
R146
3.9k
ANODE B
TL431ID
6 ANODE C
1
CATHODE
WO 101
CHARGER
DISABLE
SWITCH
R144
15k
U103
3
R143
2k
ON
CR117
13V
R151
100
R150
10k
R109
2k
BATTERY OK
R105
2k
Q105
+26V
U104B
6
5
R104
2k
+ C111
1000
6.8
R140
1k
R149
82k
K101
R108
2k
EP102
R165
2k
+ C110
C109
.1
R139
3.3K
+26V
6
R101
4.7k
R138
240
+26V
CR102
R107
1k
BATTERY CHARGER
OUTPUT
(2.2A MAX)
3
TEMPERATURE SLOPE
CR101
REVERSE
BATTERY
CR116
2021
2
4/3
+24V
Q104
L101
+67V
BATTERY
SOURCE
PROTECTION ON/OFF
REGULATOR
CR109
+67V
67V INPUT WO104
U105
HEAT SINK THERMAL SENSE
LM2904
8
CR114
U105A
8
+ C118
1
R121
62k
+
4
C112
.1
U106
THERMAL SENSE CHASSIS MOUNTING
STUD TO TRACE UNDER THERMAL
SENSOR U106
+
CR103
12V SOURCE
R125
1k
C126
.1
+2.5V
AC FAIL ENABLE
C104
.1
LM2901
U101D
2
LM2901
11
4
+2.5V
CR104
18V
R128
10k
U101A
+
+ C103
6.8
CR115
R130
33k
5
4 GND
+
NC5
R154
300k
1
6
R152
75
5
1
R155
1k
R156
10k
R159
100k
R153
100k
W106
OUTPUT TO FAN
C114
.1
+26V
5
R157
15k
U105B
+
LM2904
7
6
R158
1k
R160
10k
MH107
R115
470
+18V
R126
42.2k
R112
7.5k
NC6
LM2904
2
LM2901
14
9
7
+ C113
LM35D
3 NC3
U101C
R122
4.7k
NC7
NC2
OVER VOLTAGE
8
R113
1k
2
3 +
VOUT 1
VIN
R141
0
R117
3.3k
CR105 RED
BATTERY FAULT
13
R129
20k
10
+2.5V
UNDERVOLTAGE
R118
10.5k
U101B
LM2901
6
1
R119
1k
7
R120
1K
+
R127
82.5k
+2.5V
+2.5V REGULATOR
SOURCE
R123
10k
1
+2.5V
8
C125
.1
+ C124
1
R124
10k
CATHODE
ANODE A 2
U102
ANODE D 7
TL431ID
3
ANODE B
ANODE C 6
4
REF
NC A
NC B 5
REVERT SECTION
10-45
CHARGER SECTION
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
BATTERY BACK-UP SCHEMATIC
FIGURE10-51
+5V
EP106
C106
.01
EP101
EXPAND IN
(WO101 MAC)
C103
1
3
+
+
RECT IN 1
5
C109
1
V REF
GROUND
TO
10
COMP CAP2
+
R102
39k
1
3
B
4
12
+
1
COMP IN
I REF
7
5
4
7
4
2
5
8
5
3
6
9
6
8
6
9
10
11
12
C107
4.7
EP105
COMPRESS IN
(WO100 MAC)
1
A
2
3
AC FAIL IN
POWER SWITCH
THERMAL SENSOR
7
2
COMPANDOR SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-53
1
4
5
TO
C
8
+15V
3
10
11
REPEATER
BACKPLANE
GROUND
9
9
GROUND
+5V
6
8
-5V
12
7
POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-52
COMPANDOR COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-54
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
EP104
(WO103 MAC)
6
7
J2
C108
4.7
COMPRESS OUT
GND
2
BACKPLANE
C105
.001
8
COMP OUT
EXPAND OUT
(WO102 MAC)
9
GCELL IN 2
13
EP102
R103
2.7k
+
+15V
RECT IN 2
COMP CAP1
C102
4.7
+
4
EXP OUT
11
C110
1
RFIB
C
U101
SA577D
+
B
+26.5V
R101
3.9k
2
J2
A
C101
4.7
1
GCELL IN 1
EXP CAP
C104
4.7
POWER HARNESS
+
14
10-46
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
POWER HARNESS
J2
A
B
+26.5V
GROUND
TO
RFIB
C
+15V
1
2
J2
3
BACKPLANE
1
4
7
4
2
5
8
5
3
6
9
6
A
2
1
3
B
4
7
5
8
6
9
10
11
AC FAIL IN
2
POWER SWITCH
1
THERMAL SENSOR
4
7
12
5
TO
C
8
+15V
3
BACKPLANE
GROUND
9
10
11
REPEATER
9
GROUND
6
+5V
8
-5V
12
7
Figure 10-54 POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC
10-47
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
+5V
EP106
C106
.01
EP101
EXPAND IN
(WO101 MAC)
C103
1
3
R101
3.9k
+
2
RECT IN 1
5
U101
4
EXP OUT
SA577D
11
RECT IN 2
COMP CAP1
10
EXPAND OUT
(WO102 MAC)
C105
.001
+
COMP CAP2
8
+
+
+
COMP OUT
EP102
R103
2.7k
9
GCELL IN 2
13
C102
4.7
+
V REF
C110
1
R102
39k
C101
4.7
1
GCELL IN 1
EXP CAP
C104
4.7
C109
1
+
14
C108
4.7
EP104
COMPRESS OUT
(WO103 MAC)
6
COMP IN
I REF
12
GND
+
7
C107
4.7
EP105
COMPRESS IN
(WO100 MAC)
Figure 10-55 COMPANDOR SCHEMATIC
Figure 10-56 COMPANDOR COMPONENT LAYOUT
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
10-48
APPENDIX A 900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
Channel
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
FCC
Channel
Number
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
Program
FCC
Channel Channel
Number
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
935.0125
935.0250
935.0375
935.0500
935.0625
935.0750
935.0875
935.1000
935.1125
935.1250
935.1375
935.1500
935.1625
935.1750
935.1875
935.2000
935.2125
935.2250
935.2375
935.2500
935.2625
935.2750
935.2875
935.3000
935.3125
935.3250
935.3375
935.3500
935.3625
935.3750
935.3875
935.4000
935.4125
935.4250
935.4375
935.4500
935.4625
935.4750
935.4875
935.5000
935.5125
935.5250
935.5375
935.5500
896.0125
896.0250
896.0375
896.0500
896.0625
896.0750
896.0875
896.1000
896.1125
896.1250
896.1375
896.1500
896.1625
896.1750
896.1875
896.2000
896.2125
896.2250
896.2375
896.2500
896.2625
896.2750
896.2875
896.3000
896.3125
896.3250
896.3375
896.3500
896.3625
896.3750
896.3875
896.4000
896.4125
896.4250
896.4375
896.4500
896.4625
896.4750
896.4875
896.5000
896.5125
896.5250
896.5375
896.5500
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
A-1
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
935.5625
935.5750
935.5875
935.6000
935.6125
935.6250
935.6375
935.6500
935.6625
935.6750
935.6875
935.7000
935.7125
935.7250
935.7375
935.7500
935.7625
935.7750
935.7875
935.8000
935.8125
935.8250
935.8375
935.8500
935.8625
935.8750
935.8875
935.9000
935.9125
935.9250
935.9375
935.9500
935.9625
935.9750
935.9875
936.0000
936.0125
936.0250
936.0375
936.0500
936.0625
936.0750
936.0875
936.1000
896.5625
896.5750
896.5875
896.6000
896.6125
896.6250
896.6375
896.6500
896.6625
896.6750
896.6875
896.7000
896.7125
896.7250
896.7375
896.7500
896.7625
896.7750
896.7875
896.8000
896.8125
896.8250
896.8375
896.8500
896.8625
896.8750
896.8875
896.9000
896.9125
896.9250
896.9375
896.9500
896.9625
896.9750
896.9875
897.0000
897.0125
897.0250
897.0375
897.0500
897.0625
897.0750
897.0875
897.1000
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
FCC
Channel Channel
Number
Number
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
936.1125
936.1250
936.1375
936.1500
936.1625
936.1750
936.1875
936.2000
936.2125
936.2250
936.2375
936.2500
936.2625
936.2750
936.2875
936.3000
936.3125
936.3250
936.3375
936.3500
936.3625
936.3750
936.3875
936.4000
936.4125
936.4250
936.4375
936.4500
936.4625
936.4750
936.4875
936.5000
936.5125
936.5250
936.5375
936.5500
936.5625
936.5750
936.5875
936.6000
936.6125
936.6250
936.6375
936.6500
936.6625
936.6750
936.6875
936.7000
897.1125
897.1250
897.1375
897.1500
897.1625
897.1750
897.1875
897.2000
897.2125
897.2250
897.2375
897.2500
897.2625
897.2750
897.2875
897.3000
897.3125
897.3250
897.3375
897.3500
897.3625
897.3750
897.3875
897.4000
897.4125
897.4250
897.4375
897.4500
897.4625
897.4750
897.4875
897.5000
897.5125
897.5250
897.5375
897.5500
897.5625
897.5750
897.5875
897.6000
897.6125
897.6250
897.6375
897.6500
897.6625
897.6750
897.6875
897.7000
Program
FCC
Channel Channel
Number
Number
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
A-2
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
936.7125
936.7250
936.7375
936.7500
936.7625
936.7750
936.7875
936.8000
936.8125
936.8250
936.8375
936.8500
936.8625
936.8750
936.8875
936.9000
936.9125
936.9250
936.9375
936.9500
936.9625
936.9750
936.9875
937.0000
937.0125
937.0250
937.0375
937.0500
937.0625
937.0750
937.0875
937.1000
937.1125
937.1250
937.1375
937.1500
937.1625
937.1750
937.1875
937.2000
937.2125
937.2250
937.2375
937.2500
937.2625
937.2750
937.2875
937.3000
897.7125
897.7250
897.7375
897.7500
897.7625
897.7750
897.7875
897.8000
897.8125
897.8250
897.8375
897.8500
897.8625
897.8750
897.8875
897.9000
897.9125
897.9250
897.9375
897.9500
897.9625
897.9750
897.9875
898.0000
898.0125
898.0250
898.0375
898.0500
898.0625
898.0750
898.0875
898.1000
898.1125
898.1250
898.1375
898.1500
898.1625
898.1750
898.1875
898.2000
898.2125
898.2250
898.2375
898.2500
898.2625
898.2750
898.2875
898.3000
900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
FCC
Channel Channel
Number
Number
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
937.3125
937.3250
937.3375
937.3500
937.3625
937.3750
937.3875
937.4000
937.4125
937.4250
937.4375
937.4500
937.4625
937.4750
937.4875
937.5000
937.5125
937.5250
937.5375
937.5500
937.5625
937.5750
937.5875
937.6000
937.6125
937.6250
937.6375
937.6500
937.6625
937.6750
937.6875
937.7000
937.7125
937.7250
937.7375
937.7500
937.7625
937.7750
937.7875
937.8000
937.8125
937.8250
937.8375
937.8500
937.8625
937.8750
937.8875
937.9000
898.3125
898.3250
898.3375
898.3500
898.3625
898.3750
898.3875
898.4000
898.4125
898.4250
898.4375
898.4500
898.4625
898.4750
898.4875
898.5000
898.5125
898.5250
898.5375
898.5500
898.5625
898.5750
898.5875
898.6000
898.6125
898.6250
898.6375
898.6500
898.6625
898.6750
898.6875
898.7000
898.7125
898.7250
898.7375
898.7500
898.7625
898.7750
898.7875
898.8000
898.8125
898.8250
898.8375
898.8500
898.8625
898.8750
898.8875
898.9000
Program
FCC
Channel Channel
Number
Number
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
A-3
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
937.9125
937.9250
937.9375
937.9500
937.9625
937.9750
937.9875
938.0000
938.0125
938.0250
938.0375
938.0500
938.0625
938.0750
938.0875
938.1000
938.1125
938.1250
938.1375
938.1500
938.1625
938.1750
938.1875
938.2000
938.2125
938.2250
938.2375
938.2500
938.2625
938.2750
938.2875
938.3000
938.3125
938.3250
938.3375
938.3500
938.3625
938.3750
938.3875
938.4000
938.4125
938.4250
938.4375
938.4500
938.4625
938.4750
938.4875
938.5000
898.9125
898.9250
898.9375
898.9500
898.9625
898.9750
898.9875
899.0000
899.0125
899.0250
899.0375
899.0500
899.0625
899.0750
899.0875
899.1000
899.1125
899.1250
899.1375
899.1500
899.1625
899.1750
899.1875
899.2000
899.2125
899.2250
899.2375
899.2500
899.2625
899.2750
899.2875
899.3000
899.3125
899.3250
899.3375
899.3500
899.3625
899.3750
899.3875
899.4000
899.4125
899.4250
899.4375
899.4500
899.4625
899.4750
899.4875
899.5000
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
FCC
Channel Channel
Number
Number
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
938.5125
938.5250
938.5375
938.5500
938.5625
938.5750
938.5875
938.6000
938.6125
938.6250
938.6375
938.6500
938.6625
938.6750
938.6875
938.7000
938.7125
938.7250
938.7375
938.7500
938.7625
938.7750
938.7875
938.8000
938.8125
938.8250
938.8375
938.8500
938.8625
938.8750
938.8875
938.9000
938.9125
938.9250
938.9375
938.9500
938.9625
938.9750
938.9875
939.0000
939.0125
939.0250
939.0375
939.0500
939.0625
939.0750
939.0875
939.1000
899.5125
899.5250
899.5375
899.5500
899.5625
899.5750
899.5875
899.6000
899.6125
899.6250
899.6375
899.6500
899.6625
899.6750
899.6875
899.7000
899.7125
899.7250
899.7375
899.7500
899.7625
899.7750
899.7875
899.8000
899.8125
899.8250
899.8375
899.8500
899.8625
899.8750
899.8875
899.9000
899.9125
899.9250
899.9375
899.9500
899.9625
899.9750
899.9875
900.0000
900.0125
900.0250
900.0375
900.0500
900.0625
900.0750
900.0875
900.1000
Program
FCC
Channel Channel
Number
Number
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
A-4
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
939.1125
939.1250
939.1375
939.1500
939.1625
939.1750
939.1875
939.2000
939.2125
939.2250
939.2375
939.2500
939.2625
939.2750
939.2875
939.3000
939.3125
939.3250
939.3375
939.3500
939.3625
939.3750
939.3875
939.4000
939.4125
939.4250
939.4375
939.4500
939.4625
939.4750
939.4875
939.5000
939.5125
939.5250
939.5375
939.5500
939.5625
939.5750
939.5875
939.6000
939.6125
939.6250
939.6375
939.6500
939.6625
939.6750
939.6875
939.7000
900.1125
900.1250
900.1375
900.1500
900.1625
900.1750
900.1875
900.2000
900.2125
900.2250
900.2375
900.2500
900.2625
900.2750
900.2875
900.3000
900.3125
900.3250
900.3375
900.3500
900.3625
900.3750
900.3875
900.4000
900.4125
900.4250
900.4375
900.4500
900.4625
900.4750
900.4875
900.5000
900.5125
900.5250
900.5375
900.5500
900.5625
900.5750
900.5875
900.6000
900.6125
900.6250
900.6375
900.6500
900.6625
900.6750
900.6875
900.7000
900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
FCC
Channel Channel
Number
Number
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
939.7125
939.7250
939.7375
939.7500
939.7625
939.7750
939.7875
939.8000
939.8125
939.8250
939.8375
939.8500
939.8625
939.8750
939.8875
939.9000
939.9125
939.9250
939.9375
939.9500
939.9625
939.9750
939.9875
900.7125
900.7250
900.7375
900.7500
900.7625
900.7750
900.7875
900.8000
900.8125
900.8250
900.8375
900.8500
900.8625
900.8750
900.8875
900.9000
900.9125
900.9250
900.9375
900.9500
900.9625
900.9750
900.9875
A-5
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
This page intentionally left blank.
March 1999
Part No. 001-2009-600
A-6